Table of Contents


 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
________________________________________________________________________
(Mark One)
ý
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended January 2, 2016
or
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission File Number 001-33642
________________________________________________
Masimo Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
________________________________________________
Delaware
 
33-0368882
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
52 Discovery, Irvine, California
 
92618
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
(Zip Code)
(949) 297-7000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
_________________________________________________________
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class:
 
Name of each exchange on which registered:
Common Stock, par value $0.001
 
The NASDAQ Global Select Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
________________________________________________
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ý     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   ý     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   ý     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one).
Large accelerated filer
 
ý
 
Accelerated filer
 
¨
 
Non accelerated filer
 
o
 
Smaller reporting company
 
o
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   ý
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the closing sale price of the common stock on July 2, 2015 the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, was approximately $1,241.6 million . Shares of stock held by officers, directors and 5 percent or more stockholders have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. At January 31, 2016 , the registrant had 49,487,811 shares of common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporate information by reference from the registrant’s proxy statement for the registrant’s 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the close of the fiscal year covered by this annual report on Form 10-K.
 
 
 
 
 


Table of Contents


MASIMO CORPORATION
FISCAL YEAR 2015 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
Page
 
 
 
Item 1
 
 
 
Item 1A
 
 
 
Item 1B
 
 
 
Item 2
 
 
 
Item 3
 
 
 
Item 4
 
 
 
 
Item 5
 
 
 
Item 6
 
 
 
Item 7
 
 
 
Item 7A
 
 
 
Item 8
 
 
 
Item 9
 
 
 
Item 9A
 
 
 
Item 9B
 
 
 
 
Item 10
 
 
 
Item 11
 
 
 
Item 12
 
 
 
Item 13
 
 
 
Item 14
 
 
 
 
Item 15
 
 


Table of Contents


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, or this Annual Report on Form 10-K, contains “forward-looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties, as well as assumptions that, if they never materialize or prove incorrect, could cause our results to differ materially and adversely from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in Item 1—“Business,” Item 1A—“Risk Factors” and Item 7—“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” but appear throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, any projection or expectation of earnings, revenue or other financial items; the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations; factors that may affect our operating results, including accounting and tax estimates; our success in pending litigation; new products or services; the demand for our products; our ability to consummate acquisitions and successfully integrate them into our operations; future capital expenditures; effects of current or future economic conditions or performance; industry trends and other matters that do not relate strictly to historical facts or statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. These statements are often identified by the use of words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “ongoing,” “opportunity,” “plan,” “potential,” “predicts,” “seek,” “should,” “will,” or “would,” and similar expressions and variations or negatives of these words. These forward-looking statements are based on the expectations, estimates, projections, beliefs and assumptions of our management based on information currently available to management, all of which is subject to change. Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that are difficult to predict and could cause our actual results and the timing of certain events to differ materially and adversely from future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below, and those discussed under Item 1A—“Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Furthermore, such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements for any reason, except as otherwise required by law.
PART I

ITEM 1.
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a global medical technology company that develops, manufactures and markets a variety of noninvasive monitoring technologies. We provide our products directly and through distributors and original equipment manufacturers (OEM) partners to hospitals, emergency medical service (EMS) providers, physician offices, veterinarians, long term care facilities and consumers. Our mission is to improve patient outcomes and reduce the cost of care by taking noninvasive monitoring to new sites and applications . We were incorporated in California in May 1989 and reincorporated in Delaware in May 1996.
Our core business is Measure-through-Motion and Low-Perfusion pulse oximetry monitoring, known as Masimo Signal Extraction Technology ® (SET ® ) pulse oximetry. Our product offerings have expanded significantly over the years to also include monitoring blood constituents with an optical signature, optical organ oximetry monitoring, electrical brain function monitoring, acoustic respiration monitoring and exhaled gas monitoring. In addition, we have developed the Root ® patient monitoring and connectivity platform, the Radical-7 ® bedside and portable patient monitor and the Radius-7 wearable wireless patient monitor. We have also developed the Patient SafetyNet remote patient surveillance monitoring system, which currently allows up to 200 patients to be monitored simultaneously and remotely through a PC-based viewing station or by care providers through their pagers, voice-over-IP phones or smartphones.
Our solutions and related products are based upon our proprietary Masimo SET ® and rainbow ® algorithms. These technologies are incorporated into a variety of product platforms depending on our customers’ specifications. In addition, we provide our technologies to OEMs in a form factor that is easy to integrate into their patient monitors, defibrillators and infant incubators. Our technology is supported by a substantial intellectual property portfolio that we have built through internal development and, to a lesser extent, acquisitions and license agreements. We have also exclusively licensed from Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. (Cercacor) the right to certain OEM rainbow ® technologies and to incorporate certain rainbow ® technology into our products intended to be used by professional caregivers, including, but not limited to, hospital caregivers and alternate care facility caregivers.
Conventional Pulse Oximetry
Pulse oximetry enables the noninvasive measurement of the oxygen saturation level of arterial blood, which delivers oxygen to the body’s tissues. Pulse oximetry also enables the measurement of pulse rate, which, when measured by electrocardiogram (ECG), is called heart rate. Pulse oximeters use sensors attached to an extremity, typically the fingertip. These sensors contain two light emitting diodes that transmit red and infrared light from one side of the extremity through the tissue to a photodetector

1

Table of Contents


on the other side of the extremity. The photodetector in the sensor measures the amount of red and infrared light absorbed by the tissue. A microprocessor then analyzes the changes in light absorption to provide a continuous, real-time measurement of the amount of oxygen in the patient’s arterial blood. Pulse oximeters typically give audio and visual alerts, or alarms, when the patient’s arterial blood oxygen saturation level or pulse rate falls outside of a user-designated range. As a result, clinicians have the opportunity to assess patients who may need immediate treatment to prevent the serious clinical consequences of hypoxemia, or low oxygen saturation levels, and hyperoxemia, or high oxygen levels.
As one of the most common measurements taken in and out of hospitals around the world, pulse oximetry has gained widespread clinical acceptance as a standard patient vital sign measurement because it can give clinicians an early warning of low arterial blood oxygen saturation levels, known as hypoxemia. Early detection is critical because hypoxemia can lead to a lack of oxygen in the body’s tissues, which can result in organ damage or death. Pulse oximeters are used primarily in critical care settings, including surgery, recovery rooms, intensive care units (ICUs), emergency departments and alternative care settings, such as long-term care facilities, and for home monitoring of patients with chronic conditions.
Clinicians also use pulse oximeters to estimate whether there is too much oxygen in the blood, a condition called hyperoxemia. In premature babies, hyperoxemia can lead to permanent eye damage or blindness. By ensuring that oxygen saturation levels in babies remain within clinically accepted limits, clinicians believe they can lower the incidence of hyperoxemia. In adults, to prevent hyperoxemia, clinicians use pulse oximetry monitoring to guide the administration of oxygen to maintain normal saturation levels.
Conventional pulse oximetry is subject to technological limitations that reduce its effectiveness and the quality of patient care. In particular, when using conventional pulse oximetry, oxygen saturation measurements can be distorted by motion artifact, or patient movement, and low perfusion, or low arterial blood flow at the measurement site. Motion artifact can cause conventional pulse oximeters to inaccurately measure the arterial blood oxygen saturation level, due mainly to the movement and recognition of venous blood. Venous blood may cause falsely low oxygen saturation readings. Low perfusion can also cause conventional pulse oximeters to report inaccurate measurements or, in some cases, no measurement at all. Conventional pulse oximeters cannot distinguish oxygenated hemoglobin, or the component of red blood cells carrying oxygen, from dyshemoglobins, which are hemoglobin bound with carboxyhemoglobin or methemoglobin and are therefore incapable of carrying oxygen. In addition, conventional pulse oximetry readings can also be impacted by bright light and electrical interference from the presence of electrical surgical equipment.
Independent research has shown that over 70% of the alarms outside the operating room are false when using conventional pulse oximetry. In addition, in the operating room, conventional pulse oximeters can fail to give measurements due to weak physiological signals, or low perfusion, in up to 9% of all cases studied. Manufacturers of conventional pulse oximeters have attempted to address some of these limitations with varying degrees of success. Some competing devices have attempted to minimize the observed effects of motion artifact by repeating the last measurement before motion artifact is detected, until a new, clean signal is detected and a new measurement can be displayed, known as freezing values. Other competing devices increase the averaging time during motion, known as long averaging, in an attempt to reduce the observed effect of motion on their measurements. Still other competing devices extend the audible alarm notification delay, which reduces the awareness of inaccurate measurements. These competing solutions, commonly referred to as “motion tolerant” or “alarm management” techniques, mask the limitations of conventional pulse oximetry. Several published studies have demonstrated that these also contribute to increased occurrences of undetected true alarms, or events where hypoxemia occurs, but is not detected by the pulse oximeter.
Conventional pulse oximetry technology also has several practical limitations. Because the technology cannot consistently measure oxygen saturation levels of arterial blood in the presence of motion artifact or low perfusion, conventional pulse oximetry is limited in non-critical care settings of the hospital, such as general care areas, where the hospital staff-to-patient ratio is significantly lower and the staff has lower tolerance for false alarms. In addition, two-wavelength pulse oximeters cannot distinguish oxygenated hemoglobin from dyshemoglobin, including the most prevalent forms of carboxyhemoglobin and methemoglobin. As a result of these dyshemoglobins, pulse oximeters will report falsely high oxygen levels when they are present in the blood.
Masimo SET ® Pulse Oximetry
Masimo SET ® was designed to overcome the primary limitations of conventional pulse oximetry by maintaining accuracy in the presence of motion artifact, low perfusion and weak signal-to-noise situations. Our Masimo SET ® platform, which became available to hospitals in the U.S. in 1998, is the basis of our pulse oximetry products and we believe represented the first significant technological advancement in pulse oximetry since its introduction in the early 1980s. Masimo SET ® utilizes five signal processing algorithms, four of which are proprietary, in parallel to deliver high sensitivity and specificity in the measurement of arterial blood oxygen saturation levels. Sensitivity is the ability to detect true events and specificity is the

2

Table of Contents


ability to reject false alarms. One of our proprietary processing algorithms, Discrete Saturation Transform ® , separates the signal from noise in real time through the use of adaptive filtering and an iterative sampling technique that tests each possible saturation value for validity. Masimo SET ® signal processing can therefore identify the venous blood and other noise, isolate them, and extract the arterial signal.
The performance of Masimo SET ® pulse oximetry has been evaluated in more than 100 independent studies and thousands of clinical evaluations. We believe that Masimo SET ® is trusted by clinicians to safely monitor approximately 100 million patients each year and is used hospital-wide by fourteen of the fifteen hospitals on the U.S. News & World Report Best Hospitals Honor Roll for the 2015-2016 year. Compared to conventional pulse oximeters, during patient motion and low perfusion, Masimo SET ® provides measurements when other pulse oximeters cannot, dramatically reduces false alarms (improved specificity), and accurately detects true alarms (improved sensitivity) that can indicate a hypoxic event in a patient. Clinical studies have shown that the use of Masimo SET ® pulse oximetry in conjunction with modified clinical protocols has helped clinicians reduce retinopathy of prematurity in neonates and improve screening for newborns with critical congenital heart disease (CCHD). Clinical studies have also shown reductions in rapid response activations and ICU transfers when Masimo SET ® is used to monitor patients continuously in medical-surgical units. Additionally, researchers have studied and found reduced ventilator weaning time and arterial blood gas measurements in the ICU.
Our pulse oximetry technology is contained on a circuit board which is placed inside a standalone pulse oximetry monitor, placed inside original equipment manufacturer (OEM) multiparameter monitors, or included as part of an external “Board-in-Cable” solution that is plugged into a port on an OEM or other device. All of these solutions use our proprietary single-patient-use or reusable sensors and cables. We sell our products to end users through our direct sales force and certain distributors, as well as to our OEM partners, for incorporation into their products. In 2013, we also began selling our pulse oximetry products in the consumer market. As of January 2, 2016 , we estimate that the worldwide installed base of our pulse oximeters and OEM monitors that incorporate Masimo SET ® and rainbow SET was more than 1,414,000 units, excluding handheld devices. Our installed base is the primary driver for the recurring sales of our pulse oximeter and Pulse CO-Oximeter ® sensors, most notably, single-patient adhesive sensors.
To complement our Masimo SET ® platform, we have developed a wide range of proprietary single-patient (disposable) and multi-patient (reusable) sensors, cables and other accessories designed specifically to work with Masimo SET ® software and hardware. Our single-patient use sensors offer several advantages over reusable sensors, including improved performance, cleanliness, increased comfort and greater reliability. In addition, our neonatal adhesive sensors have been designed to exhibit greater durability compared to competitive sensors. Although our technology platforms operate solely with our proprietary sensor lines, our sensors have the capability to work with certain competitive pulse oximetry monitors through the use of adapter cables.
Adhesive sensors are single-patient use items, but the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) allows third parties to reprocess pulse oximetry sensors. In response to some hospitals’ requests to implement environmentally friendly or “green” products, we offer sensor reprocessing as well as sensor recycling programs.
Masimo rainbow SET Platform
Since introducing Masimo SET ® , we have continued to innovate by introducing noninvasive measurements that go beyond arterial blood oxygen saturation and pulse rate. In 2005, we introduced the Masimo rainbow SET platform, leveraging our Masimo SET ® technology and incorporating licensed rainbow ® technology to enable real-time monitoring of additional noninvasive measurements. Our rainbow SET platform includes our rainbow SET Pulse CO-Oximetry products, which we believe are the first devices cleared by the FDA to noninvasively and continuously monitor additional hemoglobin species using multiple wavelengths of light, which was previously possible only through intermittent invasive procedures. In addition to monitoring oxygen saturation (SpO 2 ), pulse rate (PR), perfusion index (PI), Pleth Variability Index (PVI ® ) and Respiration Rate from the Pleth (RRp ), rainbow ® Pulse CO-Oximetry has the unique ability to measure and distinguish oxygenated hemoglobins from certain dyshemoglobins, hemoglobins that are incapable of transporting oxygen, and allows for the rapid noninvasive monitoring of total hemoglobin concentration (SpHb ® ), carboxyhemoglobin saturation (SpCO ® ) and methemoglobin saturation (SpMet ® ). The Masimo rainbow SET platform also allows for monitoring of arterial oxygen saturation even under the presence of carboxyhemoglobin and methemoglobin, known as fractional arterial oxygen saturation (SpfO 2 ) in a limited range on specific sensors. Additionally, the rainbow SET platform also allows for the calculation of Oxygen Content (SpOC ) and Oxygen Reserve Index (ORI ). Although RRp , SpfO 2 and ORI have received CE Mark, they are not currently available for sale in the U.S.
We have also developed multi-wavelength sensors that have the ability to monitor multiple measurements with a single sensor. We believe that the use of Masimo rainbow ® Pulse CO-Oximetry products will become widely adopted for the noninvasive monitoring of these measurements. We also believe that the addition of Acoustic Respiration Rate (RRa ® ) with our rainbow

3

Table of Contents


Acoustic Monitoring ® technology for noninvasive and continuous monitoring will strengthen the clinical demand for the rainbow ® platform, especially in the growing general floor market.
Products with our MX circuit board contain our Masimo SET ® pulse oximetry technology as well as circuitry to support rainbow ® measurements. At the time of purchase, or at any time in the future, our customers and our OEMs’ customers have the option of purchasing additional rainbow ® software measurements, which will allow the customer to expand their patient monitoring systems to monitor incremental measurements with a cost-effective solution. To date, over thirty-five companies have released rainbow SET equipped products or announced rainbow ® integration plans.
SpHb ®     
Hemoglobin is the oxygen-carrying component of red blood cells (RBC). Hemoglobin measurement is one of the most frequent invasive laboratory measurements in the world, and is often measured as part of a complete blood count (CBC), which measures multiple other blood components. A low hemoglobin status is called anemia. As a chronic disorder, anemia can be treated by iron supplements, diet changes or drugs that increase the production of red blood cells. As an acute disorder, anemia due to bleeding requires either stoppage of the bleeding or a blood transfusion in order to sustain organ function and life.
SpHb ® is available as a continuous monitor or a spot-check measurement. Continuous SpHb ® monitoring provides real-time visibility into hemoglobin levels and the changes, or lack of changes, in hemoglobin levels, which can otherwise only be measured through intermittent, invasive blood testing. While SpHb ® is not intended to replace invasive hemoglobin tests, when used with other clinical variables, continuous SpHb ® monitoring may help clinicians trend hemoglobin in real time between invasive blood samples.
SpOC  
SpOC provides a more complete picture of a patient’s oxygenation status by combining noninvasive measurements of both hemoglobin and plasma oxygen levels into a single calculation.
SpCO ®  
Carbon monoxide (CO) is a colorless, odorless and tasteless gas that is undetectable by humans and is often unknowingly inhaled from combustion fumes, or during fires by victims and first responders. CO poisoning is the leading cause of accidental poisoning death in the U.S., responsible for up to 50,000 emergency department visits and 500 unintentional deaths annually. Elevated CO levels, when bound to hemoglobin cells, prevent the hemoglobin cells from carrying oxygen and can cause severe neurological damage, permanent heart damage or death, in a matter of minutes. Screening for elevated CO levels in the emergency department is critical in saving lives and preventing long-term damage, but the condition is often misdiagnosed because symptoms are similar to the flu.
CO levels in the blood can be measured using a laboratory CO-Oximeter, which requires a patient or a patient’s blood sample to be transported to a hospital with laboratory CO-Oximetry capability. Additional delays occur if a patient needs hyperbaric oxygen therapy, which often requires transfer to yet another medical center with hyperbaric capability. Outside the hospital, laboratory measurements of carboxyhemoglobin are not considered feasible. Historically, this meant that CO levels in the blood could not be assessed in environments in which it would be very useful, such as in the home of a patient or in the medical evaluation of first responders exposed at the scene of a fire.
We believe that the greatest opportunity for SpCO ® monitoring is in the EMS, fire and hospital emergency department settings. In a 2013 study, elevated SpCO ® was used to help indicate a need for invasive testing in emergency department patients with headaches. This study found that 23% of the cases that were ultimately diagnosed with CO poisoning were only diagnosed after elevated SpCO ® levels had been tested. While SpCO ® is not intended to replace invasive carboxyhemoglobin tests, when used with other clinical variables, SpCO ® may help clinicians identify elevated CO levels and help determine additional test and treatment options. Over the past few years, multiple leading emergency first responder associations, including the National Association of Emergency Medical Technicians, the National Association of EMS Educators, the International Association of Fire Fighters and the International Association of Fire Chiefs, have been educating their members on the benefits of noninvasive CO measurement when exposure is suspected or when an individual presents symptoms that could indicate elevated CO levels. In 2015, the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), one of the world’s authoritative sources on fire prevention and public safety, released updated Fire Rehabilitation Standard 1584, Standard on the Rehabilitation Process for Members During Emergency Operations and Training Exercises , requiring firefighters exposed to smoke at incident scenes and during training to be assessed for elevated CO levels.

4

Table of Contents


SpMet ®  
Methemoglobin in the blood leads to a dangerous condition known as methemoglobinemia, which occurs as a reaction to some common drugs used in hospitals and outpatient procedures. Methemoglobinemia reduces the amount of oxygen bound to hemoglobin for delivery to tissues and forces normal hemoglobin to bind more tightly to oxygen, releasing less oxygen to the tissues. Methemoglobinemia is often unrecognized or diagnosed late, increasing risk to the patient. Commonly prescribed drugs can introduce methemoglobin into the blood and cause methemoglobinemia. Some of the 30 drugs that are known to cause methemoglobinemia are benzocaine, a local anesthetic, which is routinely used in procedures ranging from endoscopy to surgery; inhaled nitric oxide, routinely used in the Neonatal Intensive Care Unit; nitroglycerin, used to treat cardiac patients, and dapsone, used to treat infections for immune-deficient patients, such as HIV patients. Warnings, cautions and alerts regarding the clinical significance and prevalence of methemoglobinemia have been generated by the FDA, the Veterans Administration, the Institute for Safe Medication Practices and the National Academy of Clinical Biochemistry. The American Academy of Pediatrics recommends monitoring methemoglobin levels in infants who receive nitric oxide therapy.
While SpMet ® is not intended to replace invasive methemoglobin tests, when used with other clinical variables, SpMet ® may help clinicians detect methemoglobinemia and help determine additional test and treatment options.
PVI ®  
Pleth Variability Index (PVI ® ) is a measure of the dynamic changes in the PI that occur during the respiratory cycle. The calculation is accomplished by measuring changes in PI over a time interval where one or more complete respiratory cycles have occurred. PVI ® is displayed as a percentage. The lower the number, the less variability there is in the PI over a respiratory cycle. PVI ® may show changes that reflect physiologic factors such as vascular tone, circulating blood volume and intrathoracic pressure excursions. When used with other clinical variables, PVI ® may help clinicians assess fluid responsiveness, improve fluid management in surgical and intensive care patients who are mechanically ventilated, and help determine other treatment options.
RRp  
Respiration rate is defined as the number of breaths per minute. Changes in respiration rate provide an early warning sign of deterioration in patient condition. A low respiration rate is indicative of respiratory depression and high respiration rate is indicative of patient distress. Current methods to monitor respiration rate include end tidal CO 2 monitoring, which requires a nasal cannula to be inserted in the patient’s nose and therefore has low patient compliance, and impedance monitoring, which is considered unreliable. RRp allows clinicians to noninvasively and continuously measure and monitor respiration rate using a standard Masimo SET ® pulse oximetry or rainbow ® Pulse CO-Oximeter ® sensor. The RRp measurement is determined by the variations in the plethysmograph waveform due to respiration, although the measurement is not possible in all patients or many conditions and may not immediately indicate changes in respiration rate. RRp has received CE Mark, but is not currently available for sale in the U.S. for medical use. RRp is available in the U.S. as part of our MightySat fingertip pulse oximeter for use by consumers for general health and wellness purposes.
RRa ®  
Our sound-based monitoring technology, rainbow Acoustic Monitoring ® (RAM ), enables RRa ® and provides continuous and noninvasive monitoring of respiration rate. For patients requiring accurate and sensitive respiration rate monitoring, we believe that RRa ® has been shown to better detect pauses in breathing than respiration rate measurements from other capnography technologies. The RRa ® measurement also provides an important visual indication of breathing through the displayed acoustic waveform. Multiple clinical studies have shown that the noninvasive measurement of RRa ® provides as good or better accuracy to monitor respiration rate as end tidal CO 2 monitoring, and can reliably detect respiratory pause episodes, defined as a cessation of breathing for 30 seconds or more. When used with other clinical variables, RRa ® may help clinicians assess respiratory depression and respiratory distress earlier and more often to help determine treatment options and potentially enable earlier interventions.
SpfO 2  
Prior to our debut of SpfO 2 in October 2012, pulse oximeters could only measure and display functional oxygen saturation (SpO 2 ). Therefore, when patients had elevated carboxyhemoglobin (from CO poisoning) and/or elevated methemoglobin (negative reaction to more than 30 common drugs used in hospitals, like caines, nitrates, and dapsone), the displayed functional oxygen saturation overestimated the actual oxygen saturation value. SpfO 2 , or fractional oxygen saturation, allows more precise arterial oxygenation assessment in patients with elevated dyshemoglobins, common throughout the hospital and pre-hospital setting, compared to functional oxygen saturation, and may also allow earlier interventions and more timely therapeutic decisions. SpfO 2 has received CE Mark, but is not currently available for sale in the U.S.

5

Table of Contents


ORI  
Oxygen Reserve Index (ORI ) provides real-time visibility to oxygenation status in moderate hyperoxic range, which we define as a patient’s oxygen “reserve”. ORI can be trended and has optional alarms to notify clinicians of changes in a patient’s oxygen reserve. When this technology is used with oxygen saturation (SpO 2 ) monitoring, ORI may extend the continuous and noninvasive visibility of a patient’s oxygen status into ranges previously unmonitored in this fashion. ORI may also be of value in patients receiving supplemental oxygen, such as those in surgery, under conscious sedation, or in the ICU, as ORI is represented as an “index” parameter with a unit-less scale between 0.00 and 1.00. Furthermore, ORI may provide an advance warning of an impending hypoxic state, or an indication of an unintended hyperoxic state, when evaluated in conjunction with the partial pressure of oxygen (PaO 2 ). In this way, ORI may enable proactive interventions to avoid hypoxia and unintended hyperoxia. ORI has received CE Mark, but is not currently available for sale in the U.S.
Noninvasive Measurements and Technologies
Following the introduction of our rainbow SET platform, we have continued to expand our technology offerings by introducing additional noninvasive measurements and technologies to create new market opportunities in both the hospital and non-hospital care settings.
SedLine ® Brain Function Monitoring
Brain function monitoring is most commonly used during surgery to help clinicians avoid over-titration and under-titration of anesthesia and sedation. SedLine ® brain function monitoring technology measures the brain’s electrical activity by detecting EEG signals. In contrast to whole-scalp EEG monitoring, which is used for diagnostic purposes, this form of EEG monitoring is often referred to as processed EEG monitoring, or brain function monitoring. Brain function monitors display the patient’s EEG waveforms, but these are difficult for clinicians to interpret, so the EEG signals are processed and displayed as a single number called Patient State Index (PSI), that gives a continuous, quantitative indication of the patient’s depth of anesthesia and sedation. Our SedLine ® brain function monitoring technology can now be delivered through the Masimo Open Connect (MOC-9 ) connectivity port within our Root ® patient monitoring and connectivity platform that integrates our rainbow ® and SET ® measurements with multiple additional parameters, such as SedLine ® . In addition, our SedLine ® brain function monitoring technology also displays raw EEG waveforms, the PSI trend and the Density Spectral Array view to allow clinicians to compare EEG power in both sides of the brain over time to facilitate the detection of asymmetrical activity.
Capnography and Gas Monitoring
We offer a portfolio of capnography and gas monitoring products ranging from external “plug-in-and-measure” capnography and gas analyzers, integrated modules, and handheld capnograph and capnometer devices. These products have the ability to measure multiple expired gases, such as carbon dioxide (CO 2 ), nitrous oxide (N 2 O), oxygen (O 2 ) and other anesthetic agents. In the case of capnography, respiration rate is also calculated from the CO 2 waveform. These measurements are possible through either mainstream monitoring, which samples gases from a ventilated patient’s breathing circuit, or sidestream monitoring, which samples gases from a breathing circuit in mechanically ventilated patients or through a cannula or mask in spontaneously breathing patients. These capnography and gas measurements are standard-of-care in many hospital environments, such as operating rooms, procedural sedation and ICUs.
O3  
O 3 regional oximetry, also known as tissue oximetry and cerebral oximetry, uses near-infrared spectroscopy (NIRS) to provide continuous measurement of tissue oxygen saturation (rSo2) to help detect regional hypoxemia that pulse oximetry alone can miss. In addition, our Root ® monitor and O 3 sensors can automate the differential analysis of regional to central oxygen saturation. O 3  monitoring is as simple as applying O 3  regional oximetry sensors to the forehead and connecting the O 3  MOC-9 module to any Root ® monitor through one of its three MOC-9 ports. O 3  regional oximetry is currently intended for use in subjects larger than 40 kg (88 lbs) and has received CE Mark, but is not currently available for sale in the U.S.
Patient SafetyNet  
Our patient surveillance, remote monitoring and clinician notification solution, Patient SafetyNet , allows for monitoring of the oxygen saturation, pulse rate, perfusion index, hemoglobin, methemoglobin, and respiration rate of up to 200 patients simultaneously. Patient SafetyNet offers a rich user interface with trending, real-time waveform capability at the central station and remote notification via pager or smart phones. Patient SafetyNet also features the Adaptive Connectivity Engine , which enables two-way, HL7-based connectivity to clinical/hospital information systems. The Adaptive Connectivity Engine significantly reduces the time and complexity to integrate and validate custom HL7 implementations, and demonstrates our commitment to innovation that automates patient care with open, scalable, and standards-based connectivity architecture.

6

Table of Contents


The Patient SafetyNet Series 5000 along with Iris Connectivity and MyView through the Root ®  patient monitoring and connectivity platform offers a new level of interoperability designed to enhance clinician workflows, and reduce the cost of care, from operating rooms to medical-surgical units. Patient SafetyNet Series 5000 with Iris enables Root ®   to intake data from all devices connected to the patient, thereby acting as an in-room patient monitor and connectivity hub. Alarms and alerts for all devices are seamlessly forwarded to the patient’s clinician and all device data are effortlessly documented in the patient’s electronic medical record (EMR). The patient-centric user interface of the Patient SafetyNet Series 5000 displays near real-time data from all devices, providing a single unified dashboard of patient information. To simplify documentation of patient data, Root ® enables clinicians to easily verify and send patient vitals, as well as all connected medical device information data, to the EMR directly from Root ® . Data can also be sent to the EMR periodically. An interface between the Patient SafetyNet Series 5000 and the hospital admission, discharge and transfer (ADT) system allows clinicians to receive ADT information on Root ® for positive patient identification at the bedside. Clinicians can also manually enter additional data on the Root ® device, including temperature, blood pressure, level of consciousness, pain score and urine output.
In a landmark study published in 2010 by Dartmouth-Hitchcock Medical Center, clinicians using Masimo SET ® and Patient SafetyNet identified patient distress earlier, which decreased rapid response team activations, ICU transfers and ICU days. Hospitals and other care centers may determine that they can reduce their costs by moving less critically ill patients from the ICU to the general care areas where these patients can be continuously and accurately monitored in a more cost-effective manner. We believe that the advanced performance of the Masimo SET ® platform coupled with reliable, cost-effective and easy-to-use wireless remote monitoring will allow hospitals to create continuous surveillance solutions on general care floors where patients are at risk of avoidable adverse events and where direct patient observation by skilled clinicians is cost prohibitive.
MyView  
MyView is a wireless, presence-detection system that enables clinicians to automatically display customized clinical profiles on Masimo devices, such as Root ® , Radical-7 ® and the Patient SafetyNet View Station. When a clinician approaches the device, a clinician-worn MyView badge signals the device to display a preselected set of parameters and waveforms tailored to the individual clinician’s preferences.
Third-Party Device Connectivity
Despite medical technology advances, the lack of device communication and integration creates risks to patient safety in hospitals around the world. Without device interoperability, critical patient information can go unnoticed - leaving clinicians unaware and patients at risk. Existing approaches for device interoperability require separate hardware, software and/or network infrastructure, which can clutter the patient room, increase complexity, burden IT management and increase costs. To address these challenges, we introduced Iris connectivity in our Root ® patient monitoring and connectivity platform. Iris connectivity enables multiple standalone third-party devices such as intravenous pumps, ventilators, hospital beds and other patient monitors to connect through Root ® , enabling display, notification and documentation to the EMR through Masimo Patient SafetyNet .
Masimo’s addition of Iris connectivity in Root ® and Patient SafetyNet provides multiple advantages to hospitals, including the following:
Allows standalone device information to be remotely viewed with Patient SafetyNet , transmitted through notification systems or sent to electronic health record systems to facilitate better patient care and meaningful use.
Designed to leverage existing network infrastructures and reduce costs while enhancing clinical workflows and decision support to improve patient safety, wherever the clinician is located.
Flexible and cost-effective platform, avoiding installation of costly, separate systems.
Brings all the data together to facilitate assessment and decision support.
Our Strategy
Since inception, our mission has been to develop noninvasive monitoring solutions that improve patient outcomes and reduce the cost of patient care. We intend to continue to grow our business and improve our market position by pursuing the following strategies:
Continue to Expand our Market Share in Pulse Oximetry. We grew our product revenue to $599.3 million in 2015 from $464.9 million in 2012, representing a three-year compound annual growth rate of 8.8% . This growth can be attributed to strong, independent clinical evidence that demonstrates the benefits of our technology, increased access to pulse oximetry customers as a result of our agreements with group purchasing organizations (GPOs), our expanding list of OEM partners and the continued expansion of our worldwide direct sales force. We supplement our direct sales to hospitals and other low

7

Table of Contents


acuity healthcare facilities through various U.S. and international distributors. Combined sales through our direct and distributor sales channels increased to $508.2 million , or 84.8% of product revenue in 2015 , from $396.2 million , or 85.2% of product revenue, in 2012. Since the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act created a new financing framework that rewards hospitals, physicians and providers based on the quality and value of the services (as opposed to the volume of fee-for-service transactions), we expect to see hospitals gravitate towards technologies like Masimo SET ® that have a proven track record of improving patient care.
Expand the Pulse Oximetry Market to Other Patient Care Settings. Many patients die due to opioid overdose in post-surgical wards. We believe the ability to continuously and accurately monitor patients outside of critical care settings, including the general, medical and surgical floors of the hospital, are currently unmet medical needs and have the potential to significantly improve patient care and increase the size of the pulse oximetry market. In addition, we believe the ability of Masimo SET ® to accurately monitor and address the limitations of conventional pulse oximetry has enabled, and will continue to enable, us to expand into non-critical care settings and therefore, significantly expand the market for our products. To further support our expansion into the general care areas, we market Patient SafetyNet , which enables continuous monitoring of up to 200 patients’ oxygen saturation, pulse rate and with rainbow SET , noninvasive hemoglobin and respiration rate. We believe that Patient SafetyNet , when combined with Masimo SET ® pulse oximetry and RAM or capnography, offers a clinically proven cost-effective approach to continuous post-operative monitoring.
Expand the Use of rainbow ® Technology in Hospital Settings. We believe the noninvasive measurement of rainbow ® Pulse CO-Oximetry (SpHb ® , SpCO ® , SpMet ® , PVI ® , SpfO 2 , SPOC and ORI ), rainbow Acoustic Monitoring ® (RRa ® ), and the Halo Index , as well as future measurements, will provide an excellent opportunity to help our customers improve patient care while reducing their cost of care..
Expand the Use of rainbow ® Technology in Non-Hospital Settings. We believe the noninvasive measurement of hemoglobin creates a significant opportunity in markets such as the physician office and emergency departments, and the noninvasive measurement of carboxyhemoglobin creates a significant opportunity in the fire/alternate care market.
Expand the Use of Root ® in Hospital Settings. We believe Root ® represents a powerful new paradigm in patient monitoring because it enhances our rainbow ® and SET ® measurements with multiple specialty parameters (SedLine ® brain function monitoring, O 3 regional oximetry, capnography and gas monitoring) and open-architecture Iris connectivity in an integrated, clinician-centric hub. Our Iris integration platform for Root ® provides a conduit to the patient’s EMR for a range of clinical devices that may otherwise be unable to communicate their information. Iris offers clinical utility and flexibility by collecting device information from all sources and making it available to clinicians in one networked place, akin to an airplane cockpit. Complementary innovations like the Radius-7 wearable, wireless monitor foster an environment of safety without sacrificing patient mobility or comfort. Patients on medical-surgical units can be monitored around the clock, visit the common areas and labs, all while be continuously monitored. Root ® is acuity-adaptable, very well equipped with connectivity capabilities and very competitively priced.
Utilize our Customer Base and OEM Relationships to Market our Masimo rainbow SET , O 3 , SedLine ® and Capnography Products Incorporating Licensed rainbow ® Technology. We are currently selling our rainbow SET products through our direct sales force and distributors. We include our MX circuit boards in our pulse oximeters and sell them to our OEM partners, equipped with circuitry to support rainbow ® Pulse CO-Oximetry measurements that can be activated at time of sale or through a subsequent software upgrade. We believe that, over time, the clinical need of these measurements along with our installed customer base will help drive the adoption of our rainbow ® Pulse CO-Oximetry products.
Continue to Innovate and Maintain Our Technology Leadership Position. We invented and pioneered what we believe is the first pulse oximeter to accurately measure arterial blood oxygen saturation level and pulse rate in the presence of motion artifact and low perfusion. In addition, we launched our rainbow SET platform that enabled what we believe is the first noninvasive monitoring of carboxyhemoglobin, methemoglobin and hemoglobin, as well as PVI ® , all of which were previously only available with invasive and/or complicated testing. With our introduction of RRa ® with rainbow Acoustic Monitoring ® technology, we believe we have launched the first platform to enable noninvasive and continuous respiration monitoring through an easy-to-use single-patient adhesive acoustic sensor. More recently, we introduced ORI , which we believe may provide advance warning of an impending hypoxic state, or an indication of an unintended hyperoxic state.
We plan to continue to innovate and develop new technologies and products, internally and through our collaboration with Cercacor, from whom we currently license certain rainbow ® technologies.
Our future growth strategy is also closely tied to our focus on international expansion opportunities. Since 2007, we have been expanding our sales and marketing presence in Europe, Asia, Middle East, Canada and Latin America. We have accomplished this by both additional staffing and adding or expanding sales offices in many of these territories. By centralizing a portion of our international operations in Neuchatel, Switzerland, including sales management, marketing, customer support, planning, logistics and administrative functions, we believe we have developed a more efficient and scalable international organization

8

Table of Contents


that is capable of being even more responsive to the business needs of our international customers under one centralized management structure.
Operating Segment and Geographic Information
We operate in one business segment, using one measurement of profitability to manage our business. Sales and other financial information by geographic area is provided in Note 16 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part IV, Item 15(a) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Our Products and Markets
We develop, manufacture and market patient monitoring technologies that incorporate a monitor or circuit board and sensors, including proprietary single-patient-use, reusable and rainbow ReSposable ® sensors and patient cables. In addition, we offer remote alarm/monitoring solutions, software and connectivity solutions.
The following chart summarizes our principal product components and principal markets and methods of distribution:
Patient Monitoring Solutions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Circuit Boards and Modules
(e.g.,MX-3, MX-5, MS-2011, MS-2040, uSpO2 ® , SedLine ® , ISA and IRMA)
 
• Signal processing apparatus for all Masimo technology platforms

• Mainstream and sidestream capnography and gas monitors
 
• Incorporated and sold to OEM partners who incorporate our circuit boards into their patient monitoring systems
 
 
 
 
Monitors and Devices
(e.g., Radical-7 ® , Pronto ® , Rad-57 ® , Root ® , Radius-7 , and EMMA )
 
• Bedside, handheld and wireless monitoring devices that incorporate Masimo SET ®  with and without licensed Masimo rainbow SET  technology

• Compact and self-contained capnometer which monitors CO 2 concentration
 
• Sold directly to end-users and through distributors and in some cases to our OEM partners who sell to end-users
 
 
 
 
 
 
Patient Monitoring and Connectivity Platforms
(e.g., Root ® , Radius-7 )
 
• Multi-specialty measurement monitor with connected and wireless capabilities

• Ability to connect third-party devices such as IV pumps, ventilators, beds and other patient monitors to the electronic health record
 
• Sold directly to end-users and through distributors
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sensors
(e.g., SET ® , rainbow ®  Pulse CO-Oximetry, rainbow Acoustic  Sensors  and SedLine ® )

 
• Extensive line of both single-patient, reusable and rainbow ReSposable ®  sensors

• Patient cables, as well as adapter cables that enable the use of our sensors on certain competitive monitors
 
• Sold directly to end-users and through distributors and to OEM partners who sell to end-users
 
 
 
 
 
 

9

Table of Contents


 
 
 
 
 
 
Line Filters and Mainstream Adapters
(e.g., capnography and gas disposables)
 
• Line of disposables to measure mainstream and sidestream capnography and gas parameters

 
• Sold directly to end-users and through distributors and to OEM partners who sell to end-users
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remote Alarm and Monitoring Solutions
(e.g., Patient SafetyNet
)
 
• Network-linked, wired or wireless, multiple patient floor monitoring solutions
• Standalone wireless alarm notification solutions
 
• Sold directly to end-users
 
 
 
 
Proprietary Measurements
(e.g., SpHb
® , SpCO ® , SpMet ® , PVI ® , RRa ® , ORI , 3D Alarms and Adaptive Threshold Alarm)
 
• Rainbow ®  measurements and other proprietary features sold to installed monitors
 
• Sold directly to end-users and through OEM partners who sell to end-users
 
 
 
 
 
 
Connectivity
(e.g., Root
® , Patient SafetyNet )
 
• Software and hardware enabling third-party devices to connect through Patient SafetyNet  to clinicians and for documentation to the electronic health record
 
• Sold directly to end-users
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Monitoring Solutions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Devices
(e.g. MightySat )
 
• Pulse oximeter cable and sensor for use with an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch and select Android smart phones
 
• Sold directly to consumers through on-line websites
Circuit Boards
Masimo SET ® MS Circuit Boards . Our Masimo SET ® MS circuit boards perform all signal processing and other pulse oximetry functions incorporating the Masimo SET ® platform. Our MS circuit boards are included in our proprietary monitors for direct sale or sold to our OEM partners for incorporation into their monitors. Once incorporated into a pulse oximeter, the MS circuit boards perform all data acquisition processing and report the pulse oximetry levels to the host monitor. The circuit boards and related software interface directly with our proprietary sensors to calculate arterial blood oxygen saturation level and pulse rate. Our latest generation boards include the MS-2003, MS-2011, MS-2013 and MS-2040, with a typical power consumption of less than 45 milliwatts.
Masimo rainbow SET MX Circuit Boards. Our next-generation circuit board is the foundation for our Masimo rainbow ® Pulse CO-Oximetry and rainbow Acoustic Monitoring ® platform, utilizing certain technology that is licensed from Cercacor. The MX circuit boards offer full functionality of our rainbow ®  technology for noninvasive measurements for total hemoglobin (SpHb ® ), oxygen content (SpOC ), carboxyhemoglobin (SpCO ® ), methemoglobin (SpMet ® ) and acoustic respiration rate (RRa ® ), in addition to providing Measure-Through-Motion and Low-Perfusion oxygen saturation (SpO2), pulse rate (PR) and PI measurement capabilities of Masimo SET ®  pulse oximetry. Customers can choose to buy additional measurements beyond arterial blood oxygen saturation levels and pulse rate at the time of sale or at any time in the future through a field-installed software upgrade.
Our MX-5 OEM circuit board deploys a technology platform that utilizes approximately half the power of previously available rainbow ®  circuit boards to deliver rainbow ®  Pulse CO-Oximetry noninvasive measurement performance. In addition to the lower power demands compared to previous rainbow ®  technology boards, the MX-5 adds dynamic power utilization to scale the MX-5’s power draw based upon the combination of parameters being monitored to permit even longer battery run-times.
uSpO 2 ® Cable/Board. Our SET ® technology-in-a-cable contains the low power (MS-2040) technology in a reduced size, allowing it to be embedded into patient cables as part of the sensor connector. This allows for the ability to interface the uSpO 2 ® cable/board to monitoring devices externally via an existing communications port in instances where internal integration of a

10

Table of Contents


traditional Masimo SET ® technology board is not feasible. The uSpO 2 ® cable/board provides full Masimo SET ® Measure-through-Motion and Low-Perfusion pulse oximetry found in our other products, with a typical power consumption of less than 45 milliwatts.
Monitors / Devices
Radical-7 ® . The Radical-7 ® incorporates our MX circuit board, which enables rainbow SET measurements, and offers three-in-one capability that can be used as:
a standalone device for bedside monitoring;
a detachable, battery-operated handheld unit for easy portable monitoring; and
a monitor interface via SatShare ® , a proprietary technology allowing our products to work with certain competitor products, to upgrade existing conventional multiparameter patient monitors to Masimo SET ® while displaying rainbow ® measurements on the Radical-7 ® itself.
The Radical-7 ® is a wireless, touchscreen device, which is on an upgradeable rainbow SET platform. With its wide-ranging flexibility, Radical-7 ® can continuously monitor a patient from the ambulatory environment, to the emergency room, to the operating room, to the general floor and on, until the patient is discharged. Radical-7 ® delivers the accuracy and reliability of Masimo rainbow SET with multi-functionality, ease of use and a convenient upgrade path for existing monitors.
Root ® . Root ® is a powerful patient monitoring and connectivity platform that integrates our rainbow ® and SET ® measurements with multiple additional specialty measurements through Masimo Open Connect (MOC-9 ) in an integrated, clinician-centric platform. The first two MOC-9 technologies for Root ® were SedLine ® brain function monitoring and Phasein capnography. Our third MOC-9 technology for Root ® , O 3 regional oximetry, provides for continuous and simultaneous measurement of tissue oxygen saturation (rSo2) and SpO2 to help detect regional hypoxemia that pulse oximetry alone can miss. Iris connectivity in the Root ® device enables third party devices such as intravenous pumps and ventilators to connect through Root ® , which enables display notification and documentation to the EMR through the Masimo Patient SafetyNet application.
In June 2015, we announced the release of our Root ®  connectivity and patient monitoring platform with noninvasive blood pressure and temperature capabilities. Root ® with noninvasive blood pressure from SunTech Medical ® enables clinicians to measure arterial blood pressure for adult, pediatric and neonatal patients, with three distinct measurement modes: spot-check, automatic interval and stat interval. The temperature module from Welch Allyn ® is designed to measure the temperature of adult, pediatric and neonatal patients. This product has received both CE Mark and FDA 510(k) clearance.
Our Root ® platform with capnography, SedLine ® brain function monitoring, wireless communication and Iris connectivity for third-party medical devices has received FDA clearance. O 3 regional oximetry has received CE Mark, but is not currently available for sale in the U.S.
Radius-7 TM . Radius-7 for the Root ® patient monitoring and connectivity platform is the first and only wearable, wireless monitor with our rainbow SET technology, enabling early identification of clinical deterioration while offering patients continuous monitoring with freedom of movement. With rainbow SET noninvasive measurements, Radius-7 with Root ® can alert clinicians at the bedside or remotely, through Masimo Patient SafetyNet , of critical changes in a patient’s oxygen saturation and pulse rate, even during states of motion and low perfusion, as well as respiration through RRa ® . Radius-7 with Root ® has received both CE Mark and FDA 510(k) clearance.
SatShare ® . Our SatShare ® technology enables a conventional monitor to receive continuous measurement updates using Masimo SET ® through a simple cable connection from the back of Radical-7 ® to the sensor input port of the conventional monitor. No software upgrades or new modules are necessary for the upgrade, which can be completed in minutes. SatShare ® allows hospitals to standardize the technology and sensors used throughout the hospital while allowing them to gain more accurate monitoring capabilities and additional multi-functionality in a cost-effective manner. This technology has facilitated many hospital-wide conversions of previously installed competitor monitors to Masimo SET ® . In addition, Masimo rainbow SET measurements such as hemoglobin are available to clinicians on the Radical-7 ® itself while the device is being used in SatShare ® mode.
Pronto ® . The Pronto ® is a handheld noninvasive multiparameter testing device that uses Masimo rainbow SET technology to provide oxygen saturation, pulse rate, perfusion index and spot-checking of hemoglobin levels for both hospitals (i.e., emergency departments) and remote settings such as physician offices.
Rad-8 ® . The Rad-8 ® is a bedside pulse oximeter featuring Masimo SET ® (but without rainbow ® capability) with a low cost design and streamlined feature set.

11

Table of Contents


Rad-5 ® . In addition to the bedside monitors, we have developed handheld pulse oximeters using Masimo SET ® (but without rainbow ® capability). Our Rad-5 ® and Rad-5v ® handheld oximeters were the first dedicated handhelds with Masimo SET ® .
Rad-57 ® . The Rad-57 ® is a fully featured handheld Pulse CO-Oximeter ® that provides continuous, noninvasive measurement of hemoglobin, carboxyhemoglobin and methemoglobin in addition to oxygen saturation, pulse rate and perfusion index. Its rugged and lightweight design makes it applicable for use in hospital and field settings, specifically for fire departments and emergency medical service units.
MightySat Rx . In October 2015, we announced FDA 510(k) clearance for MightySat Rx, a fingertip pulse oximeter that incorporates Masimo SET ®  Measure-through-Motion and Low-Perfusion technology.
SedLine ® MOC-9 Module. The SedLine ® monitor measures brain function on a continuous basis. The SedLine ® MOC-9 module for Root ® is an EEG-based brain function monitor that provides information about a patient’s response to anesthesia.
O 3 MOC-9 Module. The O 3 MOC-9 module for Root ® uses near-infrared spectroscopy (NIRS) to detect regional hypoxemia by continuously measuring tissue oxygen saturation (rSo2), automating the differential analysis of regional to central oxygen saturation.
Capnography and Gas Monitoring. Our gas analyzers, IRMA and ISA, and emergency capnometer (EMMA ), enable our customers to benefit from CO 2 , N 2 O, O 2 and anesthetic agent monitoring in many hospital environments.
uSpO 2 ® Cable/Board. Our new SET ® technology-in-a-cable contains our low power (MS-2040) technology in a reduced size, allowing it to be embedded into patient cables as part of the sensor connector.
Sensors
Sensors and Cables. We have developed one of the broadest lines of single-patient-use (disposable), reusable and rainbow sensors and cables. In total, we have over 100 different types of sensors to meet virtually every clinical need. Masimo SET ® sensors are uniquely designed to reduce interference from physiological and non-physiological noise. Our proprietary technology platforms operate only with our proprietary sensor lines. However, through the use of adapter cables, we can connect our sensors to certain competitor pulse oximetry monitors. We sell our sensors and cables to end-users directly or through our distributors and OEM partners.
Our single-patient-use sensors offer several advantages over reusable sensors, including improved performance, cleanliness, increased comfort and greater reliability. Our reusable sensors are primarily used for short-term, spot-check monitoring. Our rainbow ReSposable ® sensors are expected to provide performance advantages for customers currently using reusable and reprocessed sensors.
SofTouch Sensors. We have developed SofTouch sensors, designed with less adhesive or no adhesive at all for compromised skin conditions. These include single-patient sensors for newborns and multi-site reusable sensors for pediatrics and adults.
Trauma and Newborn Sensors. We have developed two specialty sensor lines, specifically designed for trauma and resuscitation situations, as well as for newborns. These sensors contain an identifier that automatically sets the oximeter to monitor with maximum sensitivity and the shortest-averaging mode and allows for quick application, even in wet and slippery environments. Additionally, we introduced low-profile sensors to monitor oxygen saturation in newborns. The newly enhanced low-profile LNCS ® and M-LNCS Neo, NeoPt and Inf Sensors are smaller and thinner, making them significantly more comfortable for patients and easier to apply for healthcare workers.
Blue Sensors. We believe our Blue Sensors are the first FDA-cleared sensors to accurately monitor arterial blood oxygen saturation levels in cyanotic infants and children with abnormally low oxygen saturation levels.
E1 ® Ear Sensor. We believe that our E1 ® Ear Sensor was the first ever, single-patient-use ear sensor that is placed securely in the ear conchae, so clinicians can combine Masimo SET ® performance and central monitoring to provide quick access and responsive assessment of oxygenation. The E1 ® Ear Sensor is designed for field emergency medical services utilization.
TFA-1 Adhesive Forehead Sensor. We believe our TFA-1 forehead sensor can combine Masimo SET ® performance and central monitoring to provide quick access and responsive assessment of oxygenation, for hospitals desiring forehead monitoring with a disposable sensor.
rainbow ® Sensors. We have developed proprietary, multi-wavelength sensors for use with our rainbow ® Pulse CO-Oximetry products. In contrast to traditional sensors that only have the capability to monitor arterial blood oxygen saturation levels and pulse rate, our rainbow ® sensors can also monitor carboxyhemoglobin, methemoglobin and hemoglobin. Our licensed rainbow

12

Table of Contents


SET sensors are the only sensors that are compatible with our licensed rainbow SET products. Rainbow ® sensors are available in single-patient-use, rainbow ReSposable ® and reusable spot-check sensor types.
The rainbow ®  DCI-mini is the first noninvasive hemoglobin (SpHb ® ) spot-check sensor for infants and small children (weight 3 to 30 kg). Paired with our handheld Pronto ®  device, the rainbow ®  DCI-mini sensors are designed to help clinicians quickly and easily spot-check hemoglobin levels in infants and small children, which may facilitate the identification of anemia. The rainbow ®  DCI-mini has received CE Mark in Japan, but is not currently available for sale in the U.S. or Europe.
rainbow Acoustic Sensors. We believe we were the first to market a continuous respiration rate monitoring technology based on an acoustic sensor placed on the patient’s neck. Our rainbow Acoustic sensors detect the sounds associated with breathing and convert the sounds into continuous respiration rate using proprietary signal processing that is based on Masimo SET ® .
SedLine ® Sensor. Used with the SedLine ® MOC-9 module for the Root ® patient monitor, the SedLine ® sensor is a disposable sensor that collects EEG data for our SedLine ® monitor.
rainbow ® Universal ReSposable SuperSensor . This sensor, which is not currently available for sale in the U.S., is the first noninvasive sensor to provide simultaneous monitoring of SpHb ® , SpCO ® , SpMet ® , SpfO 2 , SpOC , PI, PVI ® and Measure-Through-Motion and Low-Perfusion arterial blood oxygen saturation (SpO 2 and pulse rate (PR).
O 3 Sensor. Used with the O 3 MOC-9 module for the Root ® patient monitor, each O 3 sensor contains four light-emitting diodes and two detectors to continuously measure rSo2.
Reprocessed Sensors. We offer our customers choices for reducing pollution and waste in our world while also reducing costs, including Masimo Reprocessed Sensors, the only reprocessing solution that maintains new Masimo sensor performance specifications, and rainbow ReSposable ® sensors, offering unprecedented sustainability with a lower carbon footprint and greater waste reduction than reprocessed or new sensors. Rainbow ReSposable ® sensors offer equivalent performance and comfort to single-patient- use sensors and a similar sensor price-per-patient to mixed third-party reprocessed and new sensors.
Remote Alarm and Monitoring Solutions
Masimo Patient SafetyNet . Patient SafetyNet is a remote monitoring and clinician notification system. It instantly routes bedside-generated alarms through a server to a qualified clinician’s handheld paging device in real-time. Each system can support up to 200 bedside monitors and can either be integrated into a hospital’s existing IT infrastructure or operate as a stand-alone wireless network.
Proprietary Measurements
All of our monitors shipped since January 2006, including Radical-7 ® and certain future OEM products, which incorporate the MX board will allow purchases of software for rainbow ® measurements, as well as other future measurements or features that can be field-installed. Our current rainbow ® measurements include ORI , PI, PR, PVI ® , RRp , SpHb ® , SpO 2 , SpCO ® , SpMet ® , SpOC and SpfO 2 , as well as rainbow Acoustic Monitoring ® , RRa ®
Currently, clinicians monitor multiple clinical measurements on each patient and respond independently to each of the measurements. Halo Index is a dynamic indicator that facilitates continuous global trending and assessment of multiple physiological measurements into a simple and comprehensive assessment within a single index to quantify changes in patient status, which is displayed on the Patient SafetyNet remote monitoring and notification system. Halo Index has received CE Mark, but is not currently available for sale in the U.S. In the future, subject to receipt of regulatory clearance, we expect Halo Index will also be available as part of our standalone devices and OEM boards. As more clinical evidence is collected on Halo Index , its clinical utility in a variety of care areas and patient types will become more specific.
Eve , a Newborn Screening Software Application for the Radical-7 ® Pulse CO-Oximeters ® , is designed to help clinicians more effectively and efficiently screen newborns for critical congenital heart disease (CCHD). In the Radical-7 ® Pulse CO-Oximeter ® , Eve automates the screening steps with animated instruction, including sensor application, measurement selection and screening result determination. Eve is intended to provide consistent application of the screening protocol to reduce method-and operator-induced variability and improve efficiency by automating the data capture and comparison between readings. Eve has received CE Mark, but is currently not available for sale in the U.S.
X-Cal  
Sensor and cable failures can prevent pulse oximeters from providing the patient safety advantages that continuous pulse oximetry monitoring is intended to provide. Our X-Cal technology enhances patient safety and improves clinician efficiency by preserving system quality, performance and reliability and reducing the chances of bad or inferior sensors and cables being

13

Table of Contents


used on patients. X-Cal technology enhances the benefits of Masimo’s pulse oximetry by incorporating the means to track the expected monitoring life of the pulse oximetry sensors and cables and provides appropriate user messaging on the host monitor.
X-Cal addresses three common problems experienced by clinicians using an integrated Masimo system, including:
Patient safety may be compromised by using imitation Masimo sensors and cables because they are not produced with comparable components, do not provide proper shielding from ambient interferences, create electrostatic noise caused by motion, do not have our quality and performance controls, and are not tested or warranted to work within a Masimo system;
We design our sensors and cables to last well beyond their warranty period and customer feedback indicates our sensors and cables last significantly longer than competing products, but cable and sensor reliability may still be compromised when used beyond the life they were designed for, affecting patient care and causing clinicians and biomedical engineers to spend time troubleshooting intermittent cable and sensor issues; and
We believe that third-party reprocessed pulse oximetry sensors introduce challenges in the clinical environment due to potential quality issues. In fact, we believe that most third-party reprocessed sensors do not indicate that they are capable of performing in Measure-Through-Motion or Low-Perfusion conditions or neonatal applications, key performance requirements available with Masimo SET ® sensors. Also, to the best of our knowledge, no third-party company has attempted to reprocess rainbow SET sensors.
Connectivity
Iris connectivity in Root ® enables third-party devices such as intravenous pumps and ventilators to connect through Root ® enabling display, notification and documentation to the EMR through Masimo Patient SafetyNet .
Consumer Products
Our MightySat fingertip pulse oximeter for personal use provides accurate oxygen saturation and pulse rate measurements and is designed for those who want accurate measurements even under extreme conditions. In addition to standard SpO 2 , PR and PI measurements, MightySat is also available with optional respiration rate (RRp) and PVI ® , a measure of the dynamic changes in the PI that occur during one or more complete respiratory cycles. MightySat provides measurements in a compact, battery-powered design with a large color screen that can be rotated for real-time display of the pleth waveform as well as measurements. Bluetooth wireless functionality enables measurement display via a free, downloadable Masimo Personal Health app on iOS and Android mobile devices, as well as the ability to trend and communicate measurements, including the Apple Health Kit. MightySat is available online and is intended for general health and wellness use only. MightySat is not intended for medical use.
Cercacor Laboratories, Inc.
Cercacor is an independent entity spun-off from us to our stockholders in 1998. Joe Kiani, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is also the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Cercacor. In addition, Jack Lasersohn, a member of our board of directors, was a member of the board of directors of Cercacor until April 2, 2015. We are a party to a cross-licensing agreement with Cercacor, which was amended and restated effective January 1, 2007 (the Cross-Licensing Agreement), which governs each party’s rights to certain intellectual property held by the two companies.
The following table outlines our rights under the Cross-Licensing Agreement relating to specific end user markets and the related technology applications of specific measurements.
 
 
End User Markets
Measurements
 
Professional Caregiver and
Alternate Care Market
 
Patient and Pharmacist
Vital Signs (1)
 
Masimo
(owns)
 
Cercacor
(non-exclusive license)
Non-Vital Signs (2)
 
Masimo
(exclusive license)
 
Cercacor
(owns or exclusive license)
______________
(1)  
Vital Signs measurements include, but are not limited to, SpO 2 , peripheral venous oxygen saturation, mixed venous oxygen saturation, fetal oximetry, sudden infant death syndrome, ECG, blood pressure (noninvasive blood pressure, invasive blood pressure and continuous noninvasive blood pressure), temperature, respiration rate, CO 2 , pulse rate, cardiac output, EEG, perfusion index, depth of anesthesia, cerebral oximetry, tissue oximetry and/or EMG, and associated features derived from these measurements, such as 3-D alarms, PVI ® and other features.

14

Table of Contents


(2)  
Non-Vital Signs measurements include the body fluid constituents other than vital signs measurements and include, but are not limited to, carbon monoxide, methemoglobin, blood glucose, hemoglobin and bilirubin.
Our License to Cercacor. We granted Cercacor an exclusive, perpetual and worldwide license, with sublicense rights, to use our Masimo SET ® technology, including all improvements, for the monitoring of non-vital signs measurements and to develop and sell devices incorporating Masimo SET ® for monitoring non-vital signs measurements in the “Cercacor Market”. The Cercacor Market consists of any product market in which a product is intended to be used by a patient or pharmacist rather than a professional medical caregiver regardless of the particular location of the sale, including sales to doctors, hospitals, alternate care market professionals or otherwise, provided the product is intended to be recommended, or resold, for use by the patient or pharmacist. We also granted Cercacor a non-exclusive, perpetual and worldwide license, with sublicense rights, to use Masimo SET ® for the measurement of vital signs in the Cercacor Market. In exchange, Cercacor pays us a 10% royalty on the amount of vital signs sensors and accessories sold by Cercacor.
Cercacor’s License to us. We exclusively license from Cercacor the right to make and distribute products in the “Masimo Market” that utilize rainbow ® technology for the measurement of carbon monoxide, methemoglobin, fractional arterial oxygen saturation, and hemoglobin, which includes hematocrit. The Masimo Market consists of any product market where the product is intended to be used by a professional medical caregiver, including hospital caregivers, surgicenter caregivers, paramedic vehicle caregivers, doctors’ offices caregivers, alternate care facility caregivers and vehicles where alternative care services are provided. We also have the option to obtain exclusive licenses to make and distribute products in the Masimo Market that utilize rainbow ® technology for the monitoring of other non-vital signs measurements, including blood glucose. We have 180 days after proof of feasibility to exercise the above-referenced option to obtain a license for the measurement of blood glucose for an additional $2.5 million and licenses for other non-vital signs measurements for an additional $0.5 million each. The licenses are exclusive until the later of 20 years from the grant of the applicable license or the expiration of the last patent included in the rainbow ® technology related to the applicable measurements. To date, we have developed and commercially released devices that measure carbon monoxide, methemoglobin and hemoglobin using licensed rainbow ® technology. We also make and distribute products that monitor respiration rate via rainbow Acoustic Monitoring ® , which is a Masimo-developed rainbow ® technology and, therefore, is not required to be licensed from Cercacor. During the year ended December 28, 2013, we exercised our right to license from Cercacor five additional non-vital sign measurements for $0.5 million each, or $2.5 million in the aggregate. As the result of new data in fiscal 2015 related to these five additional non-vital sign measurements, we and Cercacor terminated these licenses during fiscal 2015, and Cercacor agreed to refund the amounts previously paid by us for these licenses.
Our license to rainbow ® technology for these measurements in these markets is exclusive on the condition that we continue to pay Cercacor royalties on our products incorporating rainbow ® technology, subject to certain minimum aggregate royalty thresholds, and that we use commercially reasonable efforts to develop or market products incorporating the licensed rainbow ® technology. The royalty is up to 10% of the rainbow ® royalty base, which includes handhelds, tabletop and multiparameter devices. Handheld products incorporating rainbow ® technology carry a 10% royalty rate. For other products, only the proportional amount attributable to that portion of our devices used to monitor non-vital signs measurements, rather than to monitoring vital signs measurements, and sensors and accessories for measuring only non-vital sign parameters are included in the 10% rainbow ® royalty base. For multiparameter devices, the rainbow ® royalty base includes the percentage of the revenue based on the number of rainbow ® -enabled measurements. For hospital contracts where we place equipment and enter into a sensor contract, we pay a royalty to Cercacor on the total sensor contract revenue based on the ratio of rainbow ® enabled devices to total devices. During the year ended January 2, 2016 and going forward, we are subject to certain specific annual minimum aggregate royalty payment obligations of $5.0 million per year.
Change in Control . The Cross-Licensing Agreement provides that, upon a change in control:
if the surviving or acquiring entity ceases to use “Masimo” as a company name and trademark, all rights to the “Masimo” trademark will be assigned to Cercacor;
the option to license technology developed by Cercacor for use in blood glucose monitoring will be deemed automatically exercised and a $2.5 million license fee for this technology will become immediately payable to Cercacor; and
the minimum aggregate annual royalties payable to Cercacor for carbon monoxide, methemoglobin, fractional arterial oxygen saturation, hemoglobin and/or glucose will increase to $15.0 million per year until the exclusivity period of the agreement ends, plus up to $2.0 million for each additional measurement with no maximum ceiling for non-vital sign measurements.

15

Table of Contents


For purposes of the Cross-Licensing Agreement, a change in control includes any of the following with respect to us or Cercacor:
the sale of all or substantially all of either company’s assets to a non-affiliated third-party;
the acquisition by a non-affiliated third-party of 50% or more of the voting power of either company;
Joe Kiani, our Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Executive Officer of Cercacor, resigns or is terminated from his position with either company; or
the merger or consolidation of either company with a non-affiliated third-party.
Ownership of Improvements . Any improvements to Masimo SET ® or rainbow ® technology made by Cercacor, by us, or jointly by Cercacor with us or with any third-party that relates to non-vital signs monitoring, and any new technology acquired by Cercacor, is and will be owned by Cercacor. Any improvements to the Masimo SET ® platform or rainbow ® technology made by Cercacor, by us, or jointly by Cercacor with us or with any third-party that relates to vital signs monitoring, and any new technology acquired by us, is and will be owned by us. However, for both non-vital signs and vital signs monitoring, any improvements to the technology, excluding acquired technology, will be assigned to the other party and will be subject to the terms of the licenses granted under the Cross-Licensing Agreement. Any new non-vital signs monitoring technology utilizing Masimo SET ® that we develop will be owned by Cercacor and will be subject to the same license and option fees as if it had been developed by Cercacor. Also, we will not be reimbursed by Cercacor for our expenses relating to the development of any such technology.
Cercacor Services Agreement (Services Agreement). We have also entered into a services agreement with Cercacor. Under this Services Agreement, we provide Cercacor with certain general and administrative services. For each of the years ended January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , Cercacor paid us $0.2 million for such general and administrative services and we expect Cercacor to continue to engage us to perform these services. However, pursuant to the Services Agreement, Cercacor may terminate the agreement by providing us a 30 day notice, and we may terminate with a 180 day notice to Cercacor.
Cercacor’s Expenses related to Pronto-7 ® . In February 2009, in order to accelerate the development of the technology and product development supporting our Pronto-7 ® device, Cercacor agreed to re-direct a substantial amount of its engineering development activities to focus on this project and we agreed to fund such expenses. Accordingly, from April 2009 through June 2010, we agreed to reimburse Cercacor for all third-party engineering materials and supplies expenses related to Pronto-7 ® development and 50% of Cercacor’s total engineering and engineering-related payroll expenses. Subsequent to July 2010, Cercacor continued to assist us with other product development efforts and charged us accordingly. Beginning in 2012, due to a revised estimate of the support required by us to complete the various Pronto-7 ® related projects, our board of directors approved an increase in the percentage of Cercacor’s total engineering and engineering related payroll expenses funded by us from 50% to 60%. For the year ended January 3, 2015 , the total funding for these additional Cercacor expenses was $3.1 million . This arrangement was discontinued by mutual agreement effective as of January 4, 2015.
During the year ended January 2, 2016 , Cercacor completed a review of its fiscal 2014 cross-charges related to Pronto-7 ® . Based on this review, it was determined that less than 60% of Cercacor’s total engineering and engineering-related payroll expenses were attributable to the development of Pronto-7 ® , resulting in an overpayment by us to Cercacor of approximately $1.6 million for fiscal 2014. In addition, we and Cercacor agreed to equally share approximately $1.4 million of previously incurred engineering-related payroll expenses associated with research for a new LED sensor technology and, as a result, we and Cercacor mutually agreed that Cercacor would refund $0.9 million to us.
Cercacor Consulting Services Agreement (Consulting Agreement). In January 2015, we entered into a consulting services agreement (Consulting Agreement) with Cercacor that governs certain engineering consulting and clinical studies support services that Cercacor may provide for us from time-to-time. Expenses incurred by us related to this Consulting Agreement were $0.3 million for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2016 .
Patent Transfer and Licensing Agreement. We entered into a patent transfer and licensing agreement with Cercacor (the Patent Agreement) effective July 2015, pursuant to which, among other things, we purchased certain patents from Cercacor (the Purchased Patents) for an aggregate purchase price of $2.4 million. Pursuant to the Patent Agreement, we granted Cercacor an irrevocable, non-exclusive, worldwide license with respect to the products and services covered by the Purchased Patents.
Government Regulation
As a global medical technology company, we are subject to significant government regulation, compliance requirements, fees and costs, both in the U.S. and abroad. These regulatory requirements subject our products and our business to numerous risks that are specifically discussed within “Risks Related to Our Regulatory Environment” under Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors”

16

Table of Contents


within this Annual Report on Form 10-K. A summary of certain critical aspects of our regulatory environment is included below.
Food and Drug Administration (FDA) Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements
The FDA, along with other federal, state and local authorities, regulates our products and product-related activities. Pursuant to the U.S. Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FDCA) and the regulations promulgated under that Act, the FDA regulates the design, development, clinical trials, testing, manufacture, packaging, labeling, storage, distribution and promotion of medical devices. We endeavor to ensure that our products and procedures remain in compliance with all applicable FDA regulations, but the regulations regarding the manufacture and sale of our products are subject to change. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that these changes might have on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Unless an exemption applies, each medical device that we wish to market in the U.S. must first receive from the FDA either 510(k) clearance, by filing a 510(k) pre-market notification, or PMA approval, by filing a pre-market approval application (PMA).
The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from four to twelve months, but it can take longer. The process of obtaining PMA approval is much more costly, lengthy and uncertain. We cannot be sure that 510(k) clearance or PMA approval will be obtained for any product we propose to market on a timely basis or at all. In addition, if the FDA discovers that an applicant has submitted false or misleading information, the FDA may refuse to review submissions until certain requirements are met pursuant to its Application Integrity Policy.
The FDA decides whether a device must undergo either the 510(k) clearance or PMA approval process based upon statutory criteria. These criteria include the level of risk that the agency perceives is associated with the device and a determination of whether the product is a type of device that is similar to devices that are already legally marketed. Devices deemed to pose relatively less risk are placed in either Class I or II, which generally requires the manufacturer to submit a pre-market notification requesting 510(k) clearance, unless an exemption applies.
Class I devices are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to the FDA’s general regulatory controls (General Controls) for medical devices, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (QSR) facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising and promotional materials. Some Class I devices also require premarket clearance by the FDA through the 510(k) premarket notification process.
Class II devices are subject to the FDA’s General Controls, the FDA’s QSR, including the Design Control regulations, and any other special controls deemed necessary by the FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device. Premarket review and clearance by the FDA for Class II devices is accomplished through the 510(k) premarket notification procedure. All of our current regulated devices are classified as Class II devices.
Class III devices are those deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, or those devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a legally marketed predicate device. The safety and effectiveness of Class III devices cannot be assured solely by the General Controls and the other requirements described above. These devices almost always require formal clinical studies to demonstrate safety and effectiveness and must be approved through the PMA approval process during which the manufacturer must establish the safety and effectiveness of the device to the FDA’s satisfaction. A PMA application must be supported by valid scientific evidence, including extensive preclinical (including bench tests and laboratory and animal studies) and clinical trial data as well as information about the device and its components regarding, among other things, device design, manufacturing and labeling. Also during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. As part of the PMA application review, the FDA will conduct a preapproval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with the FDA’s QSR. If the FDA approves the PMA, it may place restrictions on the device or the labeling or require additional clinical studies. If the FDA’s evaluation of the PMA application or the manufacturing facility is not favorable, the FDA may deny approval of the PMA application or issue a “not approvable” letter. The FDA may also require additional clinical trials, which can delay the PMA approval process by several years. None of our products are currently approved under the PMA process.
To obtain 510(k) clearance, a company must submit a premarket notification demonstrating that the proposed device is “substantially equivalent” in intended use and in technological and performance characteristics to a legally marketed “predicate device” that is either a Class I, Class II or Class III device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976, for which the FDA has not yet called for submission of a PMA application. After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, requires a new 510(k) clearance or could require a PMA approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance, but the FDA can review any decision. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s decision not to seek a new 510(k) clearance, the agency may retroactively require the manufacturer to seek 510(k) clearance or PMA approval. The FDA also

17

Table of Contents


can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or PMA approval is obtained.
A clinical trial may be required in support of a 510(k) submission and generally is required for a PMA application. These trials may require an Investigational Device Exemption (IDE) application approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of patients, unless the proposed study is deemed a non-significant risk study, which is eligible for an exemption from the IDE requirements. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results. Clinical trials may begin if the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the appropriate institutional review boards (IRBs) at the clinical trial sites. Submission of an IDE application does not give assurance that the FDA will issue the IDE. If the IDE application is approved, there can be no assurance the FDA will determine that the data derived from the trials support the safety and effectiveness of the device or warrant the continuation of clinical trials. An IDE supplement must be submitted to and approved by the FDA before a sponsor or investigator may make a change to the investigational plan that may affect its scientific soundness, study indication or the rights, safety or welfare of human subjects. The trial must also comply with the FDA’s regulations, including the requirement that informed consent be obtained from each subject. Even if a trial is completed, the results of clinical testing may not adequately demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the device or may otherwise not be sufficient to obtain FDA clearance to market the product in the U.S.
We believe that our OEM partners may be required to obtain 510(k) premarket clearance from the FDA for certain of their products that incorporate Masimo SET ® technology, Masimo rainbow SET technology, Masimo Board-in-Cable technology or Masimo sensors. In order to facilitate our OEM partners in obtaining 510(k) clearance for their products that incorporate Masimo SET ® or Masimo rainbow SET boards and sensors, we grant our OEM partners a right to cross-reference the 510(k) submission files from our cleared Masimo SET ® circuit boards, sensors, cables and notification systems.
We recently launched our MightySat fingertip pulse oximeter for general health and wellness use. We are marketing this product in accordance with the FDA’s current policy and enforcement discretion which indicates that pulse oximeters that are not intended for medical purposes can be marketed directly to consumers without first obtaining 510(k) clearance. We cannot assure you that the FDA will not change its policy regarding the regulation of these products. If the FDA changes its policy, we may be required to seek 510(k) clearance to market this pulse oximeter. We also may be required to cease marketing and/or recall the product until we obtain a new 510(k) clearance.
User Fees
Pursuant to the Medical Device User Fee and Modernization Act of 2002 (MDUFMA), the Medical Device User Fee Amendments of 2012 (MDUFA III) and provisions of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act (FDASIA), unless a specific exemption applies, both 510(k) submissions and PMA applications are subject to user fees. The PMA user fees are significantly higher.
Pervasive and Continuing FDA Regulation
After a device is placed on the market, it continues to be subject to the FDA’s regulatory authority. FDA regulatory requirements include:
product listing and establishment registration, which helps facilitate FDA inspections and other regulatory action;
QSR and current good manufacturing practices, which requires manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design control, testing, change control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the development and manufacturing process, including requirements for packaging, labeling and record keeping, complaint handling, corrective and preventive actions and internal auditing;
labeling control and advertising regulations, including FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved or off-label uses or indications;
clearance of product modifications that could significantly affect safety or efficacy or that would constitute a major change in intended use of one of our cleared devices;
approval of product modifications that affect the safety or effectiveness of one of our future approved devices;
medical device reporting (MDR), regulations, which require that manufacturers comply with FDA requirements to report if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or has malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction of the device or a similar device were to recur;
post-approval restrictions or conditions, including post-approval study commitments;
post-market surveillance requirements, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device;

18

Table of Contents


the FDA’s recall authority, whereby it can ask, or under certain conditions order, device manufacturers to recall from the market a product that is in violation of its conditions of approval, governing laws and/or regulations;
regulations pertaining to voluntary recalls; and
notices of corrections or removals.
We must also register with the FDA as a medical device manufacturer, list all products placed in commercial distribution and obtain all necessary state permits or licenses to operate our business. As a manufacturer, we are subject to announced and unannounced inspections by the FDA to determine our compliance with the FDA’s QSR and other regulations. Our OEM partners also are subject to inspection and market surveillance by the FDA to determine compliance with regulatory requirements.
If the FDA finds that we or one of our OEM partners have failed to comply with the FDA’s QSR, the agency can institute a wide variety of enforcement and other regulatory actions, including:
an FDA Form 483, which is issued by the FDA at the conclusion of an inspection when an investigator has observed any conditions that may constitute violations of the FDCA and related Acts;
a public warning letter outlining potential violations of the FDCA;
fines and civil penalties against us and/or OEM partners;
delays in clearing or approving, or refusal to clear or approve, our products;
withdrawal or suspension of clearances and/or approvals of our products or those of our third-party suppliers by the FDA or other regulatory bodies;
product recall;
product detention or seizure;
interruption of production;
refusal to provide Certificates to Foreign Governments (CFGs), which may be necessary to permit the export of devices from the U.S. to other countries;
operating restrictions;
injunctions of future violations (including those agreed to in a consent decree); and
criminal prosecution.
The FDA also has the authority to request repair, replacement or refund of the cost of any medical device manufactured or distributed by us.
Advertising and Promotion
Advertising and promotion of medical devices, in addition to being regulated by the FDA, are also regulated by the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) and by federal and state regulatory and enforcement authorities, including the FDA, the Department of Justice, the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, and various state attorneys general. Although physicians are permitted to use their medical judgment to use medical devices for indications other than those cleared or approved by the FDA, we may not promote our products for such “off-label” uses and can only market our products for cleared or approved uses.
Recently, promotional activities for FDA-regulated products of other companies have been the subject of FTC enforcement actions brought under healthcare reimbursement laws and consumer protection statutes. FTC enforcement actions often result in consent decrees that constrain future actions. In addition, under the federal Lanham Act and similar state laws, competitors and others can initiate litigation relating to advertising claims.
Import and Export Requirements
To import a device, the importer must file an entry notice and bond with the United States Bureau of Customs and Border Protection (CBP). All devices are subject to FDA examination before release from CBP. Any article that appears to be in violation of the FDCA may be refused admission and a notice of detention and hearing may be issued. If the FDA ultimately refuses admission, the CBP may issue a notice for redelivery and assess liquidated damages for up to three times the value of the lot. The CBP also imposes its own regulatory requirements on the import of our products, including inspection and possible sanctions for noncompliance.

19

Table of Contents


Products exported from the United States are subject to foreign countries’ import requirements and the exporting requirements of the FDA or European regulating bodies, as applicable. In particular, international sales of medical devices manufactured in the United States that are not approved or cleared by the FDA for use in the United States, or are banned or deviate from lawful performance standards, are subject to FDA export requirements.
Foreign countries often require, among other things, a CFG for export. To obtain a CFG, the device manufacturer must apply to the FDA. The FDA certifies that the product has been granted clearance or approval in the United States and that the manufacturing facilities were in compliance with the FDA’s QSR regulations at the time of the last FDA inspection.
Foreign Regulation Regarding Clearance and Approval
Many foreign countries in which we market or may market our products have regulatory bodies and restrictions similar to those of the FDA. International sales are subject to foreign government regulation, the requirements of which vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance and the requirements may differ.
In particular, marketing of medical devices in the European Union (EU) is subject to compliance with Council Directives. Pursuant to such Council Directives, a medical device may be placed on the market within the EU only if it conforms to certain “essential requirements” and bears the CE Mark. The most fundamental and essential requirement is that a medical device must be designed and manufactured in such a way that it will not compromise the clinical condition or safety of patients, or the safety and health of users and others. In addition, the device must achieve the essential performance(s) intended by the manufacturer and be designed, manufactured and packaged in a suitable manner.
Manufacturers must demonstrate that their devices conform to the relevant essential requirements through a conformity assessment procedure. The nature of the assessment depends upon the classification of the device. The classification rules are mainly based on three criteria: the length of time the device is in contact with the body, the degree of invasiveness and the extent to which the device affects the anatomy. Conformity assessment procedures for all but the lowest risk classification of device involve a notified body. Notified bodies are often private entities and are authorized or licensed to perform such assessments by government authorities. Manufacturers usually have some flexibility to select conformity assessment procedures for a particular class of device and to reflect their circumstances, e.g., the likelihood that the manufacturer will make frequent modifications to its products. Conformity assessment procedures require an assessment of available clinical evidence, literature data for the product and post-market experience in respect of similar products already marketed. Notified bodies also may review the manufacturer’s quality systems. If satisfied that the product conforms to the relevant essential requirements, the notified body issues a certificate of conformity, which the manufacturer uses as a basis for its own declaration of conformity and application of the CE Mark. Application of the CE Mark allows the product to be distributed throughout the EU. We maintain CE Marking on all of our products that require such markings.
Other U.S. and Foreign Regulation
We and our OEM partners also must comply with numerous federal, state and local laws relating to matters such as safe working conditions, manufacturing practices, environmental protection, fire hazard control and hazardous substance disposal. We cannot be sure that we will not be required to incur significant costs to comply with these laws and regulations in the future or that these laws or regulations will not hurt our business, financial condition and results of operations. Unanticipated changes in existing regulatory requirements or adoption of new requirements could hurt our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Physician Payment Sunshine Act (Sunshine Act), which was enacted by Congress as part of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) on March 23, 2010, requires medical device companies to track and publicly report, with limited exceptions, all payments and transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals in the U.S. Implementing regulations for these tracking and reporting obligations were finalized in 2013, and companies are now required to track payments made and to report such payments to the government by March 31 of each year. In addition, in December 2005, the International Electrotechnical Commission published a revised version of its standard for medical electrical equipment, IEC, 60601-1:2005 (3rd edition). In this publication, standards are listed as general requirements concerning basic safety and the essential performance of equipment. These new standards were required to be in place by June 1, 2012 in Europe and by December 31, 2013 in the U.S. for new submissions. Failure to adhere to this regulation will prevent us from using our equipment in our clinical trials.

20

Table of Contents


Medical Device Tax
In March 2010, the U.S. Congress adopted and President Obama signed into law comprehensive health care reform legislation. Among other initiatives, commencing January 1, 2013, these laws imposed significant new taxes on medical device makers in the form of a 2.3% excise tax on U.S. medical device sales, with certain exemptions. For the years ended January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , we recorded $6.9 million and $6.6 million , respectively, in medical device taxes that were included in selling, general and administrative expenses. In December 2015, the U.S. Congress adopted and President Obama signed into law a bill that includes a two-year suspension of the medical device tax beginning on January 1, 2016. However, such tax may be reimposed on medical device makers beginning on January 1, 2018 if such suspension is not extended or the medical device tax is not permanently repealed.
Conflict Minerals and Supply Chain
We are subject to SEC rules adopted pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act concerning “conflict minerals” (generally tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold) and similar rules are under consideration by the European Union (EU). Certain of these conflict minerals are used in the manufacture of our products. Although the rules are being challenged in court, in their present form they require us to investigate the source of any conflict minerals necessary to the production or functionality of our products. If any such conflict minerals originated in the Democratic Republic of the Congo or adjoining countries (the DRC region), we must undertake comprehensive due diligence to determine whether such minerals financed or benefited armed groups in the DRC region. Since our supply chain is complex, our ongoing compliance with these rules could affect the pricing, sourcing and availability of conflict minerals used in the manufacture of our products.
We are also subject to disclosure requirements regarding abusive labor practices in portions of our supply chain under the California Transparency in Supply Chains Act.
Environmental
Our manufacturing processes involve the use, generation and disposal of solid wastes, hazardous materials and hazardous wastes, including silicone adhesives, solder and solder paste, sealants, epoxies and various solvents such as methyl ethyl ketone, acetone and isopropyl alcohol. As such, we are subject to stringent federal, state and local laws relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the use, handling and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Products that we sell in Europe are subject to regulation in EU markets under the Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive (RoHS). RoHS prohibits companies from selling products which contain certain hazardous materials, including lead, mercury, cadmium, chromium, polybrominated biphenyls and polybrominated diphenyl ethers, in EU member states. In addition, the EU’s Regulation-Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals Directive also restricts substances of very high concern in products.
Future environmental laws may require us to alter our manufacturing processes, thereby increasing our manufacturing costs. We believe that our products and manufacturing processes at our facilities comply in all material respects with applicable environmental laws and worker health and safety laws; however, the risk of environmental liabilities cannot be completely eliminated.
Health Care Fraud and Abuse
In the U.S., there are federal and state anti-kickback laws that generally prohibit the payment or receipt of kickbacks, bribes or other remuneration in exchange for the referral of patients or other health-related business. For example, the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)) prohibits anyone from, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving any bribe, kickback or other remuneration intended to induce the referral of patients for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, health care products and services reimbursed by a federal health care program, including Medicare and Medicaid. Recognizing that the federal anti-kickback law is broad and potentially applicable to many commonplace arrangements, Congress and the Office of Inspector General within the Department of Health and Human Services (OIG) have created statutory “exceptions” and regulatory “safe harbors”. Exceptions and safe harbors exist for a number of arrangements relevant to our business, including, among other things, payments to bona fide employees, certain discount and rebate arrangements, and certain payment arrangements involving GPOs. Although an arrangement that fits into one or more of these exceptions or safe harbors is immune from prosecution, arrangements that do not fit squarely within an exception or safe harbor do not necessarily violate the law, but the OIG or other government enforcement authorities may examine the practice to determine whether it involves the sorts of abuses that the statute was designed to combat. Violations of this federal law can result in significant penalties, including imprisonment, monetary fines and assessments, and exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal health care programs. Exclusion of a manufacturer, like us, would preclude any federal health care program from paying for its products. In addition to the federal anti-kickback law, many states have their own laws that parallel and implicate anti-kickback restrictions analogous to the federal anti-kickback law, but may apply regardless of

21

Table of Contents


whether any federal health care program business is involved. Federal and state anti-kickback laws may affect our sales, marketing and promotional activities, educational programs, pricing and discount practices and policies, and relationships with health care providers by limiting the kinds of arrangements we may have with hospitals, alternate care market providers, GPOs, physicians and others in a position to purchase or recommend our products.
Federal and state false claims laws prohibit anyone from presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment to third-party payers that are false or fraudulent. For example, the Federal Civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq.) imposes liability on any person or entity who, among other things, knowingly and willfully presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal health care program, including Medicaid and Medicare. Some suits filed under the False Claims Act, known as “qui tam” actions, can be brought by a “whistleblower”, or “relator” on behalf of the government and such individuals may share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. Manufacturers, like us, can be held liable under false claims laws, even if they do not submit claims to the government, where they are found to have caused submission of false claims by, among other things, providing incorrect coding or billing advice about their products to customers that file claims, or by engaging in kickback arrangements with customers that file claims. A number of states also have false claims laws, and some of these laws may apply to claims for items or services reimbursed under Medicaid and/or commercial insurance. Sanctions under these federal and state laws may include civil monetary penalties, exclusion from government health care programs and imprisonment.
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) created new federal crimes, including health care fraud and false statements related to health care matters. The health care fraud statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payers. The false statements statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services. A violation of either statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment and exclusion from government health care programs.
The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws in non-U.S. jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business.
Due to the breadth of some of these laws, it is possible that some of our current or future practices might be challenged under one or more of these laws. In addition, there can be no assurance that we would not be required to alter one or more of our practices to be in compliance with these laws. Evolving interpretations of current laws or the adoption of new federal or state laws or regulations could adversely affect many of the arrangements we have with customers and physicians. Therefore, our risk of being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that some of these laws are broad and open to interpretation.
Privacy and Security of Health Information
Numerous federal, state and international laws and regulations, including HIPAA, govern the collection, use and disclosure of patient-identifiable or protected health information (PHI). HIPAA applies to covered entities, which include most healthcare facilities that purchase and use our products. The HIPAA Privacy Rule restricts the use and disclosure of PHI, and requires covered entities and business associates under business associate agreements to safeguard that information and to provide certain rights to individuals with respect to that information. The HIPAA Security Rule establishes detailed requirements for safeguarding PHI transmitted or stored electronically. Although we are not a covered entity, we are sometimes deemed to be a business associate of covered entities due to activities that we perform for or on behalf of covered entities, which sometimes requires covered entities to contractually bind us, as a business associate, to protect the privacy and security of PHI we may encounter during activities such as training customers on the use of our products or investigating product performance.
Enacted in February 2009, the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (HITECH) made significant amendments to the HIPAA Privacy and Security Rules. Under HIPAA and HITECH, business associates must comply with a number of HIPAA Privacy Rule requirements and all of the HIPAA Security Rule provisions, and business associates are directly subject to HIPAA civil and criminal enforcement and the associated penalties for violation of the Privacy and Security Rule requirements.
The HIPAA standards also apply to the use and disclosure of PHI for research and generally require the covered entity performing the research to obtain the written authorization of the research subject (or an appropriate waiver) before providing that subject’s PHI to sponsors like us for purposes related to the research. These covered entities also typically impose contractual limitations on our use and disclosure of the PHI they disclose to us. We may be required to make costly system modifications to comply with the privacy and security requirements that will be imposed on us and our failure to comply may result in liability and adversely affect our business.

22

Table of Contents


Numerous other federal and state laws protect the confidentiality of PHI, including state medical privacy laws and federal and state consumer protection laws. These various laws in many cases are not preempted by the HIPAA rules and may be subject to varying interpretations by the courts and government agencies, creating complex compliance issues for us and our customers and potentially exposing us to additional expense, adverse publicity and liability. Other countries also have, or are developing, laws governing the collection, use and transmission of health information and these laws could create liability for us or increase our cost of doing business.
Third-Party Reimbursement
Health care providers, including hospitals, that purchase our products generally rely on third-party payers, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs and private payers, such as indemnity insurers and managed care plans, to cover and reimburse all or part of the cost of the products and the procedures in which they are used. As a result, demand for our products is dependent in part on the coverage and reimbursement policies of these payers. No uniform coverage or reimbursement policy for medical technology exists among all third-party payers, and coverage and reimbursement can differ significantly from payer to payer.
The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), the federal agency responsible for administering the Medicare program, along with its contractors, establish coverage and reimbursement policies for the Medicare program. Because a large percentage of the hospitals using our products treat elderly or disabled individuals who are Medicare beneficiaries, Medicare’s coverage and reimbursement policies are particularly significant to our business. In addition, private payers often follow the coverage and reimbursement policies of Medicare. We cannot assure you that government or private third-party payers will cover and reimburse the procedures using our products in whole or in part in the future or that payment rates will be adequate.
In general, Medicare will cover a medical product or procedure when the product or procedure is reasonable and necessary for the diagnosis or treatment of an illness or injury, or to improve the functioning of a malformed body part. Even if the medical product or procedure is considered medically necessary and coverage is available, Medicare may place restrictions on the circumstances where it provides coverage. For example, several Medicare local contractors have issued policies that restrict coverage for pulse oximetry in hospital inpatient and outpatient settings to a limited number of conditions, including limiting coverage to patients who (i) exhibit signs of acute respiratory dysfunction, (ii) have chronic lung disease, severe cardiopulmonary disease or neuromuscular disease involving the muscles of respiration, (iii) are under treatment with a medication with known pulmonary toxicity, or (iv) have sustained multiple trauma or complaints of acute chest pain.
Reimbursement for our products may vary not only by the type of payer involved but also based upon the setting in which the product is furnished and utilized. For example, Medicare payment may be made, in appropriate cases, for patient stays in the hospital inpatient and outpatient settings involving the use of our products. Medicare generally reimburses hospitals based upon prospectively determined amounts. For hospital inpatient stays, the prospective payment generally is determined by the patient’s condition and other patient data and procedures performed during the inpatient stay, using a classification system known as Medicare Severity Diagnosis-Related Groups (MS-DRGs). Prospective rates are adjusted for, among other things, regional differences, co-morbidity and complications. Hospitals generally do not receive separate Medicare reimbursement for the specific costs of purchasing our products for use in the inpatient setting. Rather, Medicare reimbursement for these costs is deemed to be included within the prospective payments made to hospitals for the inpatient services in which the products are utilized.
In contrast, some differences may be seen in the reimbursement for use of our products in hospital outpatient departments. In this setting, Medicare payments also are generally made under a prospective payment system based on the ambulatory payment classifications (APCs) under which individual items and procedures are categorized. Hospitals receive the applicable APC payment rate for the procedure regardless of the actual cost for such treatment. Some outpatient services such as oximetry services do not receive separate reimbursement. Rather, their reimbursement is deemed packaged into the APC for an associated procedure and the payment for that APC does not vary whether or not the packaged procedure is performed. Some procedures also are paid through Composite APCs, which are APCs that establish a payment rate that applies when a specific combination of services is provided. Reimbursement for certain pulse oximetry monitoring services, including those using our products, may be separately payable when they are the only service provided to the patient on that day, packaged if provided with certain critical care services, or reimbursed through a composite APC when provided in connection with certain other services.
Because payments through the Prospective Payment System in both the hospital inpatient and outpatient settings are based on predetermined rates and may be less than a hospital’s actual costs in furnishing care, hospitals have incentives to lower their operating costs by utilizing products that will reduce the length of inpatient stays, decrease labor or otherwise lower their costs. If hospitals cannot obtain adequate coverage and reimbursement for our products, or the procedures in which they are used, we

23

Table of Contents


cannot be certain that they will purchase our products, despite the clinical benefits and opportunity for cost savings that we believe can be derived from their use.
Our success with rainbow SET technologies in U.S. care areas with reimbursable monitoring procedures, such as hospital emergency departments, hospital procedure labs, and the physician office may largely depend on the ability of providers to receive reimbursement for such procedures. While private insurance payers generally follow Medicare coding and payment, we cannot be certain of this and, in many cases, cannot control the coverage or payment rates that private insurance payers put in place. In addition, the PPACA could affect future Medicare payment for services involving the use of our products.
Our success in non-U.S. markets depends largely upon the availability of coverage and reimbursement from the third-party payers through which health care providers are paid in those markets. Health care payment systems in non-U.S. markets vary significantly by country, and include single-payer government managed systems, as well as systems in which private payers and government managed systems exist side-by-side. Our ability to achieve market acceptance or significant sales volume in international markets we enter will be dependent in large part on the availability of reimbursement for procedures performed using our products under health care payment systems in such markets.
Competition
The medical device industry is highly competitive and many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do. While we regard any company that sells pulse oximeters as a potential customer, we also recognize that the companies selling pulse oximeters on an OEM basis and/or pulse oximetry sensors are also potential competitors. Our primary competitor, Medtronic plc (Medtronic, formerly Covidien Ltd.), currently holds a substantial share of the pulse oximetry market. Medtronic sells its own brand of Nellcor pulse oximeters to end-users, sells pulse oximetry modules to other monitoring companies on an OEM basis, and licenses to certain OEMs the right to make their pulse oximetry platforms compatible with their sensors. We also face substantial competition from larger medical device companies, including companies that develop products that compete with our proprietary Masimo SET ® and our OEM partners. We believe that a number of companies have announced products that claim to offer motion-tolerant accuracy. Based on those announcements and our investigations, we further believe that many of these products include technology that infringes our intellectual property rights. We have settled claims against some of these companies and intend to vigorously enforce and protect our proprietary rights with respect to the others whom we believe are infringing our technology.
We believe that the principal competitive factors in the market for pulse oximetry products include:
accurate monitoring during both patient motion and low perfusion;
ability to introduce other clinically beneficial measurements related to oxygenation and respiration, such as noninvasive and continuous hemoglobin and acoustic respiration rate;
competitive pricing, including bundling practices;
brand recognition and perception of innovation abilities;
sales and marketing capability;
access to hospitals which are members of GPOs;
recent proliferation of integrated delivery networks;
access to OEM partners; and
patent protection.
Seasonality
The healthcare business in the United States and overseas is typically subject to quarterly fluctuations in hospital and other alternative care admissions. Historically, our third fiscal quarter revenues have generally experienced a sequential decline from our second fiscal quarter revenues. We believe this is primarily due to the summer vacation season during which people tend to avoid elective procedures. Another factor affecting the seasonality of our quarterly revenues is the traditional “flu season” that often increases hospital and acute care facility admissions in the first and fourth calendar quarters. Because our non-sales variable operating expenses often do not fluctuate in the same manner as our quarterly product sales, this may cause fluctuations in our quarterly operating income that are disproportionate to fluctuations in our quarterly revenue.

24

Table of Contents


Sales and Marketing
We have sales and marketing employees in the U.S. and abroad. We expect to moderately increase our worldwide sales and sales support organizations as we continue to expand our presence throughout both the U.S. and the world, including Europe, the Middle East, Asia, Latin America, Canada and Australia. We currently sell all of our medical products both directly to hospitals and the alternate care market via our sales force and certain distributors. We sell our non-medical/consumer products through e-commerce Internet sites such as Amazon.com.
The primary focus of our sales representatives is to facilitate the conversion of competitor accounts to our Masimo SET ® and rainbow SET pulse oximetry products, to expand the use of Masimo SET ® and Patient SafetyNet on the general floor and to create and expand the use of rainbow ® measurements in both critical care and non-critical care areas. In addition to sales representatives, we employ clinical specialists to work with our sales representatives to educate end-users on the benefits of Masimo SET ® and assist with the introduction and implementation of our technology and products to their sites. Our sales and marketing strategy for pulse oximetry has been and will continue to be focused on building end-user awareness of the clinical and cost-saving benefits of our Masimo SET ® platform. More recently, we have expanded this communication and educational role to include our Masimo rainbow ® Pulse CO-Oximetry and rainbow Acoustic Monitoring ® products, including hemoglobin, carboxyhemoglobin, methemoglobin, PVI ® , acoustic respiration rate and Halo Index . In addition, we have also built a dedicated worldwide blood management sales force whose primary focus has been to work with hospitals to identify new opportunities to deploy our SpHb ® technology.
For the year ended January 2, 2016 , two just-in-time distributors, Owens & Minor and Cardinal Health, represented approximately 14.6% and 11.7% , respectively, of our total revenue. These were the only two customers that represented 10% or more of our revenue for the year ended January 2, 2016 . Importantly, these two distributors take and fulfill orders from our direct customers, many of which have signed long-term sensor purchase agreements with us. As a result, in the event a specific just-in-time distributor is unable to fulfill these orders, the orders would be redirected to other distributors or fulfilled directly by us.
Additionally, we sell certain of our products through our OEM partners who both incorporate our boards into their monitors and resell our sensors to their customers’ installed base of Masimo SET ® products. Our OEM agreements allow us to expand the availability of Masimo SET ® through the sales and distribution channels of each OEM partner. To facilitate clinician awareness of Masimo SET ® installations, all of our OEM partners have agreed to place the Masimo SET ® logo prominently on their instruments.
In order to facilitate our U.S. direct sales to hospitals, we have signed contracts with what we believe to be the five largest national GPOs in the U.S., based on the total volume of negotiated purchases. In return for the GPOs putting our products on contract, we have agreed to pay the GPOs a percentage of our revenue from their member hospitals. In 2015 and 2014, revenue from the sale of our pulse oximetry products to hospitals that are associated with GPOs amounted to $337.4 million and $309.9 million , respectively.
Our marketing efforts are designed to build end-user awareness through digital and print advertising, direct mail and trade shows. In addition, we distribute published clinical studies, provide product education for doctors, nurses, biomedical engineers and respiratory therapists and assist with product evaluations.
Intellectual Property
We believe that in order to maintain a competitive advantage in the marketplace, we must develop and maintain protection of the proprietary aspects of our technology. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, trade secret, copyright and other intellectual property rights and measures to protect our intellectual property.
We have developed a patent portfolio internally, and, to a lesser extent, through acquisitions and licensing, that covers many aspects of our product offerings. As of January 2, 2016 , we had 536 issued patents and 338  pending applications in the U.S., Europe, Japan, Australia, Canada and other countries throughout the world. Our issued U.S. patents have expiration dates (not including any patent term extensions) from 2016 to 2034. Additionally, as of January 2, 2016 , we owned 64 U.S. registered trademarks and 216 foreign registered trademarks, as well as trade names that we use in conjunction with the sale of our products. Our trademarks are perpetually renewable.
Under the Cross-Licensing Agreement, we and Cercacor have agreed to allocate proprietary ownership of technology developed based on the functionality of the technology. We will have proprietary ownership, including ownership of all patents, copyrights and trade secrets, of all technology related to the noninvasive monitoring of vital signs measurements, and Cercacor will have proprietary ownership of all technology related to the noninvasive monitoring of non-vital signs measurements. We also rely upon trade secrets, continuing technological innovations and licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our trade secrets and proprietary know-how, in part, with confidentiality agreements

25

Table of Contents


with consultants, vendors and employees, although we cannot be certain that the agreements will not be breached or that we will have adequate remedies for any breach.
There are risks related to our intellectual property rights. For further detail on these risks, see “Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property” under Item 1A “Risk Factors” in this on Form 10-K.
Research and Product Development
We believe that ongoing research and development efforts are essential to our success. Our research and development efforts focus primarily on continuing to enhance our technical expertise in pulse oximetry, expanding our noninvasive monitoring of other measurements and developing remote alarm and monitoring solutions.
Although we and Cercacor each have separate research and development projects, we collaborate with Cercacor on multiple research and development activities related to rainbow ® technology and other technologies. Under the Cross-Licensing Agreement, the parties have agreed to allocate proprietary ownership of technology developed by either party based on the functionality of the technology. We will have proprietary rights to all technology related to the noninvasive measurement of vital signs measurements, and Cercacor will have proprietary ownership of all technology related to the noninvasive monitoring of non-vital signs measurements.
Our total research and development expenditures for fiscal year 2015 were $56.6 million , which included $6.3 million related to expenses incurred by Cercacor pursuant to the Cross-Licensing Agreement. In fiscal year 2014, our total research and development expenditures were $56.6 million , which included $3.1 million related to expenses incurred by Cercacor. We expect our research and development expenses to increase moderately in fiscal year 2016 and beyond as we expand our research and development staff, enhance our existing products and technologies and develop new products for market introduction.
Manufacturing
Our strategy is to manufacture products in-house when it is efficient and cost-effective for us to do so. We currently manufacture our bedside and handheld pulse oximeters, our full line of disposable and reusable sensors and most of our patient cables in-house. We maintain an approximate 15,000 square foot manufacturing area in our facility in Irvine, California, and an approximate 149,000 square foot manufacturing facility in Mexicali, Mexico, both of which are International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 13485:2012 certified. We also maintain an approximate 90,000 square foot facility in Hudson, New Hampshire, a portion of which is used to manufacture advanced light emitting diodes and other advanced component-level technologies. In addition, we maintain an ISO 13485:2012 certified facility approximating 16,400 square feet in Danderyd, Sweden, a portion of which is used to manufacture ultra-compact mainstream and sidestream capnography and gas monitoring technologies. We will continue to utilize third-party contract manufacturers for products and subassemblies that can be more efficiently manufactured by these parties, such as our circuit boards. We monitor our third-party manufacturers and perform inspections and product tests at various steps in the manufacturing cycle to ensure compliance with our specifications. We also do full functional testing of our circuit boards.
For raw materials, we and our contract manufacturers rely on sole source suppliers for some components, including digital signal processor chips and analog to digital converter chips. We and our contract manufacturers have taken steps to minimize the impact of a shortage or stoppage of shipments of digital signal processor chips or analog to digital converter chips, including maintaining a safety stock of inventory and designing software that may be easily ported to another digital signal processor chip. We believe that our sources of supply for components and raw materials are adequate. In the event of a delay or disruption in the supply of sole source components, we believe that we and our contract manufacturers will be able to locate additional sources of these sole source components on commercially reasonable terms and without experiencing material disruption in our business or operations.
We have agreements with certain major suppliers and each agreement provides for varying terms with respect to contract expiration, termination and pricing. Most of these agreements allow for termination upon specified notice, ranging from four to twelve months, to the non-terminating party. Certain of these agreements with our major suppliers allow for pricing adjustments, each agreement provides for annual pricing negotiation, and one agreement also guarantees us the most favorable pricing offered by the supplier to any of its other customers.
Employees
As of January 2, 2016 , we had approximately 1,300 full-time employees and approximately 2,400 dedicated contract employees worldwide.

26

Table of Contents


Address
Our principal executive offices are located at 52 Discovery, Irvine, California 92618, and our telephone number at that address is (949) 297-7000. Our website address is www.masimo.com. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, proxy statements, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge at www.masimo.com as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing such reports with the SEC. Any information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into, nor is it in any way a part of, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

27

Table of Contents


ITEM 1A.
RISK FACTORS
The following risk factors and other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be carefully considered. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we presently deem less significant may also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks come to fruition, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects would likely be materially and adversely affected. In these circumstances, the market price of our stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Related to Our Revenues
We currently derive substantially all of our revenue from our Masimo SET ® platform, Masimo rainbow SET platform and related products. If this technology and the related products do not continue to achieve market acceptance, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.
We are dependent upon the success and market acceptance of our proprietary Masimo SET ® technology. Currently, our primary product offerings are based on the Masimo SET ® platform. Continued market acceptance of products incorporating Masimo SET ® will depend upon our ability to continue providing evidence to the medical community that our products are cost-effective and offer significantly improved performance compared to conventional pulse oximeters. Health care providers that currently have significant investments in competitive pulse oximetry products may be reluctant to purchase our products. If hospitals and other health care providers do not believe our Masimo SET ® platform is cost-effective, safe or more accurate or reliable than competitive pulse oximetry products, they may not buy our products in sufficient quantities to enable us to generate revenue growth from the sale of these products. In addition, allegations regarding the safety and effectiveness of our products, whether or not substantiated, may impair or impede the acceptance of our products. If we are unable to achieve additional market acceptance of our core technology or products incorporating Masimo SET ® , we will not generate significant revenue growth from the sale of our products, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Some of our products, including those based on licensed rainbow ® technology, are in development or have been recently introduced into the market and may not achieve market acceptance, which could limit our growth and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Products that we have introduced into the market in recent years, including, but not limited to, those based on rainbow ® technology, a technology that we license, may not be accepted in the market. If our products do not gain market acceptance or if our customers prefer our competitors’ products, our potential revenue growth would be limited, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Given that certain rainbow ® technology products are relatively new to the marketplace, we do not know to what degree the market will accept these products, if at all. Even if our customers recognize the benefits of our products, we cannot assure you that our customers will purchase them in quantities sufficient for us to be profitable or successful. We are continuing to invest in significant sales and marketing resources to achieve market acceptance of these products with no assurance of success. The degree of market acceptance of these products will depend on a number of factors, including:
perceived clinical benefits from our products;
perceived cost effectiveness of our products;
perceived safety and effectiveness of our products;
reimbursement available through Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) programs for using some of our products; and
introduction and acceptance of competing products or technologies.
In general, our recent noninvasive measurement technologies are considered disruptive. These recent technologies have performance levels that we believe are acceptable for many clinical environments but may be insufficient in others. In addition, these technologies may perform better in some patients and settings than others. Over time, we hope to continue to improve the performance of these technologies and, if we do, we expect them to become more useful in more environments and to become more widely adopted. While this is the adoption pattern experienced historically with other new noninvasive measurements, such as oxygen saturation, we are unable to guarantee that such adoption pattern will apply to our recent and future technologies.
Our ability to commercialize new products, new or improved technologies and additional applications for Masimo SET ® and our licensed rainbow ® technology is limited to certain markets by our Cross-Licensing Agreement with Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. (Cercacor), which may impair our growth and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

28

Table of Contents


In May 1998, we spun off a newly-formed entity, Cercacor, and provided it rights to use Masimo SET ® to commercialize non-vital signs monitoring applications, while we retained the rights to Masimo SET ® to commercialize vital signs monitoring applications. On May 2, 1998, we entered into a cross-licensing agreement with Cercacor, which has been amended several times, most recently in an Amended and Restated Cross-Licensing Agreement, effective January 1, 2007 (the Cross-Licensing Agreement). Under the Cross-Licensing Agreement, we granted Cercacor:
an exclusive, perpetual and worldwide license, with sublicense rights, to use all Masimo SET ® owned by us, including all improvements on this technology, for the monitoring of non-vital signs parameters and to develop and sell devices incorporating Masimo SET ® for monitoring non-vital signs parameters in any product market in which a product is intended to be used by a patient or pharmacist rather than by a professional medical caregiver, which we refer to as the Cercacor Market; and
a non-exclusive, perpetual and worldwide license, with sublicense rights, to use all Masimo SET ® for measurement of vital signs in the Cercacor Market.
Non-vital sign measurements consist of body fluid constituents other than vital sign measurements, including, but not limited to, carbon monoxide, methemoglobin, blood glucose, hemoglobin and bilirubin. Under the Cross-Licensing Agreement, we are only permitted to sell devices utilizing Masimo SET ® for the monitoring of non-vital signs parameters in markets where the product is intended to be used by a professional medical caregiver, including, but not limited to, hospital caregivers and alternate care facility caregivers, rather than by a patient or pharmacist, which we refer to as the Masimo Market. Accordingly, our ability to commercialize new products, new or improved technologies and additional applications for Masimo SET ® is limited. In particular, our inability to expand beyond the Masimo Market may limit our ability to maintain or increase our revenue and impair our growth.
Pursuant to the Cross-Licensing Agreement, we have licensed from Cercacor the right to make and distribute products in the Masimo Market that utilize rainbow ® technology for certain noninvasive measurements. As a result, the opportunity to expand the market for our products incorporating rainbow ® technology is also limited, which could limit our ability to maintain or increase our revenue and impair our growth.
We face competition from other companies, many of which have substantially greater resources than we do. If we do not successfully develop and commercialize enhanced or new products that remain competitive with products or alternative technologies developed by others, we could lose revenue opportunities and customers, and our ability to grow our business would be impaired, adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations.
The medical device industry is intensely competitive and is significantly affected by new product introductions and other market activities of industry participants. A number of our competitors have substantially greater capital resources, larger customer bases and larger sales forces, have established stronger reputations with specific customers, and have built relationships with Group Purchasing Organizations (GPOs) that are more effective than ours. Our Masimo SET ® platform faces additional competition from companies developing products for use with third-party monitoring systems, as well as from companies that currently market their own pulse oximetry monitors.
Rapid product development and technological advances within the medical device industry place our products at risk of obsolescence. Our long-term success depends upon the development and successful commercialization of new products, new or improved technologies and additional applications for Masimo SET ® and licensed rainbow ® technology. The research and development process is time-consuming and costly and may not result in products or applications that we can successfully commercialize. In particular, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our products for applications other than arterial blood oxygen saturation and pulse rate monitoring, including respiration rate, hemoglobin, carboxyhemoglobin and methemoglobin monitoring. If we do not successfully adapt our products and applications both within and outside these measurements, we could lose revenue opportunities and customers. Furthermore, one or more of our competitors may develop products that are substantially equivalent to our U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) cleared products, or those of our original equipment manufacturer (OEM) partners, whereby they may use our products or those of our OEM partners as predicate devices to more quickly obtain FDA clearance of their competing products. Competition could result in pressure from our customers to reduce the price of our products and fewer orders for our products, which could, in turn, cause a reduction in our revenues and product gross margins, thereby adversely impacting our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We depend on our domestic and international OEM partners for a portion of our revenue. If they do not devote sufficient resources to the promotion of products that use Masimo SET ® and licensed rainbow ® technology, our business would be harmed.
We are, and will continue to be, dependent upon our domestic and international OEM partners for a portion of our revenue through their marketing, selling and distribution of certain of their products that incorporate Masimo SET ® and licensed rainbow ® technology. Although we expect that our OEM partners will accept and actively market, sell and distribute products

29

Table of Contents


that incorporate licensed rainbow ® technology, they may not elect, and have no contractual obligation, to do so. Because products that incorporate our technologies may represent a relatively small percentage of business for some of our OEM partners, they may have less incentive to promote these products over other products that do not incorporate these technologies. In addition, some of our OEM partners offer products that compete with ours. Therefore, we cannot guarantee that our OEM partners, or any company that may acquire any of our OEM partners, will vigorously promote products incorporating Masimo SET ® and licensed rainbow ® technology. The failure of our OEM partners to successfully market, sell or distribute products incorporating these technologies, the termination of OEM agreements, the loss of OEM partners or the inability to enter into future OEM partnership agreements would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Medtronic may seek to avoid paying any royalties to us, which would significantly reduce our royalty revenues and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Pursuant to our settlement agreement with Medtronic plc (Medtronic, formerly Covidien Ltd.), we earn royalties on Medtronic’s total U.S. based pulse oximetry sales. For the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , our royalties from the Medtronic agreement totaled approximately $30.8 million , $29.9 million and $29.8 million , respectively. Because these royalty payments do not carry any significant cost, they result in significant improvements to our reported gross profit, operating income levels and earnings per share. As a result, an elimination of royalties that we earn under the settlement agreement in the future would have a significant impact on our revenue, gross margins, operating income and earnings per share.
On January 28, 2011, we entered into a second amendment to the settlement agreement, which became effective on March 15, 2011. Pursuant to the second amendment, in exchange for a specified royalty payment, we agreed not to sue Medtronic for its current pulse oximetry products, but not for any other technologies that Medtronic may add. On October 21, 2015, Medtronic filed three separate  inter partes  review petitions with the Patent Trial and Appeal Board of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (PTAB), challenging several of the claims of two U.S. patents titled “Signal processing apparatus” that are owned by us. Medtronic has the right to stop paying us royalties, subject to certain notice requirements, and has informed us that it will terminate the covenants it received from us under the settlement agreement and stop paying royalties to us when it feels it has reached an appropriate point in the process. If Medtronic ceases paying royalties to us under the settlement agreement, our revenue, gross margins, operating income and earnings per share would be materially and adversely affected.
If we fail to maintain or develop relationships with GPOs, sales of our products would decline.
Our ability to sell our products to U.S. hospitals depends, in part, on our relationships with GPOs. Many existing and potential customers for our products are members of GPOs. GPOs negotiate beneficial pricing arrangements and contracts, which are sometimes exclusive, with medical supply manufacturers and distributors.
These negotiated prices are made available to a GPO’s affiliated hospitals and other members. If we are not one of the providers selected by a GPO, the GPO’s affiliated hospitals and other members may be less likely or unlikely to purchase our products. If a GPO has negotiated a strict sole source, market share compliance or bundling contract for another manufacturer’s products, we may be prohibited from making sales to members of such GPO for the duration of such contractual arrangement. For the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , shipments of our pulse oximetry products to customers that are members of GPOs represented approximately $337.4 million , $309.9 million and $287.9 million , respectively, of our revenue from sales to U.S. hospitals. Our failure to renew our contracts with GPOs may cause us to lose market share and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if we are unable to develop new relationships with GPOs, our competitive position would likely suffer and our opportunities to grow our revenues and business would be harmed.
Certain GPOs are creating, coordinating and facilitating regional purchasing coalition (RPC) supply chain networks that include anti-competitive practices such as sole sourcing and bundling. These RPCs circumvent and potentially violate rules of conduct for GPOs and have the effect of reducing product purchasing decisions available to the hospitals that belong to these regional organizations. If the GPOs and RPCs are permitted to continue practices that limit, reduce or eliminate competition, we could lose customers who are no longer able to choose to purchase our products, resulting in lower sales that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Inadequate levels of coverage or reimbursement from governmental or other third-party payers for our products, or for procedures using our products, may cause our revenue to decline.
Sales of our products depend in part on the reimbursement and coverage policies of governmental and private health care payers. The ability of our health care provider customers, including hospitals, to obtain adequate coverage and reimbursement for our products or the procedures in which our products are used may impact our customers’ purchasing decisions. Therefore,

30

Table of Contents


our customers’ inability to obtain adequate coverage and reimbursement for our products or reimbursement for the procedures in which our products are used would have a material adverse effect on our business.
Third-party payers have adopted, and are continuing to adopt, health care policies intended to curb rising health care costs. These policies include, among others:
controls on reimbursement for health care services and price controls on medical products and services;
limitations on coverage and reimbursement for new medical technologies and procedures; and
the introduction of managed care and prospective payment systems in which health care providers contract to provide comprehensive health care for a fixed reimbursement amount per person or per procedure.
We cannot guarantee that governmental or third-party payers will reimburse, or continue to reimburse, a customer for the cost of our products or the procedures in which our products are used. In fact, some payers have indicated that they are not willing to reimburse for certain of our products or for the procedures in which our products are used. For example, some insurance carriers have issued policies denying coverage for transcutaneous hemoglobin measurement on the grounds that the technology is investigational in the outpatient setting. Other payers are continuing to investigate our products to determine if they will provide reimbursement to our customers. While we are working with these payers to obtain reimbursement, we may not be successful. These trends could lead to pressure to reduce prices for our current and future products and could cause a decrease in the size of the market or a potential increase in competition that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our customers may reduce, delay or cancel purchases due to a variety of factors, such as lower hospital census levels or third-party guidelines, or may require that we reduce the price of our products, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our customers are facing growing levels of uncertainties, such as lower overall hospital census for paying patients and the impact of that lower census on hospital budgets. In addition, although not yet fully understood, the impact of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act may force hospitals to reevaluate their entire cost structure, including the amount of capital they allocate to medical device technologies and products. Such developments could have a significant negative impact on our OEM customers who, due to their traditionally larger capital equipment sales model, could see declines in purchases from their hospital customers. This, in turn, could reduce our board sales to our OEM customers. In addition, certain of our products, including our rainbow ® measurements such as carbon monoxide, methemoglobin and hemoglobin, that are sold with upfront license fees and more complex and expensive sensors could also be impacted by hospital budget reductions.
In addition, states and other local regulatory authorities may issue guidelines regarding the appropriate scope and use of our products from time to time. For example, some of our noninvasive monitoring devices may be subject to authorization by individual states as part of the Emergency Medical Services scope of practice procedures. Although a lack of inclusion into scope of practice procedures does not prohibit usage, it may limit adoption.
Additionally, as a result of the continued consolidation in the health care industry, we may experience decreasing prices for our products due to the potential increased market pricing power of our health care provider customers. If these and other competitive forces drive down the price of our products, and we are not able to counter that pressure with cost reductions to our existing products or the introduction of new higher priced products, our product gross profit margins will decline. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The loss of any large customer or distributor, or any cancellation or delay of a significant purchase by a large customer, could reduce our net sales and harm our operating results.
We have a concentration of OEM, distribution and direct customers. If for any reason we were to lose our ability to sell to a specific group or class of customers, or through a distributor, we could experience a significant reduction in revenue, which would adversely impact our operating results. Also, we cannot provide any assurance that we will retain our current customers, groups of customers or distributors, or that we will be able to attract and retain additional customers in the future. For the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , we had sales through two just-in-time distributors, which in total represented approximately 26.3% , 25.1% and 23.9% of our total revenue, respectively. Some of our just-in-time distributors have been demanding higher fees, which we may be forced to pay in order to continue to offer products to our customers or which may force us to distribute our products directly to our customers. The loss of any large customer or distributor, or an increase in distributor fees, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

31

Table of Contents


Imitation Masimo sensors and third-party medical device reprocessors that reprocess our single-patient-use sensors may harm our reputation. Also, these imitation and third-party reprocessed sensors, as well as genuine Masimo reprocessed sensors, are sold at lower prices than new Masimo sensors and could cause our revenue to decline, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are aware that other organizations are manufacturing and selling imitation Masimo sensors. In addition, we are aware that certain medical device reprocessors have been collecting our used single-patient-use sensors from hospitals and then reprocessing, repackaging and reselling those sensors to hospitals. These imitation and third-party reprocessed sensors are sold at lower prices than new Masimo sensors. Our experience with both these imitation sensors and third-party reprocessed sensors is that they provide inferior performance, increased sensor utilization, reduced comfort and a number of monitoring problems. Notwithstanding these limitations, some of our customers have indicated a willingness to consider purchasing some of their sensor requirements from these imitation manufacturers and third-party reprocessors in an effort to reduce their sensor costs. These imitation and reprocessed sensors have led and may continue to lead to confusion with our genuine Masimo products; have reduced and may continue to reduce our revenue; and, in some cases, have harmed and may continue to harm our reputation if customers conclude incorrectly that these imitation or reprocessed sensors are original Masimo sensors. In addition, we have expended a significant amount of time and expense investigating issues caused by imitation and reprocessed sensors, troubleshooting problems stemming from such sensors, educating customers about why imitation and reprocessed sensors do not perform to their expectations, enforcing our proprietary rights against the imitation manufacturers and reprocessors, and enforcing our contractual rights under our customer contracts.
In response to these imitation sensors and third-party reprocessors, we offer to our customers our own Masimo reprocessed sensors, which we re-manufacture and test to ensure that they meet the same performance specifications as our new Masimo sensors. In addition, we have incorporated X-Cal technology into certain products to ensure our customers get the performance they expect by using genuine Masimo sensors and that such sensors do not continue to be used beyond their useful life. We believe this technology will help ensure that hospitals, clinicians and, ultimately, their patients receive true Masimo measurement quality and performance, and will curtail some of the harm to us that results when customers experience performance and other problems with imitation and reprocessed sensors. However, some customers may object to the X-Cal technology, potentially resulting in the loss of customers and revenues. In addition, reprocessed sensors sold by us are generally offered at a lower price and, therefore, may reduce certain customer demand for our new sensors. As a result, increased sales of genuine Masimo reprocessed sensors may result in lower revenues, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
From time to time, we may carry out strategic initiatives that may not be viewed favorably by our customers, or that could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We expect to continue to carry out strategic initiatives and investments that we believe are necessary to grow our revenues and expand our business, both in the U.S. and abroad. For example, since 2013, we have made investments in a new worldwide blood management sales force whose primary focus is to work with hospitals to identify new opportunities for our noninvasive hemoglobin measurement, SpHb ® . Although we believe strategic initiatives and investments, including our investment in the new worldwide blood management sales force, are, and will continue to be, in the long-term best interests of Masimo and our stockholders, there are no assurances that such initiatives and investments will yield favorable results for us. Accordingly, if these initiatives and investments are not viewed favorably by our customers, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
If the patents we own or license, or our other intellectual property rights, do not adequately protect our technologies, we may lose market share to our competitors and be unable to operate our business profitably.
Our success depends significantly on our ability to protect our rights to the technologies used in our products, including Masimo SET ® and licensed rainbow ® technology. We rely on patent protection, trade secrets and a combination of copyright and trademark laws, as well as nondisclosure, confidentiality and other contractual arrangements, to protect our technology and rights. However, these legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or maintain any competitive advantage. In addition, we cannot be assured that any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of a patent to us. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (PTO) may deny or require a significant narrowing of claims in our pending patent applications, and patents issued as a result of the pending patent applications, if any, may not provide us with significant commercial protection or be issued in a form that is advantageous to us. We could also incur substantial costs in proceedings before the PTO.

32

Table of Contents


As part of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (the Leahy-Smith Act), which was enacted in 2011, the PTO has introduced procedures that provide additional administrative pathways for third parties to challenge issued patents. Inter partes review (IPR) is one of these procedures. The number of IPR challenges filed is increasing, and in many cases, the PTO is canceling or significantly narrowing issued patent claims. Accordingly, even if a patent is granted by the PTO, there is a risk that it may not withstand an IPR challenge. IPR challenges could increase the uncertainties and costs associated with the maintenance, enforcement and defense of our issued and future patents and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, recent case law has increased uncertainty regarding the availability of patent protection for certain technologies and the costs associated with obtaining patent protection for those technologies.
On October 21, 2015, Medtronic filed three separate inter partes review petitions (the Petitions) with the PTAB, challenging several of the claims of certain of our U.S. patents. A patentability trial will commence if the PTAB decides to institute the inter partes review proceedings after considering the Petitions and our preliminary response to the Petitions. If the PTAB institutes the proceedings, we intend to defend the patents. The Petitions are described in Note 15 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements under the caption “Litigation” included in Part IV, Item 15(a) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. There is no guarantee that we will prevail in these proceedings or receive any reimbursement of expenses or other relief if we do prevail.
Some of our patents related to our Masimo SET ® algorithm technology began to expire in March 2011. Additionally, upon expiration of other issued or licensed patents, we may lose some of our rights to exclude competitors from making, using, selling or importing products using the technology based on the expired patents. While we seek to offset potential losses relating to important expiring patents by securing additional patents on commercially desirable improvements, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in securing such additional patents, or that such additional patents will adequately offset the effect of expiring patents. For example, the U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents once obtained. Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts and the PTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce patents that we might obtain in the future. Additionally, there is no assurance that competitors will not be able to design around our patents.
We also rely on contractual rights with the third parties that license technology to us to protect our rights in such licensed technology. In addition, we rely on unpatented proprietary technology. We cannot assure you that we can meaningfully protect all of our rights in our unpatented proprietary technology or that others will not independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary products or processes or otherwise gain access to our unpatented proprietary technology.
We seek to protect our know-how and other unpatented proprietary technology with confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with our employees, OEM partners, independent distributors and consultants. However, such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements or in the event that our competitors discover or independently develop similar or identical designs or other proprietary information. In addition, we rely on the use of registered and common law trademarks with respect to the brand names of some of our products. Common law trademarks provide less protection than registered trademarks. Loss of rights in our trademarks could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Furthermore, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S. If we fail to apply for intellectual property protection or if we cannot adequately protect our intellectual property rights in these foreign countries, our competitors may be able to compete more effectively against us, which could adversely affect our competitive position, as well as our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If third parties claim that we infringe their intellectual property rights, we may incur liabilities and costs and may have to redesign or discontinue selling certain products.
Companies in the medical device industry have used intellectual property litigation to gain a competitive advantage in the marketplace. We face the risk of claims that we have infringed on third parties’ intellectual property rights. Searching for existing intellectual property rights may not reveal important intellectual property and our competitors may also have filed for patent protection, which is not publicly-available information, or claimed trademark rights that have not been revealed through our searches. In addition, some of our employees were previously employed at other medical device companies. We may be subject to claims that our employees have disclosed, or that we have used, trade secrets or other proprietary information of our employees’ former employers. Our efforts to identify and avoid infringing on third parties’ intellectual property rights may not always be successful. Any claims of patent or other intellectual property infringement against us, even those without merit, could:
increase the cost of our products;

33

Table of Contents


be expensive and time consuming to defend;
result in us being required to pay significant damages to third parties;
force us to cease making or selling products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;
require us to redesign, reengineer or rebrand our products, product candidates and technologies;
require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third-party’s intellectual property on terms that may not be favorable or acceptable to us;
require us to indemnify third parties pursuant to contracts in which we have agreed to provide indemnification for intellectual property infringement claims;
divert the attention of our management and other key employees;
result in our customers or potential customers deferring or limiting their purchase or use of the affected products impacted by the claims until the claims are resolved; and
otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, new patents obtained by our competitors could threaten the continued commercialization of our products in the market even after they have already been introduced. Philips Electronics North America Corporation and Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co., Ltd. have each filed antitrust and patent infringement counterclaims against us, as further described in Note 15 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements under the caption “Litigation” included in Part IV, Item 15(a) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We believe competitors may currently be violating and may in the future violate our intellectual property rights, and we may bring additional litigation to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights, which may result in substantial expense and may divert management’s attention from implementing our business strategy.
We believe that the success of our business depends, in significant part, on obtaining patent protection for our products and technologies, defending our patents and preserving our trade secrets. We were previously involved in significant litigation to protect our patent position and may be required to engage in further litigation. In 2006, we settled a costly, six-year lawsuit against Mallinckrodt, Inc., part of Tyco Healthcare, and one of its subsidiaries, Nellcor Puritan Bennett, Inc., in which we claimed infringement of some of our pulse oximetry signal processing patents. In November 2015, we settled multiple litigations with Mindray DS USA, Inc., Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co., Ltd. and Mindray Medical International Ltd.
In February 2009, we filed a patent infringement suit against Philips Electronics North America Corporation and Philips Medizin Systeme Böblingen GmbH (collectively, Philips) related to Philips’ FAST pulse oximetry technology and certain of Philips’ patient monitors. This suit is described in Note 15 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements under the caption “Litigation” included in Part IV, Item 15(a) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Philips is an OEM partner of ours. There is no guarantee that we will prevail in this suit or receive any damages or other relief if we do prevail.
Our ongoing and future litigation could result in significant additional costs and further divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations and the implementation of our business strategy and may not be adequate to protect our intellectual property rights.
Risks Related to Our Regulatory Environment
Our failure to obtain and maintain FDA clearances or approvals on a timely basis, or at all, would prevent us from commercializing our current or upgraded products in the U.S., which could severely harm our business.
Each medical device that we wish to market in the U.S. generally must first undergo premarket review by the FDA and receive clearance or approval pursuant to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FDCA) by receiving clearance of a 510(k) pre-market notification, receiving clearance through the de novo review process, or obtaining approval of a pre-market approval (PMA) application. Even if regulatory clearance or approval of a product is granted, the FDA may clear or approve our products only for limited indications for use, which would limit our ability to market the product to only such indications for use. We cannot guarantee that the FDA will grant 510(k) clearance on a timely basis, if at all, for new products or uses that we propose for Masimo SET ® or licensed rainbow ® technology. The traditional FDA 510(k) clearance process for our products has generally taken between three to six months. However, over the past few years, we have experienced a significantly longer 510(k) clearance review process. Our more recent experience and interactions with the FDA, along with information we have received from other medical device manufacturers, suggests that, in some cases, the FDA is requiring applicants to provide much more or different information and data for 510(k) clearance than it had previously required; and that the FDA may not rely on approaches that it had previously accepted to support 510(k) clearance, thereby leading to more review cycles or to

34

Table of Contents


decisions by the FDA that our products are not substantially equivalent or require greater amounts of information to demonstrate substantial equivalence. As a result, we have experienced lengthier FDA 510(k) review periods over the past few years, which have delayed the 510(k) clearance process for our products over this period as compared to prior periods.
In connection with a recent FDA 510(k) filing for certain improvements to our Pronto-7 ® product, the FDA expressed concerns and requested additional information regarding the methods we used to validate the SpHb ® parameter. We responded to the FDA’s request for additional information on March 25, 2014. The FDA responded that the remaining issues would not likely be resolved in the time remaining, so we voluntarily withdrew the application on March 31, 2014. We have since had further submissions and meetings with the FDA and believe we have a better understanding of the FDA’s expectations on validation methodologies for future 510(k) filings for SpHb spot-check devices such as Pronto ® and Pronto-7 ® . We intend to work with the FDA to address their remaining concerns, but we cannot be sure we will be able to resolve all such concerns.
To date, the FDA has regulated pulse oximeters incorporating Masimo SET ® and licensed rainbow ® technology, patient monitor devices, sensors, cables and other products under the 510(k) process. Although 510(k) clearances have been obtained for such products, if safety or effectiveness problems are identified with our devices, we may need to initiate a recall of such devices. Furthermore, our new products or significantly modified marketed products could be denied 510(k) clearance and be required to undergo the more burdensome PMA or de novo review processes. The process of obtaining clearance of a de novo request or approval of a PMA is much more costly, lengthy and uncertain than the process for obtaining 510(k) clearance. Clearance of a de novo request generally takes six months to one year from the time of submission of the de novo request, although it can take longer. Approval of a PMA generally takes one to three years from the time of submission of the PMA, but may be longer.
We sell consumer versions of our iSpO 2 ® and MightySat pulse oximeters that are not intended for medical use. We are marketing these products in accordance with the FDA’s current policy for products that are intended for wellness or fitness uses. In addition, some of our products may also be exempted from the 510(k) process in accordance with specific FDA guidance and policies, such as the FDA guidance related to mobile medical applications. We cannot assure you that the FDA will not change its policy regarding the regulation of these products. If the FDA changes its policy or concludes that our marketing of these products is not in accordance with its current policy, we may be required to seek clearance or approval of these devices through the 510(k), de novo or PMA processes.
The failure of our OEM partners to obtain required FDA clearances or approvals for products that incorporate our technologies could have a negative impact on our revenue.
Our OEM partners are required to obtain their own FDA clearances for products incorporating Masimo SET ® and licensed rainbow ® technology to market these products in the U.S. We cannot guarantee that the FDA clearances we have obtained will make it easier for our OEM partners to obtain clearances of products incorporating these technologies, or that the FDA will grant clearances on a timely basis, if at all, for any future product incorporating Masimo SET ® and licensed rainbow ® technology that our OEM partners propose to market.
If we or our suppliers fail to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements, or if we experience unanticipated problems with our products, these products could be subject to restrictions or withdrawal from the market.
Our products, along with the manufacturing processes, labeling and promotional activities for our products, are subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory bodies. Among other requirements, we and our suppliers are required to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (QSR), which covers the methods and documentation of the design, control testing, production, component suppliers control, quality assurance, complaint handling, labeling control, packaging, storage and shipping of our products. The FDA enforces the QSR through announced and unannounced inspections. We are also subject to similar state requirements and licenses.
In 2013, the FDA inspected our facility in Irvine, California and issued an FDA Form 483 listing observations the investigator believed may constitute violations of statutes or regulations administered by the FDA, including observations relating to complaint handling, medical device reporting and corrective and preventative action (CAPA) procedures. In 2014, the FDA also inspected our facility in Mexicali, Mexico and issued a Form 483 listing observations relating to our CAPA procedures, documentation practices associated with our device history records and procedures for employee training. We submitted responses to both Form 483s. In August 2014, we received from the FDA a final inspection report closing out the Mexicali inspection and a warning letter (the Warning Letter) related to the Irvine inspection. We submitted a response (the Response Letter) to the Warning Letter on September 5, 2014 and attended a regulatory meeting with the FDA on September 19, 2014. At the meeting, in addition to discussing our Response Letter, the FDA raised issues beyond the scope of the Warning Letter in the areas of Good Manufacturing Practices, quality, bioresearch monitoring and labeling/promotion. We have been in communication with the FDA since the meeting and are working to resolve the issues raised by the FDA. Although the FDA has yet to close out the Warning Letter, the FDA resumed issuing CFGs for products manufactured in our Irvine, California facility in January 2016, which allows us to continue to register and import products into certain countries that require CFGs. We do

35

Table of Contents


not know what further actions, if any, the FDA will take in connection with these issues. If we are unable to resolve the issues raised by the FDA, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
In December 2014, the California Department of Public Health, Food and Drug Branch (Food and Drug Branch) conducted an inspection of our facility in Irvine, California, and issued a Notice of Violation listing observations relating to complaint handling and CAPA procedures that the investigator believed may constitute violations of California statutes or regulations. We responded to the Notice of Violation in January 2015 and have completed various actions to address and resolve the issues raised by the Food and Drug Branch. As of January 2016, the Food and Drug Branch has not responded to our communications from January 2015. We do not know what further actions, if any, the Food and Drug Branch will take in connection with these issues.
Failure by us or one of our suppliers to comply with statutes and regulations administered by the FDA and other regulatory bodies or failure to adequately respond to any FDA Form 483 observations, any Food and Drug Branch notices of violation or any similar reports could result in, among other things, any of the following items:
warning letters or untitled letters issued by the FDA;
fines, civil penalties, in rem forfeiture proceedings, injunctions, consent decrees and criminal prosecution;
import alerts;
unanticipated expenditures to address or defend such actions;
delays in clearing or approving, or refusal to clear or approve, our products;
withdrawal or suspension of clearance or approval of our products or those of our third-party suppliers by the FDA or other regulatory bodies;
product recall or seizure;
orders for physician notification or device repair, replacement or refund;
interruption of production or inability to export to certain foreign countries; and
operating restrictions.
If any of these items were to occur, it would harm our reputation and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Failure to obtain regulatory approval in foreign jurisdictions will prevent us from marketing our products abroad.
We currently market and intend to continue to market our products internationally. Outside of the U.S., we can market a product only if we receive a marketing authorization and, in some cases, pricing approval, from the appropriate regulatory authorities. The regulatory registration/licensing process varies among international jurisdictions and may require additional product testing. The time required for international registration of new products may differ from that required for obtaining FDA clearance. The foreign registration/licensing process may include similar risks to those associated with obtaining FDA clearance in addition to other risks. We may not obtain foreign regulatory registration/licensing on a timely basis, if at all. FDA clearance does not ensure new product registration/licensing by foreign regulatory authorities. Clearance by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure clearance by any other foreign regulatory authority or by the FDA. If we fail to receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in foreign jurisdictions on a timely basis, or at all, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Modifications to our marketed devices may require new regulatory clearances or premarket approvals, or may require us to cease marketing or to recall the modified devices until clearances or approvals are obtained.
We have made modifications to our devices in the past and we may make additional modifications in the future. Any modifications to an FDA-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness or that would constitute a major change in its intended use would require a new 510(k) clearance or possibly a de novo or PMA. We may not be able to obtain such clearances or approvals in a timely fashion, or at all. Delays in obtaining future clearances would adversely affect our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The standards for determining which modifications require a new 510(k) clearance are ambiguous, and the FDA may disagree with our conclusions. For those modifications that we conclude do not require a new 510(k), if the FDA disagrees with our conclusion and requires new clearances or approvals for the modifications, we may be required to recall and to stop marketing the modified devices, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

36

Table of Contents


Federal regulatory reforms may make it difficult to maintain or attain approval to develop and commercialize our products and technologies.
From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the clearance or approval, manufacture and marketing of medical devices. In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. It is impossible to predict whether legislative changes will be enacted or FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, and what the impact of such changes, if any, may be. However, any future regulatory changes could make it more difficult for us to maintain or attain approval to develop and commercialize our products and technologies.
If our products cause or contribute to a death or serious injury, or malfunction in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury, we will be subject to medical device reporting regulations, which can result in voluntary corrective actions or agency enforcement actions, including recall of our products.
Under the FDA medical device reporting regulations, we are required to report to the FDA any incident in which a product of ours may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or in which a product of ours malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury. In addition, all manufacturers placing medical devices in European Union (EU) markets are legally required to report any serious or potentially serious incidents involving devices produced or sold by the manufacturer to the relevant authority in those jurisdictions where any such incident occurred.
The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of our commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in, for example, design, labeling or manufacture. In the case of the FDA, the authority to require a recall generally must be based on an FDA finding that there is a reasonable probability that the device would cause serious injury or death. Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found or they become aware of a safety issue involving a marketed product. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us or by one of our distributors could occur as a result of component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues.
We may initiate certain field actions, such as a correction or removal of our products in the future. A correction is a repair, modification, adjustment, relabeling, destruction or inspection of a device, without its physical removal from its point of use to some other location. A removal is the physical removal of a device from its point of use to some other location for repair, modification, adjustment, relabeling, destruction or inspection. If a correction or removal is initiated to reduce a health risk posed by our device, or to remedy a violation of the FDCA caused by the device that may present a risk to health, the recall must be reported to the FDA. Recalls of any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
From time to time, we have initiated various field actions related to our products as required by applicable law and regulations, including device corrections and removals, none of which were material to our operating results. Some of these field actions involved “reportable events” that were reported to the FDA and other foreign regulatory agencies within the appropriate regulatory timeframes. Because of our dependence upon patient and physician perceptions, any negative publicity associated with these or any future voluntary recalls could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.
Promotion of our products using claims that are off-label, unsubstantiated, false or misleading could subject us to substantial penalties.
Obtaining 510(k) clearance permits us to promote our products for the uses cleared by the FDA. Use of a device outside its cleared or approved indications is known as “off-label” use. Physicians may use our products off-label because the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician’s choice of treatment within the practice of medicine. Although we may request additional cleared indications for our current products, the FDA may deny those requests, require additional expensive clinical data to support any additional indications or impose limitations on the intended use of any cleared product as a condition of clearance. If the FDA determines that we or our OEM partners have promoted our products for off-label use or have made false or misleading or inadequately substantiated promotional claims, it could request that we or our OEM partners modify those promotional materials or take regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine and criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities may take action if they consider our promotional or training materials to constitute promotion of an uncleared or unapproved use, which could also result in significant fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement. In either event, in addition to potential extensive fines and penalties, our reputation could be damaged and adoption of our products would be impaired. Although our policy is to refrain from statements that could be considered off-label promotion of our products, the FDA or another regulatory agency could conclude that we have engaged in off-label promotion.

37

Table of Contents


In addition to promoting our products in a manner consistent with our clearances, we must have adequate substantiation for the claims we make for our products. If any of our claims are determined to be either false, misleading or deceptive, our products could be considered to be misbranded under the FDCA or to violate the Federal Trade Commission Act.
We may be subject to or otherwise affected by federal and state health care laws, including fraud and abuse and health information privacy and security laws, and could face substantial penalties if we are unable to fully comply with these laws.
Although we do not provide health care services or receive payments directly from Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payers for our products or the procedures in which our products are used, health care regulation by federal and state governments will impact our business. Health care fraud and abuse laws potentially applicable to our operations include, but are not limited to:
the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving any bribe, kickback or other remuneration intended to induce the purchase, order or recommendation of an item or service reimbursable under a federal health care program (such as the Medicare or Medicaid programs);
the Federal False Claims Act and other federal laws which prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payers that are false or fraudulent;
the provisions of the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), which established federal crimes for knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program or making false statements in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services; and
state laws analogous to each of the above federal laws, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply to items or services reimbursed by governmental programs and non-governmental third-party payers, including commercial insurers, and state laws governing the privacy of certain patient identifiable health information (PHI).
Federal and state false claims laws prohibit anyone from presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment to third-party payers that are false or fraudulent. For example, the federal Civil False Claims Act imposes liability on any person or entity that, among other things, knowingly and willfully presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal health care program, including Medicaid and Medicare. Some suits filed under the Civil False Claims Act, known as “qui tam” actions, can be brought by a private individual, referred to as a “whistleblower” or “relator,” on behalf of the government, and such individuals may share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. Such complaints are filed under seal and remain sealed until the applicable court orders otherwise. In recent years, the number of suits brought by private individuals has increased dramatically. Manufacturers, like us, can be held liable under false claims laws, even if they do not submit claims to the government, if they are found to have caused medical care providers to have submitted claims to the government for payment for a service or the use of a device that is not properly covered for government reimbursement. A number of states also have false claims laws, and some of these laws may apply to claims for items or services reimbursed under Medicaid and/or commercial insurance. Sanctions under these federal and state laws may include civil monetary penalties, exclusion of a manufacturer’s products from reimbursement under government programs and imprisonment. In particular, when an entity is determined to have violated the federal Civil False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties of $5,500 to $11,000 for each separate false claim.
In April 2011, we were informed by the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Central District of California, Civil Division, that a qui tam complaint had been filed against us in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California by three of our former physician office sales representatives. The qui tam complaint alleged, among other things, that our noninvasive hemoglobin products failed to meet their accuracy specifications, and that we misled the FDA and customers regarding the accuracy of the products. In November 2011, the U.S. declined to intervene in the case, and in October 2013, the District Court granted summary judgment in our favor. The former sales representatives appealed the District Court’s decision and an argument on the appeal was held in the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals on February 1, 2016. On February 19, 2016, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the summary judgment of the District Court.
In the third quarter of 2013, we were notified that the FDA and the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Central District of California, Criminal Division (USAO) were investigating the allegations regarding our noninvasive hemoglobin products. In the second quarter of 2014, we received grand jury subpoenas requesting documents pertaining to, among other things, the testing, marketing and sales of our Pronto ® and Pronto-7 ® products. On May 7, 2015, we received a letter from the USAO stating that, as of the date of the letter, the USAO had decided not to initiate any criminal charges against us or any of our current or former employees in connection with its investigation. The USAO reserved the right to revisit its decision at any time.

38

Table of Contents


We have certain arrangements with hospitals that may be affected by health care fraud and abuse laws. For instance, under our standard customer arrangements, we provide hospitals with free pulse oximetry monitoring devices in exchange for their agreement to purchase future pulse oximetry sensor requirements from us. In addition, we occasionally provide our customers with rebates in connection with their annual purchases. While we believe that these arrangements are structured such that we are currently in compliance with applicable federal and state health care laws, one or more of these arrangements may not meet the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute’s safe harbor requirements, which may result in increased scrutiny by government authorities that are responsible for enforcing these laws.
There can be no assurance that we will not be found to be in violation of any of such laws or other similar governmental regulations to which we are directly or indirectly subject and, as a result, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion of our products from reimbursement under Medicare, Medicaid and other federal health care programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Any penalties could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against such action, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.
Further, we are required to comply with federal and state laws governing the transmission, security and privacy of individually identifiable PHI that we may obtain or have access to in connection with the manufacture and sale of our products. We may be required to make costly system modifications to comply with the HIPAA privacy and security requirements. In addition, if we do not properly comply with existing or new laws and regulations related to the protection of health information, we could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions, the potential enforcement of which is greater as a result of the Health Information Technology of Economic and Clinical Health Act.
Numerous other federal and state laws protect the confidentiality of PHI, including state medical information privacy laws, state social security number protection laws and state and federal consumer protection laws. In some cases, more protective state privacy and security laws are not preempted by HIPAA and may be subject to interpretation by various governmental authorities and courts, resulting in potentially complex compliance issues for us and our customers.
In addition, state and federal human subject protection laws apply to our receipt of individually identifiable PHI in connection with clinical research. These laws could create liability for us if one of our research collaborators uses or discloses research subject information without authorization and in violation of applicable laws.
We may incur significant costs and potential liabilities in defending our new products and technologies in various legal and other proceedings.
Our noninvasive measurement technologies are new and not yet widely understood or accepted. These new technologies may become the subject of various legal and other proceedings. We may incur significant costs in explaining and defending our new products and technologies in these proceedings, often to non-technical audiences. The outcomes of these proceedings are unpredictable and may result in significant liabilities, regardless of the merits of the claims made in the proceedings.
Legislative and regulatory changes in the health care industry could have a negative impact on our financial performance. Furthermore, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be significantly and adversely affected by health care reform legislation in the U.S. or if reform programs are adopted in our key international markets.
Changes in the health care industry in the U.S. and elsewhere could adversely affect the demand for our products as well as the way in which we conduct our business. In 2010, President Obama signed health care reform legislation into law that required most individuals to have health insurance, established new regulations on health plans, created insurance pooling mechanisms and reduced Medicare spending on services provided by hospitals and other providers. Beginning on January 1, 2013, this legislation also imposed significant new taxes on medical device makers in the form of a 2.3% excise tax on U.S. medical device sales, as well as related compliance and reporting obligations. For the fiscal years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 our medical device tax was $6.9 million , $6.6 million and $6.3 million , respectively. In December 2015, President Obama signed into law a bill that included a two-year suspension of the medical device tax beginning January 1, 2016. However, such tax may be reimposed on medical device makers beginning on January 1, 2018 if such suspension is not extended or the medical device tax is not permanently repealed.
Moreover, the Physician Payment Sunshine Act (the Sunshine Act), which was enacted by Congress as part of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act on March 23, 2010, requires medical device companies to track and publicly report, with limited exceptions, all payments and transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals in the U.S. Implementing regulations for these tracking and reporting obligations were finalized in 2013, and companies are now required to track payments made since August 1, 2013. If we fail to comply with the data collection and reporting obligations imposed by the Sunshine Act, we may be subject to substantial civil monetary penalties.

39

Table of Contents


In general, an expansion in the government’s role in the U.S. health care industry may lower reimbursements for our products, reduce demand for innovative products, reduce medical procedure volumes and adversely affect our business and results of operations, possibly in a material manner. In addition, as a result of the continued focus on health care reform, there is a risk that Congress may implement changes in laws and regulations governing health care service providers, including measures to control costs or reductions in reimbursement levels, which could result in pricing pressures, have an adverse effect on the demand for our products and/or negatively impact the prices that the market is willing to accept for our current and future products. We cannot predict the effect any future legislation or regulation will have on us or what health care initiatives, if any, will be implemented at the state level. Furthermore, many private payers look to Medicare’s coverage and reimbursement policies in setting their coverage policies and reimbursement amounts such that federal reforms could influence the private sector as well. Finally, many states also may attempt to reform their Medicaid programs such that either coverage for certain items or services may be narrowed or reimbursement for them could be reduced. These health care reforms may adversely affect our business.
Consistent with or in addition to Congressional or state reforms, CMS, the federal agency that administers the Medicare and Medicaid programs, could change its current policies that affect coverage and reimbursement for our products. CMS determined in 2007 that certain uses of pulse oximetry monitoring are eligible for separate Medicare payment in the hospital outpatient setting when no separately payable hospital outpatient services are reported on the same date of service. Each year, however, CMS re-examines the reimbursement rates for hospital inpatient and outpatient and physician office settings and could either increase or decrease the reimbursement rate for procedures utilizing our products. We are unable to predict when legislation or regulation that affects our business may be proposed or enacted in the future or what effect any such legislation or regulation would have on our business. Any such legislation, regulation or policies that affect the coverage and reimbursement of our current or future products, or the procedures utilizing our current or future products, could cause our sales to decrease and our revenue to decline.
Our success in international markets also may depend upon the eligibility of reimbursement for our products through government-sponsored health care payment systems and other third-party payers. Outside of the U.S., reimbursement systems vary by country. These systems are often subject to the same pressures to curb rising health care costs and control health care expenditures as those in the U.S. In addition, as economies of emerging markets develop, these countries may implement changes in their health care delivery and payment systems. If adequate levels of reimbursement from third-party payers outside of the U.S. are not obtained, sales of our products outside of the U.S. may be adversely affected.
In addition, the requirements or restrictions imposed on us or our products may change, either as a result of administratively adopted policies or regulations or as a result of the enactment of new laws. Our medical devices and business activities are subject to rigorous regulation by the FDA and other federal, state and international governmental authorities. These authorities and members of Congress have been increasing their scrutiny over the medical device industry. In recent years, the U.S. Congress, Department of Justice, the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, and the Department of Defense have issued subpoenas and other requests for information to medical device manufacturers, primarily related to financial arrangements with health care providers, regulatory compliance and marketing and product promotional practices. Furthermore, certain state governments have enacted legislation to increase transparency of interactions with health care providers, pursuant to which we are required by law to disclose payments and other transfers for value to health care providers licensed by certain states. We anticipate that the government will continue to scrutinize our industry closely, and any new regulations or statutory provisions could result in delays or increased costs during the periods of product development, clinical trials and regulatory review and approval, as well as increased costs to assure compliance.
Risks Related to Our Business and Operations
We may experience conflicts of interest with Cercacor with respect to business opportunities and other matters.
Prior to our initial public offering in August 2007, our stockholders owned 99% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Cercacor and we believe that, as of January 2, 2016 , a number of our stockholders, including certain of our directors and executive officers, continue to own shares of Cercacor stock. Joe Kiani, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is also the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Cercacor.
Due to the interrelated nature of Cercacor with us, conflicts of interest will arise with respect to transactions involving business dealings between us and Cercacor, potential acquisitions of businesses or products and the development and ownership of technologies and products, the sale of products, markets and other matters in which our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders may conflict with the best interests of the stockholders of Cercacor. In addition, we and Cercacor may disagree regarding the interpretation of certain terms in the Cross-Licensing Agreement. We cannot guarantee that any conflict of interest will be resolved in our favor, or that, with respect to our transactions with Cercacor, we will negotiate terms that are as favorable to us as if such transactions were with another third-party.

40

Table of Contents


We will be required to assign to Cercacor and pay Cercacor for the right to use certain products and technologies we develop that relate to the monitoring of non-vital sign parameters, including improvements to Masimo SET ® .
Under the Cross-Licensing Agreement, if we develop certain products or technologies that relate to the noninvasive monitoring of non-vital sign parameters, including improvements to Masimo SET ® for the noninvasive monitoring of non-vital sign parameters, we would be required to assign these developments to Cercacor and then license the technology back from Cercacor in consideration for upfront payments and royalty obligations to Cercacor. Therefore, these products and technologies would be deemed to have been developed or improved exclusively by Cercacor. In addition, we will not be reimbursed by Cercacor for our expenses relating to the development or improvement of any such products or technologies, which expenses may be significant. As a result of these terms, we may not generate any revenue from the further development of certain products and technologies for the monitoring of non-vital sign parameters, including improvements to Masimo SET ®, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are required to pay royalties to Cercacor for all products sold that contain certain rainbow ® technologies, including certain annual minimum royalty payments, and this may impact our reported gross margins if we discontinue consolidating Cercacor within our financial statements.
The Cross-Licensing Agreement requires us to pay Cercacor a royalty for all products that we sell which include its proprietary rainbow ® technology. This includes handheld, table-top and multiparameter products that incorporate licensed rainbow ® technology. Beginning in 2009, for hospital contracts where we place equipment and enter into a sensor contract, we pay a royalty to Cercacor on the total sensor contract revenue based on the ratio of rainbow ® enabled devices to total devices. The agreement also requires that we make available to Cercacor, at its request, up to 10% of our annual board and sensor production volume at our total manufactured cost. In addition to these specific royalty and product obligations, our Cross-Licensing Agreement requires that we pay Cercacor specific annual minimum royalty payments.
Currently, we are required to consolidate Cercacor within our financial statements. Accordingly, the royalties that we owe to Cercacor are eliminated in our consolidated financial statements presented within this Annual Report on Form 10-K and our other periodic reports, and the gross profit margins reported in our consolidated financial results do not include the royalty expense that we pay to Cercacor. We are also obligated to include, and have included, Cercacor’s engineering and administrative expenses in our reported engineering and administrative expenses. If our financial statements were not consolidated with Cercacor, our reported cost of goods sold would increase and our reported engineering and administrative expenses would decrease. In the future, depending upon the success of rainbow ® products and the royalties earned by Cercacor on those revenues, it is possible that the royalty expense will grow at a rate higher than the growth of engineering and administrative expenses. Should this occur, and if we also were no longer required to consolidate Cercacor’s financial results within our financial statements, our unconsolidated cost of goods sold could grow at a faster rate than that at which our unconsolidated engineering expenses decrease.
Despite describing and reflecting this Cercacor consolidation requirement within our financial statements, failure to understand or appreciate the significance of our consolidation of Cercacor’s financial statements may lead current and prospective investors to draw inaccurate perspectives and conclusions regarding our historical and future financial condition and results of operations.
In the event that the Cross-Licensing Agreement is terminated for any reason, or Cercacor grants a license to rainbow ® technology to a third-party, our business would be materially and adversely affected.
Cercacor owns all of the proprietary rights to certain rainbow ® technology developed with our proprietary Masimo SET ® for products intended to be used in the Cercacor Market, and all rights to any non-vital signs measurement for which we do not exercise an option pursuant to the Cross-Licensing Agreement. In addition, Cercacor has the right to terminate the Cross-Licensing Agreement or grant licenses covering rainbow ® technology to third parties if we breach certain terms of the agreement, including any failure to meet our minimum royalty payment obligations or failure to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop or market products incorporating licensed rainbow ® technology. If we lose our exclusive license to rainbow ® technology, we would lose the ability to prevent others from making, using, selling or importing products using rainbow ® technology in our market. As a result, we would likely be subject to increased competition within our market, and Cercacor or competitors who obtain a license to rainbow ® technology from Cercacor would be able to offer related products.
We may not be able to commercialize our products incorporating licensed rainbow ® technology cost-effectively or successfully.
As a result of the royalties that we must pay to Cercacor, it is generally more expensive for us to make products that incorporate licensed rainbow ® technology than products that do not include licensed rainbow ® technology. We cannot assure you that we will be able to sell products incorporating licensed rainbow ® technology at a price the market is willing to accept. If we cannot commercialize our products incorporating licensed rainbow ® technology successfully, we may not be able to generate sufficient product revenue from these products to be profitable, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

41

Table of Contents


Rights provided to Cercacor in the Cross-Licensing Agreement may impede a change in control of our company.
Under the Cross-Licensing Agreement, a change in control includes the resignation or termination of Joe Kiani from his position as Chief Executive Officer of either Masimo or Cercacor. A change in control also includes other customary events, such as the sale or merger of our company or Cercacor to a non-affiliated third-party or the acquisition of 50% or more of the voting power of our company or Cercacor by a non-affiliated third-party. In the event we undergo a change in control, we are required to immediately pay a $2.5 million fee to exercise an option to license technology developed by Cercacor for use in blood glucose monitoring. Additionally, our per product royalties payable to Cercacor will become subject to specified minimums, and the minimum aggregate annual royalties for licensed rainbow ® measurements payable to Cercacor related to carbon monoxide, methemoglobin, fractional arterial oxygen saturation, hemoglobin and blood glucose will increase to $15.0 million, plus up to $2.0 million for other rainbow ® measurements. Also, if the surviving or acquiring entity ceases to use “Masimo” as a company name and trademark following a change in control, all rights to the “Masimo” trademark will automatically be assigned to Cercacor. This could delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in control of us, including transactions in which our stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares over our then-current trading price. In addition, our requirement to assign all future improvements for non-vital signs to Cercacor could impede a change in control of our company.
We may experience significant fluctuations in our quarterly results in the future, we may not maintain our current levels of profitability, and changes to existing accounting pronouncements or taxation rules may affect how we conduct our business and our results of operations.
Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future. We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations as a result of:
delays or interruptions in manufacturing and shipping of our products;
varying demand for and market acceptance of our technologies and products;
delayed acceptance of our new products, negatively impacting the carrying value of our inventory;
design, technology or other market changes that could negatively impact the carrying value of our inventory;
the effect of competing technological and market developments resulting in lower selling prices or significant promotional costs;
changes in the timing of product orders and the volume of sales to our OEM partners;
actions taken by GPOs;
delays in hospital conversions to our products and declines in hospital patient census;
our legal expenses, particularly those related to litigation matters;
changes in our product or customer mix;
movements in foreign currency exchange rates;
market seasonality of our sales due to quarterly fluctuations in hospital and other alternative care admissions;
our ability to renew existing long-term sensor contract commitments;
changes in the total dollar amount of annual contract renewal activities;
changes in the mix and, therefore, the related costs of products that we supply at no upfront costs to our customers as part of their long-term sensor commitments;
changes in hospital and other alternative care admission levels;
our inability to efficiently scale operations and establish processes to accommodate business growth;
unanticipated delays or problems in the introduction of new products, including delays in obtaining clearance or approval from the FDA;
high levels of returns and repairs; and
changes in reimbursement rates for SpHb ® , SpCO ® and SpMet ® parameters.
In addition, a change in accounting pronouncements or taxation rules or practices, or the interpretation of them by the SEC or other regulatory bodies, could have a significant effect on our reported results and may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements or taxation rules and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements or taxation practice have occurred and may occur in the future. Changes to existing rules, the adoption of new rules, changes in tax laws, or the expiration of existing favorable tax holidays may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business.

42

Table of Contents


If our operating results fail to meet or exceed the expectations of securities analysts or investors, our stock price could drop suddenly and significantly. Our expense levels are based, in part, on our expectations regarding future revenue levels and are relatively fixed in the short term. As a result, if our revenue for a particular period was below our expectations, we would not be able to proportionately reduce our operating expenses for that period. Any revenue shortfall would have a disproportionately negative effect on our operating results for the period. Due to these and other factors, you should not rely on our results for any one quarter as an indication of our future performance.
Our results of operations could vary as a result of the methods, estimates and judgments that we use in applying our accounting policies.
The methods, estimates and judgments that we use in applying our accounting policies have a significant impact on our results of operations. Such methods, estimates and judgments are, by their nature, subject to substantial risks, uncertainties and assumptions and factors may arise over time that lead us to change our methods, estimates and judgments. Changes in those methods, estimates and judgments could significantly affect our results of operations. See “Critical Accounting Estimates” contained in Part II, Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
If we lose the services of our key personnel, or if we are unable to attract and retain other key personnel, we may not be able to manage our operations or meet our growth objectives.
We are highly dependent on our senior management, especially Joe Kiani, our Chief Executive Officer, and other key officers. We are also heavily dependent on our engineers and field sales team, including sales representatives and clinical specialists. Our success will depend on our ability to retain our current management, engineers and field sales team and, in order to manage current operations and growth effectively, to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future, including scientists, clinicians, engineers and other highly skilled personnel. As competition for senior management, engineers and field sales personnel is intense, we may not be able to retain our personnel. In addition, some of our key personnel hold stock options with an exercise price that is greater than our recent closing prices, which may minimize the retention value of these options. The loss of the services of members of our key personnel, or the inability to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future, could prevent the implementation and completion of our objectives, including the development and introduction of our products. In general, our key personnel may terminate their employment at any time and for any reason without notice.
Existing or future acquisitions of businesses could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations if we fail to integrate the acquired businesses successfully into our existing operations or if we discover previously undisclosed liabilities.
We have acquired six businesses since our inception and we may acquire additional businesses in the future. Successful acquisitions depend upon our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate suitable acquisitions and to obtain any necessary financing. Even if we complete acquisitions, we may experience:
difficulties in integrating any acquired companies, personnel, products and other assets into our existing business;
delays in realizing the benefits of the acquired company, products or other assets;
diversion of our management’s time and attention from other business concerns;
limited or no direct prior experience in new markets or countries we may enter;
higher costs of integration than we anticipated;
difficulties in retaining key employees of the acquired business who are necessary to manage these acquisitions; and
changes in the overall financial model as certain acquired companies may have a different revenue, gross profit margin or operating expense profile.
In addition, an acquisition could materially impair our operating results by causing us to incur debt or requiring us to amortize acquisition expenses and acquired assets. We may also discover deficiencies in internal controls, data adequacy and integrity, product quality, regulatory compliance and product liabilities that we did not uncover prior to our acquisition of such businesses, which could result in us becoming subject to penalties or other liabilities. Any difficulties in the integration of acquired businesses or unexpected penalties or liabilities in connection with such businesses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The risks inherent in operating internationally and the risks of selling and shipping our products and purchasing our components and products internationally may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We derive a portion of our net sales from international operations. In the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 approximately 29.7% , 31.7% and 30.1% , respectively, of our product revenue was derived from our international operations. In addition, we purchase a portion of our raw materials and components on the international market.

43

Table of Contents


The sale and shipping of our products across international borders, as well as the purchase of materials and components from international sources, subject us to extensive U.S. and foreign governmental trade regulations. Compliance with such regulations is costly and we could be exposed to potentially significant penalties if we are found not to be in compliance with such regulations. Any failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could impact us in a variety of ways that include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment of individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments, restrictions on certain business activities, and exclusion or debarment from government contracting. Also, the failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could result in the disruption of our shipping, manufacturing and sales activities. Any material decrease in our international sales would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, our international sales operations expose us and our representatives, agents and distributors to risks inherent in operating in foreign jurisdictions. These risks include, but are not limited to:
the imposition of additional U.S. and foreign governmental controls or regulations;
the imposition of costly and lengthy new export licensing requirements;
a shortage of high-quality sales people and distributors;
the loss of any key personnel that possess proprietary knowledge, or who are otherwise important to our success in certain international markets;
changes in duties and tariffs, license obligations and other non-tariff barriers to trade;
the imposition of new trade restrictions;
the imposition of restrictions on the activities of foreign agents, representatives and distributors;
scrutiny of foreign tax authorities which could result in significant fines, penalties and additional taxes being imposed on us;
pricing pressure that we may experience internationally;
changes in foreign currency exchange rates;
laws and business practices favoring local companies;
political instability and actual or anticipated military or political conflicts;
financial and civil unrest worldwide;
longer payment cycles; and
difficulties in enforcing or defending intellectual property rights.
The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws in non-U.S. jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from promising or making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining an advantage to secure or retain business. Because of the predominance of government-sponsored health care systems around the world, many of our customer relationships outside of the U.S. are with governmental entities and are therefore subject to such anti-bribery laws. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. Despite our training and compliance programs, our internal control policies and procedures may not always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could subject us to cash and non-cash penalties, disrupt our operations, involve significant management distraction and result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our operations may be adversely impacted by our exposure to risks related to foreign currency exchange rates.
We market our products in certain foreign markets through our subsidiaries and other international distributors. The related sales agreements may provide for payments in a foreign currency. While a majority of our sales are transacted in U.S. Dollars, some of our sales agreements with foreign customers provide for payment in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. These foreign currency revenues, when converted into U.S. Dollars, can vary depending on average exchange rates during a respective period. Specifically, during the fiscal year ended January 2, 2016 , we estimate that the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar, relative to the Euro, Japanese Yen, Swedish Krona, Canadian Dollar, British Pound and Australian Dollar, negatively impacted our foreign currency revenues by $18.6 million , of which approximately $4.2 million occurred during the fourth fiscal quarter. Similarly, certain of our foreign sales support subsidiaries transact business in their respective country’s local currency, which is also their functional currency. As a result, expenses of these foreign subsidiaries when converted into U.S. Dollars can vary depending on average monthly exchange rates during a respective period. We are also exposed to foreign currency gains or losses on outstanding foreign currency denominated receivables and payables. When converted to U.S. Dollars, these receivables and payables can vary depending on the monthly exchange rates at the end of the period. In addition, certain intercompany transactions may give rise to realized and unrealized foreign currency gains or losses based on the currency

44

Table of Contents


underlying such intercompany transactions. Accordingly, our operating results are subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
The balance sheets of our foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar are translated into U.S. Dollars at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date and the statements of operations and cash flows are translated into U.S. Dollars using the average monthly exchange rate during the period. Any foreign exchange gain or loss as a result of translating the balance sheets of our foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar is included in equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
We currently do not hedge our foreign currency exchange rate risk. Should we decide in the future to hedge such exchange rate risk by entering into forward contracts, these contracts may not mitigate the potential adverse impact on our financial results due to the variability of timing and amount of payments under these contracts. In addition, our failure to sufficiently hedge, forecast or otherwise manage such foreign currency risks properly could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We currently manufacture our products at several locations and any disruption to or expansion of our manufacturing operations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We rely on our manufacturing facilities in Mexicali, Mexico; Irvine, California; Hudson, New Hampshire; and Danderyd, Sweden. These facilities and the manufacturing equipment we use to produce our products would be difficult to replace and could require substantial time to repair. Our facilities may be affected by natural or man-made disasters. Earthquakes are of particular significance since some of our facilities are located in an earthquake-prone area. We are also vulnerable to damage from other types of disasters, including power loss, attacks from extremist or terrorist organizations, epidemics, communication failures, fire, floods and similar events. In the event that one of our facilities was affected by a natural or man-made disaster, we would be forced to rely on third-party manufacturers if we could not shift production to our other manufacturing facilities. Furthermore, our insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business from casualties may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are forced to seek alternative facilities, or if we voluntarily expand one or more of our manufacturing operations to new locations, we may incur additional transition costs and we may experience a disruption in the supply of our products until the new facilities are available and operating.
We also purchase materials and components from international sources. Any disruption in the supply of such materials, including transportation or port delays, could adversely impact our manufacturing operations. Disruptions may also occur as a result of local, regional and worldwide health risks. Such disruptions may include the inability to manufacture and distribute our products due to the direct effects of illness on individuals or due to constraints on supply and distribution that may result from either voluntary or government imposed restrictions.
Any disruption or delay at our manufacturing facilities, any expansion of our operations to additional locations, or any changes in market conditions could create operational hurdles and have an adverse impact on our ability to produce sufficient inventory of our products or may require us to incur additional expenses in order to produce sufficient inventory, depending on changes in product demand. Furthermore, if we are unable to meet the demand of our customers, our customers may cancel orders or purchase products from our competitors, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Conversely, if product demand decreases, we may be unable to timely adjust our manufacturing cost structure, resulting in excess capacity, which would lower gross product margins. Similarly, if we are unable to forecast demand accurately, we could be required to record charges related to excess or obsolete inventory, which would also lower our gross margin.
Our suppliers may not supply us with a sufficient amount of materials and components or materials and components of adequate quality.
We depend on sole or limited source suppliers for key materials and components of our noninvasive blood constituent patient monitoring solutions, and if we are unable to obtain these components on a timely basis, we will not be able to deliver our noninvasive blood constituent patient monitoring solutions to customers. Also, we cannot guarantee that any of the materials or components that we purchase, if available at all, will be of adequate quality. From time to time, there are industry-wide shortages of several electronic components that we use in our noninvasive blood constituent patient monitoring solutions. We may experience delays in production of our products if we fail to identify alternate vendors for materials and components, or any parts supply is interrupted or reduced or there is a significant increase in production costs, each of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

45

Table of Contents


If we fail to comply with the reporting obligations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or if we fail to maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting, our business, results of operations and financial condition and investors’ confidence in us could be materially and adversely affected.
As a public company, we are required to comply with the periodic reporting obligations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), including preparing annual reports, quarterly reports and current reports. Our failure to prepare and disclose this information in a timely manner and meet our reporting obligations in their entirety could subject us to penalties under federal securities laws and regulations of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC expose us to lawsuits and restrict our ability to access financing on favorable terms, or at all.
In addition, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), we are required to evaluate and provide a management report on our systems of internal control over financial reporting, and our independent registered public accounting firm is required to attest to our internal control over financial reporting. During the course of the evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting, we may identify areas requiring improvement and may be required to design enhanced processes and controls to address issues identified through this review. This could result in significant delays and costs to us and require us to divert substantial resources, including management time, from other activities. In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Moreover, effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to help prevent fraud. Any failure to maintain compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could result in the loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which in turn could harm our business, negatively impact the trading price of our stock, and adversely affect investors’ confidence in our company and our ability to access capital markets for financing.
Changing laws and increasingly complex corporate governance and public disclosure requirements could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act), the California Transparency in Supply Chains Act, the UK Modern Slavery Act and new regulations issued by the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, have and will create additional compliance requirements for companies such as ours. To maintain high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure, we have invested in, and intend to continue to invest in, reasonably necessary resources to comply with evolving standards.
For example, the Dodd-Frank Act includes provisions regarding “conflict minerals” (generally tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold) that are mined in the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries (the DRC region), and similar rules have been proposed in the European Union. Since certain of these conflict minerals are used in the manufacture of our products, the Dodd-Frank Act provisions require us to undertake comprehensive due diligence to determine whether conflict minerals used in our products, including any portion of our products manufactured by third parties, financed or benefited armed groups in the DRC region. The rules also require us to file conflict mineral reports with the SEC annually. We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, additional costs to comply with these rules, including costs related to determining the source of origin of conflict minerals used in our products. Given the complexity of our supply chain, we may face difficulties if our suppliers are unwilling or unable to verify the origin of all conflict minerals used in our products. Furthermore, our ongoing compliance with these rules could affect the pricing, sourcing and availability of minerals used in the manufacture of our products. We may also encounter challenges with our customers and stockholders if we are unable to certify that our products are free of conflict minerals. To maintain high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure, we have invested in, and intend to continue to invest in, reasonably necessary resources to comply with such evolving standards. These investments have resulted in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities and may continue to do so in the future.
In addition, stockholder litigation surrounding executive compensation and disclosure of executive compensation has increased with the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act. Furthermore, in recent years, our stockholders have not approved our advisory vote on named executive officer compensation that is required to be voted on by our stockholders annually pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act. If we are involved in a lawsuit related to compensation matters or any other matters not covered by our directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, we may incur significant expenses in defending against such lawsuits, or be subject to significant fines or required to take significant remedial actions, each of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

46

Table of Contents


If product liability claims are brought against us, we could face substantial liability and costs.
The manufacture and sale of products using Masimo SET ® and licensed rainbow ® technology expose us to product liability claims and product recalls, including, but not limited to, those that may arise from unauthorized off-label use, which is use of a device in a manner outside the indications for use cleared by the FDA, malfunctions, design flaws or manufacturing defects related to our products or the use of our products with incompatible components or systems. For example, on April 21, 2014, an amended putative class action complaint was filed against us alleging product liability and negligence claims in connection with pulse oximeters that we modified and provided at the request of the study investigators for use in a randomized trial at the University of Alabama. On August 13, 2015, the Court granted summary judgment in favor of Masimo, rejecting the claims. The plaintiffs have appealed the Court’s decision. While we believe we have good and substantial defenses to the claims, there is no guarantee that we will ultimately prevail. In addition, we cannot be certain that our product liability insurance will be sufficient to cover any or all damages or claims asserted in this case or any other product liability claims that may be brought against us in the future. Furthermore, we may not be able to obtain or maintain insurance in the future at satisfactory rates or in adequate amounts to protect us against any product liability claims. Any losses that we may suffer from product liability claims, and the effect that any product liability litigation may have upon the reputation and marketability of our technology and products, together with the corresponding diversion of the attention of our key employees, may subject us to significant damages and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may incur environmental and personal injury liabilities related to certain hazardous materials used in our operations.
Our manufacturing processes involve the use, generation and disposal of certain hazardous materials and wastes, including silicone adhesives, solder and solder paste, sealants, epoxies and various solvents such as methyl ethyl ketone, acetone and isopropyl alcohol. As a result, we are subject to stringent federal, state and local laws relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the use, handling and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. We may incur significant costs to comply with environmental regulations.
Products that we sell in Europe are subject to regulation in the EU markets under the Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances Directive (RoHS). RoHS prohibits companies from selling products that contain certain hazardous materials, including lead, mercury, cadmium, chromium, polybrominated biphenyls and polybrominated diphenyl ethers, in EU member states. In addition, the EU’s Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals Directive also restricts substances of very high concern in products. Complying with this regulation may result in significant product transition costs, including potential risk to the carrying value of the related inventory, or delays in sales of our products in the EU.
From time to time, new regulations are enacted and it is difficult to anticipate how such regulations will be implemented and enforced. We continue to evaluate the necessary steps for compliance with environmental regulations as they are enacted. Future environmental laws may significantly affect our operations by, for example, requiring our manufacturing processes to be altered or requiring us to use different types of materials in manufacturing our products. Any changes to our operations may increase our manufacturing costs, detrimentally impact the performance of our products, add greater testing lead-times for product introductions or have other similar effects. In our research and manufacturing activities, we use, and our employees may be exposed to, materials that are hazardous to human health, safety or the environment. These materials and various wastes resulting from their use are stored at our facility pending ultimate use and disposal. The risk of accidental injury to our employees or contamination from these materials cannot be eliminated. In the event of such an accident, we could be held liable for any resulting damages and any such liability could exceed our reserves. Although we maintain general liability insurance, we do not specifically insure against environmental liabilities. If an enforcement action were to occur, our reputation and our business and financial condition may be harmed, even if we were to prevail or settle the action on terms favorable to us.
We rely significantly on information technology and any failure, inadequacy, interruption or security lapse of that technology, including any cybersecurity incidents, could harm our ability to operate our business effectively.
Increased global cybersecurity vulnerabilities, threats and more sophisticated and targeted cybersecurity attacks pose a risk to the security of Masimo’s and our customers’, partners’, suppliers’ and third-party service providers’ products, systems and networks, and the confidentiality, availability and integrity of any underlying information and data. Our ability to effectively manage and maintain our internal business information, and to ship products to customers and invoice them on a timely basis, depends significantly on our enterprise resource planning system and other information systems. Portions of our information technology systems may experience interruptions, delays or cessations of service or produce errors in connection with ongoing systems implementation work. In addition, interfaces between our products and our customers’ computer network could provide additional opportunities for cybersecurity attacks on us and our customers. The techniques used to attack computer systems are sophisticated, change frequently and may originate from less regulated and remote areas of the world. Cybersecurity attacks in particular are evolving and include, but are not limited to, malicious software, attempts to gain unauthorized access to data and other electronic security breaches that could lead to disruptions in systems, misappropriation of confidential or otherwise protected information and corruption of data. As a result, there can be no assurance that our protective measures will prevent or

47

Table of Contents


detect security breaches that could have a significant impact on our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations. The failure of these systems to operate or integrate effectively with other internal, customer, supplier or third-party service provider systems and protect the underlying information technology system and data integrity, including from cyber-attacks, intrusions or other breaches or unauthorized access of these systems, or any failure by us to remediate any such attacks or breaches, may also result in damage to our reputation or competitiveness, delays in product fulfillment and reduced efficiency of our operations, and could require significant capital investments to remediate any such failure, problem or breach, all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our operating results may be adversely affected by unfavorable economic and market conditions.
Many of the countries in which we operate, including the U.S. and several of the members of the EU, have experienced and continue to experience uncertain economic conditions. Our business or financial results may be adversely impacted by these uncertain economic conditions, including: adverse changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, tax laws or tax rates; inflation; contraction in the availability of credit in the marketplace due to legislation or other economic conditions, which may potentially impair our ability to access the capital markets on terms acceptable to us or at all; and the effects of government initiatives to manage economic conditions. In addition, we cannot predict how future economic conditions will affect our critical customers, suppliers and distributors and any negative impact on our critical customers, suppliers or distributors may also have an adverse impact on our results of operations or financial condition.
Our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contains certain covenants and restrictions that may limit our flexibility in operating our business.
Our credit agreement dated January 8, 2016 (Amended and Restated Credit Agreement), contains various affirmative covenants and restrictions that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions, including:
incurring specified types of additional indebtedness (including guarantees or other contingent obligations);
paying dividends on, repurchasing or making distributions in respect of our common stock or making other restricted payments, subject to specified exceptions;
making specified investments (including loans and advances);
selling or transferring certain assets;
creating certain liens;
consolidating, merging, selling or otherwise disposing of all or substantially all of our assets; and
entering into certain transactions with any of our affiliates.
In addition, under our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we are required to satisfy and maintain specified financial ratios and other affirmative covenants. Our ability to meet those financial ratios and affirmative covenants could be affected by events beyond our control and, therefore, we cannot be assured that we will be able to continue to satisfy these requirements. A breach of any of these ratios or covenants could result in a default under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, our lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to be immediately due and payable, terminate all commitments to extend further credit and pursue legal remedies for recovery, all of which could adversely affect our business and financial condition. As of January 2, 2016 , we had $185.0 million outstanding under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and were in compliance with all applicable covenants.
Risks Related to Our Stock
Our stock price may be volatile, and your investment in our stock could suffer a decline in value.
There has been significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of equity securities, which is often unrelated to the financial performance of the companies issuing the securities. These broad market fluctuations may negatively affect the market price of our stock. From January 5, 2015 to December 31, 2015 , our closing stock price ranged from $25.52 to $43.61 per share. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you paid for them due to fluctuations in the market price of our stock caused by changes in our operating performance or prospects and other factors.
In addition to the other risk factors previously discussed above, there are many other factors that we may not be able to control that could have a significant effect on our stock price. These include, but are not limited to:
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results or future prospects;
our announcements or our competitors’ announcements of new products;
the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

48

Table of Contents


strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;
new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
changes in our growth rates or our competitors’ growth rates;
developments regarding our patents or proprietary rights or those of our competitors;
ongoing legal proceedings;
our inability to raise additional capital as needed;
concerns or allegations as to the safety or efficacy of our products;
changes in financial markets or general economic conditions, including the effects of recession or slow economic growth in the U.S. and abroad;
sales of stock by us or members of our management team, our board of directors (Board) or certain institutional stockholders; and
changes in stock market analyst recommendations or earnings estimates regarding our stock, other comparable companies or our industry generally.
Concentration of ownership among our existing directors, executive officers and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.
As of January 2, 2016 , our current directors and executive officers and their affiliates, in the aggregate, beneficially owned approximately 15.6% of our outstanding stock. Subject to any fiduciary duties owed to our other stockholders under Delaware law, these stockholders may be able to exercise significant influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, and will have some control over our management and policies. Some of these persons or entities may have interests that are different from yours. For example, these stockholders may support proposals and actions with which you may disagree or which are not in your best interests. The concentration of ownership could delay or prevent a change in control of us, or otherwise discourage a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could reduce the price of our stock. In addition, these stockholders could use their voting influence to maintain our existing management and directors in office or support or reject other management and Board proposals that are subject to stockholder approval, such as amendments to our employee stock plans and approvals of significant financing transactions.
You could experience substantial dilution of your investment as a result of subsequent exercises of our outstanding options, vesting of outstanding restricted stock units (RSUs) or the grant of future equity awards by us.
As of January 2, 2016 , approximately 15.9 million shares of our common stock were reserved for future issuance under our two equity incentive plans, approximately 9.2 million of which were subject to options outstanding as of that date at a weighted-average exercise price of $25.46 per share and approximately 2.7 million of which were subject to outstanding RSUs. To the extent outstanding options are exercised or outstanding RSUs vest, our existing stockholders may incur dilution. We rely on equity awards to motivate current employees and to attract new employees. The grant of future equity awards by us to our employees and other service providers may further dilute our stockholders.
Future resales of our stock, including those by our insiders and a few investment funds, may cause our stock price to decline.
A significant portion of our outstanding shares are held by our directors, our executive officers and a few investment funds. Resales by these stockholders of a substantial number of such shares, announcements of any proposed resale of substantial amounts of our stock or the perception that substantial resales may be made, could significantly reduce the market price of our stock. Some of our directors and executive officers have entered into Rule 10b5-1 trading plans pursuant to which they have arranged to sell shares of our stock from time to time in the future. Generally, these sales require public filings. Actual or potential sales by these insiders, including those under a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan, could be interpreted by the market as an indication that the insider has lost confidence in our stock and reduce the market price of our stock.
We have registered and expect to continue to register shares reserved under our equity plans pursuant to Registration Statements on Form S-8. All shares issued pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-8 can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to restrictions on our affiliates under Rule 144. If a large number of these shares are sold in the public market, the sales could reduce the trading price of our stock.

49

Table of Contents


Our corporate documents and Delaware law contain provisions that could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, prevent attempts to replace or remove current management and reduce the market price of our stock.
Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition involving us that our stockholders may consider favorable. For example, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board to issue up to 5.0 million shares of “blank check” preferred stock. As a result, without further stockholder approval, our Board has the authority to attach special rights, including voting and dividend rights, to this preferred stock, including pursuant to a stockholder rights plan. With these rights, preferred stockholders could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire us. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for a staggered board of directors, whereby directors serve for three year terms, with one-third of the directors coming up for reelection each year. A staggered Board will make it more difficult for a third-party to obtain control of our Board through a proxy contest, which may be a necessary step in an acquisition of us that is not favored by our Board.
We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Under these provisions, if anyone becomes an “interested stockholder,” we may not enter into a “business combination” with that person for three years without special approval, which could discourage a third-party from making a takeover offer and could delay or prevent a change in control of us. For purposes of these provisions, an “interested stockholder” generally means someone owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock or an affiliate of ours that owned 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock during the past three years, subject to certain exceptions as described in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
We may elect not to declare cash dividends on our stock, may elect to only pay dividends on an infrequent or irregular basis, or may elect not to make any additional stock repurchases. As a result, any return on your investment may be limited to the value of our stock. In addition, the payment of any future dividends or the repurchase of our stock might limit our ability to pursue other growth opportunities .
Our Board may from time to time declare, and we may pay, dividends on our outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law. However, we may elect to retain all future earnings for the operation and expansion of our business, rather than paying cash dividends on our stock. Any payment of cash dividends on our stock will be at the discretion of our Board and will depend upon our results of operations, earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, business prospects, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our Board. In addition, under certain circumstances, our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement may limit or restrict our ability to pay cash dividends. In the event our Board declares any dividends, there is no assurance with respect to the amount, timing or frequency of any such dividends.
In September 2015, our Board authorized a new stock repurchase program, whereby we may purchase up to 5.0 million shares of our common stock over a period of up to three years. As of January 2, 2016 , approximately 4.4 million  shares remained available for repurchase under this program. Any repurchase of our common stock will be at the discretion of a committee comprised of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and will depend on several factors, including, but not limited to, results of operations, capital requirements, financial conditions, available capital from operations or other sources and the market price of our common stock. Therefore, there is no assurance with respect to the amount, price or timing of any such repurchases. We may elect to retain all future earnings for the operation and expansion of our business, rather than repurchasing additional outstanding shares. In addition, under certain circumstances, our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement may limit or restrict our ability to repurchase our stock. In the event we pay dividends, or make any stock repurchases in the future, our ability to finance any material expansion of our business, including through acquisitions, investments or increased capital spending, or to fund our operations, may be limited. In addition, any repurchases we may make in the future may not prove to be at optimal prices. Our Board may modify or amend our stock repurchase program at any time at its discretion without stockholder approval.
ITEM 1B.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES
We own an approximate 213,400 square foot property located in Irvine, California that houses our corporate headquarters and U.S. research and development activities. We continue to lease and occupy various buildings in Irvine, California approximating a total of 147,700 square feet for product manufacturing, warehousing, distribution and sales support operations. These leases expire from November 2016 through November 2026. We also operate approximately 149,000 square feet of space in Mexicali, Mexico, for the manufacture of our products under a shelter labor agreement with Industrial Vallera de Mexicali, S.A. de C.V. (IVEMSA). IVEMSA leases this manufacturing space directly from the owner of the property under an agreement that expires in December 2020.

50



In June 2015, we completed the purchase of a previously leased 90,000 square foot facility in Hudson, New Hampshire, which is used to manufacture advanced light emitting diodes and other advanced component-level technologies, as well as warehousing and administrative operations.
Our international headquarters are located in approximately 10,000 square feet of leased office space in Neuchatel, Switzerland. This office space is focused on operations that include sales, marketing, customer service and other administrative functions. In addition, we currently lease approximately 18,200 square feet of space in Montreal, Canada, which we use primarily for research, development, sales and marketing activities. We also lease approximately 16,400 square feet in Danderyd, Sweden, primarily for manufacturing, research, development and administrative functions related to our capnography and gas monitoring products. Our operations in Tokyo, Japan, are located in approximately 12,000 square feet of leased space that we use for sales, marketing, customer service, administrative and warehousing operations. We also maintain a number of small sales offices throughout Europe, Asia, India and Australia. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our needs and that existing needs and future growth can be accommodated by leasing alternative or additional space.
ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The information set forth in Note 15 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements under the caption “Litigation” included in Part IV, Item 15(a) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.

51

Table of Contents


PART II

ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information
Our stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “MASI”. The following table sets forth the high and low closing sales price of our stock for the periods indicated.
 
 
Fiscal 2015
 
Fiscal 2014
 
 
High
 
Low
 
High
 
Low
Fiscal:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Quarter
$
33.45

 
$
25.52

 
$
31.88

 
$
25.37

 
Second Quarter
$
39.73

 
$
33.76

 
$
27.90

 
$
22.03

 
Third Quarter
$
43.61

 
$
37.61

 
$
24.64

 
$
20.69

 
Fourth Quarter
$
43.12

 
$
38.12

 
$
27.00

 
$
21.07

The above quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail markup, markdown or commission, and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.
As of February 5, 2016, the closing price of our stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $35.19 per share, and the number of stockholders of record was 35 . We believe that the number of beneficial owners is substantially greater than the number of record holders because a large portion of our stock is held of record through brokerage firms in “street name.”
Stock Performance Graph
The following stock performance graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.
The following stock performance graph compares total stockholder returns for Masimo Corporation from January 1, 2011 through January 2, 2016 against the NASDAQ Market Composite Index and NASDAQ Medical Equipment Index, assuming a $100 investment made on January 1, 2011. Each of the two comparative measures of cumulative total return assumes reinvestment of dividends. The stock performance shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.

52

Table of Contents


COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Masimo Corporation, the NASDAQ Market Composite Index, and
the NASDAQ Medical Equipment Index
*$100 invested on 01/01/11 in stock or 01/04/10 in index, including reinvestment of dividends. Indexes calculated on month-end basis.
Dividend Policy
Future determination as to the payment of cash (or stock) dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors (Board) and will depend upon our results of operations, earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, business prospects, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our Board.
Stock Repurchase Program
In February 2013, our Board authorized the repurchase of up to 6.0 million shares of common stock under a stock repurchase program. In October 2014, our Board increased the number of shares of our common stock authorized for repurchase by 3.0 million shares, bringing the total number of shares of our common stock authorized for repurchase under such program to 9.0 million . This repurchase program terminated pursuant to its terms in September 2015 when all of the authorized 9.0 million shares had been repurchased.
In September 2015, our Board authorized a new stock repurchase program, whereby we may purchase up to  5.0 million  shares of our common stock over a period of up to three years. The stock repurchase program may be carried out at the discretion of a committee comprised of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer through open market purchases, one or more Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, block trades and in privately negotiated transactions.
Any repurchases will be subject to the availability of stock, general market conditions, the trading price of the stock, available capital, alternative uses for capital and our financial performance. We paid for prior repurchases of stock with available cash and cash equivalents as well as borrowings under our revolving credit agreement.

53

Table of Contents


During the year ended January 2, 2016 , we repurchased approximately 4.1 million shares under our stock repurchase programs at an average cost of $37.36 per share, totaling approximately $155.0 million . The total remaining shares authorized for repurchase under this stock repurchase program approximated 4.4 million shares as of January 2, 2016 .
The following table provides the stock repurchase activities for the three months ended January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 ; and for the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Twelve Months Ended
 
 
January 2, 2016
 
January 3, 2015
 
January 2, 2016
 
January 3, 2015
 
December 28, 2013
Shares repurchased (1)
 
603

 
28

 
4,148

 
4,455

 
1,000

Average cost per share
 
$
41.15

 
$
21.01

 
$
37.36

 
$
23.00

 
$
19.79

Value of shares repurchased (1)
 
$
24,810

 
$
581

 
$
154,967

 
$
102,453

 
$
19,791

________________
(1)  
Amounts in thousands.

The following table provides the stock repurchase activities for each fiscal month during the three months ended January 2, 2016 :
Period
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased (1)
 
Average Price Per Share (2)
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (3)
 
Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (1)
October 4, 2015 to October 31, 2015
 

 
$

 

 
5,000

November 1, 2015 to November 28, 2015
 

 

 

 
5,000

November 29, 2015 to January 2, 2016
 
603

 
41.15

 
603

 
4,397

Total
 
603

 
$
41.15

 
603

 
4,397

________________
(1)  
Amounts in thousands.
(2)  
Price shown includes commissions and any other costs incurred to purchase the shares.
(3)  
In September 2015, our Board authorized a stock repurchase program whereby we may purchase up to 5.0 million shares of our common stock over a period of three years.
ITEM 6.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables reflect selected financial data derived from our consolidated financial statements for each of the last five years. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 were derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The consolidated statement of comprehensive income data for the years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 , and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 28, 2013 , December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 were derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results. The selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the related notes and Item 7 - “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


54

Table of Contents


 
 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Year ended
December 28,
2013
 
Year ended
December 29,
2012
 
Year ended
December 31,
2011
 
(dollars in thousands)
Statement of Operations (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Product
$
599,334

 
$
556,764

 
$
517,429

 
$
464,928

 
$
406,487

Royalty
30,777

 
29,879

 
29,816

 
28,305

 
32,501

Total revenue
630,111

 
586,643

 
547,245

 
493,233

 
438,988

Cost of goods sold
220,128

 
195,864

 
188,418

 
166,982

 
144,854

Gross profit
409,983

 
390,779

 
358,827

 
326,251

 
294,134

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative
252,725

 
241,016

 
215,469

 
193,948

 
169,205

Research and development
56,617

 
56,581

 
55,631

 
47,077

 
38,412

Litigation settlement, award and/or defense costs
(19,609
)
 
(10,331
)
 
8,010

 

 

Total operating expenses
289,733

 
287,266

 
279,110

 
241,025

 
207,617

Operating income
120,250

 
103,513

 
79,717

 
85,226

 
86,517

Non-operating (income) expense
3,905

 
1,472

 
3,991

 
1,405

 
(14
)
Income before provision for income taxes
116,345

 
102,041

 
75,726

 
83,821

 
86,531

Provision for income taxes
34,845

 
27,678

 
20,005

 
21,883

 
22,478

Net income including noncontrolling interests
81,500

 
74,363

 
55,721

 
61,938

 
64,053

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
(1,800
)
 
1,845

 
(2,660
)
 
(334
)
 
353

Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders
$
83,300

 
$
72,518

 
$
58,381

 
$
62,272

 
$
63,700

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income per common share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders (2) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
1.62

 
$
1.33

 
$
1.03

 
$
1.08

 
$
1.07

Diluted
$
1.55

 
$
1.30

 
$
1.02

 
$
1.07

 
$
1.05

Weighted-average number of common shares:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
51,311

 
54,708

 
56,690

 
57,445

 
59,659

Diluted
53,707

 
55,571

 
57,480

 
58,374

 
60,845

________________
(1)  
Pursuant to authoritative accounting guidance, our variable interest entity, Cercacor, is consolidated within our financial statements. Accordingly, all intercompany royalties, option and licensing fees, and other charges between us and Cercacor have been eliminated in the consolidation. For additional discussion of accounting for Cercacor, see Note 3 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements in Part IV, Item 15(a) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(2)  
See Note 2 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements in Part IV, Item 15(a) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description of the method used to compute basic and diluted net income per common share.
 
January 2,
2016
 
January 3,
2015
 
December 28,
2013
 
December 29,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
(in thousands, except dividends declared per common share)
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
$
132,317

 
$
134,453

 
$
95,466

 
$
71,554

 
$
129,882

Working capital
166,509

 
173,182

 
168,008

 
129,808

 
186,982

Total assets
601,735

 
565,006

 
438,662

 
374,661

 
366,104

Total debt
185,145

 
125,224

 
336

 
115

 
122

Total equity
275,712

 
307,741

 
326,401

 
275,668

 
279,666

Dividends declared per common share (1)
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
1.00

 
$


55

Table of Contents


_____________
(1)  
During the year ended December 29, 2012, our Board evaluated a variety of options to return value to stockholders, including acquisition opportunities, stock buy-back programs and dividends. After considering all available options, our Board concluded that the best and most direct way to reward stockholders for their continued investment and confidence in Masimo was through the declaration of a special cash dividend. In October 2012, our Board declared a special dividend of $1.00 per share, or $57.3 million in the aggregate, which was paid in December 2012. There can be no assurance as to the amount or frequency of any dividends that could be declared in the future.





56

Table of Contents


ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read this discussion together with the financial statements, related notes and other financial information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following discussion may contain predictions, estimates and other forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including those discussed under Item 1A—“Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These risks could cause our actual results to differ materially from any future performance suggested below.
Executive Overview
We are a global medical technology company that develops, manufactures and markets a variety of noninvasive monitoring technologies. Our mission is to improve patient outcomes and reduce cost of care by taking noninvasive monitoring to new sites and applications . We invented Masimo SET ® , which provides the capabilities of Measure-Through-Motion and Low-Perfusion pulse oximetry to address the primary limitations of conventional pulse oximetry. Pulse oximetry is the noninvasive measurement of the oxygen saturation level of arterial blood, or the blood that delivers oxygen to the body’s tissues, and pulse rate. Pulse oximetry is one of the most common measurements made in and out of hospitals around the world. Masimo SET ® has been validated in over 100 independent clinical studies and is the only pulse oximetry technology we are aware of that has been proven to help clinicians detect critical congenital heart disease in newborns, reduce retinopathy of prematurity in neonates, and decrease intensive care unit transfers and rapid response activations on the general floor.
After introducing Masimo SET ® , we have continued to innovate by introducing noninvasive measurements beyond arterial blood oxygen saturation level and pulse rate, which create new market opportunities in both the hospital and non-hospital care settings. We believe our Masimo rainbow SET platform, which utilizes both Masimo SET ® and licensed rainbow ® technology, includes the first devices cleared by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the FDA) to noninvasively and continuously monitor multiple measurements that previously required invasive or complicated procedures. SpCO ® , our noninvasive carboxyhemoglobin parameter, allows measurement of carbon monoxide levels in the blood. Carbon monoxide is the most common cause of poisoning in the world. SpMet ® , our noninvasive methemoglobin sensor, allows for the measurement of methemoglobin levels in the blood. Methemoglobin in the blood leads to a dangerous condition known as methemoglobinemia, which occurs as a reaction to some common drugs used in hospitals and outpatient procedures. Our PVI ® parameter measures dynamic changes in perfusion index (PI) during the respiratory cycle and can assist clinicians with fluid administration. Our noninvasive hemoglobin sensor, SpHb ® , monitors hemoglobin, the oxygen-carrying component of red blood cells. Hemoglobin measurement is one of the most frequent invasive laboratory measurements in the world, often measured as part of a complete blood count. A low hemoglobin status is called anemia, which is generally caused by bleeding or the inability of the body to produce red blood cells. RRa ® allows for the continuous and noninvasive monitoring of respiration rate, via rainbow Acoustic Monitoring ® . Respiration rate is the number of breaths per minute. A low respiration rate is indicative of respiratory depression and a high respiration rate is indicative of patient distress. Traditional methods used to measure respiration rate are often considered inaccurate or are not tolerated well by patients. RRp allows clinicians to noninvasively and continuously measure and monitor respiration rate using a standard Masimo SET ® pulse oximetry or rainbow ® Pulse CO-Oximeter ® sensor. The RRp measurement is determined by the variations in the plethysmograph waveform due to respiration. SpfO 2 , or fractional oxygen saturation, allows more precise arterial oxygenation assessment in patients with elevated dyshemoglobins, common throughout the hospital and pre-hospital setting, compared to functional oxygen saturation, and may also allow earlier interventions and more timely therapeutic decisions. ORI provides real-time visibility to oxygenation status in moderate hyperoxic range, which we define as a patient’s oxygen “reserve”. ORI can be trended and has optional alarms to notify clinicians of changes in a patient’s oxygen reserve.
Our products consist of a monitor or circuit board, and a “Board-in-Cable” solution, for use with our proprietary single-patient-use and reusable sensors and cables. We sell our products to end-users through our direct sales force and certain distributors, and also sell some of our products to our OEM partners, for incorporation into their equipment. As of January 2, 2016 we estimate that the worldwide installed base of our pulse oximeters and OEM monitors that incorporate Masimo SET ® and rainbow SET was more than 1,414,000 units. Our installed base is the primary driver for the recurring sales of our sensors, most notably single-patient adhesive sensors.
We offer Masimo SET ® and rainbow SET through our OEMs and our own end-user products, including the Radical-7 ® , Rad-57 ® , Pronto ® , Rad-8 ® , Rad-5 ® and Rad-5v ® . Our solutions and related products are based upon our proprietary Masimo SET ® and rainbow ® algorithms. This software-based technology is incorporated into a variety of product platforms depending on our customers’ specifications. Our technology is supported by a substantial intellectual property portfolio that we have built through internal development and, to a lesser extent, acquisitions and license agreements. As of January 2, 2016 , we had 874 issued and pending patents worldwide. We have exclusively licensed from our development partner, Cercacor, the right to OEM rainbow ® technology and the right to incorporate rainbow ® technology into our products intended to be used by professional caregivers, including, but not limited to, hospital caregivers and alternate care facility caregivers.

57

Table of Contents


Stock Repurchase Program
In February 2013, our Board authorized the repurchase of up to 6.0 million shares of common stock under a stock repurchase program (2013 Plan) which was expected to continue for a period of up to 36 months from the effective date of the program unless terminated earlier by our Board. In October 2014, our Board increased the number of shares of our common stock authorized for repurchase under the 2013 Plan by 3.0 million shares, bringing the total number of shares of our common stock authorized for repurchase under the 2013 Plan to 9.0 million . The 2013 Plan terminated pursuant to its terms in September 2015 when all of the authorized 9.0 million shares had been repurchased.
In September 2015, our Board authorized a new stock repurchase program, whereby we may purchase up to  5.0 million  shares of our common stock over a period of up to three years. The stock repurchase program may be carried out at the discretion of a committee comprised of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer through open market purchases, one or more Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, block trades and in privately negotiated transactions. The total remaining shares authorized for repurchase under this stock repurchase program approximated 4.4 million shares as of January 2, 2016 .
For further details regarding our stock repurchase program, please see Note 13 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part IV, Item 15(a) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Cercacor
Cercacor is an independent entity spun off from Masimo to our stockholders in 1998. We are a party to a cross-licensing agreement with Cercacor, which was amended and restated effective January 1, 2007 (Cross-Licensing Agreement), that governs each party’s rights to certain intellectual property held by the two companies. Joe Kiani, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is also the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Cercacor. In addition, Jack Lasersohn, a member of our Board, was also a member of the Cercacor board of directors until April 2, 2015.
Pursuant to authoritative accounting guidance, Cercacor is consolidated within our financial statements for all periods presented. For the foreseeable future, we anticipate that we will continue to consolidate Cercacor pursuant to the current authoritative accounting guidance; however, in the event that Cercacor is no longer considered a variable interest entity (VIE) under such accounting guidance, we may discontinue consolidating the entity. For further details regarding Cercacor and our Cross-Licensing Agreement, please see Note 3 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part IV, Item 15(a) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

58

Table of Contents


Results of Operations
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our results of operations expressed as U.S. Dollar amounts and as a percentage of revenue.
 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Year ended
December 28,
2013
 
Amount
 
% of
Revenue
 
Amount
 
% of
Revenue
 
Amount
 
% of
Revenue
 
(dollars in thousands)
Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Product
$
599,334

 
95.1
 %
 
$
556,764

 
94.9
 %
 
$
517,429

 
94.6
 %
Royalty
30,777

 
4.9

 
29,879

 
5.1

 
29,816

 
5.4

Total revenue
630,111

 
100.0

 
586,643

 
100.0

 
547,245

 
100.0

Cost of goods sold
220,128

 
34.9

 
195,864

 
33.4

 
188,418

 
34.4

Gross profit
409,983

 
65.1

 
390,779

 
66.6

 
358,827

 
65.6

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative
252,725

 
40.1

 
241,016

 
41.1

 
215,469

 
39.4

Research and development
56,617

 
9.0

 
56,581

 
9.6

 
55,631

 
10.1

Litigation settlement, award and/or defense costs
(19,609
)
 
(3.1
)
 
(10,331
)
 
(1.7
)
 
8,010

 
1.5

Total operating expenses
289,733

 
46.0

 
287,266

 
49.0

 
279,110

 
51.0

Operating income
120,250

 
19.1

 
103,513

 
17.6

 
79,717

 
14.6

Non-operating expense
3,905

 
0.6

 
1,472

 
0.3

 
3,991

 
0.7

Income before provision for income taxes
116,345

 
18.5

 
102,041

 
17.3

 
75,726

 
13.9

Provision for income taxes
34,845

 
5.5

 
27,678

 
4.7

 
20,005

 
3.7

Net income including noncontrolling interests
81,500

 
13.0

 
74,363

 
12.6

 
55,721

 
10.2

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
(1,800
)
 
(0.3
)
 
1,845

 
0.3

 
(2,660
)
 
(0.5
)
Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders
$
83,300

 
13.3
 %
 
$
72,518

 
12.3
 %
 
$
58,381

 
10.7
 %
Comparison of the Year ended January 2, 2016 to the Year ended January 3, 2015
Revenue . Total revenue increased $43.5 million , or 7.4% , to $630.1 million for the year ended January 2, 2016 , from $586.6 million for the year ended January 3, 2015 . The following chart details our total product revenues by the geographic area to which the products were shipped for fiscal years 2015 and 2014 (dollars in thousands):
 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Increase/
(Decrease)
 
Percentage
Change
North and South America
$
438,336

 
73.1
%
 
$
398,066

 
71.5
%
 
$
40,270

 
10.1
 %
Europe, Middle East and Africa
105,323

 
17.6

 
100,747

 
18.1

 
4,576

 
4.5

Asia and Australia
55,675

 
9.3

 
57,951

 
10.4

 
(2,276
)
 
(3.9
)
Total Product Revenue
$
599,334

 
100.0
%
 
$
556,764

 
100.0
%
 
$
42,570

 
7.6
 %
Royalty
30,777

 
 
 
29,879

 
 
 
898.0

 
 
Total Revenue
$
630,111

 
 
 
$
586,643

 
 
 
$
43,468

 
 
Product revenues increased $42.6 million , or 7.6% , to $599.3 million in the year ended January 2, 2016 from $556.8 million in the year ended January 3, 2015 . This increase was primarily due to higher sales of our consumable and reusable sensor products resulting from an increase in our installed base of circuit boards and pulse oximeters, as well as higher sales of rainbow ® instruments and parameters. Total rainbow ® product revenue increased $10.1 million , or 19.5% , to $61.8 million in the year ended January 2, 2016 from $51.8 million in the year ended January 3, 2015 . Partially offsetting our increase in product revenue was approximately  $18.6 million  from unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates from the prior year period that reduced the U.S. Dollar translation of foreign sales that were denominated in various foreign currencies, primarily in Europe and Asia, $1.4 million of which unfavorably impacted our rainbow ® product revenue. In addition, we estimate that the extra week in the year ended January 3, 2015 (which consisted of 53 weeks versus 52 weeks in the year ended January 2, 2016 ) resulted in

59



additional revenue of approximately $5.0 million during such year. As of January 2, 2016 , we estimate that our installed base of circuit boards and pulse oximeters totaled more than 1,414,000 units, up from 1,313,000 units at January 3, 2015 .
Royalty revenue consists of amounts received from Medtronic plc (Medtronic) related to their U.S. sales pursuant to the terms of our amended settlement agreement. Based on the terms of such agreement, Medtronic has the right to stop paying us royalties, subject to certain notice requirements. On October 21, 2015, Medtronic filed three separate  inter partes  review petitions with the Patent Trial and Appeal Board of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, challenging several of the claims of two U.S. patents titled “Signal processing apparatus” that are owned by us. Medtronic has informed us that it will terminate the covenants received from us under the settlement agreement and stop paying royalties when it feels it has reached an appropriate point in the process. See Note 15 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements under the caption “Litigation” included in Part IV, Item 15(a) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and “Medtronic may seek to avoid paying any royalties to us, which would significantly reduce our royalty revenues and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations” under Part I, Item 1A - Risk Factors of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Total product revenues by sales channel were as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Increase/
(Decrease)
 
Percentage
Change
       Direct/Distribution
$
508,248

 
84.8
%
 
$
472,711

 
84.9
%
 
$
35,537

 
7.5
%
       OEM
91,086

 
15.2

 
84,053

 
15.1

 
7,033

 
8.4

Total Product Revenue
$
599,334

 
100.0
%
 
$
556,764

 
100.0
%
 
$
42,570

 
7.6
%
The increase in revenue for both our direct/distribution and OEM channels was consistent with our overall product revenue growth of 7.6% for the year ended January 2, 2016 .
Gross Profit . Gross profit consists of total revenue less cost of goods sold. Our gross profit for fiscal years 2015 and 2014 was as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
Gross Profit
 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Percentage of
 Net Revenues
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Percentage of
Net Revenues
 
Increase/
(Decrease)
 
Percentage
Change
Product Gross Profit
$
379,206

 
63.3
%
 
$
360,900

 
64.8
%
 
$
18,306

 
5.1
%
Royalty Gross Profit
30,777

 
100.0

 
29,879

 
100.0

 
898

 
3.0

Total Gross Profit
$
409,983

 
65.1
%
 
$
390,779

 
66.6
%
 
$
19,204

 
4.9
%
Cost of goods sold includes labor, material, overhead and other similar costs related to the production, supply, distribution and support of our products. Cost of goods sold increased $24.3 million to $220.1 million in the year ended January 2, 2016 from $195.9 million in the year ended January 3, 2015 . Our total gross margin decreased to 65.1% for the year ended January 2, 2016 from 66.6% for the year ended January 3, 2015 . Excluding royalties, product gross margin decreased to 63.3% for the year ended January 2, 2016 from 64.8% for the year ended January 3, 2015 . This decrease in product gross margin was primarily due to approximately $9.7 million of inventory valuation adjustments resulting principally from certain product end-of-life decisions that were made during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015. Product gross margin was also negatively impacted by unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates during fiscal 2015 that reduced the U.S. Dollar translation of foreign sales denominated in various foreign currencies by $18.6 million , which was partially offset by $4.2 million in lower cost of goods sold resulting from other favorable foreign exchange movements during fiscal 2015. We incurred $6.7 million and $5.5 million in Cercacor royalty expenses for the years ended January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , respectively, which have been eliminated in our consolidated financial results for the periods presented. Had these royalty expenses not been eliminated, our reported product gross profit margin would have been 62.2% and 63.8% for the years ended January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , respectively.
Selling, General and Administrative . Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for sales, marketing and administrative personnel, sales commissions, advertising and promotion costs, professional fees related to legal, accounting and other outside services, public company costs and other corporate expenses.

60



Selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal years 2015 and 2014 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
Selling, General and Administrative
Year ended
January 2,
2016
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Year ended
January 3,
2015
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Increase/
(Decrease)
Percentage
Change
$252,725
40.1%
$241,016
41.1%
$11,709
4.9%
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $11.7 million , or 4.9% , to $252.7 million for the year ended January 2, 2016 from $241.0 million for the year ended January 3, 2015 , net of an estimated $7.3 million resulting from favorable movements in foreign exchange rates that reduced the U.S. Dollar translation of expenses denominated in various foreign currencies during fiscal 2015. This overall net increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to approximately $4.1 million of higher charitable donations, including $3.5 million of additional donations to the Masimo Foundation for Ethics, Innovation and Competition in Healthcare (the Masimo Foundation), $2.1 million of higher GPO fees and third party commissions, $1.8 million of higher occupancy-related costs, $1.7 million of higher legal and professional fees and $1.1 million of higher payroll and employee-related costs in the year ended January 2, 2016 . Approximately $8.1 million and $8.8 million of share-based compensation expense was included in selling, general and administrative expenses for the years ended January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , respectively. Also included in selling, general and administrative expenses were approximately $6.9 million and $6.6 million of medical device excise tax for the years ended January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , respectively. The medical device excise tax has recently been suspended for two years beginning January 1, 2016. Total direct selling, general and administrative expenses incurred by Cercacor were $2.3 million and $2.8 million for the years ended January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , respectively.
Research and Development . Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for engineers and other personnel engaged in the design and development of our products. These expenses also include third-party fees paid to consultants, prototype and engineering supply expenses and the costs of clinical trials. Research and development expenses for fiscal years 2015 and 2014 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
Research and Development
Year ended
January 2,
2016
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Year ended
January 3,
2015
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Increase/
(Decrease)
Percentage
Change
$56,617
9.0%
$56,581
9.6%
$36
0.1%
Research and development expenses were relatively unchanged for the year ended January 2, 2016 as compared to the year ended January 3, 2015 . Included in research and development expenses was approximately $2.3 million and $1.8 million of share-based compensation expense for the years ended January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , respectively. Total direct research and development expenses incurred by Cercacor for the years ended January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 were $6.3 million and $3.1 million, respectively.
Litigation Settlement, Award and/or Defense Costs . Litigation settlement, award and/or defense costs for fiscal years 2015 and 2014 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
Litigation Settlement, Award and/or Defense Costs
Year ended
January 2,
2016
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Year ended
January 3,
2015
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Increase/
(Decrease)
Percentage
Change
$(19,609)
(3.1)%
$(10,331)
(1.7)%
$(9,278)
89.8%
On November 16, 2015, we entered into a Settlement and Covenant Not to Sue Agreement (the Settlement Agreement) with Shenzhen Mindray Biomedical Electronics Co., Ltd. and certain of its affiliates (collectively, Mindray). The Settlement Agreement settled each of the claims and legal proceedings between us and Mindray. Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, Mindray paid us an aggregate of $25.0 million .
Two of our former physician office sales representatives filed employment-related claims against us in 2011 regarding our noninvasive hemoglobin monitoring products. In January 2014, an arbitrator awarded the former sales representatives approximately $5.4 million in damages (the Arbitration Award). As a result, we recorded a charge of $8.0 million in the fiscal quarter ended December 28, 2013, which included the Arbitration Award and approximately $2.6 million in defense-related costs that had previously been reimbursed by insurance. We challenged the Arbitration Award in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, and in April 2014, the District Court vacated the Arbitration Award. Accordingly, we reversed the previous $8.0 million charge in the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 2014. The former sales representatives appealed the U.S. District Court’s ruling, and the appeal argument was held in the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals on February 1, 2016. On February 19,

61



2016, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals reversed the decision of the District Court vacating the award, and remanded the case to the District Court with instructions to confirm the Arbitration Award. As a result, we reinstated the $5.4 million charge for the Arbitration Award that was previously reversed, plus approximately $0.7 million of estimated non-operating interest expense, as of January 2, 2016. However, we have not reinstated the $2.6 million charge for defense-related costs previously reimbursed by the insurance company based upon our current assessment of this matter.
In July 2014, an arbitration panel issued a final award of $4.0 million to Cercacor, our VIE, in connection with the breach by a third party of a supply agreement, payment for which was received by Cercacor in August 2014. Cercacor recorded this award in the quarter ended September 27, 2014 as a reduction to operating expenses, net of approximately $1.6 million in related legal costs. The net recovery of $2.4 million was entirely attributable to noncontrolling interests and, therefore, was not included in “net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders” within our results of operations for the year ended January 3, 2015 .
Non-operating Expense . Non-operating expense consists primarily of interest income, interest expense and foreign exchange losses. Non-operating expense for fiscal years 2015 and 2014 was as follows (dollars in thousands):
Non-operating expense
Year ended
January 2,
2016
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Year ended
January 3,
2015
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Increase/
(Decrease)
Percentage
Change
$3,905
0.6%
$1,472
0.3%
$2,433
165.3%
Non-operating expense was $3.9 million for the year ended January 2, 2016 , as compared to $1.5 million for the year ended January 3, 2015 . This net change of $2.4 million was primarily due to higher interest expense of approximately $1.8 million during the year ended January 2, 2016 , related to increased borrowings under our revolving credit agreement as compared to the year ended January 3, 2015 , as well as the accrual of approximately $0.7 million of estimated interest related to the Arbitration Award. In addition, we recognized approximately $0.5 million of net realized and unrealized losses on foreign currency denominated transactions during the year ended January 2, 2016, as compared to $1.0 million of net realized and unrealized losses on foreign currency denominated transaction during the year ended January 3, 2015. The net realized and unrealized losses recognized during the year ended January 2, 2016 resulted primarily from the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Euro, British Pound, Canadian Dollar and Australian Dollar partially offset by the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Swedish Krona. The net realized and unrealized losses recognized during the year ended January 3, 2015 resulted primarily from the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Japanese Yen and the Euro, partially offset by the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Swedish Krona.
Provision for Income Taxes . Our provision for income taxes for fiscal years 2015 and 2014 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
Provision for Income Taxes
Year ended
January 2,
2016
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Year ended
January 3,
2015
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Increase/
(Decrease)
Percentage
Change
$34,845
5.5%
$27,678
4.7%
$7,167
25.9%
Our provision for income taxes was $34.8 million for the year ended January 2, 2016 compared to $27.7 million for the year ended January 3, 2015 . Our effective tax rate was 30.0% for the year ended January 2, 2016 compared to 27.1% for the year ended January 3, 2015 . This increase in our effective tax rate during the year ended January 2, 2016 was primarily due to an unfavorable shift in the geographic composition of our pre-tax earnings between higher tax and lower tax jurisdictions during the year ended January 2, 2016 .
We have made no provision for U.S. income taxes or foreign withholding taxes on the earnings of our foreign subsidiaries as these amounts are intended to be indefinitely reinvested in operations outside the U.S. Our effective tax rate was lower than the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily due to research and development tax credits and a portion of our earnings being generated from countries other than the U.S., where such earnings are generally subject to lower tax rates than the U.S. While we expect our effective tax rate will continue to be lower than the U.S. federal statutory rate, our actual future effective income tax rate will depend on various factors, including changes in tax laws, changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances, the recognition and derecognition of tax benefits associated with uncertain tax positions and the geographic composition of our pre-tax income.

62



Comparison of the Year ended January 3, 2015 to the Year ended December 28, 2013
Revenue . Total revenue increased $39.4 million, or 7.2%, to $586.6 million for the year ended  January 3, 2015 , from $547.2 million for the year ended  December 28, 2013 . The following chart details our total product revenues by the geographic area to which the products were shipped for fiscal years 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Year ended
December 28,
2013
 
Increase/
(Decrease)
 
Percentage
Change
North and South America
$
398,066

 
71.5
%
 
$
378,894

 
73.2
%
 
$
19,172

 
5.1
%
Europe, Middle East and Africa
100,747

 
18.1

 
83,338

 
16.1

 
17,409

 
20.9

Asia and Australia
57,951

 
10.4

 
55,197

 
10.7

 
2,754

 
5.0

Total Product Revenue
$
556,764

 
100.0
%
 
$
517,429

 
100.0
%
 
$
39,335

 
7.6
%
Royalty
29,879

 
 
 
29,816

 
 
 
63

 
 
Total Revenue
$
586,643

 
 
 
$
547,245

 
 
 
$
39,398

 
 
Product revenues increased $39.3 million, or 7.6%, to $556.8 million in the year ended January 3, 2015 from $517.4 million in the year ended  December 28, 2013 . Approximately $5.0 million of this increase was due to the extra week in the year ended January 3, 2015 (which consisted of 53 weeks versus 52 weeks in the year ended December 28, 2013 ) and higher consumable product sales resulting from an increase in our installed base of circuit boards and pulse oximeters, which we estimate totaled 1,313,000 units at  January 3, 2015 , up from 1,205,000 units at  December 28, 2013 . Offsetting this increase was approximately $4.3 million related to unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates during the year ended January 3, 2015 that reduced the U.S. Dollar value of foreign sales denominated in various foreign currencies relative to fiscal 2013. Total rainbow ®  product revenue increased $2.9 million, or 6.0%, to $51.8 million in the year ended  January 3, 2015  from $48.8 million in the year ended  December 28, 2013 . Our royalty revenue increased $0.1 million to $29.9 million in the year ended  January 3, 2015 , from $29.8 million in the year ended  December 28, 2013 .
Total product revenues by sales channel for fiscal years 2014 and 2013 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Year ended
December 28,
2013
 
Increase/
(Decrease)
 
Percentage
Change
       Direct/Distribution
$
472,711

 
84.9
%
 
$
438,819

 
84.8
%
 
$
33,892

 
7.7
%
       OEM
84,053

 
15.1

 
78,610

 
15.2

 
5,443

 
6.9

Total Product Revenue
$
556,764

 
100.0
%
 
$
517,429

 
100.0
%
 
$
39,335

 
7.6
%
The increase in revenue for both our direct/distribution and OEM channels was consistent with our overall product revenue growth of 7.6% for the year ended January 3, 2015.
Gross Profit . Gross profit consists of total revenue less cost of goods sold. Our gross profit for fiscal years 2014 and 2013 was as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
Gross Profit
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Percentage of
Net Revenues
 
Year ended
December 28,
2013
 
Percentage of
Net Revenues
 
Increase/
(Decrease)
 
Percentage
Change
Product Gross Profit
$
360,900

 
64.8
%
 
$
329,011

 
63.6
%
 
$
31,889

 
9.7
%
Royalty Gross Profit
29,879

 
100.0

 
29,816

 
100.0

 
63

 
0.2

Total Gross Profit
$
390,779

 
66.6
%
 
$
358,827

 
65.6
%
 
$
31,952

 
8.9
%
Our cost of goods sold increased $7.4 million to $195.9 million in the year ended  January 3, 2015  from $188.4 million in the year ended  December 28, 2013 . Our total gross margin increased to 66.6% for the year ended  January 3, 2015  from 65.6% for the year ended  December 28, 2013 . Excluding royalties, product gross margin increased to 64.8% for the year ended January 3, 2015 from 63.6% for the year ended  December 28, 2013 . This increase in product gross margin was primarily due to the benefits of our continued cost reduction efforts, which was partially offset by unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates that reduced the U.S. Dollar translation of foreign sales denominated in various foreign currencies, primarily during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014. We incurred $5.5 million and $5.4 million in Cercacor royalty expenses for the years ended January 3, 2015  and  December 28, 2013 , respectively, which have been eliminated in our consolidated financial results for the periods presented. Had these royalty expenses not been eliminated, our reported product gross profit margin would have been 63.8% and 62.6% for the years ended  January 3, 2015  and  December 28, 2013 , respectively.

63



Selling, General and Administrative . Selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal years 2014 and 2013 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
Selling, General and Administrative
Year ended
January 3,
2015
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Year ended
December 28,
2013
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Increase/
(Decrease)
Percentage
Change
$241,016
41.1%
$215,469
39.4%
$25,547
11.9%
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $25.5 million, or 11.9%, to $241.0 million for the year ended  January 3, 2015  from $215.5 million for the year ended  December 28, 2013 . This increase was primarily attributable to higher legal expenses of approximately $10.0 million, increased headcount costs of approximately $7.1 million, of which approximately $2.1 million resulted from the extra week in the year ended January 3, 2015 (which consisted of 53 weeks versus 52 weeks in the year ended December 28, 2013 ), higher marketing-related expense of approximately $2.5 million and increased charitable donations to the Masimo Foundation of approximately $2.7 million. Approximately $8.8 million and $9.4 million of share-based compensation expense was included in selling, general and administrative expenses for the years ended  January 3, 2015  and  December 28, 2013 , respectively. Also included in selling, general and administrative expenses was approximately $6.6 million and $6.3 million of medical device excise tax for the years ended January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , respectively. Total direct selling, general and administrative expenses incurred by Cercacor were $2.8 million and $2.5 million for the years ended  January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , respectively.
Research and Development . Research and development expenses for fiscal years 2014 and 2013 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
Research and Development
Year ended
January 3,
2015
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Year ended
December 28,
2013
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Increase/
(Decrease)
Percentage
Change
$56,581
9.6%
$55,631
10.1%
$950
1.7%
Research and development expenses increased $1.0 million, or 1.7%, to $56.6 million for the year ended  January 3, 2015  from $55.6 million for the year ended  December 28, 2013 . This increase was primarily due to higher headcount related costs of approximately $1.8 million, of which approximately $0.6 million resulted from the extra week in the year ended January 3, 2015 (which consisted of 53 weeks versus 52 weeks in the year ended December 28, 2013 ), which was partially offset by lower engineering project-related expenses. Included in research and development expenses was approximately $1.8 million and $1.9 million of share-based compensation expense for the years ended  January 3, 2015  and  December 28, 2013 , respectively. Also included in total research and development expenses was $3.1 million and $3.9 million of engineering expenses incurred by Cercacor for the years ended  January 3, 2015  and  December 28, 2013 , respectively.
Litigation Settlement, Award and/or Defense Costs . Litigation settlement, award and/or defense costs for fiscal years 2014 and 2013 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
Litigation Settlement, Award and/or Defense Costs
Year ended
January 3,
2015
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Year ended
December 28,
2013
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Increase/
(Decrease)
Percentage
Change
$(10,331)
(1.7)%
$8,010
1.5%
$(18,341)
(229.0)%
Two of our former physician office sales representatives filed employment-related claims against us in 2011 regarding our noninvasive hemoglobin monitoring products. In January 2014, an arbitrator awarded the plaintiffs approximately $5.4 million in damages. As a result of this award, we recorded a charge of $8.0 million in the fiscal quarter ended December 28, 2013 , which included $5.4 million in damages and $2.6 million in defense-related costs that had previously been reimbursed by insurance. We challenged the award in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, and in April 2014, the District Court vacated the award. Accordingly, we reversed the previous $8.0 million charge in the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 2014.
In July 2014, an arbitration panel issued a final award of $4.0 million to Cercacor, our VIE, in connection with the breach by a third party of a supply agreement, payment for which was received by Cercacor in August 2014. Cercacor recorded this award in the quarter ended September 27, 2014 as a reduction to operating expenses, net of approximately $1.6 million in related legal costs. The net recovery of $2.4 million was entirely attributable to noncontrolling interests and, therefore, is not included in “net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders” within our results of operations.

64



Non-operating Expense . Non-operating expense consists primarily of interest income, interest expense and foreign exchange losses. Non-operating expense for fiscal years 2014 and 2013 was as follows (dollars in thousands):
Non-operating expense
Year ended
January 3,
2015
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Year ended
December 28,
2013
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Increase/
(Decrease)
Percentage
Change
$1,472
0.3%
$3,991
0.7%
$(2,519)
(63.1)%
Non-operating expense was $1.5 million for the year ended  January 3, 2015 , as compared to $4.0 million for the year ended  December 28, 2013 . This net change of $2.5 million was primarily due to the recognition of $1.0 million of net realized and unrealized losses on foreign currency denominated transactions during the year ended  January 3, 2015 , as compared to $4.0 million during the year ended  December 28, 2013 . The net realized and unrealized losses recognized during the year ended  January 3, 2015  resulted primarily from the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Japanese Yen and the Euro, partially offset by the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Swedish Krona. The net realized and unrealized losses recognized during the year ended  December 28, 2013  resulted primarily from the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Japanese Yen, partially offset by the weakening of the U.S. Dollar against the Euro. We also incurred higher interest expense of approximately $0.6 million during the year ended January 3, 2015 related to borrowings under our revolving credit agreement.
Provision for Income Taxes . Our provision for income taxes for fiscal years 2014 and 2013 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
Provision for Income Taxes
Year ended
January 3,
2015
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Year ended
December 28,
2013
Percentage of
Net Revenues
Increase/
(Decrease)
Percentage
Change
$27,678
4.7%
$20,005
3.7%
$7,673
38.4%
Our effective tax rate was 27.1% for the year ended January 3, 2015 compared to 26.4% for the year ended  December 28, 2013 . This increase in our effective tax rate during the year ended January 3, 2015 was primarily due to the realization of a one-time tax rate benefit of 1.4% during the year ended  December 28, 2013  related to the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which retroactively reinstated the federal research tax credit back to fiscal year 2012. Also contributing to the increased tax rate during the year ended  January 3, 2015  was an unfavorable shift in the geographic composition of our pre-tax earnings between higher tax and lower tax jurisdictions during the year ended  January 3, 2015 . Partially offsetting these increases was the non-recurrence of a $2.0 million tax charge recorded during the year ended  December 28, 2013  related to the establishment of a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets of Cercacor. This $2.0 million charge was entirely attributable to noncontrolling interests and, therefore, was not included in “Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders” within our results of operations.
During the years ended January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , we made no provision for U.S. income taxes or foreign withholding taxes on the earnings of our foreign subsidiaries as these amounts were intended to be indefinitely reinvested in operations outside the U.S. Our effective tax rate was lower than the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily due to research and development tax credits and a portion of our earnings being generated from countries other than the U.S., where such earnings are generally subject to lower tax rates than the U.S.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our principal sources of liquidity consist of our existing cash and cash equivalent balances, funds expected to be generated from operations, and funds available under our revolving credit agreement. As of January 2, 2016 , we had approximately $166.5 million in working capital, including approximately $132.3 million in cash and cash equivalents, which consisted of approximately $55.0 million of bank time deposits, $20.1 million of money market accounts with major financial institutions and $57.2 million in checking accounts. This compares to approximately $173.2 million in working capital as of January 3, 2015 , which included approximately $134.5 million in cash and cash equivalents, which consisted of $40.5 million of U.S. Treasury Bills, $1.1 million of money market accounts with major financial institutions and $92.9 million in checking accounts. We carry cash equivalents at cost that approximates fair value. We currently do not maintain an investment portfolio but have the ability to invest in various security holdings, types and maturities that meet credit quality standards in accordance with our investment guidelines.
As of January 2, 2016 , we had cash totaling $77.9 million held outside of the U.S., of which approximately $9.6 million was accessible without additional tax cost and approximately $68.3 million was accessible at an incremental estimated tax cost of approximately $20.7 million . In managing our day-to-day liquidity and capital structure, we do not rely on foreign earnings as a source of funds. We currently have sufficient funds on-hand and available under our line of credit to fund our domestic

65



operations and do not anticipate the need to repatriate funds associated with our permanently reinvested foreign earnings. In the event funds that are treated as permanently reinvested are repatriated, we may be required to accrue and pay additional U.S. taxes to repatriate these funds.
During fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, we received $30.8 million , $30.0 million and $29.7 million , respectively, in cash from Medtronic for royalties related to their U.S. sales pursuant to the terms of our amended settlement agreement. Based on the terms of such agreement, as of January 2, 2016 , Medtronic has the right to stop paying us royalties, subject to certain notice requirements. See “Medtronic may seek to avoid paying any royalties to us, which would significantly reduce our royalty revenue and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations” under Part I, Item 1A - “Risk Factors”, in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our cash flows (in thousands):
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
January 2,
2016
 
January 3,
2015
Net cash provided by (used in):
 
 
 
Operating activities
$
114,209

 
$
96,009

Investing activities
(54,594
)
 
(78,964
)
Financing activities
(59,070
)
 
26,246

Effect of foreign currency exchange rates on cash
(2,681
)
 
(4,304
)
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
$
(2,136
)
 
$
38,987

Operating Activities . Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended January 2, 2016 was $114.2 million and was driven primarily by net income including noncontrolling interests of $81.5 million and non-cash adjustments for depreciation and amortization and share-based compensation of $15.7 million and $10.8 million , respectively. In addition, during the year ended January 2, 2016 , accrued liabilities increased by $19.9 million due to the timing of payments and the accrual of the Arbitration Award, inventories decreased by $7.5 million and accrued compensation increased by $5.3 million . These sources of cash were partially offset by other changes in operating assets and liabilities related to an increase in accounts receivable of $9.9 million due to the timing of collections, a decrease in other liabilities of $4.6 million , a decrease in accounts payable of $4.3 million due to the timing of payments and an increase in other assets of $3.5 million .
Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended  January 3, 2015  was $95.5 million and was driven primarily by net income including noncontrolling interests of $74.4 million and non-cash adjustments for depreciation and amortization and share-based compensation of $12.8 million and $11.0 million, respectively. In addition, during the year ended January 3, 2015 , accrued compensation increased by $4.9 million due to an extra week of accrued payroll and higher incentive compensation accruals, accrued liabilities increased by $1.8 million due to the timing of payments, accounts receivable decreased by $4.9 million due to the timing of collections, and income taxes payable increased by $3.9 million due to the timing of payments. These sources of cash were partially offset by other changes in operating assets and liabilities related to increases in inventories, deferred cost of goods sold and other assets of $13.4 million, $5.9 million and $2.6 million, respectively, all generally due to the growth of our business.
Investing Activities . Cash used in investing activities for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2016 was $54.6 million , consisting primarily of $50.4 million for purchases of property and equipment, including $33.3 million related to the purchase of and improvements to our new corporate headquarters and $6.5 million related to the purchase of our manufacturing, office and warehouse facility located in New Hampshire, as well as $4.2 million for intangible assets related to capitalized patent and trademark costs.
Cash used in investing activities for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2015 was $78.4 million, consisting primarily of $75.1 million for purchases of property and equipment, including $63.8 million related to the purchase of and improvements to our new corporate headquarters, and $3.4 million of intangible assets related to capitalized patent and trademark costs.
Financing Activities . Cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2016 was $59.1 million , resulting primarily from borrowings under our credit agreement dated as of April 23, 2014 (as amended, the Amended Credit Agreement) totaling $130.0 million which were offset by common stock repurchase transactions totaling $150.2 million .

66



Cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2015 was $26.2 million, resulting primarily from borrowings under our Amended Credit Agreement totaling $125.0 million, which were offset by common stock repurchase transactions totaling $102.5 million.
Capital Resources and Prospective Capital Requirements
As of January 2, 2016 , we had an outstanding balance of $185.0 million under our existing credit agreement and had additional available capacity of $65.0 million . We also had an outstanding balance of $0.2 million resulting from capital leases related to office and computer equipment. We had no other debt obligations and were in compliance with all bank covenants as of January 2, 2016 .
On January 8, 2016, we entered into a revised credit agreement (Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and a Lender, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent and a Lender, Citibank, N.A., as Documentation Agent and a Lender, and various other Lenders (collectively, the Lenders). The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement amends and restates our Amended Credit Agreement and provides for up to $450.0 million in borrowings in multiple currencies, with an option, subject to certain conditions, for us to increase the aggregate borrowing capacity to up to $550.0 million in the future. The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also provides for a sublimit of up to $50.0 million for the issuance of letters of credit and a sublimit of $125.0 million in specified foreign currencies. All unpaid principal under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement will become due and payable on January 8, 2021. See Note 11 in our accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part IV, Item 15(a) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
In September 2015, our Board authorized a new stock repurchase program, whereby we may purchase up to  5.0 million  shares of our common stock over a period of up to three years. The stock repurchase program may be carried out at the discretion of a committee comprised of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer through open market purchases, one or more Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, block trades and in privately negotiated transactions. The total remaining shares authorized for repurchase under this stock repurchase program approximated 4.4 million shares as of January 2, 2016 .
We expect to fund our future operating, investing and financing activities through our available cash, future cash from operations, funds available under our revolving credit agreement and other potential sources of capital. In addition to funding our working capital requirements, we anticipate our primary use of cash to be the equipment that we provide to hospitals under our long-term sensor purchase agreements. In addition, we anticipate additional capital expenditures during fiscal 2016 of approximately $17.0 million related to continuing renovations of our new corporate headquarters and capital improvements to other facilities we own or lease, as well as other investments in infrastructure growth. We also anticipate that we will continue to repurchase stock under our authorized stock repurchase program subject to the availability of our stock, general market conditions, the trading price of our stock, available capital, alternative uses for capital and our financial performance. Possible additional uses of cash may include the acquisition of technologies or technology companies. The amount and timing of our actual investing activities will vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the timing and amount of costs related to the renovation of our new corporate headquarters facility and other capital expenditures, costs of product development efforts, our timetable for international sales operations and manufacturing expansion, stock repurchase activity and costs related to our domestic and international regulatory requirements. Despite these investment requirements, we anticipate that our existing cash and cash equivalents and amounts available under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements, capital expenditures and other operational funding needs for at least the next 12 months.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not currently have, nor have we ever had, any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or for other contractually narrow or limited purposes. In addition, we do not engage in trading activities involving non-exchange traded contracts. As a result, we are not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in these relationships.
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of January 2, 2016 and the effect those obligations are expected to have on our cash liquidity and cash flow in future periods (in thousands). The estimated payments reflected in this table are based on management’s estimates and assumptions about these obligations. As a result, the actual cash outflows in future periods will vary, possibly materially, from those reflected in this table.

67



 
Payments Due By Period
 
Less than
1 year
 
 Between
1-3 years
 
 Between
 3-5 years
 
More than
5 years
 
Total
Operating leases (1)
$
3,633

 
$
6,501

 
$
3,515

 
$

 
$
13,649

Capital leases (including interest) (2)
88

 
90

 
11

 

 
189

Line of credit
185,000

 

 

 

 
185,000

Purchase commitments (3)
35,860

 

 

 

 
35,860

Total contractual obligations
$
224,581

 
$
6,591

 
$
3,526

 
$

 
$
234,698

 _______________
(1)  
Facility, equipment and automobile leases.
(2)  
Leased office equipment.
(3)  
Certain inventory items under non-cancellable purchase orders.
Other obligations: As of January 2, 2016 , our estimated liabilities related to uncertain tax positions, including interest, were $8.9 million. Due to the high degree of uncertainty regarding the timing of potential cash flows associated with these liabilities, we are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the amounts and periods in which these liabilities might be made.
In addition to these contractual obligations, we had the following annual minimum royalty commitments to Cercacor, as of January 2, 2016 (in thousands):
 
Payments Due By Period
 
Less than
1 year
 
Between
1-3 years
 
 Between
3-5 years
 
More than
5 years
Minimum royalty commitment to Cercacor (1)
$
5,000

 
$
10,000

 
$
10,000

 
(1)  
 ______________
(1)  
Subsequent to 2019, the royalty arrangement requires a $5.0 million minimum annual royalty payment unless the agreement is amended, restated or terminated.
Cercacor is consolidated within our financial statements for all periods presented. Accordingly, all intercompany royalties, option and license fees and other charges between us and Cercacor have been eliminated in the consolidation. For additional discussion of Cercacor, see Note 3 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part IV, Item 15(a) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenue and expenses for each reporting period. These estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, and form the basis for making management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. Although we regularly evaluate these estimates and assumptions, changes in judgments and uncertainties relating to these estimates could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. If these estimates differ significantly from actual results, the impact to the consolidated financial statements may be material. We believe that the critical accounting policies that are the most significant for purposes of fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results include the following:
Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue
We follow the current authoritative guidance for revenue recognition. Based on these requirements, we generally recognize revenue from the sale of products or services when: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. In the case of the license or sale of software that does not function together with hardware components to provide the essential functionality of the hardware, revenue is recognized pursuant to the software revenue recognition guidance.
We enter into agreements to sell our noninvasive monitoring solutions and services, sometimes as part of multiple deliverable arrangements that include various combinations of products, software and services. While the majority of our sales transactions contain standard business terms and conditions, there are some transactions that contain non-standard business terms and conditions. As a result, contract interpretation and analysis may be required to determine the appropriate accounting, including: (i) how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the deliverables when multiple deliverables exist, (ii) when to

68



recognize revenue on the deliverables, and (iii) whether undelivered elements are essential to the functionality of the delivered elements. Changes in judgments on these assumptions and estimates could materially impact the timing of revenue recognition.
In the case of multiple deliverable arrangements, the authoritative guidance provides a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to each deliverable as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value, (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (TPE), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price (ESP). VSOE of fair value is defined as the price charged when the same element is sold separately. VSOE generally exists only when the deliverable is sold separately and is the price actually charged for that deliverable. TPE generally does not exist for the majority of our products. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product was sold on a stand-alone basis. In the absence of VSOE and TPE, we determine ESP for our products by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, features and functionality of the product, geographies, type of customer, contractual prices pursuant to Group Purchasing Organization (GPO), contracts, our pricing and discount practices and market conditions.

A deliverable in an arrangement qualifies as a separate unit of accounting if the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. Most of our products in a multiple deliverable arrangement qualify as separate units of accounting. In the case of our monitoring equipment containing embedded Masimo SET ® or rainbow SET software, we determined that the hardware and software components function together to deliver the equipment’s essential functionality and, therefore, represent a single deliverable. However, software deliverables, such as rainbow ® parameter software, which do not function together with hardware components to provide the equipment’s essential functionality, are accounted for under software revenue recognition guidance. The revenue for these multiple-element arrangements is allocated to the software deliverables and the non-software deliverables based on the relative selling prices of all of the deliverables in the arrangement using the hierarchy in the revenue recognition accounting guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables.
Our sales under long-term sensor purchase contracts are generally structured such that we agree to provide at no up-front charge certain monitoring equipment, software, installation, training and/or warranty support in exchange for the hospital’s agreement to purchase sensors over the term of the agreement, which generally ranges from three to six years. The sensors are essential to the functionality of the monitoring equipment and, therefore, represent a substantive performance obligation. We do not recognize any revenue when the monitoring and related equipment and software are delivered to the hospitals. We recognize revenue for these delivered elements, on a pro-rata basis when installation and training are complete, as the sensors are delivered under the long-term purchase commitment. The cost of the monitoring equipment initially placed at the hospitals is deferred and amortized to cost of goods sold over the life of the underlying long-term sensor purchase contract. Some of our long-term sensor contracts also contain provisions for certain payments to be made directly to the end-user hospital customer at the inception of the arrangement. These payments are generally treated as prepaid discounts which are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis as contra-revenue over the life of the underlying long-term sensor purchase contract.
Many of our distributors purchase sensor products that they then resell to hospitals that are typically fulfilling their purchase obligations to us under the end-user hospitals’ long-term sensor purchase commitments. Upon shipment to these distributors, revenue is deferred until the distributor ships the product to our end-user customers based on an estimate of the inventory held by these distributors at the end of the accounting period.
We also earn revenue from the sale of integrated circuit boards and other products, as well as from rainbow ® parameter software licenses, to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) under various agreements. Revenue from the sale of products to the OEMs is generally recognized at the time of shipment. Revenue related to software licenses to OEMs is generally recognized upon shipment of the OEM’s product to its customers.
We provide certain customers with the ability to purchase sensors under rebate programs. Under these programs, the customer may earn rebates based on their purchasing activity. We estimate and provide allowances for these programs at the time of sale as a reduction to revenue.
Inventory/Reserves for Excess or Obsolete Inventory
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using a standard cost method, which approximates FIFO (first-in, first-out). Inventory valuation reserves are recorded for materials that have become obsolete or are no longer used in current production and for inventory that has a net realizable value less than the carrying value in inventory. We generally purchase raw materials in quantities that we anticipate will be fully used within one year. However, changes in operating strategy and customer demand, and frequent unpredictable fluctuations in market values for such materials, can limit our ability to effectively utilize all of the raw materials purchased and sold through resulting finished goods to customers for a profit. We regularly monitor potential inventory excess, obsolescence and lower market values compared to standard costs and, when necessary, reduce the carrying amount of our inventory to its market value.

69



We develop our inventory reserve based on an evaluation of the expected future use of our inventory on an item by item basis. We apply historical obsolescence rates to estimate the loss on inventory expected to have a recovery value below cost. Our historical obsolescence rates are developed from our company specific experience for major categories of inventory, which are then applied to excess inventory on an item by item basis. We also develop other specific inventory reserves when we become aware of other unique events that result in a known recovery value below cost. For inventory items that have been written down, either due to the inventory reserve analysis or due to a specific event, the reduced value becomes the new cost basis. Our inventory reserve was $16.8 million and $9.6 million at January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , respectively. The significant increase in our inventory reserve during fiscal 2015 resulted primarily from $9.7 million in inventory valuation adjustments that were principally related to certain product end-of-life decisions that were made during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015. If our estimates for potential inventory losses prove to be too low, our future earnings will be affected when any related additional inventory losses are recorded.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. This allowance is used to state trade receivables at a net estimated realizable value. We rely on prior experience to estimate the amount that we expect to collect on the gross receivables outstanding, which cannot be known with exact certainty as of the time of issuance of this report. We maintain a specific allowance for customer accounts that we know may not be collectible due to customer liquidity issues. We also maintain a general allowance for future collection losses that arise from customer accounts that do not indicate an inability, but may be unable, to pay. Although such losses have historically been within our expectations and the allowances we have established, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience the same loss rates that we have in the past, especially given the recent deterioration of the credit markets of the worldwide economy. A significant change in the liquidity or financial condition of our customers could cause unfavorable trends in our receivable collections and additional allowances may be required. Our accounts receivable balance was $81.0 million and $71.0 million , net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $2.0 million and $1.9 million at January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , respectively.
Share-Based Compensation
Our share-based awards are currently comprised of stock options and restricted stock units (RSUs), both of which are equity-classified awards. For equity-classified awards granted on or after January 1, 2006, we estimate the fair value of the award on the date of grant and expense share-based compensation over the requisite service period. The fair value of our share-based awards is based on the closing price of our common stock on the grant date. The fair value of RSU awards is the closing price of our common stock on the grant date. To calculate the fair value of stock option awards, we use the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which, in addition to the closing price of our stock on the grant date and the option strike price, requires the input of subjective assumptions. These assumptions include the estimated length of time employees will retain their stock options before exercising them (the expected term), the estimated volatility of our stock price over the expected term and the dividend yield on our common stock. We estimate expected term based on both our specific historical option exercise experience, as well as expected term information available from a peer group of companies with similar vesting schedules. The estimated volatility is based on both the historical and implied volatilities of our share price.
We are also required to develop an estimate of the number of share-based awards that will be forfeited due to employee turnover. Adjustments in the estimated forfeiture rates can have a significant effect on our reported share-based compensation, as we recognize the cumulative effect of the rate adjustments for all expense amortization in the period the estimated forfeiture rates were adjusted. We estimate and adjust forfeiture rates based on a periodic review of recent forfeiture activity and expected future employee turnover. Adjustments in the estimated forfeiture rates could also cause changes in the amount of expense that we recognize in future periods.
Share-based compensation expense was $10.8 million , $11.0 million and $11.7 million for the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , respectively. The fair market value of our stock may also increase the cost of future stock option grants. In general, to the extent that the fair market value of our stock increases, the overall cost of granting these options will also increase. For further details regarding our share-based compensation see Note 14 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part IV, Item 15(a) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Intangible and Other Long-Lived Assets
Intangible assets from acquisitions or licensing agreements, as well as intangible assets related to the costs of registering and maintaining our patents and trademarks, are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment charges, if any. For assets with determinable useful lives, amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the respective intangible assets, ranging from one to twelve years. Acquired in-process research and development (IPR&D) is recorded at fair value as an indefinite-lived intangible asset at the acquisition date until the completion or abandonment of the associated research and development efforts or impairment. IPR&D projects relate to in-process projects that have not reached

70



technological feasibility as of the acquisition date and have no alternative future use. Upon completion of development, acquired in-process research and development assets are transferred to finite-lived intangible assets and amortized over their useful lives.
We assess whether our intangible assets and other long-lived assets should be tested for recoverability whenever events or circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. The amount of impairment, if any, is measured based on fair value, which is determined using projected discounted future operating cash flows. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less selling costs.
Goodwill
Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. Goodwill is not amortized but instead is tested at least annually for impairment, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. Our annual impairment test is performed during the fourth fiscal quarter .
In assessing goodwill impairment we have the option to first assess the qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that the fair value of such reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Our qualitative assessment of the recoverability of goodwill considers various macro-economic, industry-specific and company-specific factors. These factors include: (i) severe adverse industry or economic trends; (ii) significant company-specific actions, including exiting an activity in conjunction with restructuring of operations; (iii) current, historical or projected deterioration of our financial performance; or (iv) a sustained decrease in our market capitalization below its net book value. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, we determine it is unlikely that the fair value of such reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. However, if we conclude otherwise, then we are required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered impaired; otherwise, goodwill is considered impaired and the loss is measured by performing step two. Under step two, the impairment loss is measured by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. We also have the option to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. We may resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period.
Accounting for Income Taxes
We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, under which we recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and for net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. A tax position that meets a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is recognized in the first reporting period that it becomes more-likely-than-not such tax position will be sustained upon examination. A tax position that meets this more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is recorded at the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Previously recognized income tax positions that fail to meet the recognition threshold in a subsequent period are derecognized in that period. Differences between actual results and our assumptions, or changes in our assumptions in future periods, are recorded in the period they become known. We record potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.
As a multinational corporation, we are subject to complex tax laws and regulations in various jurisdictions. The application of tax laws and regulations is subject to legal and factual interpretation, judgment and uncertainty. Tax laws themselves are subject to change as a result of changes in fiscal policy, changes in legislation, evolution of regulations and court rulings. Although we have concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through 2011 and all material state, local and foreign income tax matters for years through 2008, our 2012 U.S. federal income tax return is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service. Given the foregoing, our actual liability for U.S. or foreign taxes may be materially different from our estimates, which could result in the need to record additional liabilities or potentially to reverse previously recorded tax liabilities.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded against any deferred tax assets when, in the judgment of management, it is more likely than not that all or part of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all positive and negative evidence, including recent financial performance, scheduled reversals of temporary differences, projected future taxable income, availability of taxable income in carryback periods and tax planning strategies.

71



Litigation Costs and Contingencies
We record a charge equal to at least the minimum estimated liability for a loss contingency or litigation settlement when both of the following conditions are met: (i) information available prior to issuance of the financial statements indicates that it is probable that a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and (ii) the range of loss can be reasonably estimated. The determination of whether a loss contingency or litigation settlement is probable or reasonably possible involves a significant amount of management judgment, as does the estimation of the range of loss given the nature of contingencies. Liabilities related to litigation settlements with multiple elements are recorded based on the fair value of each element. Legal and other litigation related expenses are recognized as the services are provided. We record insurance and other indemnity recoveries for litigation expenses when both of the following conditions are met: (i) the recovery is probable and (ii) collectability is reasonably assured. The insurance recoveries recorded are only to the extent the litigation costs have been incurred and recognized in the financial statements; however, it is reasonably possible that the actual recovery may be significantly different from our estimates. There are many uncertainties associated with any litigation, and we cannot provide assurance that any actions or other third party claims against us will be resolved without costly litigation or substantial settlement charges. If any of those events were to occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
For details regarding any recently adopted and recently issued accounting standards, see Note 2 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part IV, Item 15(a) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to various market risks that may arise from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange fluctuations and inflation. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
Interest Rate Risk
Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates to the increase or decrease in the amount of interest income we can earn on our cash and cash equivalents and on the increase or decrease in the amount of interest expense we must pay with respect to our various outstanding debt instruments. We do not believe our cash equivalents are subject to significant interest rate risk due to their short terms to maturity. As of  January 2, 2016 , the carrying value of our cash equivalents approximated fair value. Our risk associated with fluctuation in interest expense is limited to our outstanding capital lease arrangements, which have fixed interest rates, and borrowings under our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, which have variable interest rates. Under our current policies, we do not use interest rate derivative instruments to manage exposure to interest rate changes. Therefore, declines in interest rates over time will reduce our interest income and expense while increases in interest rates will increase our interest income and expense. We estimate that a hypothetical 100 basis point change in interest rates along the entire interest rate yield curve would increase our interest expense by approximately $1.9 million based on our outstanding borrowings under our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement at January 2, 2016 .
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
A majority of our assets and liabilities are maintained in the United States in U.S. Dollars and a majority of our sales and expenditures are transacted in U.S. Dollars. However, we transact with foreign customers in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. These foreign currency revenues, when converted into U.S. Dollars, can vary depending on average exchange rates during a respective period. In addition, certain of our foreign sales support subsidiaries transact in their respective country’s local currency, which is also their functional currency. As a result, expenses of these foreign subsidiaries when converted into U.S. Dollars can also vary depending on average monthly exchange rates during a respective period.
We are exposed to foreign currency gains or losses on outstanding foreign currency denominated receivables and payables, as well as certain intercompany transactions. Realized and unrealized foreign currency gains or losses on these transactions are included in our statements of operations as incurred. Furthermore, other transactions between us or our subsidiaries and a third-party, denominated in a currency different from the functional currency, are foreign currency transactions. Realized and unrealized foreign currency gains or losses on these transactions are also included in our statements of operations as incurred, and are converted to U.S. Dollars at average exchange rates for a respective period.
The balance sheets of our foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar are translated into U.S. Dollars at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date, and the statements of operations and cash flows are translated into U.S. Dollars using the average monthly exchange rate during the period. Any foreign exchange gain or loss as a result of translating the balance sheets of our foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar is included in equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

72

Table of Contents


Our primary foreign currency exchange rate exposures are with the Euro, the Japanese Yen, the Swedish Krona, the Canadian Dollar, the British Pound, the Mexico Peso and the Australian Dollar against the U.S. Dollar. Foreign currency exchange rates have experienced significant movements recently, particularly over the last eighteen months, and such volatility is expected to continue in the future. Specifically, during the fiscal year ended January 2, 2016 , we estimate that the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar, relative to the Euro, the Japanese Yen, the Swedish Krona, the Canadian Dollar, the British Pound and the Australian Dollar, negatively impacted our revenues by $18.6 million . We currently do not enter into forward exchange contracts to hedge exposures denominated in foreign currencies and do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. Therefore, the effect of a 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates could have a material effect on our future operating results or cash flows, depending on which foreign currency exchange rates change and depending on the directional change (either a strengthening or weakening against the U.S. Dollar). As our foreign operations continue to grow, our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk may become even more significant.
Inflation Risk
We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations during the periods presented. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Our consolidated financial statements and supplementary data required by this item are set forth at the pages indicated in Part IV, Item 15(a)(1) and 15(a)(2), respectively, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We recognize that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations and may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of January 2, 2016 .
Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2016 . Their attestation report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2016 , is included in Part IV, Item 15(a)(1) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

73

Table of Contents


Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended January 2, 2016 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION
On February 19, 2016, Jack Lasersohn notified us of his decision not to seek re-election to our Board of Directors (the Board) at our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the 2016 Annual Meeting). Mr. Lasersohn currently serves as a Class III director and his service on the Board will cease when his current term expires at the 2016 Annual Meeting.



74

Table of Contents


PART III

ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained in our Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2016 ( 2016 Proxy Statement) under the headings “Executive Officers”, “Board of Directors”, “Corporate Governance and Board Matters” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”.
ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the 2016 Proxy Statement under the heading “Executive Compensation”.
ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the 2016 Proxy Statement under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management”.
ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the 2016 Proxy Statement under the headings “Corporate Governance and Board Matters” and “Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons”.
ITEM 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the 2016 Proxy Statement under the heading “Audit Related Matters-Principal Accountant Fees and Services”.



75

Table of Contents


PART IV

ITEM 15.
EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)(1) Financial Statements
The Consolidated Financial Statements of Masimo Corporation and Report of Grant Thornton LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, are included in a separate section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K beginning on page F-1.
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules
The financial statement schedule is included in a separate section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K beginning on page F-1.
(a)(3) Exhibits
Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Document
 
3.1(1)
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Exhibit 3.2)
 
 
 
3.2(2)
 
Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (Exhibit 3.1)
 
 
 
3.3(15)
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws (Exhibit 3.2)
 
 
 
4.1(1)
 
Form of Common Stock Certificate (Exhibit 4.1)
 
 
 
4.2(1)
 
Fifth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement made and entered into as of September 14, 1999 between the Registrant and certain of its stockholders (Exhibit 4.2)
 
 
 
4.3(2)
 
Rights Agreement, dated November 9, 2007, between the Registrant and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent (Exhibit 4.1)
 
 
 
4.4(4)#
 
Masimo Retirement Savings Plan (Exhibit 4.7)
 
 
 
10.1(1)#
 
Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors (Exhibit 10.1)
 
 
 
10.2(5)#
 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated November 4, 2015, between Joe Kiani and the Registrant (Exhibit 10.1)
 
 
 
10.3(1)#
 
Offer Letter, dated February 15, 1996, between Yongsam Lee and the Registrant (Exhibit 10.7)
 
 
 
10.4(6)#
 
Offer Letter, dated May 21, 2004, between Rick Fishel and the Registrant (Exhibit 10.13)
 
 
 
10.5(1)#
 
Offer Letter, dated June 9, 2006, between Mark P. de Raad and the Registrant (Exhibit 10.9)
 
 
 
10.6(1)#
 
Offer Letter, dated March 30, 2007, between Anand Sampath and the Registrant (Exhibit 10.8)
 
 
 
10.7(6)#
 
Offer Letter, dated July 23, 2008, between Jon Coleman and the Registrant (Exhibit 10.9)
 
 
 
10.8(12)#
 
Offer Letter, dated December 27, 2007 between Paul Jansen and the Registrant (Exhibit 10.8)
 
 
 
10.9(12)#
 
Offer Letter, dated March 31, 2011 between Tom McClenahan and the Registrant (Exhibit 10.8)
 
 
 
10.10(3)#
 
Executive Restated Annual Cash Bonus Award Plan, effective March 13, 2014 (Exhibit 10.11)
 
 
 
10.11(3)#
 
Executive Multi-Year Cash Bonus Award Plan, effective March 13, 2014 (Exhibit 10.12)
 
 
 
10.12(7)#
 
CEO and Executive Officer Equity Award Compensation Policy (Exhibit 10.1)
 
 
 
10.13(5)#

 
Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement, dated November 4, 2015, by and between Joe Kiani and the Registrant (Exhibit 10.2)
 
 
 
10.14(5)#
 
Equity-Holder Non-Competition and Confidentiality Agreement, dated November 4, 2015, by and between Joe Kiani and the Registrant (Exhibit 10.3)
 
 
 
10.15(8)#
 
Amended and Restated 2007 Severance Protection Plan and Summary Plan Description, effective December 31, 2008 (Exhibit 10.11)
 
 
 
10.16(14)#
 
2007 Severance Protection Plan Participation Agreement, dated January 11, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Mark P. de Raad (Exhibit 10.2)
 
 
 


76

Table of Contents


Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Document
 
 
10.17(14)#
 
2007 Severance Protection Plan Participation Agreement, dated January 11, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Yongsam Lee (Exhibit 10.3)
 
 
 
10.18(6)#
 
2007 Severance Protection Plan Participation Agreement, dated January 11, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Rick Fishel (Exhibit 10.57)
 
 
 
10.19(12)#
 
Amended and Restated 2007 Severance Protection Plan Agreement, dated November 12, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Jon Coleman (Exhibit 10.17)
 
 
 
10.20(12)#
 
Amended and Restated 2007 Severance Protection Plan Agreement, dated December 9, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Anand Sampath (Exhibit 10.18)
 
 
10.21(12)#
 
Amended and Restated 2007 Severance Protection Plan Agreement, dated November 12, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Paul Jansen (Exhibit 10.19)
 
 
 
10.22(3)#
 
Amended and Restated 2007 Severance Protection Plan Agreement, dated November 3, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Tom McClenahan (Exhibit 10.21)
 
 
 
10.23(1)#
 
2004 Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option and Restricted Stock Purchase Plan of the Registrant, as amended, and forms of agreements related thereto (Exhibit 10.32)
 
 
10.24(1)#
 
2007 Stock Incentive Plan of the Registrant, and forms of agreements related thereto (Exhibit 10.33)
 
 
10.25(6) +
 
Manufacturing and Purchase Agreement, dated October 2, 2008, by and between Analog Devices, Inc.
and the Registrant (Exhibit 10.21)
 
 
 
10.26(1)+
 
Purchase Agreement, dated July 26, 2001, between Jabil Circuit, Inc. and the Registrant (Exhibit 10.15)
 
 
10.27(1)+
 
Shelter Labor Services Agreement, dated December 27, 2000, between Industrial Vallera de Mexicali, S.A. de C.V. and the Registrant (Exhibit 10.11)
 
 
10.28(9)+
 
Lease Agreement effective as of September 1, 2007, by and among Industrias Asociadas Maquiladoras, S.A. de C.V., Industrial Vallera de Mexicali, S.A. de C.V. and the Registrant, as guarantor (Exhibit 10.1)
 
 
 
10.29(12)+
 
First Amendment, Lease Agreement effective as of December 17, 2013, by and among Industrias Asociadas Maquiladoras, S.A. de C.V., Industrial Vallera de Mexicali, S.A. de C.V. and the Registrant, as guarantor (Exhibit 10.26)
 
 
 
10.30(10)+
 
Lease Agreement, relating to the premises at 40 Parker, effective as of November 1, 2009, between the Registrant and Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company (Exhibit 10.1)
 
 
 
10.31*
 
Amendment No. 1  to the November 1, 2009  Lease Agreement, relating to the premises at 40 Parker, between the Registrant and Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
 
 
 
10.32*
 
Amendment No. 2  to the November 1, 2009  Lease Agreement, relating to the premises at 40 Parker, between the Registrant and Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
 
 
 
10.33(3)
 
Amendment No. 3  to the November 1, 2009  Lease Agreement, relating to the premises at 40 Parker, between the Registrant and Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company (Exhibit 10.30)
 
 
 
10.34(1)
 
Settlement Agreement and Release of Claims, dated January 17, 2006, between Cercacor Laboratories, Inc., Nellcor Puritan Bennett, Inc., Mallinckrodt, Inc., Tyco Healthcare Group LP, Tyco International Ltd., Tyco International (US) Inc. and the Registrant (Exhibit 10.30)
 
 
 
10.35(11)
 
Second Amendment to the January 17, 2006 Settlement Agreement and Release of Claims, as amended pursuant to the January 24, 2006 Amendment to Settlement Agreement and Release of Claims, dated January 28, 2011, by and among Masimo Corporation, Masimo Laboratories, Inc., Nellcor Puritan Bennett LLC, Mallinckrodt Inc., Tyco Healthcare Group LP and Covidien Inc. (Exhibit 10.1)
 
 
 
10.36(1)
 
Amended and Restated Cross-Licensing Agreement, effective January 1, 2007, between Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. and the Registrant (Exhibit 10.34)
 
 
 
10.37(1)
 
Services Agreement, effective January 1, 2007, between Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. and the Registrant (Exhibit 10.35)
 
 
 
10.38(13)
 
Agreement of Purchase and Sale and Escrow Instructions, dated as of November 1, 2013, by and between the Company and Nikken, Inc. (Exhibit 10.1)
 
 
 
10.39(13)
 
First Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, made and entered into effective as of January 8, 2014, by and between the Company and Nikken, Inc. (Exhibit 10.2)

77

Table of Contents


Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Document
 
 
 
10.40(13)
 
Second Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, made and entered into effective as of January 10, 2014, by and between the Company and Nikken, Inc. (Exhibit 10.3)
 
 
 
10.41(13)
 
Third Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, made and entered into effective as of March 10, 2014, by and between the Company and Nikken, Inc. (Exhibit 10.4)
 
 
 
10.42(13)
 
Fourth Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, made and entered into effective as of March 12, 2014, by and between the Company and Nikken, Inc. (Exhibit 10.5)
 
 
 
10.43*
 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 8, 2016, among Masimo Corporation, and the Lenders Party hereto and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
 
 
 
10.44*†
 
Settlement and Covenant Not to Sue Agreement, entered into as of the Effective Date of November 16, 2015, between Masimo Corporation, Masimo Technologies SARL, and Masimo International SARL and Mindray Medical International, Limited, Shenzhen Mindray Biomedical Electronics Co., Ltd and Mindray DS USA, Inc.
 
 
 
10.45*
 
Lease Agreement, dated July 15, 2012, related to the premises at 9600 Jeronimo, between the Registrant and The Irvine Company, LLC
 
 
 
10.46*
 
First Amendment to June 22, 2012 Lease Agreement, relating to the premises at 9600 Jeronimo, between the Registrant and Irvine Company, LLC
 
 
 
10.47(3)
 
Second Amendment to June 22, 2012 Lease Agreement, relating to the premises at 9600 Jeronimo, between the Registrant and Irvine Company, LLC (Exhibit 10.34)
 
 
 
10.48*
 
Third Amendment to June 22, 2012 Lease Agreement, relating to the premises at 9600 Jeronimo, between the Registrant and Irvine Company, LLC
 
 
 
12.1*
 
Statement Regarding the Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
 
 
21.1*
 
List of Registrant’s Subsidiaries
 
 
 
23.1*
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
 
 
31.1*
 
Certification of Joe Kiani, Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
 
31.2*
 
Certification of Mark P. de Raad, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
 
32.1*
 
Certification of Joe Kiani, Chief Executive Officer, and Mark P. de Raad, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
 
101.INS*
 
XBRL Instance Document
 
 
 
101.SCH*
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
 
 
 
101.CAL*
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
 
 
 
101.DEF*
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
 
 
 
101.LAB*
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
 
 
 
101.PRE*
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
 _____________
Attached as Exhibit 101 to this report are the following formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015  and December 28, 2013 , (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015  and December 28, 2013 , (iv) Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

78

Table of Contents


_____________
(1)
Incorporated by reference to the exhibits to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-142171), originally filed on April 17, 2007. The number given in parentheses indicates the corresponding exhibit number in such Form S-1, as amended.
(2)
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 9, 2007. The number given in parentheses indicates the corresponding exhibit number in such Form 8-K.
(3)
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on February 17, 2015. The number given in parentheses indicates the corresponding exhibit number in such Form 10-K.
(4)
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on February 11, 2008. The number given in parentheses indicates the corresponding exhibit number in such Form S-8.
(5)
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 5, 2015 at 4:45 p.m. Eastern Time. The number given in parentheses indicates the corresponding exhibit number in such Form 8-K.
(6)
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 4, 2009. The number given in parentheses indicates the corresponding exhibit number in such Form 10-K.
(7)
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 1, 2013. The number given in parentheses indicates the corresponding exhibit number in such Form 10-Q.
(8)
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 15, 2013. The number given in parentheses indicates the corresponding exhibit number in such Form 10-K.
(9)
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on June 5, 2008. The number given in parentheses indicates the corresponding exhibit number in such Form 8-K.
(10)
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on November 4, 2009. The number given in parentheses indicates the corresponding exhibit number in such Form 10-Q.
(11)
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on January 31, 2011. The number given in parentheses indicates the corresponding exhibit number in such Form 8-K.
(12)
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 14, 2014. The number given in parentheses indicates the corresponding exhibit number in such Form 10-K.
(13)
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on May 1, 2014. The number given in parentheses indicates the corresponding exhibit number in such Form 10-Q.
(14)
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on January 17, 2008. The number given in parentheses indicates the corresponding exhibit number in such Form 8-K.
(15)
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 26, 2011. The number given in parentheses indicates the corresponding exhibit number in such Form 8-K.
*
Filed herewith.
#
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
+
The SEC has granted confidential treatment with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.
Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.
(b) Exhibits
See Item 15(a)(3) above.
(c) Financial Statement Schedules
See Item 15(a)(2) above.


79

Table of Contents


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Date:
February 24, 2016
 
By:
/s/ J OE  K IANI
 
 
 
 
Joe Kiani
Chairman of the Board & Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
SIGNATURE
 
TITLE(S)
 
DATE
 
 
 
/s/ J OE  K IANI
 
Chairman of the Board & Chief Executive Officer ( Principal Executive Officer )
 
February 24, 2016
Joe Kiani
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ M ARK  P. DE  R AAD
 
Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer ( Principal Financial Officer )
 
February 24, 2016
Mark P. de Raad
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ D AVID  J. V AN  R AMSHORST
 
Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer
( Principal Accounting Officer )
 
February 24, 2016
David J. Van Ramshorst
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ S TEVEN  B ARKER , M.D. P H .D.
 
Director
 
February 24, 2016
Steven Barker, M.D., Ph.D.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ S ANFORD  F ITCH
 
Director
 
February 24, 2016
Sanford Fitch
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ J ACK  L ASERSOHN
 
Director
 
February 24, 2016
Jack Lasersohn
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ C RAIG  R EYNOLDS
 
Director
 
February 24, 2016
Craig Reynolds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ T HOMAS  H ARKIN
 
Director
 
February 24, 2016
Thomas Harkin
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

80

Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULE
MASIMO CORPORATION
 

Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Schedule
 


F- 1

Table of Contents



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


Board of Directors and Stockholders
Masimo Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Masimo Corporation (a Delaware Corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 2, 2016 . Our audits of the basic consolidated financial statements included the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Masimo Corporation and subsidiaries as of January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 2, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2016 , based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 24, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Irvine, California
February 24, 2016

F- 2

Table of Contents



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


Board of Directors and Stockholders
Masimo Corporation
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Masimo Corporation (a Delaware Corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 2, 2016 , based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2016 , based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended January 2, 2016 and our report dated February 24, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Irvine, California
February 24, 2016


F- 3

Table of Contents


MASIMO CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except par value)
 
January 2,
2016
 
January 3,
2015
ASSETS
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
132,317

 
$
134,453

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,967 and $1,890 at January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015, respectively
80,960

 
71,017

Inventories
62,038

 
69,718

Prepaid income taxes
2,404

 
417

Other current assets
21,423

 
21,471

Total current assets
299,142

 
297,076

Deferred cost of goods sold
66,844

 
67,485

Property and equipment, net
132,466

 
101,952

Intangible assets, net
27,556

 
27,771

Goodwill
20,394

 
20,979

Deferred income taxes
44,320

 
42,258

Other assets
11,013

 
7,485

Total assets
$
601,735

 
$
565,006

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
25,865

 
$
38,045

Accrued compensation
38,415

 
33,600

Accrued liabilities
44,222

 
24,541

Income taxes payable
2,777

 
6,562

Deferred revenue
21,280

 
21,067

Current portion of capital lease obligations
74

 
79

Total current liabilities
132,633

 
123,894

Deferred revenue
298

 
453

Long term debt
185,071

 
125,145

Other liabilities
8,021

 
7,773

Total liabilities
326,023

 
257,265

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)

 

Equity
 
 
 
Masimo Corporation stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 5,000 shares authorized at January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015; 0 shares issued and outstanding at January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 100,000 shares authorized at January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015; 49,881 and 52,594 shares outstanding at January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015, respectively
50

 
52

Treasury stock, 12,759 and 8,611 shares at January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015, respectively
(340,873
)
 
(185,906
)
Additional paid-in capital
332,417

 
288,686

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
(4,739
)
 
(2,093
)
Retained earnings
288,560

 
205,260

Total Masimo Corporation stockholders’ equity
275,415

 
305,999

Noncontrolling interest
297

 
1,742

Total equity
275,712

 
307,741

Total liabilities and equity
$
601,735

 
$
565,006

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 4

Table of Contents


MASIMO CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share information)
 
 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Year ended
December 28,
2013
Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
Product
$
599,334

 
$
556,764

 
$
517,429

Royalty
30,777

 
29,879

 
29,816

Total revenue
630,111

 
586,643

 
547,245

Cost of goods sold
220,128

 
195,864

 
188,418

Gross profit
409,983

 
390,779

 
358,827

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative
252,725

 
241,016

 
215,469

Research and development
56,617

 
56,581

 
55,631

Litigation settlement, award and/or defense costs
(19,609
)
 
(10,331
)
 
8,010

Total operating expenses
289,733

 
287,266

 
279,110

Operating income
120,250

 
103,513

 
79,717

Non-operating expense
3,905

 
1,472

 
3,991

Income before provision for income taxes
116,345

 
102,041

 
75,726

Provision for income taxes
34,845

 
27,678

 
20,005

Net income including noncontrolling interest
81,500

 
74,363

 
55,721

Net (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interest
(1,800
)
 
1,845

 
(2,660
)
Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders
$
83,300

 
$
72,518

 
$
58,381

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
1.62

 
$
1.33

 
$
1.03

Diluted
$
1.55

 
$
1.30

 
$
1.02

 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average shares used in per share calculations:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
51,311

 
54,708

 
56,690

Diluted
53,707

 
55,571

 
57,480

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F- 5

Table of Contents


MASIMO CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)
 
 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Year ended
December 28,
2013
Net income including noncontrolling interest
$
81,500

 
$
74,363

 
$
55,721

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
(2,646
)
 
(6,088
)
 
453

Total comprehensive income
78,854

 
68,275

 
56,174

Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interest
(1,800
)
 
1,845

 
(2,660
)
Comprehensive income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders
$
80,654

 
$
66,430

 
$
58,834

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.



F- 6

Table of Contents


MASIMO CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
(in thousands)
 
Masimo Corporation Stockholders
 
 
 
 
 
Common Stock
 
Treasury Stock
 
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Noncontrolling
Interest
 
Total
Equity
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Balance at December 29, 2012
57,308

 
$
57

 
3,156

 
$
(63,664
)
 
$
258,783

 
$
3,542

 
$
74,361

 
$
2,589

 
$
275,668

Stock options exercised
315

 
1

 

 

 
3,289

 

 

 

 
3,290

Income tax deficit from exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 
(615
)
 

 

 

 
(615
)
Compensation related to stock option grants to employees

 

 

 

 
11,672

 

 

 
2

 
11,674

Repurchases of common stock
(1,000
)
 
(1
)
 
1,000

 
(19,790
)
 

 

 

 

 
(19,791
)
Issuance of shares in noncontrolling interest entity, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
1

 
1

Net income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 
58,381

 
(2,660
)
 
55,721

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 
453

 

 

 
453

Balance at December 28, 2013
56,623

 
57

 
4,156

 
(83,454
)
 
273,129

 
3,995

 
132,742

 
(68
)
 
326,401

Stock options exercised
426

 

 

 

 
4,683

 

 

 

 
4,683

Income tax deficit from exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 
(132
)
 

 

 

 
(132
)
Compensation related to stock option grants to employees

 

 

 

 
11,002

 

 

 
3

 
11,005

Repurchases of common stock
(4,455
)
 
(5
)
 
4,455

 
(102,452
)
 
4

 

 

 

 
(102,453
)
Purchase of treasury shares by noncontrolling interest entity, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(38
)
 
(38
)
Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 
72,518

 
1,845

 
74,363

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 
(6,088
)
 

 

 
(6,088
)
Balances at January 3, 2015
52,594

 
52

 
8,611

 
(185,906
)
 
288,686

 
$
(2,093
)
 
205,260

 
1,742

 
307,741

Stock options exercised
1,435

 
2

 

 

 
28,324

 

 

 

 
28,326

Payroll tax withholding on behalf of employees for stock options

 

 

 

 
(472
)
 

 

 

 
(472
)
Income tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 
5,058

 

 

 

 
5,058

Compensation related to stock option grants to employees

 

 

 

 
10,817

 

 

 
8

 
10,825

Repurchases of common stock
(4,148
)
 
(4
)
 
4,148

 
(154,967
)
 
4

 

 

 

 
(154,967
)
Issuance of shares in noncontrolling interest entity, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
347

 
347

Net income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 
83,300

 
(1,800
)
 
81,500

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 
(2,646
)
 

 

 
(2,646
)
Balance at January 2, 2016
49,881

 
$
50

 
12,759

 
$
(340,873
)
 
$
332,417

 
$
(4,739
)
 
$
288,560

 
$
297

 
$
275,712

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 7

Table of Contents


MASIMO CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Year ended
December 28,
2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income including noncontrolling interest
$
81,500

 
$
74,363

 
$
55,721

Adjustments to reconcile net income including noncontrolling interest to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
15,684

 
12,818

 
11,421

Share-based compensation
10,825

 
11,005

 
11,674

Loss on disposal of property, equipment and intangibles
608

 
918

 
765

Provision for doubtful accounts
342

 
583

 
728

Benefit from deferred income taxes
(1,974
)
 
(320
)
 
(8,613
)
Income tax benefit from exercise of stock options granted prior to January 1, 2006
2,055

 
264

 
693

Excess tax (benefit) deficit from share-based compensation arrangements
(3,003
)
 
396

 
1,308

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable
(9,900
)
 
4,862

 
(9,576
)
Decrease (increase) in inventories
7,505

 
(13,434
)
 
(9,453
)
Decrease (increase) in deferred cost of goods sold
452

 
(5,888
)
 
(9,594
)
(Increase) decrease in prepaid income taxes
(1,992
)
 
3,316

 
(1,660
)
Increase in other assets
(3,542
)
 
(2,619
)
 
(756
)
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable
(4,319
)
 
(1,375
)
 
1,238

Increase in accrued compensation
5,334

 
4,948

 
4,557

Increase in accrued liabilities
19,902

 
1,837

 
6,406

(Decrease) increase in income taxes payable
(739
)
 
3,909

 
(381
)
Increase in deferred revenue
58

 
199

 
1,467

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities
(4,587
)
 
227

 
(842
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
114,209

 
96,009

 
55,103

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of property and equipment
(50,393
)
 
(75,061
)
 
(9,428
)
Increase in intangible assets
(4,201
)
 
(3,903
)
 
(4,374
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(54,594
)
 
(78,964
)
 
(13,802
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Borrowings under revolving line of credit
130,000

 
125,000

 

Repayments under revolving line of credit
(70,000
)
 

 

Debt issuance costs

 
(436
)
 

Repayments on capital lease obligations
(80
)
 
(111
)
 
(132
)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
28,285

 
4,680

 
3,289

Payroll tax withholdings on behalf of employee for stock options
(472
)
 

 

Excess tax benefit (deficit) from share-based compensation arrangements
3,003

 
(396
)
 
(1,308
)
Repurchases of common stock
(150,152
)
 
(102,453
)
 
(19,790
)
Net equity issuances (repurchases) by noncontrolling interest
346

 
(38
)
 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
(59,070
)
 
26,246

 
(17,941
)
Effect of foreign currency exchange rates on cash
(2,681
)
 
(4,304
)
 
552

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
(2,136
)
 
38,987

 
23,912

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
134,453

 
95,466

 
71,554

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
132,317

 
$
134,453

 
$
95,466

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 8

Table of Contents


MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Description of the Company
Masimo Corporation (the Company), is a global medical technology company that develops, manufactures and markets a variety of noninvasive monitoring technologies. The Company’s mission is to improve patient outcomes and reduce cost of care by taking noninvasive monitoring to new sites and applications. The Company’s patient monitoring solutions generally incorporate a monitor or circuit board, proprietary single-patient use, reusable or resposable sensors, software and/or cables. The Company primarily sells its products to hospitals, emergency medical service (EMS) providers, home care providers, physician offices, veterinarians, long term care facilities and consumers through its direct sales force, distributors and original equipment manufacturer (OEM) partners.
The Company invented Masimo Signal Extraction Technology ® (SET ® ), which provides the capabilities of Measure-Through-Motion and Low-Perfusion pulse oximetry to address the primary limitations of conventional pulse oximetry. Over the years, the Company’s product offerings have expanded significantly to also include noninvasive optical blood constituent monitoring, optical organ oximetry monitoring, electrical brain function monitoring, acoustic respiration monitoring and optical gas monitoring. The Company also developed the Root ® patient monitoring and connectivity platform and the Masimo Patient SafetyNet remote patient surveillance monitoring system. These solutions and related products are based upon Masimo SET ® , rainbow ® and other proprietary algorithms. These software-based technologies are incorporated into a variety of product platforms depending on customers’ specifications. This technology is supported by a substantial intellectual property portfolio that the Company has built through internal development and, to a lesser extent, acquisitions and license agreements.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP), and include the accounts of the Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and variable interest entities (VIEs) in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Fiscal Periods
The Company follows a conventional 52/53 week fiscal year. Under a conventional 52/53 week fiscal year, a 52 week fiscal year includes four quarters of 13 weeks while a 53 week fiscal year includes three quarters of 13 weeks and one quarter of 14 weeks. The Company’s last 53 week fiscal year was fiscal year 2014. Fiscal year 2015 is a 52 week fiscal year. All references to years in these notes to consolidated financial statements are fiscal years unless otherwise noted.
Use of Estimates
The Company prepares its financial statements in conformity with GAAP, which requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates include the determination of accounts receivable allowances, inventory reserves, warranty reserves, rebate accruals, valuation of the Company’s stock options, goodwill valuation, deferred taxes and any associated valuation allowances, distributor channel inventory, royalty revenues, deferred revenue, uncertain income tax positions, litigation costs and related accruals. Actual results could differ from such estimates.
Reclassifications
Certain amounts in the consolidated financial statements for prior periods have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.
Fair Value Measurements
Authoritative guidance describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value:
Level 1-Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2-Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active or other inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

F- 9

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


Level 3-Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.
Pursuant to current authoritative guidance, entities are allowed an irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and subsequent measurement for specified financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis. The Company did not elect the fair value option under this guidance as to specific assets or liabilities. There were no transfers between level 1, level 2 and level 3 inputs during the years ended January 2, 2016 or January 3, 2015 . The Company carries cash and cash equivalents at cost which approximates fair value. As of January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , the Company did not have any short-term investments.
The following tables represent the Company’s fair value hierarchy for its financial assets (in thousands):
January 2, 2016
Adjusted Basis
Cost
 
Gross Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross Unrealized
(Losses)
 
Estimated
Fair Value
 
Cash and Cash
Equivalents
Cash
$
57,168

 
$

 
$

 
$
57,168

 
$
57,168

Level 1:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          Bank time deposits
55,000

 

 

 
55,000

 
55,000

          Money market funds
20,149

 

 

 
20,149

 
20,149

               Subtotal
75,149

 

 

 
75,149

 
75,149

Level 2:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          None

 

 

 

 

Level 3:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          None

 

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value
$
132,317

 
$

 
$

 
$
132,317

 
$
132,317

January 3, 2015
Adjusted Basis
Cost
 
Gross Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross Unrealized
(Losses)
 
Estimated
Fair Value
 
Cash and Cash
Equivalents
Cash
$
92,888

 
$

 
$

 
$
92,888

 
$
92,888

Level 1:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          Bank time deposits
40,500

 

 

 
40,500

 
40,500

          Money market funds
1,065

 

 

 
1,065

 
1,065

               Subtotal
41,565

 

 

 
41,565

 
41,565

Level 2:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          None

 

 

 

 

Level 3:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          None

 

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value
$
134,453

 
$

 
$

 
$
134,453

 
$
134,453

Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity from date of purchase of three months or less, or highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash, to be cash equivalents.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Accounts receivable consist of trade receivables recorded upon recognition of revenue for product revenues, reduced by reserves for estimated bad debts and returns. Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Credit is extended based on evaluation of the customer’s financial condition. Collateral is not required. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined based on historical write-off experience, current customer information and other relevant factors, including specific identification of past due accounts, based on the age of the receivable in excess of the contemplated or contractual due date. Accounts are charged off against the allowance when the Company believes they are uncollectible.

F- 10

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using a standard cost method, which approximates FIFO (first in, first out) and includes material, labor and overhead. Inventory reserves are recorded for inventory items that have become excess or obsolete or are no longer used in current production and for inventory that has a market price less than the carrying value in inventory.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives as follows:
 
Useful Lives
Building
39 years
Building improvements
7 to 10 years
Leasehold improvements
Lesser of useful life or term of lease
Machinery and equipment
5 years
Vehicles
5 years
Tooling
3 years
Computer equipment
2 to 6 years
Furniture and office equipment
2 to 6 years
Demonstration units
3 years
Land is not depreciated and construction in progress is not depreciated until placed in service. Normal repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred, whereas significant improvements that materially increase values or extend useful lives are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining estimated useful lives of the related assets. Upon sale or retirement of depreciable assets, the related cost and accumulated depreciation or amortization are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss on the sale or retirement is recognized in income.
For the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment was $11.8 million , $9.1 million and $8.3 million , respectively.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets consist primarily of patents, trademarks, software development costs, customer relationships and acquired technology. Costs related to patents and trademarks, which include legal and application fees, are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Patent and trademark amortization commences once final approval of the patent or trademark has been obtained. Patent costs are amortized over the lesser of 10 years or the patent’s remaining legal life, which assumes renewals, and trademark costs are amortized over 17 years, and their associated amortization cost is included in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. For intangibles purchased in an asset acquisition or business combination, which mainly include patents, trademarks, customer relationships and acquired technology, the useful life is determined in the same manner as noted above. For the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , amortization of intangible assets was $4.2 million , $3.7 million and $3.1 million , respectively. As of January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , the total costs of patents not yet amortizing was $5.4 million and $6.4 million , respectively. As of January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , the total costs of trademarks not yet amortizing was $0.9 million and $0.8 million , respectively. For the years ended January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , total renewal costs capitalized for patents and trademarks was $0.7 million and $0.6 million , respectively. As of January 2, 2016 , the weighted-average number of years until the next renewal was one year for patents and five years for trademarks.
The Company’s policy is to renew its patents and trademarks. Costs to renew intangibles are capitalized and amortized over the remaining useful life of the intangible. The Company continually evaluates the amortization period and carrying basis of patents and trademarks to determine whether any events or circumstances warrant a revised estimated useful life or reduction in value. Capitalized application costs are charged to operations when it is determined that the patent or trademark will not be obtained or is abandoned.

F- 11

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


In accordance with authoritative accounting guidance, costs related to the research and development of new software products and enhancements to existing software products are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility of the product has been established, at which time such costs are capitalized, subject to expected recoverability. For each of the years ended January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , the Company capitalized $0.5 million of software development costs. The Company did not capitalize any software development costs for the year ended December 28, 2013 . The capitalized costs are amortized over the estimated life of the products of seven years. The Company amortized $0.2 million for each of the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 . The Company had unamortized software development costs of $0.9 million and $0.6 million at January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , respectively, which is included within intangible assets, net, on the consolidated balance sheets.
Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible assets
Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is tested at least annually for impairment, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. In assessing goodwill impairment for each of its reporting units, the Company has the option to first assess the qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The Company’s qualitative assessment of the recoverability of goodwill considers various macroeconomic, industry-specific and company-specific factors, including: (i) severe adverse industry or economic trends; (ii) significant company-specific actions; (iii) current, historical or projected deterioration of the Company’s financial performance; or (iv) a sustained decrease in the Company’s market capitalization below its net book value. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines it is unlikely that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. However, if the Company concludes otherwise, then the Company is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit, determined using future projected discounted operating cash flows, with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered impaired; otherwise, goodwill is considered impaired and the loss is measured by performing step two. Under step two, the impairment loss is measured by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. The Company also has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. The annual impairment test is performed during the fourth fiscal quarter.
The Company reviews identifiable intangible and other long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted operating cash flow expected to be generated by the asset. If such asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.
No impairment of goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets was recorded during the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 or December 28, 2013 .
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, under which the Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and for net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Tax positions that meet a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are recognized in the first reporting period that it becomes more-likely-than-not such tax position will be sustained upon examination. A tax position that meets this more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is recorded at the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Previously recognized income tax positions that fail to meet the recognition threshold in a subsequent period are derecognized in that period. Differences between actual results and the Company’s assumptions, or changes in the Company’s assumptions in future periods, are recorded in the period they become known. The Company records potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.
As a multinational corporation, the Company is subject to complex tax laws and regulations in various jurisdictions. The application of tax laws and regulations is subject to legal and factual interpretation, judgment and uncertainty. Tax laws themselves are subject to change as a result of changes in fiscal policy, changes in legislation, evolution of regulations and court rulings. Therefore, the actual liability for U.S. or foreign taxes may be materially different from the Company’s estimates, which could result in the need to record additional liabilities or potentially to reverse previously recorded tax liabilities.

F- 12

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded against any deferred tax assets when, in the judgment of management, it is more likely than not that all or part of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers all positive and negative evidence, including recent financial performance, scheduled reversals of temporary differences, projected future taxable income, availability of taxable income in carryback periods and tax planning strategies.
Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue
The Company follows the current authoritative guidance for revenue recognition. Based on these requirements, the Company recognizes revenue from the sale of products or services when: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. In the case of the license or sale of software that does not function together with hardware components to provide the essential functionality of the hardware, revenue is recognized pursuant to the software revenue recognition guidance.
The Company derives the majority of its revenue from four primary sources: (i) direct sales under long-term sensor purchase agreements with end-user hospitals where the Company provides up-front monitoring equipment at no up-front charge in exchange for a multi-year sensor purchase commitment, (ii) other direct sales of noninvasive monitoring solutions to end-user hospitals, emergency medical response organizations and other direct customers; (iii) sales of noninvasive monitoring solutions to distributors who then typically resell to end-user hospitals, emergency medical response organizations and other direct customers; and (iv) sales of integrated circuit boards to OEM customers who incorporate the Company’s embedded software technology into their multiparameter monitoring devices.
The Company enters into agreements to sell its noninvasive monitoring solutions and services, sometimes as part of multiple deliverable arrangements that include various combinations of products and services. While the majority of the Company’s sales transactions contain standard business terms and conditions, there are some transactions that contain non-standard business terms and conditions. As a result, contract interpretation and analysis is sometimes required to determine the appropriate accounting, including: (i) how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the deliverables when multiple deliverables exist, (ii) when to recognize revenue on the deliverables, and (iii) whether undelivered elements are essential to the functionality of the delivered elements. Changes in judgments on these assumptions and estimates could materially impact the timing of revenue recognition.
In the case of multiple deliverable arrangements, the authoritative guidance provides a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value, (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (TPE), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price (ESP). VSOE of fair value is defined as the price charged when the same element is sold separately. VSOE generally exists only when the deliverable is sold separately and is the price actually charged for that deliverable. TPE generally does not exist for the majority of the Company’s products. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product was sold on a stand-alone basis. In the absence of VSOE and TPE, the Company determines ESP for its products by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, features and functionality of the product, geographies, type of customer, contractual prices pursuant to Group Purchasing Organization (GPO) contracts, the Company’s pricing and discount practices, and market conditions.
A deliverable in an arrangement qualifies as a separate unit of accounting if the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. Most of the Company’s products in a multiple deliverable arrangement qualify as separate units of accounting. In the case of the Company’s monitoring equipment containing embedded Masimo SET ® or rainbow SET software, the Company has determined that the hardware and software components function together to deliver the equipment’s essential functionality and, therefore, represent a single deliverable. However, software deliverables, such as rainbow ® parameter software, which do not function together with hardware components to provide the equipment’s essential functionality, are accounted for under software revenue recognition guidance. The revenue for these multiple-element arrangements is allocated to the software deliverables and the non-software deliverables based on the relative selling prices of all of the deliverables in the arrangement using the hierarchy in the revenue recognition accounting guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables.
Sales under long-term sensor purchase contracts are generally structured such that the Company agrees to provide at no up-front charge certain monitoring-related equipment, software, installation, training and/or warranty support in exchange for the hospital’s agreement to purchase sensors over the term of the agreement, which generally ranges from three to six years. The sensors are essential to the functionality of the monitoring equipment and, therefore, represent a substantive performance

F- 13

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


obligation. The Company generally does not recognize any revenue when the monitoring-related equipment and software are delivered to the hospitals, but rather recognizes revenue for these delivered elements on a pro-rata basis as the sensors are delivered under the long-term purchase commitment, when installation and training are complete. Accordingly, the cost of the monitoring-related equipment initially placed at the hospitals is deferred and amortized to cost of goods sold over the life of the underlying long-term sensor purchase contract. Some of the Company’s long-term sensor contracts also contain provisions for certain payments to be made directly to the end-user hospital customer at the inception of the arrangement. These payments are generally treated as prepaid discounts which are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis as contra-revenue over the life of the underlying long-term sensor purchase contract.
Many of the Company’s distributors purchase sensor products that they then resell to end-user hospitals that are typically fulfilling their purchase obligations to the Company under such end-user hospital’s long-term sensor purchase commitments. Upon shipment to the distributor, revenue is deferred until the distributor ships the product to the Company’s end-user customers based on an estimate of the inventory held by these distributors at the end of the accounting period.
The Company also earns revenue from the sale of integrated circuit boards and other products, as well as from rainbow ® parameter software licenses, to OEMs under various agreements. Revenue from the sale of products to the OEMs is generally recognized at the time of shipment. Revenue related to software licenses to OEMs is generally recognized upon shipment of the OEM’s product to its customers, as represented to the Company by the OEM.
The Company also provides certain customers with the ability to purchase sensors under rebate programs. Under these programs, the customers may earn rebates based on their purchasing activity. The Company estimates and provides allowances for these programs at the time of sale as a reduction to revenue.
In general, customers do not have a right of return for credit or refund. However, the Company allows returns under certain circumstances. At the end of each period, the Company estimates and accrues for these returns as a reduction to revenue and accounts receivable. The Company estimates returns based on several factors, including contractual limitations and past returns history.
The majority of the Company’s royalty revenue arises from one agreement with Medtronic plc (Medtronic, formerly Covidien Ltd.) and is due and payable quarterly based on U.S. sales of certain Medtronic products. An estimate of these royalty revenues is recorded quarterly in the period earned based on the prior quarter’s historical results, adjusted for any new information or trends known to management at the time of estimation. This estimated revenue is adjusted prospectively when the Company receives the Medtronic royalty report, approximately sixty days after the end of the previous quarter.
Taxes Collected From Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities
Pursuant to authoritative guidance, the Company’s policy is to present revenue net of taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities.
Share-Based Compensation
The Company expenses the estimated fair value of employee stock options and similar awards based on the fair value of the stock option on the date of grant, in accordance with the current authoritative accounting guidance. In calculating the fair value on the date of grant, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model which requires the input of subjective assumptions. These assumptions include estimating the length of time employees will retain their stock options before exercising them, the estimated volatility of the Company’s stock price over the expected term and the number of options that will ultimately be forfeited prior to meeting their vesting requirements. The cost is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the stock option, which is usually the vesting period. The Company has elected to recognize share-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire stock option.
Options granted prior to January 1, 2006 were accounted for using the intrinsic value method and using the minimum value method for its pro forma disclosures, unless such options were modified, repurchased or canceled. The cash flows related to the reduction of income taxes paid as a result of the deduction triggered by employee exercise of stock options granted or modified prior to January 1, 2006 continue to be presented within operating cash flows.

F- 14

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


Shipping and Handling Costs and Revenue
All shipping and handling costs are expensed as incurred and are recorded as a component of cost of goods sold in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Charges for shipping and handling billed to customers are included as a component of product revenue in accordance with authoritative accounting guidance.
Product Warranty
The Company provides a warranty against defects in material and workmanship for a period ranging from six months to sixteen months, depending on the product type. In the case of long-term sales agreements, the Company typically warranties the products for the term of the agreement, which ranges from three to six years. In traditional sales activities, including direct and OEM sales, the Company establishes an accrual for the estimated costs of warranty at the time of revenue recognition. Estimated warranty expenses are recorded as an accrued liability, with a corresponding provision to cost of goods sold. Revenue related to any extended warranty is recognized over the life of the contract, while the product warranty costs related to the long-term sales agreements are expensed as incurred.
Changes in the product warranty accrual were as follows (in thousands):
 
Year Ended
 
January 2,
2016
 
January 3,
2015
 
December 28,
2013
Warranty accrual, beginning of period
$
1,416

 
$
1,161

 
$
838

Accrual for warranties issued
800

 
1,144

 
1,560

Changes in pre-existing warranties (including changes in estimates)
61

 
138

 
52

Settlements made
(1,055
)
 
(1,027
)
 
(1,289
)
Warranty accrual, end of period
$
1,222

 
$
1,416

 
$
1,161

Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. These costs are included in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Advertising costs for the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 were $10.7 million , $10.7 million and $9.6 million , respectively.
Research and Development
Costs related to research and development activities are expensed as incurred. These costs include personnel costs, materials, depreciation and amortization on associated tangible and intangible assets and an allocation of facility costs, all of which are directly related to research and development activities.
Foreign Currency Translation
The Company’s international headquarters is in Switzerland, and its functional currency is the U.S. Dollar. The Company has several foreign sales support subsidiaries that maintain foreign offices, of which the largest are in Japan and Europe. The functional currencies of these subsidiaries are the Japanese Yen and Euro, respectively.
The Company transacts with foreign customers in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar and, in doing so, experiences realized and unrealized foreign currency gains or losses on its foreign denominated receivables. In addition, certain intercompany transactions give rise to realized and unrealized foreign currency gains or losses. Also, any other transactions between the Company or its subsidiaries and a third-party, denominated in a currency different from the functional currency, are foreign currency transactions. Realized and unrealized foreign currency gains or losses are included as a component of non-operating expense within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations as incurred and are converted to U.S. Dollars at average exchange rates for the respective period. These transaction losses were $0.5 million , $1.0 million and $4.0 million for the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , respectively.
Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries, whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar, are translated into U.S. Dollars at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date. Statement of operations amounts are translated at the average monthly exchange rates for the respective periods. For these foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar, translation gains and losses are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within Masimo Corporation stockholders’ equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

F- 15

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


Comprehensive Income
Authoritative accounting guidance establishes requirements for reporting and disclosure of comprehensive income and its components. Comprehensive income includes foreign currency translation adjustments and related tax benefits, which have been excluded from net income including noncontrolling interests and reflected in Masimo Corporation stockholders’ equity.
Net Income Per Share
Basic net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders is computed by dividing net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during each reporting period. Diluted net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders is computed by dividing the net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares and potential shares outstanding during each reporting period, if the effect of potential shares is dilutive. Potential shares include the incremental shares of stock issuable upon the assumed exercise of stock options and the expected vesting of stock awards as calculated under the treasury stock method. For the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , weighted options to purchase 0.7 million , 5.7 million and 7.2 million shares of common stock, respectively, were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the effect of including such shares would have been antidilutive. For the year ended January 2, 2016 , certain restricted stock units (RSUs) are considered contingently issuable shares as their vesting is contingent upon the occurrence of certain future events. These events have not occurred and are not considered probable of occurring as of January 2, 2016 . Therefore, 0.4 million of weighted average shares have been excluded from the calculation of potential shares. For additional information with respect to these RSUs, please see “Employment and Severance Agreements” in Note 15 to these consolidated financial statements.
The computation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders is as follows (in thousands, except per share data):
 
Year ended
 
January 2,
2016
 
January 3,
2015
 
December 28,
2013
Net income attributable to stockholders of Masimo Corporation:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income including noncontrolling interest
$
81,500

 
$
74,363

 
$
55,721

Net income (loss) attributable to the noncontrolling interest
(1,800
)
 
1,845

 
(2,660
)
Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders
$
83,300

 
$
72,518

 
$
58,381

Basic net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders
$
83,300

 
$
72,518

 
$
58,381

Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic
51,311

 
54,708

 
56,690

Basic net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders
$
1.62

 
$
1.33

 
$
1.03

Diluted net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average shares outstanding
51,311

 
54,708

 
56,690

Diluted share equivalents: stock options and RSUs
2,396

 
863

 
790

Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted
53,707

 
55,571

 
57,480

Diluted net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders
$
1.55

 
$
1.30

 
$
1.02


F- 16

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


Supplemental Cash Flow Information (in thousands)
 
 
Year ended
 
 
January 2,
2016
 
January 3,
2015
 
December 28,
2013
Cash paid during the year for:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest (net of amounts capitalized)
 
$
2,293

 
$
469

 
$
28

Income taxes
 
36,194

 
19,863

 
29,979

Noncash investing and financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets acquired under capital leases
 
$

 
$

 
$
352

Unpaid purchases of property, plant and equipment
 
4,371

 
12,155

 
507

       Unsettled common stock repurchases
 
4,815

 

 

Segment Information
The Company uses the “management approach” in determining reportable business segments. The management approach designates the internal organization used by management for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the Company’s reportable segments. Based on this assessment, management has determined it operates in one reportable business segment, which is comprised of patient monitoring and related products.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (ASU 2015-17).  The new standard requires entities to classify deferred tax liabilities and assets as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. ASU 2015-17 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted for all entities as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The Company adopted this standard retrospectively during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended January 2, 2016. The effect on the consolidated balance sheet as of January 3, 2015 was a reclassification of $18.1 million from deferred income taxes, current to deferred income taxes, non-current.
In September 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-16,  Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments (ASU 2015-16) . The new standard requires an acquirer to recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. Acquirers must recognize, in the same reporting period, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. ASU 2015-16 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this standard during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended January 2, 2016, and its adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In August 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-15, Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line of Credit Arrangements - Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcement June 18, 2015 EITF Meeting (ASU 2015-15). Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-03,  Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (ASU 2015-03), which required the presentation of debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, did not address presentation or subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements. ASU 2015-15 provides clarity about presentation and subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs associated with line-of-credit arrangements consistent with comments from the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) that the SEC would not object to an entity deferring and presenting debt issuance costs as an asset and subsequently amortizing the deferred debt issuance costs ratably over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. The Company adopted this standard during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended January 2, 2016, and its adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In July 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-11,  Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory (ASU 2015-11) . The new standard requires entities using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) inventory costing method to subsequently value inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value. ASU 2015-11 defines net realizable value as the estimated selling prices

F- 17

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. ASU 2015-11 requires prospective application and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this standard during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended January 2, 2016, and its adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-03,  Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (ASU 2015-03) . The new standard requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented on the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability instead of being presented as an asset. ASU 2015-03 requires retrospective application and represents a change in accounting principle. ASU 2015-03 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The Company adopted this standard during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended January 2, 2016, and its adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In January 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2015-01,  Income Statement – Extraordinary and Unusual Items, (ASU 2015-01). The new standard eliminates the concept of extraordinary items from GAAP. ASU 2015-01 is effective for annual and interim fiscal reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and may be applied retrospectively, with early application permitted. The Company adopted this standard during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended January 2, 2016, and its adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Pending Adoption
In February 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02,  Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis (ASU 2015-02) . The amended standard applies to entities in all industries and eliminates the deferral of certain consolidation standards for entities considered to be investment companies as well as modifies the consolidation analysis performed on certain types of legal entities. ASU 2015-02 is effective for annual and interim fiscal reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and may be applied retrospectively, with early application permitted. The Company is continuing to evaluate the expected impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements and will adopt this standard during the first quarter of its fiscal year ending December 31, 2016.
In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue (Topic 606): Revenue from Contracts with Customer (ASU 2014-09) . The new standard provides a single, principles-based five-step model to be applied to all contracts with customers while enhancing disclosures about revenue, providing additional guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively and improving guidance for multiple-element arrangements. ASU 2014-09 will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP when it becomes effective. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method upon adoption. In August 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date , which amended ASU 2014-09, providing for a one year deferral period for the implementation of ASU 2014-09. ASU 2014-09 will now be effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. The Company is continuing to evaluate the expected impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.
3. Variable Interest Entity (VIE)
The Company follows authoritative guidance for the consolidation of its VIE, which requires an enterprise to determine whether its variable interest gives it a controlling financial interest in a VIE. Determination about whether an enterprise should consolidate a VIE is required to be evaluated continuously as changes to existing relationships or future transactions may result in consolidating or deconsolidating the VIE. Changes in the noncontrolling interest for the consolidated VIE for each period are presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of equity.
Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. (Cercacor)
Cercacor is an independent entity spun off from the Company to its stockholders in 1998. Joe Kiani, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is also the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Cercacor. In addition, Jack Lasersohn, a member of the Company’s board of directors (Board), was also a member of the Cercacor board of directors until April 2, 2015. The Company is a party to a Cross-Licensing Agreement with Cercacor, which was most recently amended and restated effective January 1, 2007 (the Cross-Licensing Agreement), that governs each party’s rights to certain intellectual property held by the two companies.

F- 18

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


Under the Cross-Licensing Agreement, the Company granted Cercacor an exclusive, perpetual and worldwide license, with sublicense rights, to use all Masimo SET ® owned by the Company, including all improvements on this technology, for the monitoring of non-vital signs measurements and to develop and sell devices incorporating Masimo SET ® for monitoring non-vital signs measurements in any product market in which a product is intended to be used by a patient or pharmacist rather than a professional medical caregiver. The Company refers to this market as the Cercacor Market. The Company also granted Cercacor a non-exclusive, perpetual and worldwide license, with sublicense rights, to use all Masimo SET ® for the measurement of vital signs in the Cercacor Market.
The Company exclusively licenses from Cercacor the right to make and distribute products in the professional medical caregiver markets, which the Company refers to as the Masimo Market, that utilize rainbow ® technology for certain noninvasive measurements, including carbon monoxide, methemoglobin, fractional arterial oxygen saturation and hemoglobin. During the year ended December 28, 2013, the Company exercised its right to license from Cercacor five additional non-vital sign measurements for $0.5 million each, or $2.5 million in the aggregate. As the result of new data in fiscal 2015 related to these five additional non-vital sign measurements, the Company and Cercacor terminated these licenses during fiscal 2015 and Cercacor agreed to refund the amounts previously paid by the Company for these licenses. The Company also has the option to obtain exclusive licenses to make and distribute products that utilize rainbow ® technology for the monitoring of other non-vital signs measurements, including blood glucose, in product markets where the product is intended to be used by a professional medical caregiver. To date, the Company has developed and commercially released devices that measure carbon monoxide, methemoglobin and hemoglobin using licensed rainbow ® technology. The Company also markets certain other rainbow technologies, such as rainbow Acoustic Monitoring ® , the rights to which are owned by the Company and for which no licensing fee is paid to Cercacor.
The Company’s license to rainbow ® technology for these parameters in these markets is exclusive on the condition that the Company continues to pay Cercacor royalties on its products incorporating rainbow ® technology, subject to certain minimum aggregate royalty thresholds, and that the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to develop or market products incorporating the licensed rainbow ® technology. The royalty rate is up to 10% of the rainbow ® royalty base, which includes handhelds, tabletop and multiparameter devices. Handheld products incorporating rainbow ® technology will carry up to a 10% royalty rate. For other products, only the proportional amount attributable to that portion of the Company’s devices used to monitor non-vital signs measurements, rather than to monitor vital signs measurements, and sensors and accessories for measuring only non-vital signs parameters, will be included in the 10% rainbow ® royalty base. Effective January 2009, for multiparameter devices, the rainbow ® royalty base includes the percentage of the revenue based on the number of rainbow ® enabled measurements. For hospital contracts where the Company places equipment and enters into a sensor contract, the Company pays a royalty to Cercacor on the total sensor contract revenues based on the ratio of rainbow ® enabled devices to total devices.
The current annual minimum aggregate royalty obligation under the license is $5.0 million . Actual aggregate royalty liabilities to Cercacor under the license were $6.7 million , $5.5 million and $5.4 million for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , respectively. In connection with a change in control of the Company, as defined in the Cross-Licensing Agreement, the minimum aggregate annual royalties for licensed rainbow ® measurements payable to Cercacor related to carbon monoxide, methemoglobin, fractional arterial oxygen saturation, hemoglobin and blood glucose will increase to $15.0 million , plus up to $2.0 million for other rainbow ® measurements.
In February 2009, in order to accelerate the product development of an improved hemoglobin spot-check measurement device, Pronto-7 ® , the Board agreed to fund additional engineering expenses of Cercacor. Specifically, these expenses included third-party engineering materials and supplies expense as well as 50% of Cercacor’s total engineering and engineering-related payroll expenses from April 2009 through June 2010, the original anticipated completion date of this product development effort. Subsequent to July 2010, Cercacor continued to assist the Company with product development efforts and charged the Company accordingly. Beginning in 2012, the Board approved an increase in the percentage of Cercacor’s total engineering and engineering-related payroll expenses funded by the Company from 50% to 60% . During the fiscal years ended January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , the expenses for these additional services, materials and supplies totaled $3.1 million and $4.1 million , respectively. This arrangement was discontinued by mutual agreement effective as of January 4, 2015.
During the year ended January 2, 2016 , Cercacor completed a review of its fiscal 2014 cross-charges related to Pronto-7 ® . Based on this review, it was determined that less than 60% of Cercacor’s total engineering and engineering-related payroll expenses were attributable to the development of Pronto-7 ® , resulting in an overpayment by the Company of approximately $1.6 million . In addition, both parties also reviewed and agreed to equally share approximately $1.4 million of previously incurred engineering-related payroll expenses associated with research for a new LED sensor technology. As a result, the parties mutually agreed that Cercacor would refund $0.9 million to the Company during the third quarter of fiscal 2015.

F- 19

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


The Company has also entered into an administrative services agreement with Cercacor effective January 1, 2007 (G&A Services Agreement) that governs certain general and administrative services the Company provides to Cercacor. Amounts charged by the Company pursuant to this G&A Services Agreement amounted to $0.2 million for each of the fiscal years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 .
In January 2015, the Company entered into a consulting services agreement (Consulting Agreement) with Cercacor that governs certain engineering consulting and clinical studies support services that Cercacor may provide to the Company from time-to-time. Expenses incurred by the Company related to this Consulting Agreement were $0.3 million for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2016 .
Effective July 6, 2015, the Company and Cercacor entered into a patent transfer and licensing agreement (the Patent Agreement) pursuant to which, among other things, the Company purchased certain patents from Cercacor (the Purchased Patents) for an aggregate purchase price of $2.4 million . Pursuant to the Patent Agreement, the Company granted Cercacor an irrevocable, non-exclusive, worldwide license with respect to the products and services covered by the Purchased Patents.
Pursuant to authoritative accounting guidance, Cercacor is consolidated within the Company’s financial statements for all periods presented. The Company is required to consolidate Cercacor since the Company is currently deemed to be the primary beneficiary of Cercacor’s activities. This determination is based primarily on the facts that the Company is Cercacor’s sole customer and Cercacor is currently financially dependent on the Company for funding. Accordingly, all intercompany royalties, option and license fees and other charges between the Company and Cercacor, as well as all intercompany payables and receivables, have been eliminated in consolidation. All direct engineering and clinical studies support expenses that have been incurred by Cercacor and charged to the Company, have not been eliminated and are included as research and development expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Similarly, all direct general and administrative expenses that have been incurred by the Company and charged to Cercacor are included as selling, general and administrative expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Assets of Cercacor can only be used to settle obligations of Cercacor and creditors of Cercacor have no recourse to the general credit of the Company.
For the foreseeable future, the Company anticipates that it will continue to consolidate Cercacor pursuant to the current authoritative accounting guidance; however, in the event that Cercacor is no longer considered a VIE under such accounting guidance, the Company may discontinue consolidating the entity.
The consolidating balance sheets as of January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , and statements of operations for the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 reflecting the Company, Cercacor and related eliminations (in thousands) are as follows.

F- 20

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


 
January 2,
2016
 
January 3,
2015
Consolidating Balance Sheets:
Masimo Corp
 
Cercacor
 
Cercacor Elim
 
Total
 
Masimo Corp
 
Cercacor
 
Cercacor Elim
 
Total
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
131,554

 
$
763

 
$

 
$
132,317

 
$
133,509

 
$
944

 
$

 
$
134,453

Accounts receivable, net
80,937

 
23

 

 
80,960

 
71,017

 

 

 
71,017

Inventories
62,038

 

 

 
62,038

 
69,718

 

 

 
69,718

Prepaid income taxes
2,342

 
62

 

 
2,404

 
324

 
93

 

 
417

Other current assets
21,230

 
1,277

 
(1,084
)
 
21,423

 
21,446

 
203

 
(178
)
 
21,471

Deferred cost of goods sold
66,844

 

 

 
66,844

 
67,485

 

 

 
67,485

Property and equipment, net
131,877

 
589

 

 
132,466

 
100,730

 
1,222

 

 
101,952

Intangible assets, net
29,045

 
2,858

 
(4,347
)
 
27,556

 
29,564

 
4,738

 
(6,531
)
 
27,771

Goodwill
20,394

 

 

 
20,394

 
20,979

 

 

 
20,979

Deferred income taxes
44,320

 

 

 
44,320

 
42,258

 

 

 
42,258

Other assets
11,013

 

 

 
11,013

 
7,450

 
2,021

 
(1,986
)
 
7,485

Total assets
$
601,594

 
$
5,572

 
$
(5,431
)
 
$
601,735

 
$
564,480

 
$
9,221

 
$
(8,695
)
 
$
565,006

LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
25,798

 
$
67

 
$

 
$
25,865

 
$
38,003

 
$
42

 
$

 
$
38,045

Accrued compensation
37,715

 
700

 

 
38,415

 
32,985

 
615

 

 
33,600

Accrued liabilities
45,142

 
164

 
(1,084
)
 
44,222

 
24,492

 
227

 
(178
)
 
24,541

Income taxes payable
2,565

 
212

 

 
2,777

 
6,350

 
212

 

 
6,562

Deferred revenue
21,280

 
376

 
(376
)
 
21,280

 
21,067

 
500

 
(500
)
 
21,067

Current portion of capital lease obligations
74

 

 

 
74

 
79

 

 

 
79

Deferred revenue
298

 
3,406

 
(3,406
)
 
298

 
453

 
6,031

 
(6,031
)
 
453

Long term debt
185,071

 

 

 
185,071

 
125,145

 

 

 
125,145

Other liabilities
7,964

 
57

 

 
8,021

 
9,634

 
125

 
(1,986
)
 
7,773

EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock
50

 
14

 
(14
)
 
50

 
52

 
11

 
(11
)
 
52

Treasury stock
(340,873
)
 
(100
)
 
100

 
(340,873
)
 
(185,906
)
 
(100
)
 
100

 
(185,906
)
Additional paid-in capital
332,417

 
842

 
(842
)
 
332,417

 
288,686

 
491

 
(491
)
 
288,686

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(4,739
)
 

 

 
(4,739
)
 
(2,093
)
 

 

 
(2,093
)
Retained earnings (deficit)
288,832

 
(166
)
 
(106
)
 
288,560

 
205,533

 
1,067

 
(1,340
)
 
205,260

Total Masimo Corporation stockholders’ equity
275,687

 
590

 
(862
)
 
275,415

 
306,272

 
1,469

 
(1,742
)
 
305,999

Noncontrolling interest

 

 
297

 
297

 

 

 
1,742

 
1,742

Total equity
275,687

 
590

 
(565
)
 
275,712

 
306,272

 
1,469

 

 
307,741

Total liabilities and equity
$
601,594

 
$
5,572

 
$
(5,431
)
 
$
601,735

 
$
564,480

 
$
9,221

 
$
(8,695
)
 
$
565,006



F- 21

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Year ended
December 28,
2013
Consolidating Statements of Operations:
Masimo
Corp
 
Cercacor
 
Cercacor
Elim
 
Total
 
Masimo
Corp
 
Cercacor
 
Cercacor
Elim
 
Total
 
Masimo
Corp
 
Cercacor
 
Cercacor
Elim
 
Total
Total revenue
$
630,111

 
$
6,910

 
$
(6,910
)
 
$
630,111

 
$
586,643

 
$
5,970

 
$
(5,970
)
 
$
586,643

 
$
547,245

 
$
5,732

 
$
(5,732
)
 
$
547,245

Cost of goods sold
226,788

 

 
(6,660
)
 
220,128

 
201,334

 

 
(5,470
)
 
195,864

 
193,775

 

 
(5,357
)
 
188,418

Gross profit
403,323

 
6,910

 
(250
)
 
409,983

 
385,309

 
5,970

 
(500
)
 
390,779

 
353,470

 
5,732

 
(375
)
 
358,827

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative
250,627

 
2,348

 
(250
)
 
252,725

 
238,674

 
2,842

 
(500
)
 
241,016

 
213,374

 
2,470

 
(375
)
 
215,469

Research and development
50,292

 
6,325

 

 
56,617

 
53,449

 
3,132

 

 
56,581

 
51,762

 
3,869

 

 
55,631

Litigation settlement, award and/or defense costs
(19,609
)
 

 

 
(19,609
)
 
(8,010
)
 
(2,321
)
 

 
(10,331
)
 
8,010

 

 

 
8,010

Total operating expenses
281,310

 
8,673

 
(250
)
 
289,733

 
284,113

 
3,653

 
(500
)
 
287,266

 
273,146

 
6,339

 
(375
)
 
279,110

Operating income (loss)
122,013

 
(1,763
)
 

 
120,250

 
101,196

 
2,317

 

 
103,513

 
80,324

 
(607
)
 

 
79,717

Non-operating expense (income)
3,910

 
(571
)
 
566

 
3,905

 
1,505

 
(33
)
 

 
1,472

 
3,991

 

 

 
3,991

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
118,103

 
(1,192
)
 
(566
)
 
116,345

 
99,691

 
2,350

 

 
102,041

 
76,333

 
(607
)
 

 
75,726

Provision for income taxes
34,803

 
42

 

 
34,845

 
27,173

 
505

 

 
27,678

 
17,952

 
2,053

 

 
20,005

Net income (loss) including noncontrolling interests
83,300

 
(1,234
)
 
(566
)
 
81,500

 
72,518

 
1,845

 

 
74,363

 
58,381

 
(2,660
)
 

 
55,721

Net (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 
(1,800
)
 
(1,800
)
 

 

 
1,845

 
1,845

 

 

 
(2,660
)
 
(2,660
)
Net income (loss) attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders
$
83,300

 
$
(1,234
)
 
$
1,234

 
$
83,300

 
$
72,518

 
$
1,845

 
$
(1,845
)
 
$
72,518

 
$
58,381

 
$
(2,660
)
 
$
2,660

 
$
58,381



F- 22

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


4. Related Party Transactions
The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is also the Chairman of the Masimo Foundation for Ethics, Innovation and Competition in Healthcare (Masimo Foundation), a non-profit organization which was founded in 2010 to provide a platform for encouraging ethics, innovation and competition in healthcare. The Company’s Chief Financial Officer is also a Director of the Masimo Foundation. During the fiscal years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , the Company contributed approximately $6.3 million , $2.8 million and $0.1 million , respectively, to the Masimo Foundation.
The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is also the Chairman of the Patient Safety Movement Foundation, a non-profit organization which was founded in 2013 to work with hospitals, medical technology companies and patient advocates to unite the healthcare ecosystem and eliminate the more than 200,000 U.S. preventable hospital deaths that occur every year by 2020. The Company’s Chief Financial Officer is also the Treasurer and Secretary of the Patient Safety Movement Foundation. During the fiscal years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , the Company contributed approximately $220 , $500,000 and $0 , respectively, and Cercacor Laboratories, the Company’s VIE, contributed approximately $25,000 , $25,000 and $25,000 , respectively, to the Patient Safety Movement Foundation.
The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is also the Chairman of the Patient Safety Movement Coalition, a not-for-profit social welfare organization which was founded in 2013 to promote patient safety legislation. The Company’s Chief Financial Officer is also the Secretary of the Patient Safety Movement Coalition. During the fiscal years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , the Company contributed approximately $10,000 , $10,000 and $100,000 , respectively, to the Patient Safety Movement Coalition.
The Company’s Chief Executive Officer was appointed to the board of directors for Atheer Labs (Atheer), which is working with the Company on the development of next generation Root ® applications. During the fiscal years ended, January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , the Company incurred approximately $200,000 , $0 and $0 , respectively, in license fees owed to Atheer.
The Company’s Chief Executive Officer was appointed to the board of directors of Children’s Hospital of Orange County and CHOC Children’s at Mission Hospital (collectively, CHOC), two non-profit hospitals that are devoted exclusively to caring for children. During the fiscal years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , the Company contributed approximately $1,500 , $26,500 and $76,000 , respectively, to CHOC.
5. Inventories
Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
 
January 2,
2016
 
January 3,
2015
Raw materials
$
25,781

 
$
33,056

Work-in-process
4,337

 
6,020

Finished goods
31,920

 
30,642

     Total
$
62,038

 
$
69,718

Finished goods inventory held by distributors was $2.9 million and $3.6 million as of January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , respectively.
6. Other Current Assets
Other current assets consist of the following (in thousands):
 
January 2,
2016
 
January 3,
2015
Prepaid expenses
$
9,930

 
$
9,816

Royalties receivable
7,200

 
7,200

Employee loans and advances
320

 
385

Other current assets
3,973

 
4,070

     Total other current assets
$
21,423

 
$
21,471


F- 23

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


7. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, net consists of the following (in thousands):
 
January 2,
2016
 
January 3,
2015
Building and building improvements
$
78,877

 
$
30,678

Machinery and equipment
42,460

 
38,588

Land
23,738

 
22,894

Computer equipment
15,023

 
13,035

Tooling
13,079

 
12,317

Leasehold improvements
7,734

 
9,912

Furniture and office equipment
8,885

 
4,864

Demonstration units
973

 
972

Vehicles
45

 
45

Construction-in-progress
7,124

 
25,731

     Total property and equipment
197,938

 
159,036

Accumulated depreciation and amortization
(65,472
)
 
(57,084
)
     Total
$
132,466

 
$
101,952

In June 2015, the Company, through a wholly owned subsidiary, completed the purchase of its previously leased 90,000 square foot manufacturing, office and warehouse facility located in New Hampshire (the Property). The total purchase price of the Property, inclusive of closing costs and amounts allocable to certain intangible assets and the termination of the existing lease, was $8.5 million , of which $0.7 million was recorded to land and $5.7 million was recorded to building and improvements.
During the year ended January 2, 2016 , the Company completed construction of certain renovations to its new corporate headquarters and research and development facility in Irvine, California, resulting in the occupancy of approximately 108,000 of additional square feet of office and engineering lab space and the reclassification of approximately $41.7 million from construction-in-progress to building and improvements. Approximately $4.0 million and $20.3 million of construction-in-progress relates to the initial purchase and subsequent renovation costs for the new corporate headquarters and research and development facility as of January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , respectively. Approximately $4.2 million and $10.0 million of construction costs related to this facility are included in accounts payable as of January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , respectively. The Company capitalized approximately $0.4 million and $0.6 million of interest expense related to the purchase and renovation of this facility during the years ended January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , respectively.
The gross value of furniture and office equipment under capital lease obligations was $0.4 million and $0.6 million as of January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , respectively, with accumulated depreciation of $0.3 million and $0.4 million as of January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , re spectively.

F- 24

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


8. Intangible Assets
Intangible assets, net consist of the following (in thousands):
 
January 2,
2016
 
January 3,
2015
Cost
 
 
 
Patents
$
21,619

 
$
20,459

Customer relationships
7,669

 
7,669

Acquired technology
5,580

 
5,580

Trademarks
3,944

 
3,562

Capitalized software development costs
2,539

 
2,066

Other
2,541

 
1,450

     Total cost
43,892

 
40,786

Accumulated amortization
 
 
 
Patents
(7,743
)
 
(6,649
)
Customer relationships
(2,620
)
 
(1,853
)
Acquired technology
(1,950
)
 
(1,392
)
Trademarks
(1,106
)
 
(866
)
Capitalized software development costs
(1,647
)
 
(1,440
)
Other
(1,270
)
 
(815
)
     Total accumulated amortization
(16,336
)
 
(13,015
)
     Net carrying amount
$
27,556

 
$
27,771

Estimated amortization expense for each of the next fiscal years is as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal year
Amount
2016
$
3,461

2017
3,318

2018
3,189

2019
2,922

2020
2,805

Thereafter
11,861

     Total
$
27,556

9. Goodwill
Changes in the goodwill balance were as follows (in thousands):
 
January 2,
2016
 
January 3,
2015
Goodwill, beginning of period
$
20,979

 
$
22,793

Foreign currency translation adjustment
(585
)
 
(1,814
)
Goodwill, end of period
$
20,394

 
$
20,979


F- 25

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


10. Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
 
January 2,
2016
 
January 3,
2015
Accrued customer rebates, fees and reimbursements
$
11,857

 
$
11,645

Accrued legal fees
5,785

 
5,117

Accrued donations
5,612

 
300

Accrued arbitration award
5,391

 

Accrued taxes
5,263

 
4,372

Accrued stock repurchases
4,815

 

Accrued warranty
1,222

 
1,416

Accrued other
4,277

 
1,691

     Total accrued liabilities
$
44,222

 
$
24,541

11. Long-Term Debt
Long term debt consists of the following (in thousands):
 
 
January 2,
2016
 
January 3,
2015
Revolving line of credit
 
$
185,000

 
$
125,000

Long term portion of capital lease obligations acquisition
 
71

 
145

     Total long term debt
 
$
185,071

 
$
125,145

The Company incurred total interest expense of $2.4 million , $0.6 million and $0.1 million for the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , respectively.
Revolving Line of Credit
In September 2014, the Company executed Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement (Amendment 1) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and a Lender (JPMorgan), and Bank of America, N.A., as a Lender (BofA). Amendment 1 modified the credit agreement dated April 23, 2014, by and among the Company, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan (the Credit Agreement and, collectively with Amendment 1, the Amended Credit Agreement). The Amended Credit Agreement increased the Company’s borrowing capacity by $125.0 million , bringing the total available borrowing capacity to $250.0 million . As of January 2, 2016 , the Amended Credit Agreement had outstanding Eurodollar draws totaling $185.0 million at an effective interest rate of 1.6875% and the Company was in compliance with all of its covenants and conditions.
Subsequent Event
On January 8, 2016, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (Restated Credit Facility) with JPMorgan, as Administrative Agent and a Lender, BofA, as Syndication Agent and a Lender, Citibank, N.A., as Documentation Agent and a Lender, and various other Lenders (collectively, the Lenders). The Restated Credit Facility amends and restates the Amended Credit Agreement and provides for up to $450.0 million in borrowings in multiple currencies, with an option, subject to certain conditions, for the Company to increase the aggregate borrowing capacity to up to $550.0 million in the future. The Restated Credit Facility also provides for a sublimit of up to $50.0 million for the issuance of letters of credit and a sublimit of $125.0 million in specified foreign currencies. All unpaid principal under the Restated Credit Facility will become due and payable on January 8, 2021.
Borrowings under the Restated Credit Facility will be deemed, at the Company’s election, either: (i) an ABR draw, which bears interest at the Alternate Base Rate (ABR), as defined below, plus a spread (ABR Spread) based upon a Company leverage ratio, or (ii) a Eurodollar draw, which bears interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate (as defined below), plus a spread (Eurodollar Spread) based upon a Company leverage ratio. The ABR Spread is 0.125% to 1.0% and the Eurodollar Spread is 1.125% to 2.0% . Subject to certain conditions, the Company may also request swingline loans from time to time (Swingline Loans) that bear interest similar to an ABR Loan.

F- 26

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


The ABR is determined by taking the greatest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5% , and (iii) the one-month Adjusted LIBO Rate plus 1.0% . The Adjusted LIBO Rate is equal to LIBOR for the applicable interest period multiplied by the statutory reserve rate for such period.
The Company is obligated under the Restated Credit Facility to pay a fee ranging from 0.175% to 0.300% per annum, based upon a Company leverage ratio, with respect to any unused portion of the line of credit. This fee and any interest accrued on an ABR Loan are due and payable quarterly in arrears. Interest accrued on any Eurodollar Loan is due and payable at the end of the applicable interest period (or at each three month interval in the case of loans with interest periods greater than three months). Interest on any Swingline Loan is due and payable on the date that the Swingline Loan is required to be repaid. The Company may prepay the loans and terminate the commitments in whole at any time, without premium or penalty, subject to reimbursement of certain costs in the case of Eurodollar Loans.
Pursuant to the terms of the Restated Credit Facility, the Company is subject to certain covenants, including financial covenants related to a leverage ratio and an interest charge coverage ratio, and other customary negative covenants. The Company’s obligations under the Restated Credit Facility are secured by substantially all of the Company’s personal property, including all equity interests in domestic subsidiaries and first-tier foreign subsidiaries.
12. Other Liabilities, Long-Term
Other long-term liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
 
January 2,
2016
 
January 3,
2015
Unrecognized tax benefit
$
7,747

 
$
6,812

Deferred tax liability, long-term (included in Other)
194

 

Other
80

 
961

     Total other liabilities, long-term
$
8,021

 
$
7,773

The unrecognized tax benefit relates to the Company’s long-term portion of tax liability. Authoritative guidance prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. See Note 17 to these consolidated financial statements for further details.
13. Equity
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and Stockholder Rights Plan
In November 2007, the Company authorized and declared a dividend of one preferred stock purchase right (Right) for each outstanding share of its common stock to stockholders of record at the close of business on November 26, 2007 (the Record Date) pursuant to a Rights Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2007, with Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent (the Rights Agreement). In addition, one Right was issued with each share of common stock that became outstanding after the Record Date. Each Right entitled the registered holder to purchase from the Company one thousandth of one share of the Company’s Series A junior participating preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, at a purchase price equal to $136.00 per Right, subject to adjustment.
Subsequent Event
On February 12, 2016, the Company entered into an amendment to the Rights Agreement (the Rights Amendment). The Rights Amendment accelerated the expiration of the Rights from the close of business on February 8, 2017 to the close of business on February 16, 2016, and had the effect of terminating the Rights Agreement on that date. Upon the termination of the Rights Agreement, all of the Rights distributed to holders of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the Rights Agreement expired.
Stock Repurchase Program
In February 2013, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to 6.0 million shares of common stock under a stock repurchase program (2013 Repurchase Program) which was expected to continue for a period of up to 36 months from the effective date of the program unless it is terminated earlier by the Board. In October 2014, the Board increased the number of shares of the Company’s common stock authorized for repurchase by 3.0 million shares, bringing the total number of shares of the Company’s common stock authorized under such repurchase program to 9.0 million . The 2013 Repurchase Program plan terminated pursuant to its terms in September 2015 when all of the authorized 9.0 million shares had been repurchased.

F- 27

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


In September 2015, the Board authorized a new stock repurchase program, whereby the Company may purchase up to  5.0 million  shares of its common stock over a period of up to three years (2015 Repurchase Program). The 2015 Repurchase Program may be carried out at the discretion of a committee comprised of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer through open market purchases, one or more Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, block trades and in privately negotiated transactions. The total remaining shares authorized for repurchase under the 2015 Repurchase Program approximated 4.4 million shares as of January 2, 2016 . The Company expects to fund the 2015 Repurchase Program through its available cash, future cash from operations, funds available under its Restated Credit Facility or other potential sources of capital.
The following table provides a summary of the Company’s stock repurchase activities during the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
Years Ended
 
January 2,
2016
 
January 3,
2015
 
December 28,
2013
Shares repurchased
4,148

 
4,455

 
1,000

Average cost per share
$
37.36

 
$
23.00

 
$
19.79

Value of shares repurchased
$
154,967

 
$
102,453

 
$
19,791

14. Share-Based Compensation
Stock Plans
On August 7, 2007, in connection with the Company’s initial public offering, the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (2007 Plan) became effective. Under the 2007 Plan, 3.0 million shares of common stock plus shares available under prior equity incentive plans, including shares that become available under the 2007 Plan due to forfeitures at prices not less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the option is granted, were initially reserved for future issuance. The options generally vest annually over five years using the straight-line method, unless otherwise provided, and expire ten years from the date of grant. Options forfeited under any Stock Incentive Plan are automatically added to the share reserve of the 2007 Plan. Pursuant to the “evergreen” provision contained in the 2007 Plan, approximately 1.7 million additional shares of common stock were added to the share reserve of the 2007 Plan on each of January 4, 2015, December 29, 2013, December 30, 2012, January 1, 2012, January 3, 2010 and January 4, 2009, which represented 3% of the Company’s total shares outstanding as of each of the years ended January 3, 2015, December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012, December 31, 2011, January 2, 2010 and January 3, 2009. No shares were added to the share reserve for the year ended January 1, 2011. The Company may terminate the 2007 Plan at any time. If not terminated sooner, the 2007 Plan will automatically terminate on August 7, 2017.
Beginning in 2015, equity awards granted to employees include a mix of stock options and RSUs. With the exception of the RSUs granted to the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer in connection with the amendment and restatement of his employment agreement (see “Employment and Severance Agreements” in Note 15 to these consolidated financial statements for further details), the RSUs generally vest in 25% increments annually over a four-year period. The number of shares issued on each date that an RSU vests is net of any shares withheld to satisfy the minimum statutory tax withholdings that are paid in cash by the Company to the appropriate taxing authorities.

F- 28

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


Stock-Based Award Activity
A summary of stock option activity, as well as the number and weighted-average exercise price of stock options issued and outstanding under all stock plans, is presented below (in thousands, except for exercise price):
 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Year ended
December 28,
2013
 
Shares
 
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Shares
 
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Shares
 
Average
Exercise
Price
Options outstanding, beginning of period
9,956

 
$
23.59

 
8,911

 
$
22.76

 
8,368

 
$
22.78

Granted
914

 
36.18

 
1,887

 
24.83

 
1,653

 
21.17

Canceled
(218
)
 
24.33

 
(416
)
 
24.46

 
(795
)
 
24.53

Expired

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised
(1,450
)
 
19.54

 
(426
)
 
10.95

 
(315
)
 
10.49

Options outstanding, end of period
9,202

 
$
25.46

 
9,956

 
23.59

 
8,911

 
$
22.76

Options exercisable, end of period
5,609

 
$
24.72

 
5,859

 
$
23.63

 
5,188

 
$
22.69

The number and weighted-average exercise price of outstanding and exercisable stock options segregated by exercise price ranges (in thousands, except range of exercise prices and remaining contractual life) were as follows:
 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Options Outstanding
 
Options
Exercisable
 
Options Outstanding
 
Options
Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices
Number of
Options
 
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
 
Number of
Options
 
Number of
Options
 
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
 
Number of
Options
$2.75 to $4.00

 
0
 

 
67

 
0.31
 
67

$4.01 to $12.00
304

 
0.69
 
304

 
639

 
1.44
 
639

$12.01 to $16.00
450

 
1.37
 
450

 
539

 
2.37
 
539

$16.01 to $23.98
3,698

 
6.59
 
1,867

 
4,256

 
7.58
 
1,580

$23.99 to $28.99
2,033

 
5.72
 
1,297

 
2,426

 
6.54
 
1,320

$29.00 to $31.99
1,822

 
4.20
 
1,429

 
1,744

 
4.46
 
1,435

$32.00 to $38.30
215

 
7.06
 
75

 
97

 
3.87
 
92

$38.31 to $41.51
560

 
7.10
 
187

 
188

 
3.40
 
187

$41.52 to $43.76
120

 
9.87
 

 

 
0
 

     Total
9,202

 
5.56
 
5,609

 
9,956

 
5.94
 
5,859

As of January 2, 2016 , the weighted-average remaining contractual term of options outstanding with an exercise price less than the closing price of the Company’s common stock was 5.5 years. As of January 3, 2015 , the weighted-average remaining contractual term of options exercisable with an exercise price less than the closing price of the Company’s common stock was 4 years.

F- 29

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


A summary of unvested RSU award activity is presented below (in thousands) except for per share amounts:
 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Year ended
December 28,
2013
 
Units
 
Weighted Average Grant
 Date Fair Value
 
Units
 
Weighted Average Grant
 Date Fair Value
 
Units
 
Weighted Average Grant
 Date Fair Value
RSUs outstanding, beginning of period

 
$

 

 
$

 

 
$

Granted
2,703

 
41.45

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

 

 

 

RSUs outstanding, end of period
2,703

 
$
41.45

 

 
$

 

 
$

Approximately 2.7 million of the total RSUs granted during the year ended January 2, 2016 were awarded to the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer in connection with the amendment and restatement of his employment agreement (see “Employment and Severance Agreements” in Note 15 to these consolidated financial statements for further details).
At January 2, 2016 , an aggregate of 15.9 million shares of common stock were reserved for future issuance under the 2007 Plan and prior equity incentive plans of which 4.0 million shares were available for future grant under the 2007 Plan.
Valuation of Stock-Based Award Activity
The fair value of each RSU award is determined based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date.
The Black-Scholes option pricing model is used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted under the Company’s share-based compensation plans. The range of assumptions used and the resulting weighted-average fair value of stock options granted at the date of grant were as follows:
 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Year ended
December 28,
2013
Risk-free interest rate
1.3% to 1.9%
 
1.4% to 1.9%
 
0.7% to 1.8%
Expected term
5.5 years to 5.7 years
 
5.1 years to 5.5 years
 
5.1 years to 5.5 years
Estimated volatility
32.0% to 37.4%
 
31.7% to 36.5%
 
31.2% to 39.6%
Expected dividends
0%
 
0%
 
0%
Weighted-average fair value of options granted
$12.20 per share
 
$7.85 per share
 
$7.53 per share
Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term approximately equal to the expected term of the Company’s stock options.
Expected term. The expected term represents the average period that the Company’s stock options are expected to be outstanding. The expected term is based on both the Company’s specific historical option exercise experience, as well as expected term information available from a peer group of companies with a similar vesting schedule.
Estimated volatility. The estimated volatility is the amount by which the Company’s share price is expected to fluctuate during a period. The Company’s estimated volatilities for 2015, 2014 and 2013 are based on historical and implied volatilities of the Company’s share price over the expected term of the option.
Expected dividends. The Board may from time to time declare, and the Company may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law. Any determination to declare and pay dividends will be made by the Board and will depend upon the Company’s results of operations, earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, business prospects, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by the Board. In the event a dividend is declared, there is no assurance with respect to the amount, timing or frequency of any such dividends. The dividend declared in 2012 was deemed to be a special dividend and there is no assurance that special dividends will be declared again during the expected term. Based on this uncertainty and unknown frequency, for the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , no dividend rate was used in the assumptions to calculate the share-based compensation expense.

F- 30

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


Estimated forfeiture rate. The Company is required to develop an estimate of the number of stock options and RSUs that will be forfeited due to employee turnover. Adjustments in the estimated forfeiture rates can have a significant effect on the Company’s reported share-based compensation, as it recognizes the cumulative effect of the rate adjustments for all expense amortization in the period the estimated forfeiture rates were adjusted. The Company estimates and adjusts forfeiture rates based on a periodic review of recent forfeiture activity and expected future employee turnover. Adjustments in the estimated forfeiture rates could also cause changes in the amount of expense that it recognizes in future periods.
As of January 2, 2016 , there was $22.7 million of total unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to unvested options granted or modified on or after January 1, 2006. That expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.3 years as of January 2, 2016 . The Company has elected to recognize share-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. The total fair value of all options that vested during fiscal years 2015 , 2014 and 2013 aggregated $10.4 million , $11.2 million and $12.3 million , respectively. As of  January 2, 2016 , there was  $0.1 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested RSUs that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of  1  year, excluding any contingent compensation expense related to certain RSUs that were granted to the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer in connection with the amendment and restatement of his employment agreement (see “Employment and Severance Agreements” in Note 15 to these consolidated financial statements for further details).
The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of exercise or the respective period end, as appropriate, and the exercise price of the options. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding, with an exercise price less than the closing price of the Company’s common stock, as of January 2, 2016 was $147.8 million . The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercisable, with an exercise price less than the closing price of the Company’s common stock, as of January 2, 2016 was $94.2 million . The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 was $26.4 million , $6.6 million and $4.2 million , respectively.
The total income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for share-based compensation expense was $3.7 million , $3.7 million and $3.9 million for the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , respectively.
The following table presents the total share-based compensation expense that is included in each functional line item of the consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):
 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Year ended
December 28,
2013
Cost of goods sold
$
348

 
$
436

 
$
354

Selling, general and administrative
8,139

 
8,812

 
9,407

Research and development
2,338

 
1,757

 
1,913

     Total
$
10,825

 
$
11,005

 
$
11,674

15. Commitments and Contingencies
Leases
The Company leases certain facilities in North America, Europe and Asia under operating lease agreements expiring at various dates through December 2020 . Some of these leases contain predetermined price escalations and in some cases renewal options. The Company recognizes the lease costs using a straight line method based on total lease payments. As of January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , rent expense accrued in excess of the amount paid aggregated $0.2 million and $0.4 million , respectively, and is classified in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company also leases automobiles in the U.S. and Europe that are classified as operating leases and expire at various dates through December 2019 . The majority of these leases are non-cancelable. The Company also has outstanding capital leases for office equipment that are non-cancelable.

F- 31

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


Future minimum lease payments, including interest, under operating and capital leases for each of the following fiscal years ending on or about December 31 are (in thousands):
Fiscal year
Operating
Leases
 
Capital
Leases
 
Total
2016
$
3,633

 
$
88

 
$
3,721

2017
3,223

 
82

 
3,305

2018
3,278

 
8

 
3,286

2019
2,482

 
8

 
2,490

2020
1,033

 
3

 
1,036

Thereafter

 

 

     Total
$
13,649

 
$
189

 
$
13,838

On January 26, 2016, the Company entered into the Third Amendment to Lease with The Irvine Company LLC (Third Amendment) relating to the rental of space in a building located in Irvine, California. Pursuant to the terms of the Third Amendment, the Company’s current lease of certain premises will be terminated in exchange for the Company’s leasing of approximately 70,700 square feet of space in another building in Irvine, California, located near the Company’s new corporate headquarters (New Premises). The Third Amendment also extends the term of the original lease to the end of the month in which the ten -year anniversary of the date of commencement (Commencement Date) of the lease for the New Premises occurs. The Commencement Date will occur following the completion of certain improvements to the New Premises, which the Company currently expects to be on or before November 10, 2016.
Rental expense related to operating leases for the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 was $4.8 million , $6.1 million and $5.1 million , respectively. Included in the future capital lease payments as of January 2, 2016 is interest aggregating less than $0.1 million .
Employee Retirement Savings Plan
In 1996, the Company adopted the Masimo Retirement Savings Plan (the Plan), which is a 401(k) plan covering all of the Company’s full-time U.S. employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. In general, the Company matches an employee’s contribution up to 3% of the employee’s compensation, subject to a maximum amount. The Company may also contribute to the Plan on a discretionary basis. The Company contributed $1.8 million , $1.7 million and $1.5 million to the Plan for the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , respectively, all in the form of matching contributions.
Employment and Severance Agreements
On November 4, 2015, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Joe Kiani, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (the Restated Employment Agreement). The Restated Employment Agreement, among other things, eliminates the tax gross-up payments, “single trigger” change in control payments and certain survival provisions, as well as phases out the fixed annual stock option grants guaranteed to Mr. Kiani under his previous employment agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the Restated Employment Agreement, upon a “Qualifying Termination” (as defined in the Restated Employment Agreement including a change in control), Mr. Kiani will be entitled to receive a cash severance benefit equal to two times the sum of his then-current base salary and the average annual bonus paid to Mr. Kiani during the immediately preceding three years. In addition, upon a Qualifying Termination prior to 2018, Mr. Kiani will receive 2.7 million shares of common stock (subject to adjustment for recapitalizations, stock splits, stock dividends and the like) upon the vesting of certain RSUs granted to Mr. Kiani in connection with the Restated Employment Agreement, and an additional cash payment of $35.0 million related to a Non-Competition and Confidentiality Agreement between Mr. Kiani and the Company (collectively, the Special Payment). For any Qualifying Termination occurring on or after January 1, 2018, the number of shares to be issued to Mr. Kiani pursuant to the RSUs and the cash payment will each be reduced by 10% of the original amount each year so that after December 31, 2026, no Special Payment will be due to Mr. Kiani upon a Qualifying Termination. As of January 2, 2016 , the expense related to the Special Payment that would be recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements upon the occurrence of a Qualifying Termination under the Restated Employment Agreement approximated $146.9 million .
As of January 2, 2016 , the Company had severance plan participation agreements with seven of its executive officers. The participation agreements (Participation Agreements) are governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2007 Severance Protection Plan, which became effective on July 19, 2007 and was amended effective December 31, 2008. Under the

F- 32

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


Participation Agreements, each executive officer may be entitled to receive certain salary, equity, medical and life insurance benefits if he is terminated by the Company without cause or terminates his employment for good reason under certain circumstances. The executive officers are also required to provide the Company with six months advance notice of their resignation under certain circumstances.
Purchase Commitments
Pursuant to contractual obligations with vendors, the Company had $35.9 million of purchase commitments as of January 2, 2016 , which are expected to be fulfilled within one year. These purchase commitments were made for certain inventory items to secure better pricing and to ensure the Company will have raw materials when necessary.
Other Contractual Commitments
In the normal course of business, the Company may provide bank guarantees to support government hospital tenders in certain foreign jurisdictions. As of January 2, 2016 , there were approximately $0.3 million of such unsecured bank guarantees outstanding, the majority of which relates to performance obligations with respect to certain government tenders.
Concentrations of Risk
The Company is exposed to credit loss for the amount of cash deposits with financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. As of January 2, 2016 , the Company had approximately $57.2 million of bank balances, of which $2.4 million was covered by either the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limit or foreign countries deposit insurance organizations. The Company invests its excess cash deposits in money market and time deposit accounts with major financial institutions. As of January 2, 2016 , the Company had $20.1 million in money market funds and $55.0 million in bank time deposits that were not guaranteed by the U.S. federal government.
While the Company and its contract manufacturers rely on sole source suppliers for certain components, steps have been taken to minimize the impact of a shortage or stoppage of shipments, such as maintaining a safety stock of inventory and designing products that may be easily modified to use a different component. However, there can be no assurance that a shortage or stoppage of shipments of the materials or components that the Company purchases will not result in a delay in production or adversely affect the Company’s business.
The Company’s ability to sell its products to U.S. hospitals depends in part on its relationships with Group Purchasing Organizations (GPOs). Many existing and potential customers for the Company’s products become members of GPOs. GPOs negotiate pricing arrangements and contracts, sometimes exclusively, with medical supply manufacturers and distributors, and these negotiated prices are made available to a GPO’s affiliated hospitals and other members. For the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , revenue from the sale of the Company’s pulse oximetry products to customers affiliated with GPOs amounted to $337.4 million , $309.9 million and $287.9 million , respectively.
For the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , the Company had sales through two just-in-time distributors, which in total represented approximately 14.6% and 11.7% , 14.0% and 11.1% , and 13.2% and 10.7% of total revenue, respectively. As of January 2, 2016 , these two just-in-time distributors represented 5.5% and 5.3% of the accounts receivable balance, respectively. As of January 3, 2015 , these two just-in-time distributors represented 5.0% and 8.8% of the accounts receivable balance, respectively.
For the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , the Company recorded $30.8 million , $29.9 million and $29.8 million , respectively, in royalty revenues from Medtronic pursuant to a settlement agreement and amendments. In exchange for these royalty payments, the Company provided Medtronic the ability to ship certain products with a covenant not to sue Medtronic as long as Medtronic abides by the terms of the agreement. The current royalty rate is 7.75% and the amended agreement can be terminated by Medtronic upon sixty days written notice.
Litigation
On February 3, 2009, the Company filed a patent infringement suit in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware against Philips Electronics North America Corporation and Philips Medizin Systeme Böblingen GmbH (collectively, Philips) related to Philips’ FAST pulse oximetry technology and certain of Philips’ patient monitors. On June 15, 2009, Philips answered the Company’s complaint and Philips Electronics North America Corporation filed antitrust and patent infringement counterclaims against the Company, as well as counterclaims seeking declaratory judgments of invalidity of the patents asserted by the Company against Philips. On July 9, 2009, the Company filed its answer denying Philips’ counterclaims and asserting various defenses. The Company also asserted counterclaims against Philips for fraud, intentional interference with prospective

F- 33

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


economic advantage and for declaratory judgments of noninfringement and invalidity with respect to the patents asserted by Philips against the Company. Philips later added a claim for infringement of one additional patent. Subsequently, the Court bifurcated Philips’ antitrust claims and its patent misuse defense, as well as stayed the discovery phase on those claims pending trial in the patent case. In addition, the Company asserted additional patents in 2012, and the Court ordered that these patents and some of the originally asserted patents be tried in a second phase. On May 23, 2014, Philips filed a motion for leave to amend its answer and counterclaims to allege inequitable conduct. The Court granted Philips’ motion for leave to amend. A jury trial commenced on September 15, 2014 with respect to two of the Company’s patents and one of Philips’ patents. On October 1, 2014, the jury determined that both of the Company’s patents were valid and that the damages amount for Philips’ infringement was $466.8 million . The jury also determined that the Company did not infringe the Philips patent. Philips has indicated that it intends to appeal the damages award once a final judgment has been rendered in the case. On September 18, 2015, the Court set a schedule for the trial related to the second phase patents and a schedule for the trial related to Philips’ antitrust counterclaims and patent misuse defense, with both trials scheduled to take place in the first quarter of 2017. On November 16, 2015, the Company asserted three antitrust claims against Philips. On December 9, 2015, the Court dismissed with prejudice Philips’ sole remaining patent infringement claim against the Company. On January 4, 2016, the Court granted Philips’ motion to strike the Company’s antitrust counterclaims, ruling that the Company must bring these claims in a separate litigation. The Company believes that it has good and substantial defenses to the remaining antitrust claims asserted by Philips. The Company is unable to determine whether any loss will occur or to estimate the range of such potential loss; therefore, no amount of loss has been accrued by the Company as of the date of filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Furthermore, there is no guarantee that the Company will prevail in this suit or receive any damages or other relief if it does prevail.
On December 21, 2012, the Company filed a suit against Mindray DS USA, Inc. and Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co, Ltd. (Shenzhen Mindray) in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California alleging patent infringement, breach of contract and other claims. On March 6, 2013, Shenzhen Mindray filed a complaint against the Company under the Anti-Unfair Competition Law of the People’s Republic of China (PRC) before the Shenzhen Municipal Intermediate People’s Court. On December 10, 2013, the Company filed a lawsuit against Mindray DS USA, Inc., Shenzhen Mindray and Mindray Medical International Ltd. in the Superior Court of New Jersey alleging breach of contract and related claims, which was removed to the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey. Shenzhen Mindray filed a complaint in the Shenzhen Intermediate People’s Court against the Company and Shenzhen Comen Medical Instruments on February 6, 2015, alleging infringement of Chinese Patent No. 00808884.5. Additionally, a separate lawsuit was filed against Masimo Sweden AB (Masimo Sweden) on the same day and in the same court alleging infringement of Chinese Patent No. 200710305061.9. On November 16, 2015, the Company entered into a Settlement and Covenant Not to Sue Agreement (the Settlement Agreement) with Shenzhen Mindray Biomedical Electronics Co., Ltd. and certain of its affiliates (collectively, Mindray). The Settlement Agreement settled each of the claims and legal proceedings between the Company and Mindray described above. Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, Mindray paid the Company an aggregate of $25.0 million . The Settlement Agreement also contains requirements for the purchase of certain Company products by Mindray. In addition, Mindray assigned certain of its patents to the Company. Certain covenants not to sue for patent infringement were also exchanged. In the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, Mindray dismissed its claims and counterclaims against the Company on November 19, 2015 and the Company dismissed its claims and counterclaims against Mindray on January 8, 2016. The Company and Mindray dismissed their claims and counterclaims in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey on January 11, 2016. The Chinese courts dismissed the patent cases against the Company and Masimo Sweden on December 8, 2015 and the anti-competition case on December 22, 2015.
In April 2011, the Company was informed by the United States Attorney’s Office for the Central District of California, Civil Division, that a qui tam complaint had been filed against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California by three of the Company’s former physician office sales representatives. The qui tam complaint alleged, among other things, that the Company’s noninvasive hemoglobin products failed to meet their accuracy specifications, and that the Company misled the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and customers regarding the accuracy of the products. In November 2011, the United States declined to intervene in the case, and in October 2013, the District Court granted summary judgment in favor of the Company. The former sales representatives appealed the District Court’s decision and an argument on the appeal was held in the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals on February 1, 2016. On February 19, 2016, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the summary judgment of the District Court.
In September 2011, two of the same former sales representatives filed employment-related claims against the Company in arbitration also stemming from their allegations regarding the Company’s noninvasive hemoglobin products. On January 16, 2014, the Company was notified that the arbitrator awarded the plaintiffs approximately $5.4 million in damages (the Arbitration Award), which the Company accrued in fiscal 2013. In addition, the Company’s insurance carrier notified the Company that it believed certain defense costs related to the arbitration may no longer be reimbursable in view of the arbitration decision. As a result, the Company also accrued a liability of $2.6 million in fiscal 2013 for the costs estimated to

F- 34

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


have been paid by the insurance carrier. The Company challenged the arbitration award in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, and on April 3, 2014, the District Court vacated the award. Accordingly, the Company reversed the $8.0 million charge in the quarter ended March 29, 2014. The former sales representatives appealed the District Court’s decision, and the appeal argument was held in the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals on February 1, 2016. On February 19, 2016, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals reversed the decision of the District Court vacating the award, and remanded the case to the District Court with instructions to confirm the Arbitration Award. As a result, the Company reinstated the $5.4 million charge for the arbitration award that was previously reversed, plus approximately $0.7 million of estimated interest, as of January 2, 2016. However, the Company has not reinstated the $2.6 million charge for defense-related costs previously reimbursed by the insurance company based upon its current assessment of this matter. The Company is unable to predict the final outcome or the final amount of any resulting loss related to this matter. Therefore, the actual loss, if any, could differ from the amount that the Company has currently estimated and accrued.
On January 2, 2014, a putative class action complaint was filed against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California by Physicians Healthsource, Inc. The complaint alleges that the Company sent unsolicited facsimile advertisements in violation of the Junk Fax Protection Act of 2005 and related regulations. The complaint seeks $500 for each alleged violation, treble damages if the District Court finds the alleged violations to be knowing, plus interest, costs and injunctive relief. On April 14, 2014, the Company filed a motion to stay the case pending a decision on a related petition filed by the Company with the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). On May 22, 2014, the District Court granted the motion and stayed the case pending a ruling by the FCC on the petition. On October 30, 2014, the FCC granted some of the relief and denied some of the relief requested in the Company’s petition. Both parties appealed the FCC’s decision on the petition. On November 25, 2014, the District Court granted the parties’ joint request that the stay remain in place pending a decision on the appeal. The Company believes it has good and substantial defenses to the claims, but there is no guarantee that the Company will prevail. The Company is unable to determine whether any loss will ultimately occur or to estimate the range of such loss; therefore, no amount of loss has been accrued by the Company as of the date of filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
On January 31, 2014, an amended putative class action complaint was filed against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Alabama by and on behalf of two participants in the Surfactant, Positive Pressure, and Oxygenation Randomized Trial at the University of Alabama. On April 21, 2014, a further amended complaint was filed adding a third participant. The complaint alleges product liability and negligence claims in connection with pulse oximeters the Company modified and provided at the request of study investigators for use in the trial. On August 13, 2015, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Alabama granted summary judgment in favor of the Company on all claims. The plaintiffs have appealed the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Alabama’s decision. The Company is unable to determine whether any loss will ultimately occur or to estimate the range of such loss; therefore, no amount of loss has been accrued by the Company as of the date of filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
On October 21, 2015, Medtronic plc (Medtronic) filed three separate  inter partes  review petitions (the Petitions) with the Patent Trial and Appeal Board (the PTAB) of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (PTO), challenging several of the claims of U.S. Patent Nos. 7,496,393 (the ’393 Patent), titled “Signal processing apparatus,” and 8,560,034 (the ’034 Patent), also titled “Signal processing apparatus,” which are owned by the Company. A patentability trial will commence if the PTAB decides to institute the  inter partes  review proceedings after considering the Petitions and the Company’s preliminary response to the Petitions. Medtronic has the right to stop paying royalties to the Company, subject to certain notice requirements, under its existing settlement agreement with the Company, and has informed the Company that it will terminate the settlement covenants and stop paying royalties to the Company when it feels it has reached an appropriate point in the process. The Company has opposed the requests to institute proceedings relating to the Petitions, including on the basis that Medtronic is estopped from challenging the patentability of the ’034 patent, because the claims were previously the subject of an interference proceeding between the Company and Medtronic’s subsidiary, Covidien plc, in which the PTO awarded the claimed subject matter to the Company. If the PTAB institutes the proceedings, the Company intends to defend the ’393 Patent and the ’034 Patent. The Company believes it has good and substantial responses to the Petitions, but there is no guarantee that the Company will prevail. The Company is unable to determine whether any loss will occur or to estimate the range of such loss; therefore, no amount of loss has been accrued by the Company as of the date of filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
From time to time, the Company may be involved in other litigation and investigations relating to claims and matters arising out of its operations in the normal course of business. The Company believes that it currently is not a party to any other legal proceedings which, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F- 35

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


16. Segment Information and Enterprise Reporting
The Company’s chief decision maker, the Chief Executive Officer, reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by disaggregated information about revenues by geographic region for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing financial performance. Accordingly, the Company considers itself to be in a single reporting segment, specifically noninvasive patient monitoring solutions and related products. The Company does not assess the performance of its geographic regions on other measures of income or expense, such as depreciation and amortization, operating income or net income including noncontrolling interests. In addition, the Company’s assets are primarily located in the U.S.
The following schedule presents an analysis of the Company’s product revenue based upon the geographic area to which the product was shipped (in thousands):
 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Year ended
December 28,
2013
Geographic area by destination
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
North and South America
$
438,336

 
73.1
%
 
$
398,066

 
71.5
%
 
$
378,894

 
73.2
%
Europe, Middle East and Africa
105,323

 
17.6

 
100,747

 
18.1

 
83,338

 
16.1

Asia and Australia
55,675

 
9.3

 
57,951

 
10.4

 
55,197

 
10.7

     Total Product Revenue
$
599,334

 
100.0
%
 
$
556,764

 
100.0
%
 
$
517,429

 
100.0
%
United States
$
421,628

 
 
 
$
380,232

 
 
 
$
361,630

 
 
The Company’s consolidated long-lived assets (total non-current assets excluding deferred taxes, goodwill and intangible assets) by geographic area are:
 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Year ended
December 28,
2013
Long-lived assets by geographic area
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
203,553

 
96.8
%
 
$
170,117

 
96.2
%
 
$
87,228

 
93.4
%
International
6,770

 
3.2
%
 
6,805

 
3.8

 
6,173

 
6.6

     Total
$
210,323

 
100.0
%
 
$
176,922

 
100.0
%
 
$
93,401

 
100.0
%
The Company possesses licenses from the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control for conducting business with certain countries identified by the State Department as state sponsors of terrorism. Although the Company does not have any subsidiaries, affiliates, offices, investments or employees in any country identified as a state sponsor of terrorism, the Company has conducted an immaterial amount of business with distributors in Iran, Sudan and Syria relating to the sale of products during the prior two fiscal years. The Company does not believe that these activities are material to its business, financial condition or results of operations.
17. Income Taxes
The components of income before provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):
 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Year ended
December 28,
2013
United States
$
87,762

 
$
69,282

 
$
50,782

Foreign
28,583

 
32,759

 
24,944

     Total
$
116,345

 
$
102,041

 
$
75,726


F- 36

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


The following table presents the current and deferred provision (benefit) for income taxes (in thousands):
 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Year ended
December 28,
2013
Current:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
31,983

 
$
22,553

 
$
24,488

State
2,388

 
2,736

 
2,426

Foreign
2,448

 
2,709

 
1,704

 
36,819

 
27,998

 
28,618

Deferred:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
(900
)
 
342

 
(7,281
)
State
(1,206
)
 
(811
)
 
(970
)
Foreign
132

 
149

 
(362
)
 
(1,974
)
 
(320
)
 
(8,613
)
     Total
$
34,845

 
$
27,678

 
$
20,005

Included in the fiscal 2015 , 2014 and 2013 current tax provisions are net increases of $0.6 million , $1.1 million and $0.3 million , respectively, for tax and accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions for each fiscal year.
The reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:
 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
 
Year ended
December 28,
2013
Statutory regular federal income tax rate
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
State provision, net of federal benefit
0.7

 
1.2

 
1.3

Nondeductible items
1.7

 
1.3

 
0.9

Foreign tax rate differential
(6.3
)
 
(8.2
)
 
(9.8
)
Tax credits
(1.7
)
 
(1.5
)
 
(3.5
)
Change in federal valuation allowance
0.4

 
(0.1
)
 
3.0

Other
0.2

 
(0.6
)
 
(0.5
)
     Total
30.0
 %
 
27.1
 %
 
26.4
 %

On December 18, 2015, President Obama signed The Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes Act into law, which reinstated and permanently extended the federal research tax credit (R&D Tax Credit) retroactively back to January 1, 2015. On December 19, 2014, President Obama signed The Tax Increase Prevention Act of 2014 into law, which retroactively extended the R&D Tax Credit from January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014. On January 2, 2013, President Obama signed The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (2012 Tax Act) into law, which reinstated the R&D Tax Credit retroactively from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2013. As a result of the 2012 Tax Act, the Company recorded additional R&D Tax Credits during fiscal 2013 for amounts generated in fiscal 2012 of approximately $1.0 million .
As a result of Cercacor’s continuing operating losses, Cercacor management determined that there was insufficient positive evidence to support a more likely than not realization of its remaining deferred tax assets. As a result, Cercacor recorded a federal valuation allowance of approximately $2.3 million against its deferred tax assets in fiscal 2013.

F- 37

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


The components of the deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):
 
January 2,
2016
 
January 3,
2015
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Tax credits
$
4,683

 
$
3,260

Deferred revenue
3,994

 
4,943

Accrued liabilities
20,817

 
14,723

Share-based compensation
20,688

 
21,594

Other
2,416

 
3,191

Total
52,598

 
47,711

Valuation allowance
(4,196
)
 
(3,365
)
Total deferred tax assets
48,402

 
44,346

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
State taxes and other
(4,276
)
 
(2,088
)
Total deferred tax liabilities
(4,276
)
 
(2,088
)
Net deferred tax assets
$
44,126

 
$
42,258

As of January 2, 2016 , the Company has $0.1 million of net operating losses from various states, which will begin to expire in 2028, all of which will be recorded in equity when realized. The Company has state research and development tax credits of $4.5 million that will carry forward indefinitely. Additionally, the Company has $0.4 million of investment tax credit on research and development expenditures from its operations in Canada that will begin to expire in 2030. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets related to these carryforwards will be realized. In making this determination, the Company considered all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial performance.
Cercacor, the Company’s VIE, is not included in the Company’s consolidated federal or state income tax returns. At January 2, 2016 , Cercacor has federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of $0.7 million that will begin to expire in 2032 and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $1.0 million , which will carry forward indefinitely. After considering all positive and negative evidence, including Cercacor’s continuing operating losses, Cercacor management believes that there is insufficient positive evidence to support a more likely than not realization of these carryforwards, as well as the rest of its net deferred tax assets and, therefore, has recorded a full valuation allowance against these carryforwards as well, as the rest of Cercacor’s net deferred tax assets.
As a result of certain business and employment actions undertaken by the Company, income earned in a certain European country is subject to a reduced tax rate through 2018 as the Company has met certain employment thresholds. For the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , the estimated income tax benefit related to such business arrangement was $1.3 million , $1.6 million and $1.2 million , respectively, and favorably impacted net income per diluted share by $0.02 , $0.03 and $0.02 , respectively.
During the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , the Company recorded a tax benefit of $5.1 million , $0.2 million and $0.7 million , respectively, from the exercise of non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options as a reduction of its income tax liability and an increase in equity. The tax benefit results from the difference between the fair value of the Company’s stock on the exercise dates and the exercise price of the option.
As of January 2, 2016 , the Company has not provided for deferred income taxes on approximately $110.3 million of cumulative undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries, because such earnings are intended to be permanently reinvested in those operations. If such earnings were distributed, the Company would accrue estimated additional income tax expense of $34.5 million .

F- 38

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):
 
Year ended
January 2,
2016
 
Year ended
January 3,
2015
Unrecognized tax benefits (gross), beginning of period
$
8,024

 
$
6,630

Increase from tax positions in prior period
131

 
830

Increase from tax positions in current period
1,616

 
958

Settlements

 

Lapse of statute of limitations
(896
)
 
(394
)
Unrecognized tax benefits (gross), end of period
$
8,875

 
$
8,024

The amount of unrecognized benefits which, if ultimately recognized, could favorably affect the tax rate in a future period was $7.2 million and $6.7 million as of January 2, 2016 and January 3, 2015 , respectively. It is reasonably possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits in various jurisdictions may change in the next 12 months due to the expiration of statutes of limitation and audit settlements. However, due to the uncertainty surrounding the timing of these events, an estimate of the change within the next 12 months cannot be made at this time.
Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized in income tax expense. For the years ended January 2, 2016 , January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 , the Company had accrued $1.1 million , $0.9 million and $0.9 million , respectively, for the payment of interest.
The Company conducts business in multiple jurisdictions, and as a result, one or more of the Company’s subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal, various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. The Company has concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through 2011. The Company’s 2012 income tax return is currently under examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. All material state, local and foreign income tax matters have been concluded for years through 2008. The Company does not believe that the results of any tax authority examination would have a significant impact on its financial statements.
18. Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)
The healthcare business in the United States and overseas is typically subject to quarterly fluctuations in hospital and other alternative care admissions. Although this did not occur during fiscal year 2015, the Company’s third fiscal quarter revenues have historically experienced a sequential decline from its second fiscal quarter revenues. The Company believes this is primarily due to the summer vacation season during which people tend to avoid elective procedures. Another factor affecting the seasonality of the Company’s quarterly revenues is the traditional “flu season” that often increases hospital and acute care facility admissions in the first and fourth calendar quarters. Because the Company’s non-sales variable operating expenses often do not fluctuate in the same manner as its quarterly product sales, this may cause fluctuations in the Company’s quarterly operating income that are disproportionate to fluctuations in its quarterly revenue.
The following tables contain selected unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for each quarter of 2015 and 2014 (in thousands, except per share data):
 
Quarters Ended
Fiscal 2015
April 4,
2015
 
July 4,
2015
 
October 3,
2015
 
January 2,
2016
Total revenue
$
154,537

 
$
155,726

 
$
152,575

 
$
167,273

Gross profit
103,105

 
102,901

 
102,232

 
101,745

Operating income
27,377

 
27,841

 
28,140

 
36,892

Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders
20,523

 
19,351

 
19,325

 
24,101

Net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
0.39

 
$
0.38

 
$
0.38

 
$
0.48

Diluted
$
0.38

 
$
0.36

 
$
0.36

 
$
0.46


F- 39

Table of Contents
MASIMO CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (continued)


 
Quarters Ended
Fiscal 2014
March 29,
2014
 
June 28,
2014
 
September 27,
2014
 
January 3,
2015
Total revenue
$
139,814

 
$
140,923

 
$
144,118

 
$
161,788

Gross profit
92,301

 
93,095

 
96,224

 
109,159

Operating income
30,193

 
18,405

 
22,268

 
32,647

Net income attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders
22,632

 
13,802

 
14,863

 
21,221

Net income per share attributable to Masimo Corporation stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
0.40

 
$
0.25

 
$
0.28

 
$
0.40

Diluted
$
0.39

 
$
0.24

 
$
0.27

 
$
0.40



F- 40

Table of Contents
Schedule II

MASIMO CORPORATION
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Years ended January 2, 2016, January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013
(in thousands)

Description
Balance at
beginning of period
 
Additions charged to
 expense and other accounts
 
Amounts charged
 against reserve
 
Balance at
end of period
Year ended January 2, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
$
1,890

 
$
397

 
$
(320
)
 
$
1,967

 
Sales returns, allowance and reserves
472

 
2,621

 
(2,383
)
 
710

 
Valuation allowance on deferred tax asset
3,365

 
831

 

 
4,196

Year ended January 3, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
1,833

 
583

 
(526
)
 
1,890

 
Sales returns, allowance and reserves
429

 
1,832

 
(1,789
)
 
472

 
Valuation allowance on deferred tax asset
3,563

 

 
(198
)
 
3,365

Year ended December 28, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
1,956

 
728

 
(851
)
 
1,833

 
Sales returns, allowance and reserves
516

 
1,881

 
(1,968
)
 
429

 
Valuation allowance on deferred tax asset
2,441

 
3,163

 
(2,041
)
 
3,563



F- 41


Exhibit 10.31

AMENDMENT NO.1 TO LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO LEASE is made and entered into as of November 12, 2009, by and between THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a Wisconsin corporation (“Lessor”), and MASIMO CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”), with respect to the following facts:    
RECITALS
A.     Lessor and Lessee have heretofore made and entered into that certain Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease - Modified Net (the “Lease”), dated April 30, 2009, with respect to those certain Premises located at 40 Parker, Irvine, California.
B.     Lessor and Lessee desire to modify the Commencement Date of said Lease by changing it from November 1, 2009, to December 1, 2009.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the mutual covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1.      Commencement Date of Lease Term . Lessor and Lessee agree that Paragraph 1.3 of the Lease shall be amended by changing the Commencement Date to December 1, 2009. Accordingly, the fees due under Paragraph 1.7(a) in the amount of $49,153.50 for Base Rent and under Paragraph 1.7(b) in the amount of $14,700.44 for Common Area Operating Expenses, Insurance and Real Property Taxes shall be used for the month of December 2009. The Expiration Date of the Lease shall remain September 30, 2014, and the schedule for monthly base rent adjustments shall remain as set forth in Paragraph 57 of the Lease Addendum.
2.      No Other Changes. Except as expressly set forth herein, the Lease remains in full force and effect without any change or alteration of any nature whatsoever.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been entered into by the parties as of the date first above written.




THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a Wisconsin corporation
 
MASIMO CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
By:
Northwestern Investment Management Company, LLC, Delaware limited liability company, its wholly-owned affiliate and authorized representative
 
By:
MASIMO CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Don Morton
 
By:
/s Yongsam Lee
Printed Name:
Don Morton
 
Printed Name:
Yongsam Lee
Its:
Director - Field Asset Management
 
Its:
CIO
Date:
November 19, 2009
 
Date:
November 11, 2009




Exhibit 10.32


AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENTS is made and entered into as of August 29, 2012, by and between THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a Wisconsin corporation (“Lessor”), and MASIMO CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”), with respect to the following facts:
RECITALS
A.      Lessor and Lessee have heretofore made and entered into that certain (i) Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease - Modified Net (the “Lease”), dated April 30, 2009, with respect to those certain Premises located at 40 Parker, Irvine, (ii) California Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease - Modified Net (the “Lease”), dated February 8, 2006, with respect to those certain Premises located at 50 Parker, Irvine, California, and (iii) Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease - Modified Net (collectively, the “Leases”), dated April 30, 2009, with respect to those certain Premises located at 60 Parker, Irvine, California.
    
B.     Each of the Leases expires on September 30, 2014. In addition, each of the Leases contains an option to extend the expiration date five (5) years, provided, however, that if Lessee fails to notifY Landlord in writing on or before August 31, 2013, whether Lessee intends not to renew this Lease for an additional five (5) year term, then, at the election of Lessor, this Lease shall be automatically extended for an additional five (5)-year period.
C.     Lessee has informed Lessor that Lessee desires to extend the August 31, 2013, date by which Lessee must notify Lessor whether it intends to renew the Lease for an addition five (5) years Term an additional two (2) months, and Lessor has agreed to such extension on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the mutual covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1.      Extension of Lease Term. Lessor and Lessee agree that the Expiration Date of each of the Leases shall be extended from September 30, 2014, to November 30, 2014 (the “Extended Term”) on all of the same terms and conditions as set forth in each of said Leases.
2.      Extension of Date of Required Notice of Intent Not to Renew Lease . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any of said Leases, no later than October 31,2013, Lessee shall notify Landlord in writing whether Lessee intends not to renew each of said Leases for an additional five (5) year term. In the event Lessee fails to notify Lessor by said date that Lessee does not intend to renew each of said Leases, then, at the election of Lessor, each of said Leases shall be automatically extended for an additional five (5) year period in accordance with the terms of each of said Leases.



1


3.      No Other Changes . Except as expressly set forth herein, the Lease remains in full force and effect without any change or alteration of any nature whatsoever.
4.      Miscellaneous Provisions.
4.1 Captions. Any titles or captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to qualify the meaning of any provision herein.
4.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
4.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with any exhibits and any other documents necessary to effectuate the terms of this Agreement, contain the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and contains all of the terms and conditions thereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. No changes or modification of or additions to this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.
4.4 Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity and unenforceability of anyone or more of the provisions hereof shall not affect the validity and enforceability of the other provisions hereof.
4.5 Waiver. The failure of any party hereto to insist, in anyone or more instances, upon performance of the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of future performance of any such term, covenant or condition and the obligations of each party with respect thereto shall continue in full force and effect.
4.6 Fees and Expenses. The parties hereto shall each pay their own respective costs, fees and expenses, including, but not limited to, fees and expenses of counsel, accountants and other professionals, incurred in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
4.7 Attorneys’ Fees. If any party hereto commences an action against any other party hereto to enforce any of the terms hereof or because of the breach by any party hereto of any of the terms hereof, the losing or defaulting party shall pay the prevailing party reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the prosecution or defense of such action (whether by arbitration or in court of law), and in connection with any action to collect any judgment rendered thereunder.
4.8 Construction. This Agreement has been reviewed by all parties hereto and their respective attorneys, and all parties have had a full opportunity to negotiate the contents hereof. The parties expressly waive any common law or statutory rule of construction that ambiguities be construed against the drafter of this Agreement.
4.9 Assignment. Except as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, the rights and obligations of each party hereunder shall not be assignable without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto.



2


4.10 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California.
4.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original without production of the others and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been entered into by the parties as of the date first above written.
 
 
 
THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a Wisconsin
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By: Northwestern Mutual Real Estate
Investments, LLC, Delaware limited liability
company, its wholly-owned affiliate and
authorized representative
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Don Morton
 
 
 
Printed Name:
Don Morton
 
 
 
Its:
Director, Field Asset Management
 
 
 
Date:
September 3, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MASIMO CORPORATION, a Delaware Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Yongsam Lee
 
 
 
Printed Name:
Yongsam Lee
 
 
 
Its:
EVP, Operations and CIO
 
 
 
Date:
August 29, 2013
 
 
 
 
 







3
Exhibit 10.43


Execution Version

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of
January 8, 2016
among
MASIMO CORPORATION,
The Lenders Party Hereto
and
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Administrative Agent
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Syndication Agent
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Documentation Agent
___________________________
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,
as Sole Bookrunner and Sole Lead Arranger



 
1
 



TABLE OF CONTENTS




 
 
 
Page

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE I
Definitions
1

 
SECTION 1.01.
 
Defined Terms
1

 
SECTION 1.02.
 
Classification of Loans and Borrowings
22

 
SECTION 1.03.
 
Terms Generally
22

 
SECTION 1.04.
 
Accounting Terms; GAAP
22

 
SECTION 1.05.
 
Currency Translation
23

 
SECTION 1.06.
 
Pro Forma Adjustments for Acquisitions and Dispositions
23

 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE II
The Credits
23

 
SECTION 2.01.
 
Commitments
23

 
SECTION 2.02.
 
Loans and Borrowings
23

 
SECTION 2.03.
 
Requests for Revolving Borrowings
24

 
SECTION 2.04.
 
Swingline Loans
25

 
SECTION 2.05.
 
Letters of Credit
26

 
SECTION 2.06.
 
Funding of Borrowings
30

 
SECTION 2.07.
 
Interest Elections
30

 
SECTION 2.08.
 
Termination and Reduction of Commitments
31

 
SECTION 2.09.
 
Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt
32

 
SECTION 2.10.
 
Prepayment of Loans
32

 
SECTION 2.11.
 
Fees
33

 
SECTION 2.12.
 
Interest
34

 
SECTION 2.13.
 
Alternate Rate of Interest
35

 
SECTION 2.14.
 
Increased Costs
35

 
SECTION 2.15.
 
Break Funding Payments
36

 
SECTION 2.16.
 
Taxes
37

 
SECTION 2.17.
 
Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs
40

 
SECTION 2.18.
 
Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders
42

 
SECTION 2.19.
 
Defaulting Lenders
43

 
SECTION 2.20.
 
Banking Services and Swap Agreements
44

 
SECTION 2.21.
 
Increase in Commitments
45

 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE III
Representations and Warranties
46

 
SECTION 3.01.
 
Organization; Powers
46

 
SECTION 3.02.
 
Authorization; Enforceability
46

 
SECTION 3.03.
 
Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts
46

 
SECTION 3.04.
 
Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change
46

 
SECTION 3.05.
 
Properties
46

 
SECTION 3.06.
 
Litigation and Environmental Matters
47

 
SECTION 3.07.
 
Compliance with Laws and Agreements
47

 
SECTION 3.08.
 
Investment Company Status
47

 
SECTION 3.09.
 
Taxes
47

 
SECTION 3.10.
 
ERISA
47


 
-i-
 




TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)



 
 
 
 
Page

 
 
 
 
 
 
SECTION 3.11.
 
Disclosure
48

 
SECTION 3.12.
 
Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions
48

 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE IV
Conditions
48

 
SECTION 4.01.
 
Effective Date
48

 
SECTION 4.02.
 
Each Credit Event
50

 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE V
Affirmative Covenants
50

 
SECTION 5.01.
 
Financial Statements; Ratings Change and Other Information
50

 
SECTION 5.02.
 
Notices of Material Events
51

 
SECTION 5.03.
 
Existence; Conduct of Business
52

 
SECTION 5.04.
 
Payment of Obligations
52

 
SECTION 5.05.
 
Maintenance of Properties; Insurance
52

 
SECTION 5.06.
 
Books and Records; Inspection Rights
52

 
SECTION 5.07.
 
Compliance with Laws
53

 
SECTION 5.08.
 
Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit
53

 
SECTION 5.09.
 
Additional Guarantors
53

 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE VI
Negative Covenants
54

 
SECTION 6.01.
 
Indebtedness
54

 
SECTION 6.02.
 
Liens
56

 
SECTION 6.03.
 
Fundamental Changes
57

 
SECTION 6.04.
 
Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions
57

 
SECTION 6.05.
 
Swap Agreements
59

 
SECTION 6.06.
 
Restricted Payments
59

 
SECTION 6.07.
 
Transactions with Affiliates
60

 
SECTION 6.08.
 
Restrictive Agreements
60

 
SECTION 6.09.
 
Financial Covenants
60

 
SECTION 6.10.
 
Sanctions Laws and Regulations
61

 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE VII
Events of Default
61

 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE VIII
The Administrative Agent
63

 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE IX
Miscellaneous
66

 
SECTION 9.01.
 
Notices
66

 
SECTION 9.02.
 
Waivers; Amendments
67

 
SECTION 9.03.
 
Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver
69

 
SECTION 9.04.
 
Successors and Assigns
70

 
SECTION 9.05.
 
Survival
73

 
SECTION 9.06.
 
Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution
74

 
SECTION 9.07.
 
Severability
74

 
SECTION 9.08.
 
Right of Setoff
74

 
SECTION 9.09.
 
Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process
74

 
SECTION 9.10.
 
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
75


 
-i-
 




TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)



 
 
 
 
Page

 
 
 
 
 
 
SECTION 9.11.
 
Headings
75

 
SECTION 9.12.
 
Confidentiality
75

 
SECTION 9.13.
 
Material Non-Public Information
76

 
SECTION 9.14.
 
Authorization to Distribute Certain Materials to Public-Siders
76

 
SECTION 9.15.
 
Interest Rate Limitation
77

 
SECTION 9.16.
 
USA Patriot Act
77

 
SECTION 9.17.
 
California Judicial Reference
77

 
SECTION 9.18.
 
Judgment Currency
77



 
-i-
 




EXHIBITS :
Exhibit A --
Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit B --
Form of Omnibus Reaffirmation
Exhibit C-1 --
U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Lenders that are not Partnerships
for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit C-2 --
U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Lenders that are Partnerships
for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit C-3 --
U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Participants that are not Partnerships
for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit C-4 --
U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Participants that are Partnerships
for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes



i
718654862 14445478



AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of January 8, 2016, among MASIMO CORPORATION, the LENDERS party hereto, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent.

The Borrower, certain lenders and the Administrative Agent are parties to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereto, the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”). The parties hereto agree that the Existing Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
SECTION 1.01.      Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
ABR ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.
Acquisition ” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, consummated on or after the date of this Agreement, by which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (a) acquires any ongoing business or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, or division thereof, whether through purchase of assets, merger or otherwise or (b) directly or indirectly acquires (in one transaction or as the most recent transaction in a series of transactions) at least a majority (in number of votes) of the securities of a corporation which have ordinary voting power for the election of directors (other than securities having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) or a majority (by percentage of voting power) of the outstanding ownership interests of a partnership or limited liability company.
Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate for such Interest Period.
Administrative Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.
Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.
Agency Site ” means the Electronic System established by the Administrative Agent to administer this Agreement.
Agent Party ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.01(d).




2

Alternate Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the FRBNY Rate in effect on such day plus ½ of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate appearing on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page of such page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the FRBNY Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively.
Anti-Corruption Laws ” means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.
Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment; provided that in the case of Section 2.19 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, “Applicable Percentage” shall mean the percentage of the total Commitments (disregarding any Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) represented by such Lender’s Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments and to any Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination.
Applicable Rate ” means, for any day, with respect to any ABR Loan or Eurodollar Revolving Loan, or with respect to the Unused Fees payable hereunder, as the case may be, (i) from the Effective Date to the date on which the Administrative Agent receives a certificate pursuant to Section 5.01(c) for the fiscal quarter ending January 2, 2016, 0.250% per annum for any ABR Loan, 1.250% per annum for Eurodollar Revolving Loans and 0.200% for the Unused Fee and (ii) thereafter, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption “ABR Spread”, “Eurodollar Spread” or “Unused Fee”, as the case may be, based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.01(c):
APPLICABLE RATE
Level
Total Leverage Ratio
Eurodollar
Spread
ABR Spread
Unused Fee
Level I
Less than 1.00 to 1.00
1.125%
0.125%
0.175%
Level II
Greater than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00 but less than 1.50 to 1.00
1.250%
0.250%
0.200%
Level III
Greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00 but less than 2.00 to 1.00
1.375%
0.375%
0.225%
Level IV
Greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 but less than 2.50 to 1.00
1.500%
0.500%
0.250%
Level V
Greater than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00 but less than 3.00 to 1.00
1.750%
0.750%
0.275%
Level VI
Greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00
2.000%
1.000%
0.300%

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Total Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a compliance certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(c); provided , however , that if a




3

compliance certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with such Section, then Level VI shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which such compliance certificate was required to have been delivered until the date such compliance certificate is delivered. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this definition, the determination of the Applicable Rate for any period shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(f).
Approved Currency ” means Euros, Sterling, Yen and any other currency approved by the Administrative Agent and each Lender.
Approved Currency Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of the total Commitments and $125,000,000. The Approved Currency Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the total Commitments.
Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the same form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Commitments in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
Banking Services ” means each and any of the following bank services provided to any Loan Party by any Lender or any of its Affiliates: (a) credit cards for commercial customers (including, without limitation, “commercial credit cards” and purchasing cards), (b) stored value cards, (c) merchant processing services, and (d) treasury management services (including, without limitation, controlled disbursement, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts and interstate depository network services).
Banking Services Obligations ” of the Loan Parties means any and all obligations of the Loan Parties, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor) in connection with Banking Services.
Bankruptcy Event ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, provided, further, that such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or




4

instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person .
Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.
Borrower ” means Masimo Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
Borrower Security Agreement ” means that certain Borrower Security Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2014, by the Borrower in favor of the Administrative Agent.
Borrowing ” means (a) Revolving Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.
Borrowing Request ” means a request by the Borrower for a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03.
Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.
Capital Expenditures ” means, without duplication, any expenditure or commitment to expend money for any purchase or other acquisition of any asset that would be classified as a fixed or capital asset on a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, the following will not constitute Capital Expenditures: (i) expenditures to the extent made with proceeds of or sale or disposition of any property or asset of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries permitted under this Agreement; (ii) expenditures made with the proceeds received in connection with any casualty event or condemnation; (iii) expenditures made as a lessee of real property to improve the leasehold estate so long as such expenditure has been reimbursed by the applicable lessor; (iv) deferred costs of sales; and (v) expenditures made to purchase and improve the Discovery Property.
Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.
Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of one or more of the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender (as applicable) and the Lenders, as collateral for LC Exposure, Obligations in respect of Swingline Loans, or obligations of Lenders to fund participations in respect of either thereof (as the context may require), cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to (a) the Administrative Agent and (b) the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender (as applicable). “ Cash Collateral ” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.
CFC ” shall mean any Person that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.




5

CFC Holding Company ” means any Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of equity or debt of one or more CFCs.
Change in Control ” means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on the date hereof), of Equity Interests representing more than 40% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower; or (b) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (i)  directors of the Borrower on the date of this Agreement nor (ii) nominated or appointed by the board of directors of the Borrower.
Change in Law ” means the occurrence after the date of this Agreement (or, with respect to any Lender, such later date on which such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement) of (a) the adoption of or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) compliance by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.14(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement ; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
Class ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans.
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Collateral ” means all of the “Collateral” referred to in the Security Documents and all of the other property of any Loan Party that is subject to Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the Lenders and other Secured Parties, to secure the Secured Obligations.
Commitment ” with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08, (b) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.21 and (c) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. Effective as of the Effective Date, the amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Commitments is $450,000,000.
Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
Communications ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.01(d).




6

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.
Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.
Credit Party ” means the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender.
Default ” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.
Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed, within two Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans or (iii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Credit Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by a Credit Party, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans under this Agreement, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Credit Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has or has a Lender Parent that has become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event.
Denomination Date ” means (a) with respect to any Loan, each of the following: (i) the first Business Day of each calendar month, (ii) each date of a Borrowing of a Eurodollar Rate Loan denominated in an Approved Currency (solely with respect to such Borrowing), (iii) each date of a continuation of a Eurodollar Rate Loan denominated in an Approved Currency pursuant to Section 2.02 (solely with respect to such Eurodollar Rate Loan), and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent shall determine (but, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in no event more than once during any calendar month); and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following: (i) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Approved Currency, (ii) each date of an amendment of any Letter of Credit denominated in an Approved Currency having the effect of increasing the amount thereof, (iii) each date of any LC Disbursement with respect to any Letter of Credit denominated in an Approved Currency, and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank shall determine (but, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in no event more than once during any calendar month).
Disclosed Matters ” means the actions, suits, proceedings and matters disclosed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to that certain letter agreement, dated as of April 23, 2014, between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.




7

Discovery Property ” means the land and a 213,400 square foot building located at 52 Discovery, Irvine, California 92618.
dollars ” or “ $ ” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.
EBITDA ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, an amount equal to Net Income for such period plus (a) the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Net Income, without duplication: (i) Interest Expense (excluding the portion of rent expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to such period under Capital Lease Obligations or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets that is treated as Interest Expense in accordance with GAAP), amortization or writeoff of debt discount and debt issuance costs and debt issuance commissions, (ii) all federal, state, local and foreign taxes on or measured by income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period, (iii) depreciation and amortization expense for such period (including without limitation, amortization of intangibles in accordance with GAAP and amortization recorded in connection with the application of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 350 (Intangibles- Goodwill and Other)), (iv) the amount of noncash stock-based compensation expense for such period, (v) other extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring expenses or losses (including without limitation non-cash losses on sales of assets outside of the ordinary course, including abandoned or discontinued operations, after tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Agreements, impairment charges and effects of changes in accounting principles) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries reducing such Net Income for such period which do not represent a cash item in such period, (vi) any non-cash charges resulting from any write-offs or write-downs of inventory during such period directly or indirectly attributable to any Acquisitions permitted hereunder, (vii) legal fees and litigation costs and expenses; provided , however, that the amount of such fees, costs and expenses included in the calculation for such period and all preceding periods following the Effective Date under this clause (vii) may not exceed $30,000,000, (viii) to the extent not already included in Net Income, (A) proceeds of business interruption insurance to the extent paid in cash during such period and (B) expenses with respect to liability or casualty events to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long such amount is not denied by the applicable carrier in writing and in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), (ix) all non-recurring costs and expenses incurred in connection with or as a result of the consummation of the Transactions, any Acquisition, investment, asset acquisition or disposition, issuance of Equity Interests or amendment or modification of any agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness, and (x) losses resulting solely from fluctuations in foreign currency (including currency remeasurements of Indebtedness) and any net loss resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk associated with the above (and those resulting from intercompany indebtedness), and minus (b) to the extent included in calculating such Net Income, without duplication, (i) all noncash items increasing Net Income for such period, (ii) all EBITDA of any Person other than the Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower for such period, except (A) to the extent of any amounts distributed to the Borrower or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries in cash and (B) that EBITDA of a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower shall not be subtracted pursuant to this clause (ii) if such Subsidiary is not restricted, pursuant to its organizational documents, any contract or agreement to which it is a party or otherwise, from paying dividends and making other distributions to the Borrower or to the Subsidiary that owns the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary, (iii) any cash payments made during such period in respect of items described in clause (a)(v) above subsequent to the fiscal quarter in which the relevant non-cash expense or loss were reflected as a charge in the statement of Net Income, all as determined on a consolidated basis, and (iv) gains resulting solely from fluctuations in foreign currency (including




8

currency remeasurements of Indebtedness) and any net gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk associated with the above (and those resulting from intercompany indebtedness).
ECP ” means an “eligible contract participant” as defined in Section 1(a)(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and the applicable rules issued by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or the SEC.
Effective Date ” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02).
Electronic Signature ” means an electronic sound, symbol, or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record.
Electronic System ” means any electronic system, including e-mail, e-fax, Intralinks ®, ClearPar®, Debt Domain, Syndtrak and any other Internet or extranet-based site, whether such electronic system is owned, operated or hosted by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank and any of its respective Related Persons or any other Person, providing for access to data protected by passcodes or other security system.
Environmental Laws ” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.
Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
Equity Interests “ means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest.
ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
ERISA Event ” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30 day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing




9

pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination by a Multiemployer Plan that it is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.
Euro ” means the single currency of the Participating Member States.
Eurodollar ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.
Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.
Exchange Rate ” means on any day, for purposes of determining the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of any other currency, the rate at which such currency may be exchanged into dollars at the time of determination on such day as set forth on the Reuters WRLD Page for such currency. In the event that such rate does not appear on any Reuters WRLD Page, the Exchange Rate shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, or, in the absence of such an agreement, such Exchange Rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent in the market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such currency are then being conducted, at or about such time as the Administrative Agent shall elect after determining that such rates shall be the basis for determining the Exchange Rate, on such date for the purchase of dollars for delivery two Business Days later; provided that if at the time of any such determination, for any reason, no such spot rate is being quoted, the Administrative Agent may use any reasonable method it deems appropriate to determine such rate, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) (a) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an ECP at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or (b) in the case of a Swap Obligation subject to a clearing requirement pursuant to Section 2(h) of the Commodity Exchange Act (or any successor provision thereto), because such Guarantor is a “financial entity,” as defined in Section 2(h)(7)(C)(i) of the Commodity Exchange Act (or any successor provision thereto), at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor becomes or would become effective with respect to such related Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.




10

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.18(b) or Section 9.02(d)) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.16, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender acquired the applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.16(f) and (d) any U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.
Executive Order ” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of Sanctions Laws and Regulations.
Existing Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to it in the recitals to this Agreement.
FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.
Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the rate calculated by the FRBNY based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depository institutions (as determined in such manner as the New York Fed shall set forth on its public website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the FRBNY as the federal funds effective rate.
Fee Letter ” means that certain fee letter, dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent.
Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower.
Financial Statements ” means the financial statements to be furnished pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) and (b).
Foreign Assets Control Regulations ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.13.
Foreign Lender ” means (a) if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender, with respect to such Borrower, that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if the Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender, with respect to such Borrower, that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes.
FRBNY ” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
FRBNY Rate ” means, for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Overnight Bank Funding Rate in effect on such day; provided that if both such




11

rates are not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the term “FRBNY Rate” means the rate quoted for such day for a federal funds transaction at 11:00 a.m. on such day received by the Administrative Agent from a Federal funds broker of recognized standing selected by it; provided, further , that if any of the aforesaid rates shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.
GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.
Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.
Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided , that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.
Guarantors ” means, collectively, Masimo Americas, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any other Material Subsidiary that executes a joinder to the Guaranty pursuant to Section 5.09.
Guaranty ” means the Guaranty, dated as of April 23, 2014, made by the Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.
Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.
Immaterial Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary (a) that has total assets less than 5% of the consolidated total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (b) whose results for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended constituted less than 5% of EBITDA; provided , that at no time shall all Immaterial Subsidiaries (i) have total assets in excess of 10% in the aggregate of the consolidated total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or (ii) have results for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended constituting in excess of 10% of EBITDA. In connection with any designation or re-designation of Subsidiaries as Material Subsidiaries and Immaterial Subsidiaries at any time that entities that would otherwise be Immaterial Subsidiaries either (x) have total assets in excess of 10% in the aggregate of the consolidated total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or (y) have results for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended constituting in excess of 10% of EBITDA, the Borrower shall designate which Subsidiaries that would otherwise be Immaterial Subsidiaries shall be Material Subsidiaries, so long as in connection with such designation any such Subsidiary that is a U.S. Person and not a CFC Holding Company or an SPE shall be designated as a Material Subsidiary prior to




12

the designation of any such Subsidiary that is a CFC, CFC Holding Company or SPE as a Material Subsidiary.
Impacted Interest Period ” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “LIBO Rate.”
Increase Effective Date ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.21(c).
Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed; provided that if such Person has not assumed such Indebtedness, such indebtedness shall be deemed to be in an amount equal to the fair market value of the property subject to such Lien, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty and (j) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.
Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.
Ineligible Institution ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.04(b).
Interest Election Request ” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07.
Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for the four fiscal quarter period ending on such date to (b) Interest Expense (excluding the portion of rent expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to such period under Capital Lease Obligations or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets that is treated as Interest Expense in accordance with GAAP) paid in cash during such four fiscal quarter period.
Interest Expense ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with borrowed money or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest expense in accordance with GAAP.
Interest Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (other than a Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December, (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such




13

Interest Period, and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid.
Interest Period ” means with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months or, solely in the case of any Eurodollar Borrowing made on the Effective Date, 14 days thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided , that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and, in the case of a Revolving Borrowing, thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.
Interpolated Rate means, at any time, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the LIBO Screen Rate) determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the LIBO Screen Rate for the longest period for which the LIBO Screen Rate is available for the applicable currency) that is shorter than the Impacted Interest Period; and (b) the LIBO Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that LIBO Screen Rate is available for the applicable currency) that exceeds the Impacted Interest Period, in each case, at such time.
IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
Issuing Bank ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.05(i). The Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.
JPMCB ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.
LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower or converted to a Revolving Loan at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.
Lender Parent ” means, with respect to any Lender, any Person as to which such Lender is, directly or indirectly, a subsidiary.
Lenders ” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases




14

to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank.
Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement. Letters of Credit may be issued in dollars or in an Approved Currency.
LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any applicable currency and for any Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate as administered by ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) for the relevant currency for a period equal in length to such Interest Period (or, in the case of any Interest Period having a duration of 14 days, for a period equal to one month) as displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen that displays such rate (or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; in each case the “ LIBO Screen Rate ”) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period (or, in the case of Eurodollar Borrowings denominated in Sterling, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time on the date of commencement of such Interest Period); provided that if the LIBO Screen Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement; provided further that if the Screen Rate shall not be available at such time for such Interest Period (an “ Impacted Interest Period ”) with respect to the applicable currency then the LIBO Rate shall be the Interpolated Rate; provided that if any Interpolated Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.
LIBO Screen Rate ” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “LIBO Rate.”
Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.
Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, including without limitation, schedules and exhibits thereto) and any agreements entered into in connection therewith, including, the Guaranty, the Security Documents, the Fee Letter, the Omnibus Reaffirmation, the letter agreement referred to in the definition of “Disclosed Matters” and all amendments, modifications or supplements thereto or waivers to any of the foregoing.
Loan Parties ” means the Borrower and each Guarantor.
Loans ” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.
Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrower to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement or (c) the material rights of or benefits available to the Lenders under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than due to the inaction of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Secured Party); provided that the events, circumstances and conditions with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries set forth in the Disclosed Matters shall not, to the extent set forth therein, constitute a “Material Adverse Effect”.




15

Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $40,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.
Material Subsidiary ” means each Subsidiary that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary or an SPE.
Maturity Date ” means January 8, 2021.
Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
Net Income ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the net income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (in accordance with GAAP) for that period.
Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(d).
Obligations ” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities and obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.
OFAC ” means Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.
Omnibus Reaffirmation ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(c).
Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).
Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.18 or Section 9.02(d)).
Overnight Bank Funding Rate ” means, for any day, the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight Eurodollar borrowings by U.S.–managed banking offices of depository institutions (as such composite rate shall be determined by the FRBNY as set forth on its public website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the FRBNY as an overnight




16

bank funding rate (from and after such date as the New York Fed shall commence to publish such composite rate).
Participant ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04.
Participant Register ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c).
Participating Member State ” means any member state of the European Union that has the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.
Parties ” means the Borrower or any of its affiliates.
PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.
Permitted Acquisition ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.05(e).
Permitted Encumbrances ” means:
(a)      Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;
(b)      carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;
(c)      pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;
(d)      deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
(e)      judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article VII; and
(f)      easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;
(g)      Liens arising under any agreements relating to any Equity Interests of any joint venture or other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Borrower) owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
(h)      Liens created by or existing from any litigation or legal proceeding that are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP and which could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(i)      customary rights of set-off, revocation, refund or chargeback under deposit agreements or under the Uniform Commercial Code or common law of banks or other financial institutions where any




17

Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries maintains deposits (other than deposits intended as cash collateral) in the ordinary course of business;
(j)      leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of business to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, and any interest or title of a lessor under any lease not in violation of this Agreement;
(k)      statutory Liens arising from the rights of lessors under leases (including any precautionary financing statements regarding property subject to a lease) not in violation of the requirements of this Agreement; provided that such Liens are only in respect of the property subject to, and secure only, the respective lease;
(l)      rights of consignors of goods, whether or not perfected by the filing of a financing statement or other registration, recording or filing;
(m)      Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
(n)      Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
(o)      Liens (a) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (b) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (c) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
(p)      Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any investment or acquisition permitted hereunder;
(q)      restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put in each case that do not secure Indebtedness and do not involve, either individually or in the aggregate, (1) a substantial and prolonged interruption or disruption of the business activities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (2) a Material Adverse Effect;
(r)      Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or other arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(s)      Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any of other Loan Party to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations of the Loan Parties incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and any other Loan Party, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations of such Foreign Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business of such Foreign Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(t)      Liens granted in favor of a Loan Party from a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party; and




18

(u)      Liens on cash and cash equivalents deposited to discharge, redeem or defease Indebtedness permitted to be discharged, redeemed or defeased pursuant to the terms hereof and so long as (except in the case of any Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(p) which by its terms is non-recourse to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) such cash or cash equivalents are actually used to discharge, redeem or defease such Indebtedness (or the related Liens are released) within 90 days of the imposition of such Lien.
Permitted Investments ” means:
(a)      direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America);
(b)      investments in commercial paper maturing within 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody’s;
(c)      investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;
(d)      fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 90 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above;
(e)      money market funds that have portfolio assets of at least $1,000,000,000 or money market accounts maintained in mutual funds investing solely in any one or more of the Permitted Investments described in clauses (a) through (d) above;
(f)      investments in investment grade debt obligations issued by corporations that are U.S. Persons if the following conditions are met: (i) the maturity of such obligations is no greater than 12 months at the time of purchase and (ii) has a minimum “Aa” long term debt rating by Moody’s or a minimum “AA” long term debt rating by S&P at the time of purchase; and
(g)      any investment that is expressly permitted pursuant to Section 6.04(f).
Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
Platform ” means Debt Domain, Intralinks, Syndtrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system.
Pledge Agreement ” means that certain Pledge Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2014, by the Loan Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent.




19

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank as its prime rate in effect at its office located at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.
Public-Sider ” means a Lender whose representatives may trade in securities of the Borrower or its controlling person or any of its Subsidiaries while in possession of the financial statements provided by the Borrower under the terms of this Agreement.
Qualified ECP Guarantor ” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Loan Guaranty or grant of the relevant security interest becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
Recipient ” means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) any Issuing Bank, as applicable.
Register ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04.
Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.
Required Lenders ” means (a) at any time that there are fewer than three Lenders, all Lenders, (b) at any time that there are exactly three Lenders, two or more Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing at least 50.1% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments at such time and (c) at any time that there are four or more Lenders, three or more Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing at least 50.1% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments at such time; provided that solely for purposes of the foregoing, in the event that any Lender is an Affiliate of any other Lender, any such affiliated Lenders shall be deemed to be a single Lender; provided further that for the purpose of determining the Required Lenders needed for any waiver, amendment, modification or consent, any Lender that is the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower shall be disregarded.
Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in the Borrower or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in the Borrower.
Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure at such time.
Revolving Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.03.
S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s.




20

Sanctioned Country ” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is itself the subject or target of any Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).
Sanctioned Person ” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any European Union member state, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clauses (a) or (b).
Sanctions means all economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any European Union member state or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.
SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United State of America.
Secured Obligations ” means all Obligations, together with all (i) Banking Services Obligations owing to one or more Lenders or their respective Affiliates and (ii) Swap Agreement Obligations owing to one or more Lenders or their respective Affiliates; provided , however , that the definition of “Secured Obligations” shall not create any guarantee by any Guarantor of (or grant of security interest by any Guarantor to support, as applicable) any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor for purposes of determining any obligations of any Guarantor.
Secured Parties ” means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) the Lenders, (c) the Issuing Bank, (d) each provider of Banking Services, to the extent the Banking Services Obligations in respect thereof constitute Secured Obligations, (e) each counterparty to any Swap Agreement, to the extent the obligations thereunder constitute Secured Obligations, (f) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (g) the legal successors and permitted assigns of each of the foregoing.
Security Documents ” means, collectively, the Borrower Security Agreement, the Subsidiaries Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and each other security agreement, pledge agreement, security agreement supplement and pledge agreement supplement delivered pursuant to Section 5.09.
SPE means any Person that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Borrower that engages in no activities other than those reasonably related to or in connection with the ownership of the Discovery Property and the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(r) not securing any real property other than the Discovery Property; provided that no portion of the Indebtedness of such Person shall be recourse to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than customary limited recourse guarantees entered into in connection with the Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(r)).
Specified Currency ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.17.
Specified Material Investment ” means an investment, loan, advance or Acquisition having an aggregate consideration of at least $75,000,000.




21

Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentage (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentage shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.
Sterling ” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.
Subsidiaries Security Agreement ” means that certain Pledge Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2014, by the Loan Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent.
subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.
Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Borrower.
Swap Agreement ” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.
Swap Agreement Obligations ” of a Loan Party means any and all obligations of such Loan Party, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), under (a) any and all Swap Agreements permitted hereunder with a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, and (b) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any such Swap Agreement transaction.

Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.
Swingline Exposure ” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total Swingline Exposure at such time.
Swingline Lender ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.




22

“Swingline Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04.
Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
Total Assets means, at any time, the total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
Total Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a) total Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such measurement date (other than (i) Indebtedness described in clauses (d) and (e) of the definition of Indebtedness and (ii) Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(p) which by its terms is non-recourse to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than the SPE), except in the case of misappropriation of funds and other willful misconduct, so long as the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not then become obligated to make any payment in connection therewith or otherwise taken any action that would cause such Indebtedness to become recourse to the Borrower or such Subsidiary) to (b) EBITDA for the four fiscal quarter period ending on such measurement date.
Transactions ” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.
Type ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Alternate Base Rate.
UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York or in any other state, the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the issue of perfection of security interests.
Unused Fee ” means the fee payable by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.11(a).
U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” means, on any Denomination Date, (a) with respect to any amount in dollars, such amount and (b) with respect to any amount in any currency other than dollars, the equivalent in dollars of such amount, determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 1.05 using the Exchange Rate with respect to such currency at the time in effect under the provisions of such Section.
U.S. Person ” means a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(f)(ii)(B)(3).
Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
SECTION 1.02.      Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class ( e . g ., a “ Revolving Loan ”) or by Type ( e . g ., a “ Eurodollar Loan ”) or by Class and Type ( e . g ., a “ Eurodollar Revolving Loan ”). Borrowings also may




23

be classified and referred to by Class ( e . g ., a “ Revolving Borrowing ”) or by Type ( e . g ., a “ Eurodollar Borrowing ”) or by Class and Type ( e . g ., a “ Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing ”).
SECTION 1.03.      Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
SECTION 1.04.      Accounting Terms; GAAP. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith and the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders). Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to (i) any election under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 825 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein or (ii) any change in GAAP requiring leases which were previously classified as operating leases to be classified as capitalized leases.
SECTION 1.05.      Currency Translation . The Administrative Agent shall determine the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of any Loan, Letter of Credit or LC Disbursement denominated in any Approved Currency using the Exchange Rate for such currency in relation to dollars in effect on each Denomination Date therefor, and each such amount shall be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such Loan, Letter of Credit or LC Disbursement until the next required calculation thereof pursuant to this sentence. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Loan or Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the stated amount of such Loan or Letter of Credit in effect at such time.
SECTION 1.06.      Pro Forma Adjustments for Acquisitions and Dispositions . To the extent the Borrower or any Subsidiary makes any Acquisition permitted pursuant to Section 6.04 or disposition of material assets outside the ordinary course of business not prohibited by Section 6.03 during the period of




24

four fiscal quarters of the Borrower most recently ended, if the Borrower is required to make pro forma disclosures relating to such Acquisition or disposition pursuant to Article 11 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, then the Total Leverage Ratio shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to the acquisition or the disposition of assets, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case as determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as interpreted by the SEC, and as certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower), as if such acquisition or such disposition (and any related incurrence, repayment or assumption of Indebtedness) had occurred in the first day of such four-quarter period.












25

ARTICLE II
The Credits
SECTION 2.01.      Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower in dollars or one or more Approved Currencies from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Commitment, (b) the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the total Commitments or (iii) the Revolving Credit Exposures denominated in Approved Currencies exceeding the Approved Currency Sublimit. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.
SECTION 2.02.      Loans and Borrowings. (1) Each Revolving Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.
(a)      Subject to Section 2.13, each Revolving Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan. All ABR Loans shall be denominated in dollars. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(b)      At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000. At the time that each ABR Revolving Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $500,000; provided that an ABR Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e). Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of 10 Eurodollar Revolving Borrowings outstanding.
(c)      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.
SECTION 2.03.      Requests for Revolving Borrowings. To request a Revolving Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of an irrevocable written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing denominated in dollars, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, (b) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing denominated in an Approved Currency, not later than 11:00 a.m., London time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, or (c) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e) may




26

be given not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:
(i)          the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;
(ii)          the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;
(iii)          whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;
(iv)          in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”;
(v)          in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, whether such Borrowing shall be made in dollars or in an Approved Currency; and
(vi)          the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.06.
If no election as to the Type of Revolving Borrowing is specified, then the requested Revolving Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration, and if no currency is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to select a Borrowing of dollars. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.
SECTION 2.04.      Swingline Loans. (1) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding $15,000,000, (ii) the Swingline Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding its Commitment or (iii) the Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the total Commitments; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.
(a)      To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by telecopy), not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of the requested Swingline Loan. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Lender) prior to 3:00 p.m. , New York City time, on the date of the proposed borrowing (i) directing the Swingline Lender not to make such Swingline Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (ii) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article IV is not then satisfied, the Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline




27

Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of the Borrower with the Swingline Lender (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e), by remittance to the Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.
(b)      The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.
SECTION 2.05.      Letters of Credit. (1) General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit as the applicant thereof for the support of its or its Subsidiaries’ obligations denominated in dollars or, to the extent the Issuing Bank then issues letters of credit in any Approved Currency, in such Approved Currency, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Issuing Bank shall have no obligation hereunder to issue any Letter of Credit the proceeds of which would be made available to any Person (i) to fund any activity or business of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of any Sanctions or (ii) in any manner that would result in a violation of any Sanctions by any party to this Agreement.




28

(a)      Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank) to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, but in any event no less than three Business Days in the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in dollars and no less than four Business Days in the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Approved Currency) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, whether such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in dollars or in an Approved Currency, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed $50,000,000, (ii) the Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the total Commitments and (iii) the Revolving Credit Exposures denominated in Approved Currencies shall not exceed the Approved Currency Sublimit.
(b)      Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire (or be subject to termination by notice from the Issuing Bank to the beneficiary thereof) at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date.
(c)      Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.
(d)      Reimbursement. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day following the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day following the date of payment, or, if such notice has not been received by the Borrower prior to such time on such




29

date, then not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on (i) the Business Day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time on such Business Day, or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time on the day of receipt, provided that the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.04 that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan. In the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in any Approved Currency, the Borrower shall reimburse the Issuing Bank in such currency, unless (A) the Issuing Bank (at its option) shall have specified in the notice of such LC Disbursement that it will require reimbursement in dollars, (B) in the absence of any such requirement for reimbursement in dollars, the Borrower shall have notified the Issuing Bank promptly following receipt of the notice of drawing that the Borrower will reimburse the Issuing Bank in dollars or (C) the Borrower shall have requested that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan. In the case of any such reimbursement in dollars of a drawing under a Letter of Credit denominated in any Approved Currency, the Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower of the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination thereof. If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof (which in the case of any payment in any Approved Currency shall be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent thereof), and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower (which in the case of any payment in any Approved Currency shall be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent thereof), in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and the Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Revolving Loans or a Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement. In the event that (A) a drawing denominated in any Approved Currency is to be reimbursed in dollars and (B) the dollar amount paid by the Borrower, including pursuant to an ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan, shall not be adequate on the date of that payment to purchase in accordance with normal banking procedures a sum denominated in such Approved Currency equal to the drawing, the Borrower agrees, as a separate and independent obligation, to indemnify the Issuing Bank for the loss resulting from its inability on that date to purchase such Approved Currency in the full amount of the drawing.
(e)      Obligations Absolute. The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, (iv) any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of any Approved Currency to the Borrower or




30

in the relevant currency markets generally or (v) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.
(f)      Disbursement Procedures. The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.
(g)      Interim Interest. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.12(d) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.
(h)      Replacement of the Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.11(b). From and




31

after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.
(i)      Cash Collateralization. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50.1% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of Article VII. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over any such deposit account. Other than any interest earned on any Permitted Investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50.1% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.
SECTION 2.06.      Funding of Borrowings. (1) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds in the applicable currency by 12:00 noon, New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds in the applicable currency, to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York City and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that ABR Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Issuing Bank.
(a)      Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance




32

upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.
SECTION 2.07.      Interest Elections. (1) Each Revolving Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.
(a)      To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of an irrevocable written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Revolving Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election.
(b)      Each Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:
(i)          the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);
(ii)          the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;
(iii)          whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;
(iv)          in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, whether such Borrowing shall be made in dollars or in an Approved Currency; and
(v)          if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “ Interest Period ”.




33

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify (x) an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration and (y) the currency, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected the same currency as the Borrowing being converted or continued.
(c)      Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.
(d)      If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Revolving Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.
SECTION 2.08.      Termination and Reduction of Commitments. (1) Unless previously terminated, the Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.
(a)      The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.10, the Revolving Credit Exposures would exceed the total Commitments.
(b)      The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked or extended by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments.
SECTION 2.09.      Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (1) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan on the Maturity Date, and (ii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th or last day of a calendar month; provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans then outstanding.
(a)      Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such




34

Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.
(b)      The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.
(c)      The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Copies of the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section will be made available to the Borrower upon the Borrower’s request.
(d)      Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).
SECTION 2.10.      Prepayment of Loans. (1) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section.
(a)      The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment or (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 1:00 p.m. New York City time, on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.08, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked or extended if such notice of termination is revoked or extended in accordance with Section 2.08. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Revolving Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Revolving Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Revolving Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02. Each prepayment of a Revolving Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.12.
(b)      If the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower at any time that the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeds an amount equal to 105% of the total Commitments then in effect, then, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall prepay Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the LC Exposure in an aggregate amount sufficient to cause the total Revolving Credit




35

Exposures to be less than or equal to the total Commitments then in effect. The Administrative Agent shall provide such notice to the Borrower upon the request of any Lender if at such time the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeds an amount equal to 105% of the total Commitments then in effect. The Administrative Agent may, at any time and from time to time after the initial deposit of such Cash Collateral, request that additional Cash Collateral be provided in order to protect against the results of exchange rate fluctuations.
(c)      If the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower at any time that the LC Exposure exceeds an amount equal to 105% of the LC Sublimit, then, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the LC Exposure in an aggregate amount sufficient to cause the LC Exposure to be less than or equal to the LC Sublimit. The Administrative Agent may, at any time and from time to time after the initial deposit of such Cash Collateral, request that additional Cash Collateral be provided in order to protect against the results of exchange rate fluctuations.
SECTION 2.11.      Fees . (1) Subject to Section 2.19(c), the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender an Unused Fee, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate per annum on the daily unused amount of the Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date on which such Commitment terminates. For purposes of determining the unused amount of any Lender’s Commitment, the amount of such Lender’s Swingline Exposure shall be deemed to be unused. Accrued Unused Fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof. All Unused Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).
(a)      The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the same Applicable Rate used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Revolving Loans on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (ii) at such times as there shall be more than one Lender, to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.125% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as the Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Participation fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the third Business Day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 Business Days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).
(b)      The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Fee Letter or otherwise separately agreed upon in writing between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.




36

(c)      All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of facility fees and participation fees, to the Lenders. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.
SECTION 2.12.      Interest. (1) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.
(a)      The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.
(b)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.
(c)      Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans, upon termination of the Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Revolving Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.
(d)      All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(e)      If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the Borrower or for any other reason, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders determine that (i) the Total Leverage Ratio as calculated by the Borrower as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio would have resulted in higher pricing for any resulting period, the Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, promptly on demand by the Administrative Agent (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to such Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, automatically and without further action by the Administrative Agent or any Lender), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid by the Borrower for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period by the Borrower.
SECTION 2.13.      Alternate Rate of Interest. If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:




37

(a)      the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period; or
(b)      the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;
then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Revolving Borrowing to, or continuation of any Revolving Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only one Type of Borrowings, then the other Type of Borrowings shall be permitted.
SECTION 2.14.      Increased Costs. (1) If any Change in Law shall:
(i)          impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, liquidity or similar requirement (including any compulsory loan requirement, insurance charge or other assessment) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing Bank;
(ii)          impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; or
(iii)          subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making, continuing, converting or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
(b)      If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved




38

but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(c)      A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 Business Days after receipt thereof.
(d)      Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.
SECTION 2.15.      Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.10(b) and is revoked in accordance therewith (other than solely by reason of a Lender being a Defaulting Lender or any revocation pursuant to Section 2.13)), or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18 or Section 9.02(d), then, in any such event (excluding any loss of the Applicable Rate on the relevant Revolving Loan), the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 Business Days after receipt thereof.
SECTION 2.16.      Taxes . (1) Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any




39

Tax from any such payment by a withholding agent, then the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.16) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.
(a)      Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower. The Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for, Other Taxes.
(b)      Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.16, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(c)      Indemnification by the Borrower . The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(d)      Indemnification by the Lenders . Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.04(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e).
(e)      Status of Lenders . (1)Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably




40

requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.16(f)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.
(i)          Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Person,
(A)      any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax;
(B)      any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:
(1)      in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;
(2)      in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming that its extension of credit will generate U.S. effectively connected income, executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;
(3)      in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or
(4)      to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form




41

of Exhibit C-2 or Exhibit C-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;
(C)      any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and
(D)      if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.
(f)      Treatment of Certain Refunds . If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.16 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.16), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.16 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (g), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (g)




42

the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
(g)      Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.16 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.
(h)      FATCA . For purposes of determining withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA, from and after the Effective Date the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall treat (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to treat) this Agreement as not qualifying as a “grandfathered obligation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1471-2(b)(2)(i).
(i)      Defined Terms. For purposes of this Section 2.16, the term “ Lender ” includes any Issuing Bank and the term “ applicable law ” includes FATCA.
SECTION 2.17.      Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs. (1) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.14, 2.15 or 2.16, or otherwise) prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds and in the appropriate currency, without set off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in dollars.
(a)      If at any time:
(i)          insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, or
(ii)          if any proceeds of Collateral received by the Administrative Agent after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
such funds shall be first , to pay any fees, indemnities, or expense reimbursements including amounts then due to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank from the Loan Parties (other than in connection with Banking Services Obligations or Swap Agreement Obligations), second , to pay any fees, indemnities or expense reimbursements then due to the Lenders from the Loan Parties (other than in connection with Banking Services Obligations or Swap Agreement Obligations), third , to pay interest then due and




43

payable on the Loans ratably, fourth , to prepay principal on the Loans and unreimbursed LC Disbursements and to pay any amounts owing with respect to Swap Agreement Obligations and Banking Services Obligations up to and including the respective amounts most recently provided to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.20, ratably, fifth , to pay an amount to the Administrative Agent equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the aggregate LC Exposure, to be held as cash collateral for such Obligations, and sixth , to the payment of any other Secured Obligation due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by any Loan Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts received from any Loan Party and proceeds from the Collateral of such Loan Party shall not be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Loan Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, unless so directed by the Borrower, or unless an Event of Default is in existence, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall apply any payment which it receives to any Eurodollar Loan, except (a) on the expiration date of the Interest Period applicable thereto or (b) in the event, and only to the extent, that there are no outstanding ABR Loans and, in any such event, the Borrower shall pay the break funding payment required in accordance with Section 2.15.
(b)      If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.
(c)      Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.




44

(d)      Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any amount paid by any Loan Party for the account of a Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, reimbursement of LC Disbursements, indemnity payments or other amounts) will be applied by the Administrative Agent at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement; second , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to each Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender under this Agreement; third , to Cash Collateralize the Issuing Bank’s LC Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.19; fourth , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists) to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth , if so reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the Issuing Bank’s future LC Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.19; sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or unreimbursed LC Disbursements in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, or payments in respect of unreimbursed LC Disbursements owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments without giving effect to Section 2.19(a). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.17(e) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.
SECTION 2.18.      Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. (1) If any Lender’s obligation to make Eurodollar Loans, or to continue or convert outstanding Loans as or into Eurodollar Loans, is suspended pursuant to Section 2.13, if any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would reinstate such Lender’s obligations to make, continue or convert Eurodollar Borrowings, or eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Sections 2.14 or 2.16, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment so long as the Borrower received prior notice of the making of such designation or assignment and the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank




45

and the Swingline Lender did not previously reject a request by the Borrower to replace such Lender pursuant to this Section 2.18.
(a)      If any Lender’s obligation to make Eurodollar Loans, or to continue or convert outstanding Loans as or into Eurodollar Loans, is suspended pursuant to Section 2.13, if any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, or if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Sections 2.14 or 2.16) and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and if a Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, delayed or conditioned, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.16, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
SECTION 2.19.      Defaulting Lenders . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:
(a)      fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.11(a);
(b)      the Commitment and Revolving Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 9.02); provided , that this clause (b) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of such Lender or each Lender affected thereby pursuant to Section 9.02(b);
(c)      if any Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:
(i)          all or any part of the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender (other than the portion of such Swingline Exposure referred to in clause (b) of the definition of such term) shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent that (x) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Commitments and (y) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied at such time;




46

(ii)          if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within three Business Days following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay such Swingline Exposure and (y) second, cash collateralize for the benefit of the Issuing Bank only the Borrower’s obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.05(j) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding;
(iii)          if the Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.11(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized;
(iv)          if the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to clause (i) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.11(a) and Section 2.11(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages; and
(v)          if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Issuing Bank or any other Lender hereunder, all Unused fees that otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting Lender and letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.11(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the Issuing Bank until and to the extent that such LC Exposure is reallocated and/or cash collateralized; and
(d)      so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding LC Exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.19(c), and participating interests in any newly made Swingline Loan or any newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.19(c)(i) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).
If a Bankruptcy Event with respect to a Lender Parent shall occur following the date hereof and for so long as such event shall continue, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall have entered into arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender, satisfactory to the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.
In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders (other than Swingline Loans) as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.




47

SECTION 2.20.      Banking Services and Swap Agreements . Each Lender or Affiliate thereof providing Banking Services for, or having Swap Agreements with, any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrower), promptly after entering into such Banking Services or Swap Agreements, written notice setting forth the aggregate amount of all Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations of such Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to such Lender or Affiliate (whether matured or unmatured, absolute or contingent). In addition, each such Lender or Affiliate thereof shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrower) from time to time after a significant change therein or upon a request therefor, a summary of the amounts due or to become due in respect of such Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations. The most recent information provided to the Administrative Agent shall be used in determining the amounts to be applied in respect of such Banking Services Obligations and/or Swap Agreement Obligations pursuant to Section 2.17(b) and which tier of the waterfall, contained in Section 2.17(b), such Banking Services Obligations and/or Swap Agreement Obligations will be placed.
SECTION 2.21.      Increase in Commitments . (1) Request for Increase . Provided there exists no Default, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders), the Borrower may from time to time request an increase in the Commitments by an amount (for all such increases) not exceeding $100,000,000; provided that any such increase shall be in a minimum amount of $25,000,000. At the time of sending such notice, the Borrower (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time period within which each Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the Lenders).
(a)      Increasing and Additional Lenders . Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Applicable Percentage of such requested increase. Any Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Commitment. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of the Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of the requested increase, the Borrower may designate any other Person (which may be, but need not be, an existing Lender), unless such Person is a Lender with a Commitment immediately prior to giving effect to such increase, subject to the approval of (i) the Administrative Agent, (ii) the Issuing Bank and (iii) the Swingline Lender, other than an Ineligible Institution, and which at the time agrees in its sole discretion to (x) in the case of any such designated Lender that is an existing Lender, increase its Commitment, and (y) in the case of any other such Person, become a party to this Agreement pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
(b)      Effective Date and Allocations . If the Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall determine the effective date (the “ Increase Effective Date ”) and the final allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date. For the avoidance of doubt, any increased Commitments shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as all other Commitments.
(c)      Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase . As a condition precedent to such increase, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by a Financial Officer of such Loan Party (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase, and (ii) certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article III and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not apply to




48

any representations and warranties that are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not apply to any representations and warranties that are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date, (B) no Default shall have occurred and (C) the Borrower would be in compliance with Section 6.09 on a pro forma basis as of the last day of the most recently-ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available. The Borrower shall prepay any Loans outstanding on the Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 2.15) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Loans ratable with any revised Applicable Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section.
(d)      Conflicting Provisions . This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.17 or 9.02 to the contrary.




49

ARTICLE III
Representations and Warranties
The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:
SECTION 3.01.      Organization; Powers. Each of the Borrower and its Material Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.
SECTION 3.02.      Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions are within the Borrower’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, stockholder action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
SECTION 3.03.      Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Liens permitted under Section 6.02(a)).
SECTION 3.04.      Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change. (1) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its consolidated balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows (i) as of and for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2015, reported on by Grant Thornton LLP, independent public accountants, and (ii) as of and for the fiscal quarter and the portion of the fiscal year ended October 3, 2015, certified by its chief financial officer. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP (in effect as of the date hereof), subject to year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements referred to in clause (ii) above.
(j)      Since January 3, 2015, there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
SECTION 3.05.      Properties. (1) Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.




50

(b)      Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property necessary to its business except to the extent such failure to own or license such intellectual property could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and the use thereof by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.06.      Litigation and Environmental Matters. (1) There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Matters) or (ii) that involve this Agreement or the Transactions.
(e)      Except with respect to any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.
(f)      Since the date of this Agreement, there has been no change in the status of the Disclosed Matters that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.07.      Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except for the Disclosed Matters and otherwise where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.08.      Investment Company Status. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.
SECTION 3.09.      Taxes. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.10.      ERISA. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by an amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements




51

reflecting such amounts, exceed by an amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans.
SECTION 3.11.      Disclosure. The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that to the knowledge of the Borrower, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other information (other than general economic or industry information) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), taken as a whole, contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information (including without limitation budgets, estimates and forecasts), the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.
SECTION 3.12.      Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions . The Borrower has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance in all material respects by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (in their respective capacities as such) with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees and to the knowledge of the Borrower its directors and agents (in their respective capacities as such), are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects. None of (a) the Borrower, any Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective directors, officers or employees, or (b) to the knowledge of the Borrower, any agent of the Borrower or any Subsidiary that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person. No Borrowing or Letter of Credit, use of proceeds or other transaction contemplated by this Agreement will violate any Anti-Corruption Law in any material respect or applicable Sanctions.




52

ARTICLE IV
Conditions
SECTION 4.01.      Effective Date . The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):
(b)      The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.
(c)      The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received executed counterparts of the Fee Letter, sufficient in number for distribution to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.
(d)      The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received an omnibus reaffirmation of the Loan Parties’ obligations under the Loan Documents, in substantially the form of Exhibit B (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Omnibus Reaffirmation ”), duly executed by each Loan Party, together with:
(i)          to the extent not already delivered in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement, certificates representing the Pledged Equity referred to therein accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank and instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt indorsed in blank,
(ii)          to the extent not already filed in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement, proper financing statements in form appropriate for filing under the Uniform Commercial Code of all jurisdictions that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the Security Documents, covering the collateral described in the Security Documents,
(iii)          completed requests for information, dated on or before the Effective Date, showing all effective financing statements filed in the jurisdictions referred to in clause (ii) above that name any Loan Party as debtor, together with copies of such other financing statements, and
(iv)          evidence of the completion of all other actions, recordings and filings of or with respect to the Security Documents that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created thereby.
(e)      The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Effective Date) of Paul Hastings LLP, counsel for the Borrower and the Guarantors, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and covering such other matters relating to the Borrower, the Guarantors, this Agreement or the Transactions as the Required Lenders shall reasonably request. The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion.
(f)      To the extent requested by the Administrative Agent not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as




53

the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Borrower, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to the Borrower, this Agreement or the Transactions, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
(g)      The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by the President, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02 (other than those conditions waived in accordance with Section 9.02).
(h)      All governmental and third party approvals necessary in connection with the Transactions shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect.
(i)      The Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the two most recent fiscal years ended prior to the Effective Date as to which such financial statements are available.
(j)      The Administrative Agent shall have received endorsements naming the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, as an additional insured or loss payee, as the case may be, under all insurance policies to be maintained with respect to the properties of the Borrower and the Guarantors forming part of the Collateral.
(k)      The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced prior to the Effective Date, reimbursement or payment of all out of pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder.
The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions is satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 9.02) at or prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on January 8, 2016 (and, in the event such conditions are not so satisfied or waived, the Commitments shall terminate at such time).
SECTION 4.02.      Each Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
(c)      The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties contained in this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date); and




54

(d)      At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.




55

ARTICLE V
Affirmative Covenants
Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated, in each case, without any pending draw, or otherwise Cash Collateralized and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
SECTION 5.01.      Financial Statements; Ratings Change and Other Information. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, including their Public-Siders:
(e)      within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by Grant Thornton LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification, commentary or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit except for qualifications resulting solely from the Obligations being classified as short term indebtedness during the one year period prior to the Maturity Date) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;
(f)      within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;
(g)      concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Sections 5.09 (including a designation of each Subsidiary as a Material Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary), 6.01(e), (f), (g) and (q), 6.04(c)(iv), (d), (e), (f) and (o), 6.06(e) and 6.09, (iii) stating whether any change in GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.04 and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate and (iv) in the case of the financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (b) above with respect to the third fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, supplementing Schedule I to each of the Borrower Security Agreement and the Subsidiaries Security Agreement, to the extent that such supplement would be necessary to cause such Schedule I, as supplemented, to contain a complete listing of all of the Borrower’s or the relevant Grantors’ (as defined in the Subsidiaries Security Agreement) material Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined in the Borrower Security Agreement or the Subsidiaries Security Agreement, as applicable);




56

(h)      promptly after the same become publicly available, upon the request of Agent, copies of all periodic reports and proxy statements filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed by the Borrower to its shareholders generally, as the case may be; and
(i)      promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.
So long as the Borrower is required to file periodic reports under Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Borrower may satisfy its obligation to deliver the financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above by delivering such financial statements to the Securities Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, in accordance with the Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
SECTION 5.02.      Notices of Material Events. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the following:
(k)      the Chief Executive Officer or any Financial Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge of the occurrence of any Default;
(l)      the Chief Executive Officer or any Financial Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge of the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(m)      the Chief Executive Officer or any Financial Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge of the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and
(n)      the Chief Executive Officer or any Financial Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge that any other development has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.
SECTION 5.03.      Existence; Conduct of Business. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and its respective rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03.
SECTION 5.04.      Payment of Obligations. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay its obligations, including Tax liabilities, that, if not paid, could result in a Material Adverse Effect before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Borrower or such




57

Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto to the extent required by GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.05.      Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.
SECTION 5.06.      Books and Records; Inspection Rights. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all material dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities, including any such dealings and transactions to the extent necessary to prepare the consolidated financials of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times during normal operating hours and as often as reasonably requested; provided , excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of a Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 5.06 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two (2) times during any consecutive four fiscal quarter period absent the existence of a Default and only one (1) such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided , further, that when a Default is continuing, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon at least 24 hours’ notice. The Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their respective representatives and independent contractors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid interruption of the normal business operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the independent public accountants of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.06, neither of the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by Law or any binding agreement or (ii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.
SECTION 5.07.      Compliance with Laws. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance in all material respects by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.
SECTION 5.08.      Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit. The proceeds of the Loans will be used only for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and the Guarantors in the ordinary course of business (including the purchase of a new headquarters facility and improvements, permitted Acquisitions and permitted share repurchases). No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including




58

Regulations T, U and X. Letters of Credit will be issued only to support the general corporate purposes of the Borrower and the Guarantors in the ordinary course of business. The Borrower will not request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, and the Borrower shall not use, and shall procure that its Subsidiaries and its or their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall not use, the proceeds of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit (A) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (B) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, to the extent such activities, businesses or transaction would be prohibited by Sanctions if conducted by a corporation incorporated in the United States or in a European Union member state, or (C) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.
SECTION 5.09.      Additional Guarantors . The Borrower will notify the Administrative Agent within 30 days (or such later date as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) that any Person that is either a Material Subsidiary or directly owns a Material Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, or that any Immaterial Subsidiary is re-designated as a Material Subsidiary, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within 45 days or such later date as determined by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion): (a) if such Material Subsidiary is a U.S. Person, is directly or indirectly wholly owned by the Borrower and is not a CFC Holding Company, Borrower shall cause such Material Subsidiary to become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a counterpart of the Guaranty, or such other document as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate for such purpose, and (b) if any such Material Subsidiary is a U.S. Person, is not a CFC Holding Company, and is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of a CFC, Borrower shall cause the appropriate Person to deliver to the Administrative Agent agreements or supplements, as the case may be, in substantially the form of Annex I to the Subsidiaries Security Agreement and to the Pledge Agreement, as applicable, in respect of the shares and/or other assets of such Material Subsidiary and other documents required pursuant thereto and favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in this Section 5.09), all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding anything in the preceding sentence, in no event shall Borrower be required to (i) cause any CFC, CFC Holding Company or SPE to become a Guarantor, (ii) pledge, or cause to be pledged, to any Secured Party any of the share capital or indebtedness of a CFC, CFC Holding Company or SPE or (iii) cause to be granted to any Secured Party a security interest in any of the assets of a CFC, CFC Holding Company or SPE.




59

ARTICLE VI
Negative Covenants
Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated, in each case, without any pending draw, or otherwise Cash Collateralized and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
SECTION 6.01.      Indebtedness. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(o)      the Obligations, including without limitation, Indebtedness created hereunder and under any other Loan Documents;
(p)      Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.01, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that (i) do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof, and (ii) does not shorten the maturity or weighted average life to maturity thereof;  
(q)      Indebtedness of (i) the Borrower owing to any Guarantor, (ii) any Guarantor owing to the Borrower or any other Guarantor, (iii) any Loan Party to any Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor), (iv) of any Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) owing to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided , that any such Indebtedness permitted under subclause (iii) shall be subordinated to the Obligations on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall have a maturity date after the Maturity Date; provided , further, that, any such Indebtedness permitted under subclause (iv) shall be subject to Section 6.04(c);
(r)      Guarantees by the Borrower of Indebtedness of any Guarantor and by any Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Guarantor; provided , that Guarantees by any Loan Party of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to Section 6.04(d);
(s)      Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred to finance the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 270 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction, repair, replacement or improvement and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (e) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $40,000,000 and (y) 10% of Total Assets at any time outstanding;
(t)      Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness exists at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (f) at any time outstanding shall not exceed the greater of (x) $40,000,000 and (y) 10% of Total Assets determined at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable;
(u)      Indebtedness of Subsidiaries of Borrower that are not U.S. Persons in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (i) $40,000,000 and (ii) 10% of the




60

Total Assets determined at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable;
(v)      Hedging Obligations permitted by Section 6.05 ;
(w)      endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business;
(x)      obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees or obligations in respect thereto provided by either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(y)      Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five (5) Business Days of its incurrence;
(z)      Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case entered into in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Equity Interests permitted hereunder;
(aa)      Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for deferred consideration, indemnification, adjustments of purchase price (including “earnouts”) or similar obligations, in each case entered into in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or other investments and acquisitions permitted by this Agreement;
(bb)      obligations under an agreement to provide such Bank Products, Bank Products and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearing house arrangements, employees’ credit or purchase cards, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(cc)      Indebtedness comprising reimbursement obligations in respect of retention obligations or any casualty obligations, in each case under any insurance policy;
(dd)      Indebtedness that is secured by real property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and is recourse to such real property in an aggregate amount not to exceed 75% of the appraised value of such real property outstanding at any time; and
(ee)      other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 10% of Total Assets determined at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable.
For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.01, in the event that an item of Indebtedness when incurred meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in this Section 6.01, the Borrower may, in its sole discretion, classify such item as incurred in whole or in part pursuant to any one or combination of such categories, and may thereafter from time to time reclassify such item of Indebtedness, in whole or in part, into any one or more other categories, so long as such item of Indebtedness meets the criteria for such other categories when reclassified. The Borrower will only be required to count any item of Indebtedness against the availability for any category of Indebtedness to the extent that, and for so long as, the Borrower has classified such item as incurred pursuant to such category. The accrual of




61

interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 6.01.
SECTION 6.02.      Liens. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:
(c)      Liens securing the Secured Obligations;
(d)      Permitted Encumbrances;
(e)      any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.02; provided that such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;
(f)      any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be, and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that (A) do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof, and (B) do not shorten the maturity or weighted average life to maturity; and
(g)      Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed, repaired, replaced or improved by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (e) of Section 6.01, (ii) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 270 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction, repair, replacement or improvement, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (iv) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided , however, that individual financings of assets subject to such Liens provided by one lender or lessor may be cross-collateralized to the other financings provided by such lender or lessor;
(h)      Liens on any assets of Subsidiaries of Borrower that are not U.S. Persons securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01;
(i)      Liens on real property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (p) of Section 6.01; and
(j)      additional Liens on property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries securing any Indebtedness or other liabilities; provided, that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all such Indebtedness and liabilities secured by property of the Loan Parties shall not exceed the greater of (x) $5,000,000 and (y) 1.0% of Total Assets determined at the time of such Lien is granted as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable.
SECTION 6.03.      Fundamental Changes. (a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Material Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to




62

merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or any substantial part of its assets, or all or substantially all of the stock of any of its Material Subsidiaries (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (i) any Subsidiary may merge into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving corporation, (ii) any Subsidiary may merge into any Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Subsidiary so long as, in the event that either such Subsidiary is a Guarantor, the surviving entity is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with such merger, (iii) any Subsidiary may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary so long as, in the event that the Subsidiary selling, transferring, leasing or otherwise disposing such assets is a Guarantor, the entity to which it sells, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of its assets is the Borrower or a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with such asset sale, (iv) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders and (v) any Subsidiary may merge into or consolidate with any Person in connection with a Permitted Acquisition so long as, in the event that such Subsidiary is a Guarantor, the surviving entity is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with such merger or consolidation; provided that any such merger involving a Person that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger shall not be permitted unless also permitted by Section 6.04.
(g)      The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto (including related, complementary, synergistic or ancillary technologies in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are currently engaged).
SECTION 6.04.      Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a wholly owned Subsidiary prior to such merger) any capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit, except:
(c)      Permitted Investments;
(d)      investments, loans and advances by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof in or to other Persons (including investments, loans and advances by Borrower in or to its Subsidiaries) and set forth on Schedule 6.04;
(e)      investments, loans or advances (i) made by the Borrower or any Guarantor to any Guarantor (or any Person that will substantially concurrently with such investment, loan or advance become a Guarantor), (ii) made by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any Guarantor, (iii) made by any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to any other Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, and (iv) made by Borrower or any Guarantor to any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (other than as a result of directors’ qualifying shares as required by applicable law); provided, that the aggregate amount of investments, loans or advances incurred under this clause (iv) plus the aggregate amount of Guarantees referred to in the proviso to clause (d) below shall not exceed the greater of (A) $40,000,000 and (B) 10% of Total Assets determined on the date of such investment, loan or advance as of the last day of the most recently




63

ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable;
(f)      Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01 or any other liabilities; provided , that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness and liabilities of Person that is not Loan Parties that is Guaranteed by a Loan Party plus the aggregate amount of investments, loans and advances outstanding pursuant to clause (c)(iv) above shall not exceed the greater of (A) $40,000,000 and (B) 10% of Total Assets determined on the date of such Guarantee as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable;
(g)      Acquisitions meeting the following requirements or otherwise approved by the Required Lenders (each such Acquisition constituting a “ Permitted Acquisition ”):
(iv)          as of the date of the consummation of such Acquisition, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such Acquisition, and the representation and warranty contained in Section 5.08 shall be true both before and after giving effect to such Acquisition;
(v)          such Acquisition is consummated on a non-hostile basis pursuant to a negotiated acquisition agreement approved by the board of directors or other applicable governing body of the seller or entity to be acquired;
(vi)          the business to be acquired in such Acquisition is similar, ancillary, complementary or related to one or more of the lines of business in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the Effective Date (including without limitation related, complementary, synergistic or ancillary technologies in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are currently engaged);
(vii)          as of the date of the consummation of such Acquisition, all material approvals required in connection therewith shall have been obtained; and
(viii)          after giving pro forma effect to such Acquisition, the Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 3.25 to 1.0; provided , that in the case of any Specified Material Investment, so long as the Total Leverage Ratio was not greater than 3.25 to 1.0 prior to giving effect thereto, the Total Leverage Ratio may be greater than 3.25 to 1.0 (but not greater than 3.75 to 1.0) after giving pro forma effect to such Specified Material Investment;
(h)      investments, loans and advances made by the Borrower or any Guarantor in or for the benefit of any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, investments in or loans or advances to, joint ventures and other investments in any other Persons, and Guarantees of obligations of any Person other than a Loan Party, provided that (i) as of the date of such investment, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from such investment, loan, advance or Guarantee, (ii) such investment is related to one or more of the lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto (including related, complementary, synergistic or ancillary technologies in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are currently engaged) and (iii) after giving pro forma effect to such investment, the Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 3.25 to 1.0; provided , that in the case of any Specified Material Investment, so long as the Total Leverage Ratio was not greater than 3.25 to 1.0 prior to giving effect




64

thereto, the Total Leverage Ratio may be greater than 3.25 to 1.0 (but not greater than 3.75 to 1.0) after giving pro forma effect to such Specified Material Investment;
(i)      transactions consummated pursuant to Swap Agreements permitted by Section 6.05;
(j)      loans and advances constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01;
(k)      (i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (ii) extensions of trade credit (other than to Affiliates of the Borrower) arising or acquired in the ordinary course of business and (iii) Investments received in settlements in the ordinary course of business of such extensions of trade credit;
(l)      investments by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party in any Subsidiary of such Person which is required by law to maintain a minimum net capital requirement or as may otherwise be required by applicable law or regulation;
(m)      extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods in the ordinary course of business;
(n)      loans or advances to employees, officers or directors of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; provided that the aggregate amount of all such loans and advances does not exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding;
(o)      investments held and loans and advances made by a Person acquired in a Permitted Acquisition or an Acquisition that is otherwise permitted hereunder to the extent that such investments, loans or advances were not made in connection with or contemplation of such acquisition and were in existence as of the date of consummation of such acquisition;
(p)      investments by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for which the consideration consists solely of Equity Interests of the Borrower; and
(q)      other Acquisitions and investments in an annual aggregate amount for all such transactions not to exceed the greater of (x) $40,000,000 and (y) 10% of Total Assets determined on the date of such Acquisition or investment as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable.
SECTION 6.05.      Swap Agreements. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any Swap Agreement, except (a) Swap Agreements entered into to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary has actual exposure (other than those in respect of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries), and (b) Swap Agreements entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.
SECTION 6.06.      Restricted Payments. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except (a) the Borrower may declare and pay dividends with respect to its Equity Interests payable solely in additional shares of its common stock, (b) Subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends ratably with respect to their Equity Interests, (c) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or other benefit plans for management or employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (d) Subsidiaries may make any Restricted Payment to the Borrower or another




65

Subsidiary that constitutes an investment permitted under Section 6.04 and (e) the Borrower may declare and make Restricted Payments in the form of dividends or other distributions (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower, or in the form of redemptions or repurchases of Equity Interests in the Borrower, (x) in an unlimited amount so long as at the time of such making or declaration (i) no Default shall be then continuing and (ii) after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 3.25 to 1.0, or (y) otherwise in an annual aggregate amount for all such transactions not to exceed the greater of $50,000,000 and 10% of Total Assets (determined as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter preceding the record date of such Restricted Payment for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable) so long as at the time of such making or declaration no Default shall be then continuing.
SECTION 6.07.      Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) transactions between or among the Borrower and its wholly owned Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate , (c) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.06, (d) the issuance of Equity Interests of the Borrower to any employee, director, officer, manager, distributor or consultant (or their respective controlled Affiliates) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (e) reasonable compensation and salaries (and expense reimbursement and indemnification arrangements for) to officers and directors of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
SECTION 6.08.      Restrictive Agreements. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law, regulation, rule or order, by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions existing on the date hereof identified on Schedule 6.08 (but shall apply to any extension or renewal of, or any amendment or modification expanding the scope of, any such restriction or condition), (iii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary or any assets of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary or asset that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (iv) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (v) the foregoing shall not apply to agreements or obligations to which a Person was subject at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary so long as such agreements or obligations were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary and (vi) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases, licenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof.
SECTION 6.09.      Financial Covenants .
(c)      Total Leverage Ratio . The Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 3.50 to 1.00 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter; provided that after the consummation or making of any Specified Material Investment, such maximum Total Leverage Ratio shall be increased to 3.75 to 1.00 solely for the last day




66

of the fiscal quarter in which such Specified Material Investment is consummated or made and for the last day of the next succeeding fiscal quarter.
(d)      Interest Coverage Ratio . The Interest Coverage Ratio shall not be less than 3.50 to 1.00 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter.
SECTION 6.10.      Sanctions Laws and Regulations .
(e)      The Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Loans, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund any activities or business of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of such funding is the subject of any sanctions under any Sanctions Laws and Regulations , or (ii) in any other manner that would result in a violation of any Sanctions Laws and Regulations by any party to this Agreement.
(f)      None of the funds or assets of the Borrower that are used to pay any amount due pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute funds obtained from transactions with or relating to Sanctioned Persons or countries which are the subject of sanctions under any Sanctions Laws and Regulations.




67

ARTICLE VII
Events of Default
If any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall occur:
(k)      the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;
(l)      the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under this Agreement, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;
(m)      any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Guarantor in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any amendment or modification hereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) when made or deemed made;
(n)      the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02, 5.03 (with respect to the Borrower’s existence) or 5.08 or in Article VI;
(o)      the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender);
(p)      the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable;
(q)      any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness; provided, in each case, such event or condition remains unremedied or has not been waived by the holders of such Material Indebtedness;
(r)      an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall




68

continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;
(s)      the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
(t)      the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;
(u)      one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $40,000,000 (to the extent not covered by insurance as to which the insurer has not denied coverage) shall be rendered against the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;
(v)      an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(w)      except as permitted by or pursuant to the terms of any Security Document, (i) such Security Document shall for any reason fail to create a valid security interest in any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, or (ii) any Lien securing any Secured Obligation shall cease to be a perfected, first priority Lien;
(x)      any action shall be taken by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to discontinue or to assert the invalidity or unenforceability of any Security Document (other than with respect to releases of Collateral as permitted hereunder or the relevant Security Document);
(y)      any material provision of any Loan Document for any reason ceases to be valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms (or any Loan Party shall challenge the enforceability of any Loan Document or shall assert in writing, or engage in any action or inaction based on any such assertion, that any provision of any of the Loan Documents has ceased to be or otherwise is not valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms) other than any cessation in validity or enforceability that occurs in accordance with its terms; or
(z)      a Change in Control shall occur;
then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the




69

Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, exercise any rights and remedies provided to the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the UCC.




70

ARTICLE VIII
The Administrative Agent
Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.
The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing as directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02), and (c) except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.




71

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.
Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.
Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that the extensions of credit made hereunder are commercial loans and letters of credit and not investments in a business enterprise or securities. Each Lender further represents that it is engaged in making, acquiring or holding commercial loans in the ordinary course of its business and has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement as a Lender, and to make, acquire or hold Loans hereunder. Each Lender shall, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information (which may contain material, non-public information within the meaning of the United States securities laws concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates) as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder and in deciding whether or to the extent to which it will continue as a Lender or assign or otherwise transfer its rights, interests and obligations hereunder.

The Lenders are not partners or co-venturers, and no Lender shall be liable for the acts or omissions of, or (except as otherwise set forth herein in case of the Administrative Agent) authorized to act for, any other Lender. The Administrative Agent shall have the exclusive right on behalf of the Lenders to enforce the payment of the principal of and interest on any Loan after the date such principal or interest has become due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

In its capacity, the Administrative Agent is a “representative” of the Secured Parties within the meaning of the term “secured party” as defined in the UCC. Each Lender authorizes the Administrative Agent to enter into the Security Documents and to take all action contemplated thereby. Each Lender




72

agrees that no Secured Party (other than the Administrative Agent) shall have the right individually to seek to realize upon the security granted by any Loan Document, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties upon the terms of the Loan Documents. In the event that any Collateral is hereafter pledged by any Person as collateral security for the Secured Obligations, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized, and hereby granted a power of attorney, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Secured Parties any Loan Documents necessary or appropriate to grant and perfect a Lien on such Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and to take all actions contemplated thereby. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

The Secured Parties irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,

(a)    to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (x) upon termination of all Commitments and payment in full of all Secured Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank shall have been made)), (y) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or to be sold or otherwise disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale or other disposition permitted under the Loan Documents, or (z) subject to Section 9.02, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders; and

(b)    to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Article VIII.




73

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous
SECTION 9.01.      Notices. (1) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:
(i)          if to the Borrower, to it at Masimo Corporation, 52 Discovery, Irvine, California 92618, Attention of Chief Financial Officer (Facsimile No. 949-297-7099) with a copy to Paul Hastings LLP, 1117 S. California Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304, Attention of Jeff Hartlin;
(ii)           if to the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, (A) in the case of Borrowings and Letters of Credit denominated in Approved Currencies, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, London Branch, 25 Bank Street, Canary Wharf, 6th Floor, London E145JP, United Kingdom, Attention: Loans Agency, facsimile: 888-303-9732, with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, 3 Park Plaza, Suite 900, Irvine CA 92614, Attention of Ling Li, and (B) in the case of all other notices, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Attn: Awri McKee, 10 S. Dearborn St Floor 07, Chicago, IL 60603, Telephone Number: 312-385-7036, facsimile: 888-303-9732, with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, 3 Park Plaza, Suite 900, Irvine CA 92614, Attention of Ling Li; and
(iii)          if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.
Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through Electronic Systems, to the extent provided in paragraph (b) below, shall be effective as provided in said paragraph (b).
(r)      Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or furnished by using Electronic Systems pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient, at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i), of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii) above, if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient.




74

(s)      Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.
(t)      Electronic Systems.
(i)          The Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make Communications (as defined below) available to the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, Intralinks, Syndtrak, ClearPar or a substantially similar Electronic System.
(ii)          Any Electronic System used by the Administrative Agent is provided “as is” and “as available.” The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of such Electronic Systems and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or any Electronic System. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including, without limitation, direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through an Electronic System. “ Communications ” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through an Electronic System.
SECTION 9.02.      Waivers; Amendments. (1) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.
(e)      Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender




75

affected thereby; provided , however, that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary (A) to amend or waive default interest pursuant hereto or (B) to amend any financial covenant (or any term defined therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or Letter of Credit or to reduce any fee payable hereunder, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement (including the waiver of any mandatory prepayment), or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.17(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender or (vi) release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Loan Documents or release all or substantially all Collateral, in each case without the consent of each Lender, other than any such release expressly contemplated under Article VIII; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder (including any amendments or modifications to Section 2.19) without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be; provided further that the Fee Letter may be amended in writing entered into by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent; provided further that any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender disproportionately adversely relative to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.
(f)      If the Administrative Agent and the Borrower acting together identify any ambiguity, omission, mistake, typographical error or other defect in any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be permitted to amend, modify or supplement such provision to cure such ambiguity, omission, mistake, typographical error or other defect, and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not apply in the case of amendments, modifications or supplements requiring the consent of each Lender, each affected Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as applicable, pursuant to clause (b) above.
(g)      If, in connection with any proposed amendment, waiver or consent requiring the consent of “each Lender” or “each Lender directly affected thereby”, including any request by the Borrower to add a new currency (other than Sterling, Euros or Yen) as an additional Approved Currency, the consent of the Required Lenders is obtained, but the consent of other necessary Lenders is not obtained (any such Lender who consent is necessary but not obtained being referred to herein as “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), then the Borrower may elect to replace a Non-Consenting Lender as a Lender party to this Agreement, provided that, concurrently with such replacement, (i) another bank or other entity which reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall agree, as of such date, to purchase for cash the Loans and the other Obligations due to the Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption and become a Lender for all purposes under this Agreement and to assume all obligations of the Non-Consenting Lender to be terminated as of such date and to comply with the requirements of clause (b) of Section 9.04, and (ii) the Borrower shall pay to such Non-Consenting Lender in same day funds on the day of replacement all interest, fees and other amounts then accrued but unpaid to such Non-Consenting Lender by the Borrower hereunder to an including the date of termination.




76

SECTION 9.03.      Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. (1) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out of pocket expenses actually incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the syndication of the credit facility provided for herein, the preparation and administration of this Agreement or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated) (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses of legal counsel, to the actual reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to the Sole Lead Arranger, the Administrative Agent and their Affiliates), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of one primary counsel, one local counsel and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, any other primary and/or local counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.
(d)      The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not such claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding is brought by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or their respectiveequity holders, Affiliates, creditors or any other third Person and whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that (A) for claims made by an Indemnitee pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 9.03(b), the Borrower shall not be liable for legal fees and expenses of legal counsel with respect to any individual claims, damages, losses, liabilities or expenses of more than one primary counsel, one local counsel and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, any other primary and/or local counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (B) such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee. This Section 9.03(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims or damages arising from any non-Tax claim.
(e)      To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this




77

Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such.
(f)      To the extent permitted by applicable law, the no party hereto shall assert, and each such party hereby waives, any claim against any other party, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that, nothing in this clause (d) shall relieve the Borrower of any obligation it may have to indemnify an Indemnitee against special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages asserted against such Indemnitee by a third party.
(g)      All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after written demand therefor.
SECTION 9.04.      Successors and Assigns. (1) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(d)      (1)    Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Persons (other than an Ineligible Institution) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:
(A)      the Borrower; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee;
(B)      the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of any Commitment to an assignee that is a Lender with a Commitment immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment;
(C)      the Issuing Bank, and
(D)      the Swingline Lender.
(ix)          Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:




78

(A)      except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
(B)      each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;
(C)      the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent (x) an Assignment and Assumption or (y) to the extent applicable, an agreement incorporating an Assignment and Assumption by reference pursuant to a Platform as to which the Administrative Agent and the parties to the Assignment and Assumption are participants), together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; and
(D)      the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more Credit Contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its related parties or its securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.
For the purposes of this Section 9.04(b), the term “ Approved Fund ” and “ Ineligible Institution ” have the following meanings:
Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
Ineligible Institution ” means (a) a natural person, (b) a Defaulting Lender, (c) the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or (d) a company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural person or relative(s) thereof; provided that, such company, investment vehicle or trust shall not constitute an Ineligible Assignee if it (x) has not been established for the primary purpose of acquiring any Loans or Commitments, (y) is managed by a professional advisor, who is not such natural person or a relative thereof, having significant experience in the business of making or purchasing commercial loans, and (z) has assets greater than $25,000,000 and a significant part of its activities consist of making or purchasing commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.
(x)          Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the




79

assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.
(xi)          The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(xii)          Upon its receipt of (x) a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee or (y) to the extent applicable, an agreement incorporating an Assignment and Assumption by reference pursuant to a Platform as to which the Administrative Agent and the parties to the Assignment and Assumption are participants), the assignee's completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(c), 2.05(d) or (e), 2.06(b), 2.17(d) or 9.03(c), the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.
(e)      Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”), other than an Ineligible Institution, in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged; (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations; and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any




80

amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant. The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15 and 2.16 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under 2.16(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.16(f) shall be delivered to the participating Lender and the information and documentation required under Section 2.16(g) will be delivered to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 2.18 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section; and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.14 or 2.16, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.18(b) with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.17(c) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.
(f)      Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
SECTION 9.05.      Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or




81

terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
SECTION 9.06.      Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution. (1) This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
(e)      Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy, emailed pdf, or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of the actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed to include Electronic Signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
SECTION 9.07.      Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.
SECTION 9.08.      Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.
SECTION 9.09.      Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (1) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.
(j)      The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of




82

Manhattan, and of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
(k)      The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
(l)      Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
SECTION 9.10.      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
SECTION 9.11.      Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
SECTION 9.12.      Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority (including any self-regulatory authority such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information




83

and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any permitted assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective permitted assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii)  any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower. For the purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from the Borrower relating to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower and other than information pertaining to this Agreement routinely provided by arrangers to data service providers, including league table providers, that serve the lending industry; provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
SECTION 9.13.      Material Non-Public Information .
(a)      EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 9.12(a) FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE BORROWER AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
(b)      ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE BORROWER, THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.
SECTION 9.14.      Authorization to Distribute Certain Materials to Public-Siders .
(e)      If the Borrower does not file this Agreement with the SEC, then the Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to distribute the execution version of this Agreement and the Loan Documents to all Lenders, including their Public-Siders. The Borrower acknowledges its understanding that Public-Siders and their firms may be trading in any of the Parties’ respective securities while in possession of the Loan Documents.




84

(f)      The Borrower represents and warrants that none of the information in the Loan Documents constitutes or contains material non-public information within the meaning of the federal and state securities laws. To the extent that any of the executed Loan Documents constitutes at any time a material non-public information within the meaning of the federal and state securities laws after the date hereof, the Company agrees that it will promptly make such information publicly available by press release or public filing with the SEC.
SECTION 9.15.      Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.
SECTION 9.16.      USA Patriot Act. Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.
SECTION 9.17.      California Judicial Reference . If any action or proceeding is filed in a court of the State of California by or against any party hereto in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (a) the parties agree, and hereby agree to advise the applicable court, that the adjudication of any such action or proceeding (and all related claims) shall be made pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 by a referee (who shall be a single active or retired judge) who shall hear and determine all of the issues in such action or proceeding (whether of fact or of law) and report a statement of decision, provided that at the option of any party to such proceeding, any such issues pertaining to a “provisional remedy” as defined in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1281.8 shall be heard and determined by the court, and (b) without limiting the generality of Section 9.03, the Borrower shall be solely responsible to pay all fees and expenses of any referee appointed in such action or proceeding.
SECTION 9.18.      Judgment Currency . If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due from the Borrower hereunder in the currency expressed to be payable herein (the “ Specified Currency ”) into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the Specified Currency with such other currency at the Administrative Agent’s New York office on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligations of the Borrower in respect of any sum due to any Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than the Specified Currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the




85

case may be) may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Specified Currency with such other currency; if the amount of the Specified Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in the Specified Currency, the Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, against such loss.




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
MASIMO CORPORATION, as Borrower
 
By:
 
 
Name: Mark P. de Raad
Title: Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually and as Administrative Agent,
 
By:
 
 
Name:
Title:


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Lender,
 
By:
 
 
Name:
Title:

 
1
 



2


[NAME OF BANK], as Lender,
 
By:
 
 
Name:
Title:


 
2
 

EXHIBIT A

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
This Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [ Insert name of Assignor ] (the “ Assignor ”) and [ Insert name of Assignee ] (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.
For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any letters of credit, guarantees, and swingline loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.
1.    Assignor:        ______________________________
2.    Assignee:        ______________________________
                [and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [ identify Lender ] ]
3.    Borrower:        Masimo Corporation
4.
Administrative Agent:    JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement
5.
Credit Agreement:    The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 8, 2016 among Masimo Corporation, the Lenders parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other parties thereto
6.    Assigned Interest:



2



Facility Assigned
Aggregate Amount of Commitment/Loans for all Lenders
Amount of Commitment/Loans Assigned
Percentage Assigned of Commitment/Loans
Revolving Commitment
$
$
%
 
$
$
%
 
$
$
%

Effective Date: _____________ ___, 20___ [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]
The Assignee agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent a completed Administrative Questionnaire in which the Assignee designates one or more Credit Contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower[, the Loan Parties] and [its] [their] Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the Assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.
The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:
ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
 
By:
 
 
Title:


ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
 
By:
 
 
Title:


 
2
 

3


[Consented to and] Accepted:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as
Administrative Agent
By_________________________________
Title:
[Consented to:]
[NAME OF RELEVANT PARTY]
By________________________________
Title:


 
3
 

ANNEX 1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF JANUARY 8, 2016
FOR MASIMO CORPORATION
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
1. Representations and Warranties .
1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Agreement or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of the Agreement or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under the Agreement.
1.2. Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Agreement, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.
3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Acceptance and adoption of the terms of this Assignment and Assumption by the Assignee and the Assignor by Electronic Signature or delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this





2

Assignment and Assumption by any Electronic System shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.


 
2
 

EXHIBIT C-1

[FORM OF]
U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 8, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Masimo Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:    
 
Name:
 
Title:
Date: ________ __, 20[ ]




EXHIBIT C-2

[FORM OF]
U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 8, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Masimo Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:    
 
Name:
 
Title:
Date: ________ __, 20[ ]




EXHIBIT C-3

[FORM OF]
U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 8, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Masimo Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:
 
Name:
 
Title:
Date: ________ __, 20[ ]




EXHIBIT C-4

[FORM OF]
U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 8, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Masimo Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:
 
Name:
 
Title:
Date: ________ __, 20[ ]



Exhibit 10.44
*** Text Omitted and Filed Separately
Confidential Treatment Requested
Under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4)
and 240.24b-2


SETTLEMENT AND COVENANT NOT TO SUE AGREEMENT
This SETTLEMENT AND COVENANT NOT TO SUE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of the Effective Date (as that term is defined below) between Masimo Corporation (“Masimo”), Masimo Technologies SARL (“Masimo Tech”) and Masimo International SARL (“Masimo SARL”) and their respective Affiliates (“collectively, “MASIMO”) and Mindray Medical International, Limited (“MMIL”), Shenzhen Mindray Biomedical Electronics Co., Ltd. (“Shenzhen Mindray”), Mindray DS USA, Inc. (“Mindray DS”) and their respective Affiliates (collectively, “MINDRAY”), who are referred to in this Agreement collectively as the “Parties” and individually as a “Party.”
WHEREAS, Masimo and Masimo SARL filed suit against Shenzhen Mindray in the United States District Court for the Central District of California for patent infringement and breach of a certain 2002 Agreement between Masimo and Shenzhen Mindray, as amended, in Civil Action No. SACV12-02206 CJC (DFMx) (the “California Litigation”), in which Shenzhen Mindray has asserted counterclaims for patent infringement and antitrust violations; and
WHEREAS , Masimo filed suit against Mindray DS, MMIL and Shenzhen Mindray for patent infringement and breach of a certain Restated Purchasing and License Agreement, dated effective as of August 19, 1997, between Masimo and Datascope Corporation (and its current successor(s) and assign(s)), as amended (the “Datascope Agreement”), in Civil Action L-9601- 13, Superior Court of New Jersey, Law Division, Bergen County, currently removed to the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, as Civil Action No. 2:15-cv-06900 (SDW)(SCM) (the “New Jersey Litigation”), in which Mindray DS and Shenzhen Mindray have asserted counterclaims for declarations of non-infringement, patent infringement and antitrust violations; and
WHEREAS , as a result of a remand decision in Civil Action No. 2:15-cv-00457 (SDW)(SCM), Mindray DS filed an appeal with the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, docketed as Case No. 15-2058 (the “Federal Circuit Appeal”); and
WHEREAS , Shenzhen Mindray filed suits against Masimo for anticompetitive conduct in connection with the 2002 Agreement between Masimo Corporation and Shenzhen Mindray and for patent infringement against Masimo and Shenzhen Comen Medical Instruments Co. Ltd., in Shenzhen Intermediate People’s Court in the Republic of China, in Action No. (2015) 深中 法知民初字第 796 号༌༈2015) 深中法知民初字第554号༌(2015)深中法知民初字第555 号༛Masimo has instituted an invalidity proceeding against Shenzhen Mindray’s China Patent No. 2007103050619 at the State Intellectual Property Office (SIPO) (the “Chinese Litigations”); and
WHEREAS , as Masimo has petitioned the United States Patent and Trademark Office for the institution of Inter Partes Review of U.S. Patent No. 5,987,343 (the “Kinast IPR”); and





WHEREAS , the Parties desire to resolve all aspects of the California Litigation, the New Jersey Litigation, the Chinese Litigations, the Federal Circuit Appeal and the Kinast IPR (collectively, the “Litigations”), without investment of further time, expense or other legal action; and
WHEREAS , MINDRAY desires a dependable supply of high performance pulse oximetry technology for the United States and Canada and wishes to secure its future supply of pulse oximetry technology from MASIMO so that it can plan its own long-term business operations with assurance of this dependable supply;
NOW , THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, MASIMO and MINDRAY, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS . The definitions of capitalized terms set forth in the recitals above are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement. Furthermore, as used in this Agreement:
1.1      Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any referenced Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly, by itself or through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. A Person shall be regarded as in control of another Person if it owns, or directly or indirectly controls, at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock or other ownership interests of such Person, or if it directly or indirectly possesses the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person by any means whatsoever; provided, however, in those jurisdictions where majority ownership of equity interests is prohibited to foreign owners, an Affiliate shall be a Person in which the referenced Person directly or indirectly owns the maximum permitted percentage of equity interests in such other Person as is permitted by local law.
1.2      “Claims” means any and all claims, counterclaims, third party claims, contribution claims, indemnity claims, demands, actions, causes of action, and all other claims of every kind and nature in law or equity, whether arising under state, federal, international or other law, which were asserted in or which arise from the same transactions or occurrences as those claims asserted in the Litigations, whether such claims are absolute or contingent, direct or indirect, known or unknown.
1.3      “Masimo Covered Products” means MASIMO products commercially available from MASIMO as of the Effective Date and MASIMO products commercially available from MASIMO as of the date MASIMO receives the entire Settlement Payment, as listed on Exhibit A, and products Essentially Unchanged therefrom. For the sake of clarity, Masimo Covered Products refers only to products commercially available from MASIMO, and the covenants in this Agreement that refer to Masimo Covered Products do not encompass third party customer products that incorporate Masimo Covered Products apart from the Masimo

2



Covered Products themselves. MASIMO will deliver Exhibit A to MINDRAY within ten (10) days of the Effective Date.
1.4      “Mindray Covered Technology” means MINDRAY’s pulse oximetry technology and gas monitoring technology (i.e., CO 2 , O 2 , and anesthesia gases) as included in products commercially available from MINDRAY as of the Effective Date, as listed on Exhibit B, and pulse oximetry technology and gas monitoring technology Essentially Unchanged therefrom. For the sake of clarity, Mindray Covered Technology refers only to MlNDRAY’s pulse oximetry technology and gas monitoring technology, and the covenants in this Agreement that refer to Mindray Covered Technology do not encompass the products that incorporate Mindray Covered Technology apart from the Mindray Covered Technology itself. MINDRAY will deliver Exhibit B to MASIMO within ten (10) days of the Effective Date.
1.5      “Effective Date” means the earliest date upon which all Parties have signed this Agreement or identical counterparts thereof.
1.6      A new or updated product is “Essentially Unchanged” from an existing product if the differences between the new or updated product and the existing product do not create a new or different basis for a claim of infringement of the Pertinent Patents, provided, however, that any functionality added after the Effective Date that would create a new or different basis for a claim of infringement of the Pertinent Patents will not be considered part of a Masimo Covered Product or any Mindray Covered Technology.
1.7      “Person” means any individual or firm, association, organization, joint venture, trust, partnership, corporation, or other collective organization or entity.
1.8      “Pertinent Patents” means all patents and patent applications in all jurisdictions worldwide, assigned to, owned by, controlled by, or licensed to with right to sublicense, either Party, and specifically includes the patents asserted by any party in the Litigations and any continuations, continuations-in-part, divisionals, reexaminations and reissues of such patents.
2.      COVENANT NOT TO SUE . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Party hereby agrees, promises and covenants to the other Party, for their benefit and for the benefit of their predecessors, successors, heirs and assigns, with effect throughout the world, not to claim or assert any cause of action or bring or instigate any proceeding, before any tribunal, whether judicial or administrative, seeking a determination that the making, having made, using, offering for sale, selling, importing, exporting, commercialization or other exploitation, of the Masimo Covered Products or Mindray Covered Technology infringes or infringed the other Party’s Pertinent Patents; provided, however, that MASIMO’s covenant to MINDRAY shall become effective only upon MASlMO’s receipt of the entire Settlement Payment. Without in any way limiting the foregoing, and for the avoidance of doubt, each of MASIMO and MINDRAY acknowledges that

3



the covenant not to sue granted herein applies to each and every Masimo Covered Product and Mindray Covered Technology within or outside the United States and that this covenant extends to every customer, distributor, reseller and end-user of such Masimo Covered Product or Mindray Covered Technology, whether located anywhere in the world.
3.      MINDRAY SpO2 SALES .
3.1      Supply of SpO2 for Delivery in the United States and Canada . Until December 31, 2027, MINDRAY agrees to purchase from MASIMO, and MASIMO agrees to sell to MINDRAY (pursuant to the Datascope Agreement), all of MlNDRAY’s requirements for pulse oximetry for use in any MINDRAY products that are to be sold, offered for sale or otherwise distributed in the United States and Canada, except that MINDRAY may integrate pulse oximetry in MINDRAY multi-parameter monitors from another third party brand not Affiliated with MINDRAY for customers that request patient monitors from MINDRAY equipped with such other third party pulse oximetry brand. At any time after MINDRAY provides notice of its intention to import, sell, offer for sale, or distribute Mindray SpO2 in the United States and Canada after December 31, 2027, either Party will have the right to terminate the Datascope Agreement on twelve (12) months prior written notice to the other Party. After the Effective Date, the territorial scope of the Datascope Agreement will be limited to the United States and Canada only. For clarity, between the Effective Dale and December 31, 2027, the Datascope Agreement shall not prohibit the importation, sale, offer for sale, and distribution of Mindray SpO2 outside of the United States and Canada, and after December 31, 2027, the Datascope Agreement shall not prohibit the importation, sale, offer for sale, and distribution of Mindray SpO2 inside the United States and Canada. All other terms of the Datascope Agreement will remain unchanged. In the event of breach of this Section 3.1 by MINDRAY, MASIMO will provide written notice to MINDRAY. If MINDRAY fails to cure the breach within ninety (90) days, then the covenant provided by MASIMO in Section 2 will terminate, and MASIMO may immediately terminate the Datascope Agreement and/or stop shipping to MINDRAY, in addition to any other rights and remedies MASIMO may have. In the event of breach of this Section 3.1 by MASIMO, MINDRAY will provide written notice to MASIMO. If MASIMO fails to cure the breach within ninety (90) days, then MINDRAY may fulfill its SpO2 requirements in the United States and Canada with Mindray SpO2 or another third party SpO2 brand, in addition to any other rights and remedies MINDRAY may have. In the event of alleged breach by either party, the parties shall engage in good-faith discussions to attempt to resolve such alleged breach within the ninety (90) day cure period, including discussion between top management from both Parties.

4



4.      PAYMENT .
4.1      Amount of Payment . MINDRAY shall pay MASIMO the amount of twenty five million US dollars (US$25,000,000) (“the Settlement Payment”) in two installments. The first installment of seven million US dollars (US$7,000,000) shall be paid no later than November 16, 2015. The second installment of eighteen million US dollars (US$18,000,000) shall be paid no later than sixty (60) days after the Effective Date. Mindray desires that the Settlement Payment be borne by the respective MINDRAY group companies as follows:
Legal Entity Name
Amount (US$)
Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co., Ltd.
18,000,000
Mindray DS USA, INC.
7,000,000

4.2      Method of Payment . The Settlement Payment will be made by wire transfer in U.S. dollars and in immediately available funds. The wire transfer payment shall be sent to the following bank:
Bank Name:
[…***…]
 
 
ABA/Routing No.:
[…***…]
Account Name:
Masimo Corporation
Account No.:
[…***…]

4.3      Taxes . All taxes shall be the financial responsibility of the Party obligated to pay such taxes as determined by the applicable law and neither Party is or shall be liable at any time for any of the other Party’s taxes incurred in connection with or related to amounts paid under this Agreement.
5.      PURCHASE AGREEMENT .
5.1      Negotiation of Purchasing and Licensing Agreement . The Parties agree to negotiate in good faith in an attempt to reach mutually agreeable terms for a purchasing and licensing agreement that enables Shenzhen Mindray to license Masimo SET® pulse oximetry circuit boards for integration in Mindray pulse oximetry-equipped devices to be sold in regional markets outside the United States and Canada for which the parties are able to agree upon minimum annual sales volumes over the term of the agreement.

5



6.      RELEASES AND DISMISSAL .
6.1      MASIMO Releases to MINDRAY . Except with respect to the obligations created by or arising out of this Agreement, effective upon MASIMO’s receipt of the entire Settlement Payment from MINDRAY, MASIMO and their respective predecessors, successors, heirs and assigns, release and absolutely discharge MINDRAY, and each of their current and former customers, distributors, suppliers, manufacturers, employees, representatives, agents, officers, and directors, past and present, of and from any and all claims, demands, damages, debts, liabilities, accounts, reckonings, obligations, costs, expenses, liens, attorneys’ fees, actions and causes of action of every kind and nature whatever, (i) arising out of or in connection with the Litigations or infringement of MASlMO’s Pertinent Patents, including without limitation all Claims, and (ii) based in whole or in part on acts or omissions of MINDRAY prior to the Effective Date.
6.2      MINDRAY Releases to MASIMO . Except with respect to the obligations created by or arising out of this Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date, MINDRAY and their respective predecessors, successors, heirs and assigns, release and absolutely discharge MASIMO and each of their current and former customers, distributors, suppliers, manufacturers, employees, representatives, agents, officers, and directors, past and present, of and from any and all claims, demands, damages, debts, liabilities, accounts, reckonings, obligations, costs, expenses, liens, attorneys, fees, actions and causes of action of every kind and nature whatever, (i) arising out of or in connection with the Litigations or infringement of MINDRAY’s Pertinent Patents, including without limitation all Claims, and (ii) based in whole or in part on acts or omissions of MASIMO prior to the Effective Date.
6.3      Unknown Claims . MASIMO and MINDRAY expressly acknowledge and agree that this Agreement, as of the respective dates indicated in Sections 6.1 and 6.2, fully and finally releases and forever resolves the Litigations, including those Claims involving the Masimo Covered Products and Mindray Covered Technology that are unknown or known, unanticipated or unsuspected or that may hereafter arise as a result of the discovery of new and/or additional facts. The Parties acknowledge and understand the significance and potential consequences of its release of unknown claims. The Parties intend that the claims released under this Agreement be construed as broadly as possible and agree to waive and relinquish all rights and benefits each may have under Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California, or any similar statute or law of any other jurisdiction. Section 1542 reads as follows: “A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

6



6.4      Denial of Liability . The Parties acknowledge that they are entering into this Agreement to resolve disputed claims, that nothing herein shall be construed to be an admission of liability, and that MASIMO on the one hand, and MINDRAY on the other, expressly deny any liability to the other Party. Nothing in this Agreement shall be an admission by MASIMO or MINDRAY that the Pertinent Patents are valid and enforceable. Each Party shall bear its own costs and attorney’s fees incurred in the Litigations.
6.5      Dismissal of the Litigations . Within five (5) days of the Effective Date, MINDRAY shall direct its attorneys to file a stipulation of dismissal with prejudice of all of MINDRAY’s claims and counterclaims in each of the Litigations, with each Party to bear its own costs and attorneys’ fees. Within five (5) days of receiving the entire Settlement Payment, MASIMO shall direct its attorneys to file a stipulation of dismissal with prejudice of all of MASIMO’s claims and counterclaims in each of the California Litigation and the New Jersey Litigation, with each Party to bear its own costs and attorneys’ fees. The Parties agree to submit to the court, within five (5) days of the Effective Date, appropriate stipulations and proposed orders for extensions of time for all due dates in the Litigations so that neither Party is required to incur unnecessary expenses in the Litigations between the Effective Date and the date the Litigations are dismissed. All such stipulations and proposed orders will provide that the court in which the action is currently pending will retain jurisdiction over any action involving this Agreement that relates to the respective action. In the event the Court denies the Parties’ request to extend the trial date in the California Litigation, MASIMO shall also dismiss its claims and counterclaims in the California Litigation and the New Jersey Litigation with prejudice, provided that MINDRAY first delivers to MASIMO a bank guarantee (Exhibit D) in the amount of the unpaid portion of the Settlement Payment from a bank in Hong Kong acceptable to MASIMO guaranteeing payment to MASIMO of the unpaid portion of the Settlement Payment within the time period agreed in Section 4.1. MASIMO shall dismiss its claims and counterclaims in the California Litigation and the New Jersey Litigation with prejudice within five (5) days after receipt of said bank guarantee. Upon receipt of the entire Settlement Payment, Masimo shall provide Mindray with a letter of confirmation for such Payment within five (5) days of said receipt. The bank guarantee is voided upon Masimo receipt of the entire Settlement Payment. In addition, within ten (10) days of the Effective Date, the Parties shall file a joint request to dismiss the Kinast IPR and MASIMO shall file a request to dismiss the invalidity proceeding instituted at SIPO.
6.6      Rule 408 . The Parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement, the terms in this Agreement, and the discussions and negotiations leading up to this Agreement are subject to Federal Rule of Evidence 408 and were made in an effort to amicably resolve the Litigations.

7



7.      TERM AND TERMINATION OF COVENANT .
7.1      Term . The covenants not to sue entered into under this Agreement are effective as set forth in Section 2 and continue until the last sale of a Masimo Covered Product or product including Mindray Covered Technology anywhere in the world, unless terminated pursuant to Section 3.1.
7.2      Termination . MASIMO will have the right to terminate this Agreement in whole or in part, effective immediately upon written notice to MINDRAY, if MINDRAY does not make the Settlement Payment required under Section 4.1; either Party will have the right to terminate this Agreement in whole or in part, effective immediately upon written notice, if the other Party does not fulfill its obligations to request dismissal of the Litigations as required by Section 6.5 of this Agreement.
7.3      Effects of Termination by MASIMO or MINDRAY . If either Party terminates this Agreement in whole or in part pursuant to Section 7.2 above, the covenant not to sue delivered to the other Party will terminate.
7.4      Survival . Section 10.2 will survive the termination of this Agreement.
8.      SETTLEMENT . One purpose of this Agreement, which is a material inducement to each settling Party, is to establish a resolution of their disputes and claims so that the Parties can put to rest their respective claims and challenges. Therefore, the Parties agree not to challenge, or assist others in challenging, either directly or through their attorneys or other agents, the validity or enforceability of the patents asserted by the other Party in any of the Litigations, and any patents or patent applications claiming priority from such patents, except in defense of litigation asserting such patents against the other Party. In addition, no Party, either directly or through their attorneys or other agents, will seek to revive or re-litigate any of the claims, defenses, affirmative defenses, counterclaims, and other legal challenges made in this case by voluntarily participating in or assisting any other Person to assert or litigate any such matter in any forum under any law, provided, however, that nothing herein shall prohibit a Party from providing information, documents or testimony as required by law or legal process and it shall not be a breach of this Section 8 for a Party to do so. Further, no use by any other Person in any legal proceeding of information, documents or testimony provided pursuant to law or legal process by a Party, nor any determination in any legal proceeding that is based in whole or in part on information, documents or testimony provided pursuant to law or legal process by a Party, shall constitute a breach of this Section 8, nor will any party intentionally seek to circumvent this provision, such as by indirectly pursuing through third parties the activities prohibited by this provision.

8



9.      ASSIGNMENT OF CERTAIN MINDRAY PATENTS TO MASIMO . MINDRAY agrees to assign, pursuant to the Assignment Agreement attached as Exhibit C, all right, title and interest in and to US Patent Nos. 6308089 and 7048687 and 5987343 and China Patent No. 100353917 (“Transferred Patents”) to MASIMO, including the right to sue for and recover damages for infringement by any third party, including such infringements whether occurring prior to and/or after the Effective Date. MINDRAY’s assignment of the Transferred Patents to MASIMO is “as is”, including without any warranty as to their validity or enforceability. From the Effective Date on, MASIMO shall be responsible for payment of any and all fees required to keep the Transferred Patents in force if MASIMO so desires. Notwithstanding this assignment, MASIMO hereby grants MINDRAY an irrevocable, worldwide, non-exclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free right and license under the Transferred Patents to undertake any act that may be alleged as direct or indirect infringement under the Transferred Patents. MINDRAY further agrees to train its sales force on the patient safety benefits of MASIMO’s X-Cal technology, which MINDRAY alleged infringed the Transferred Patents, by distributing to its sales force an X-Cal brochure (Exhibit E) to be prepared and provided by MASIMO.
10.      GENERAL PROVISIONS .
10.1      Irreparable Harm Arising from Breach . The Parties agree that violation of the provisions contained in Sections 2 and 10.2 shall cause a Party to suffer immediate and irreparable harm for which there is no adequate remedy at law. Therefore, the Parties further agree that in the event of a breach of Sections 2 or 10.2, the non-breaching Party shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, in addition to all other remedies available to it at law or equity.
10.2      Confidentiality . Except to the extent necessary to facilitate the actions contemplated in Section 6.5, each Party will hold the terms of this Agreement in confidence and shall not publicize or disclose it in any manner whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties may disclose this Agreement as required by applicable law, including, without limitation, applicable securities laws; in confidence to a Court (or otherwise as directed by law); to the Parties’ respective attorneys, accountants, auditors, tax preparers, financial advisors and other agents who have a need to know the content of this Agreement; and to acquirers or prospective acquirers of the business of each party or part thereof to which the Agreement pertains. Each Party may disclose the scope of the covenant not to sue granted in Section 2, and the releases granted in Section 6.1 and Section 6.2, to a third party to the extent that such Party reasonably believes necessary to respond to an inquiry from such third party as to whether products are authorized and/or released and therefore not subject to a claim of infringement.

9



10.3      Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by, interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of California, without reference to conflicts of laws principles. Any legal action or other legal proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement must be brought or otherwise commenced in a federal or state court in California. Each Party expressly and irrevocably consents and submits to the jurisdiction of such state and federal courts in connection with any such legal proceeding and to accept service of process by mail to the address provided in this Agreement.
10.4      Warranties; Disclaimers; Limitations .
(a)      Each Party represents and warrants that it is the owner with all right, title and interest in and to its Pertinent Patents and the right to enforce its Pertinent Patents, and that each Party has all rights necessary to grant any and all rights granted under this Agreement including without limitation the covenants granted in Section 2, and the releases granted in Section 6.1 and Section 6.2.
(b)      Each Party agrees to defend and indemnify the other Party for any third party claims arising out of any breach of Section 10.4(a).
(c)      Subject to Section 10.4(a), neither Party shall have any obligation to file, prosecute or maintain any patents or patent applications, to enforce the Pertinent Patents against third parties or to provide know-how or support relating thereto.
10.5      Duly Existing . Each of the Parties represents and warrants that it is duly existing, and each Party hereto represents and warrants that it has the full power and authority to enter into this Agreement, and that there are no other Persons whose consent to this Agreement or whose joinder herein is necessary to make fully effective the provisions of this Agreement.
10.6      Entire Agreement . This is an enforceable Agreement. This Agreement, including the attached Exhibit A, Exhibit B, Exhibit C, Exhibit D, and Exhibit E, which are incorporated by reference herein, constitute the entire agreement between the Parties and supersede all previous communications, representations, agreements or understandings, either oral or written, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. For clarity, except as set forth in Section 3.1, this Agreement does not supersede the Datascope Agreement, which remains in effect. This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or modified only by a written instrument duly executed by or on behalf of each Party hereto, which specifically refers to this Agreement.
10.7      Waiver . No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any prior, concurrent or subsequent breach of the same or any provisions hereof, and no waiver shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the waiving Party.

10



10.8      Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by a reliable overnight courier service; by prepaid registered or certified mail, return receipt requested; or by facsimile to the other Party at the address below or to such other address for which such Party shall give notice hereunder. Such notice shall be deemed to have been given three (3) days after the date of sending if by overnight courier service, or five (5) days after the date of sending by registered or certified mail, or upon confirmed receipt if delivered by facsimile, excepted that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.To MASIMO:
Mr. Joe Kiani
Chairman & CEO
Masimo
52 Discovery
Irvine, CA 92618
w/copy to (which will not constitute notice):
Mr. Tom McClenahan
EVP & General Counsel
Masimo
52 Discovery
Irvine, CA 92618
To MINDRAY:
Mr. Minghe Cheng
Co-CEO & Chief Strategic Officer
Mindray Medical International Limited
Mindray Building, Keji 12 th Road South, High-tech Industrial Park
Shenzhen 518057
P. R. China
w/copy to (which will not constitute notice):
Ms. Fannie Lin Fan
Group General Counsel
Mindray Medical International Limited
Mindray Building, Keji 12 th Road South, High-tech Industrial Park
Shenzhen 518057
P. R. China

11




10.9      Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under any controlling body of law, that provision shall be reformed, construed and enforced to the maximum extent permissible; and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
10.10      Section Headings . The section headings used in this Agreement and the attached Exhibit shall be intended for convenience only and shall not be deemed to supersede or modify any provisions.
10.11      Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original hereof, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A faxed or e-mailed copy of the signature page shall be considered an original for purposes of this Agreement.
10.12      Duty to Effectuate . The Parties agree to perform any lawful additional acts, including the execution of additional agreements, as are reasonably necessary to effectuate the purpose of this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties do hereby execute this Settlement and Covenant Not to Sue Agreement by duly authorized officials as of the Effective Date:
MINDRAY MEDICAL INTL. LTD.
MASIMO CORPORATION
By: /s/ Minghe Cheng          
By: /s/ Joe Kiani        
Name: Minghe Cheng    
Name: Joe Kiani    
Title: Co-CEO & Chief Strategic Officer    
Title: Chairman and CEO    
Date: Nov. 16, 2015    
Date: 11-15-15    
SHENZHEN MINDRAY BIOMEDICAL ELECTRONICS CO., LTD.
MASIMO INTERNATIONAL SARL
By: /s/ Minghe Cheng    
By: /s/ Mark P. de Raad        
Name : Minghe Cheng    
Name: Mark P. de Raad    
Title: Director    
Title: Manager    
Date: Nov. 16, 2015    
Date: 11-15-15    
MINDRAY DS, USA, INC.
MASIMO TECHNOLOGIES SARL
By: /s/ Minghe Cheng    
By: /s/ Mark P. de Raad    
Name: Minghe Cheng    
Name: Mark P. de Raad    
Title: Director    
Title: Manager    
Date: Nov. 16, 2015    
Date: 11-15-15    


12



EXHIBIT A
[…***…]

1
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

2
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

3
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

4
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

5
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

6
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

7
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

8
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

9
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

10
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

11
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

12
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

13
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

14
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

15
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

16
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

17
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

18
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

19
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

20
*Confidential Treatment Requested



EXHIBIT B
[…***…]

1
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

2
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

3
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

4
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

5
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

6
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

7
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

8
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

9
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

10
*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]



11
*Confidential Treatment Requested



EXHIBIT C
ASSIGNMENT
Shenzhen Mindray Biomedical Electronics Co., Ltd. and Mindray DS USA, Inc. (collectively, “ASSIGNOR”), represents and warrants that it is the sole owner of the entire right, title, and interest to the following issued letters patents and applications for letters patents (hereinafter “the Patents and Patent Applications”):
Patent
Issue/Pub. Date
Title
U.S. Pat. No. 6,308,089
October 23, 2001
Limited Use Medical Probe
U.S. Pat. No. 7,048,687
May 23, 2006
Limited Use Medical Probe
U.S. Pat. No. 5,987,343
November 7, 1997
Method for Storing Pulse Oximeter Characteristics
China Pat. No. CN100353917
December 12, 2007
Limited Use Medical Probe

Application No.
Filing Date
Title
10/045,475
10-22-2001
Limited Use Medical Probe
11/366,617
03-02-2006
Limited Use Medical Probe

ASSIGNOR hereby acknowledges that it has sold, assigned, and transferred, and by these presents does hereby sell, assign, and transfer, unto Masimo Corporation (hereinafter “ASSIGNEE”), its successors, legal representatives, and assigns, the entire right, title, and interest in, to, and under the Patents and Patent Applications and all U.S. and China patents that may be granted thereon, and all provisional applications relating thereto and all U.S. and China divisions, continuations, reissues, reexaminations, renewals, and extensions thereof, and all rights of priority under International Conventions and applications for letters patent that may hereafter be filed for the Patents and Patent Applications in the U.S. and China; and ASSIGNOR hereby authorizes and requests the Commissioner of Patents of the United States and the Director of State Intellectual Property Office to issue all letters patents resulting from the Patents and Patent Applications and applications in the U.S. and China to ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives, and assigns, in accordance with the terms of this Assignment.
ASSIGNOR does hereby sell, assign, transfer, and convey to ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives, and assigns all claims for damages and all remedies arising out of any violation of the rights assigned hereby that may have accrued prior to the date of assignment to ASSIGNEE, or may accrue hereafter, including, but not limited to, the right to sue for, collect, and retain damages for past infringements of the Patents and Patent Applications before or after issuance;

EXHIBIT C    Page 1



ASSIGNOR hereby covenants and agrees that it will communicate to ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives, and assigns any facts known to ASSIGNOR respecting the Patents and Patent Applications immediately upon becoming aware of those facts, and that it will sign necessary lawful papers, make necessary rightful oaths, and will generally do everything necessary to aid ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives, and assigns to obtain and enforce the Patents and Patent Applications in the U.S. and China.
In testimony whereof, I hereunto set my hand and seal this 16th  day of November, 2015.
Assignor (Conveying Party)
Assignee (Receiving Party)
SHENZHEN MINDRAY BIOMEDICAL ELECTRONICS CO., LTD.
MASIMO
By: /s/ Jianguang Du    
By: /s/ Tom McClenahan    
Name: Jianguang Du    
Name: Tom McClenahan    
Title: Group IP Director    
Title: General Counsel    
Date: November 16, 2015    
Date: November 15, 2015    
MINDRAY DS USA
 
By: /s/ Jianguang Du    
 
Name: Jianguang Du    
 
Title: Group IP Director    
 
Date: November 16, 2015    
 


EXHIBIT C    Page 2



EXHIBIT D
Letter of Guarantee
[…***…]

*Confidential Treatment Requested




[…***…]

-2-
*Confidential Treatment Requested





[…***…]



-3-
*Confidential Treatment Requested



EXHIBIT E
X-Cal™ Technology for Enhanced Patient Safety and Improved Clinician Efficiency
SUMMARY
Masimo provides the most reliable pulse oximetry products available. Masimo’s pulse oximetry boards, cables, and sensors are designed to work together as an integrated system to provide accurate and reliable measurements even under challenging conditions, including motion and low perfusion. When one of the elements in the system is not a genuine Masimo product, performance degrades and sometimes to clinically dangerous levels. Also, when cables and sensors are used beyond their expected life, certain intermittent failures may occur during patient monitoring. Intermittent failures can and have caused the monitor to display falsely “normal” saturation values when a patient’s actual saturation level may be too low. In fact, the search for the best solution to this problem was the genesis of X-Cal sensor life monitoring technology. If clinicians don’t use other information to assess their patients, intermittent cable and sensor failures can lead to delays in necessary clinical intervention since these failures can prevent pulse oximeters from reliably alarming the clinicians.
Masimo’s X-Cal technology is designed to enhance patient safety by addressing three issues that can compromise measurement reliability and patient safety: (1) the use of imitation cables and sensors; (2) the use of compromised third party reprocessed cables and sensors; and (3) the use of cables and sensors beyond their expected life. Monitors equipped with X-Cal-enabled pulse oximetry circuit boards can detect and preclude operation with non-genuine cables and sensors. In addition, X-Cal-enabled pulse oximetry boards can measure the aggregate utilization of genuine and compromised reprocessed cables and sensors, and in turn, require the replacement of genuine and compromised cables and sensors when they have been used beyond their expected monitoring life. X-Cal cannot guarantee that compromised sensors cannot be used with Masimo pulse oximeters, nor can it guarantee that with Masimo’s X-Cal, you will never have a situation where the measurements are inaccurate. However, it minimizes the possibility of it.
THE TECHNICAL BENEFIT OF X-CAL IS BASED ON MASIMO COMPONENTS WORKING AS AN INTEGRATED SYSTEM
Masimo SET Measure-through Motion and Low Perfusion pulse oximetry has three system components:
1)
The sensor that connects to the patient
2)
The patient cable that connects the sensor to the Masimo circuit board in the monitor





3)
The Masimo circuit board (SET ®  SpO2 or rainbow ® Pulse CO-Oximetry) installed in a multiparameter patient monitor or Masimo pulse oximeter
All Masimo components work together as an integrated system to measure through challenging conditions including motion and low perfusion. When all components are fully functioning, the system works as intended. In contrast, when any of these system components is compromised, erroneous measurements can occur.
PROBLEM #1 ADDRESSED BY X-CAL: POOR QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF IMITATION MASIMO SENSORS AND CABLES
Multiple third-party manufacturers have attempted to copy Masimo sensors and cables. Imitation cables and sensors (also known as “knockoffs,” “copy-cat,” “pirated” products, etc) use components without the same design, manufacturing process, or quality controls as Masimo and as such, do not meet Masimo quality or performance specifications. This becomes particularly problematic in challenging conditions.
SOLUTION: When an imitation sensor or cable connects to an X-Cal enabled monitor, a message is displayed to replace the sensor or cable.
PROBLEM #2 ADDRESSED BY X-CAL: RELIABILITY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH CABLES AND SENSORS WHEN USED BEYOND THEIR EXPECTED LIFE
Eventually, all cables and sensors wear out or become damaged due to daily use. Safety recommendations include removing damaged sensors and cables from service for Biomedical Engineering evaluation. 1 Damaged components that lead to intermittent performance issues can cause care inefficiencies and frustration, such as repeated returns of the patient cable with intermittent faults to Biomedical Engineering or repeated, inconclusive biomedical testing and investigation. Given the intermittent nature of the interruption and because the clinical use scenario is not easily replicated, biomedical engineers may find no obvious issue with the cable or sensor and return them to clinical use. This contributes to alarm fatigue for clinicians, which ECRI Institute has rated as the biggest technology issue facing hospitals. 2  
A recent independent study of reusable sensors taken from active use in several hospitals highlights the risk of sensors being used beyond their expected life. The study used a spectrometer to examine 847 pulse oximeter sensors from 29 hospitals. A total of 89 sensors (10.5%) had a functional error of the electrical components that would cause an error in SpO2 measurement accuracy. The study authors stated: “When undetected, these cable faults frequently cause the monitor to display SpO2 readings in the low 80s regardless of the patient’s true SpO2 value. These types of cable faults are not identified by the monitor, simulators or standard electrical tests.” 3  
Customer feedback indicates that Masimo reusable sensors, cables, and single-patient-use sensors last significantly longer without performance degradation than non-Masimo products. Durability testing and experience through the application of millions of sensors per year demonstrate that Masimo single-patient-use sensors function for about seven days of continuous active use, which is much longer than the average patient stay and well beyond the typical length of monitoring during a patient stay.
SOLUTION: X-Cal provides an automatic method to detect when cables and sensors have been used far beyond their expected life, allowing the aging inventory to be replaced. With X-Cal, biomedical engineers are expected to spend less time troubleshooting faulty/nuisance alarms and even less time investigating, testing, and replacing faulty patient cables.





PROBLEM #3 ADDRESSED BY X-CAL: POOR QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THIRD- PARTY REPROCESSED PULSE OXIMETRY SENSORS
The FDA has stated: “It is essential that users understand that the performance of reprocessed sensors might be different from that of the original sensor.” 4 Masimo has found that customers do not always understand how sensors are reprocessed. Customers often assume third-party reprocessed sensors function to the same specification as Masimo sensors. This is not the case. To the best of our knowledge, none of the known third-party reprocessors of Masimo sensors (including Stryker Sustainability/Ascent, SterilMed, ReNu, Hygia, and Midwestern Reprocessing Center) have received an FDA 510(k) indication for use during motion or low perfusion. In addition, none have received FDA 510(k) clearance for or have demonstrated compatibility with the non-Masimo pulse oximeters of Nellcor and Philips Fast. Furthermore, Masimo testing of third-party reprocessed sensors identified a variety of performance issues including biological debris, functional defects, risk of component failure, and adhesive properties that are likely to cause discomfort with infants and neonates.
Third-party reprocessing alters single-patient-use sensors from their original form and function, which may have an adverse effect on the consistency and accuracy of oxygen saturation and pulse rate measurements. Third-party reprocessed sensors often have damage to both optical and electrical components.
SOLUTION: X-Cal does not prevent the use of reprocessed sensors but does provide an automatic method to detect when reprocessed sensors have been used far beyond their expected life.
HOW X-CAL WORKS
X-Cal is seamlessly integrated into Masimo sensors, cables, and circuit boards and is provided at no additional cost to end users. X-Cal can detect imitation cables and sensors and measures the active patient monitoring time of each cable and sensor. Monitors equipped with X-Cal-enabled circuit boards will not function with imitation cables and sensors and will display a message to replace cables and sensors that have been used beyond their useful life.
Furthermore, the indication to change a sensor or cable only occurs outside of active patient monitoring to avoid disruption to clinical practice. For example, if the end of a single-patient-use sensor’s expected life is reached while actively monitoring a patient, the sensor will continue to operate until monitoring with that sensor is stopped. At the next re-application of the same sensor, the monitor will display a message advising the clinician to replace the sensor.
For sensors and patient cables, the active monitoring time limit depends on the sensor or cable, as shown in the table below. For each sensor or cable category, the table below shows the expected life of the sensor or cable, based upon active patient monitoring of 24, 12, or 8 hours per day.
Sensor or Cable
Active Patient Monitoring Limit
Duration if Monitoring 24 Hours Per Day
Duration if Monitoring 12 Hours Per Day
Duration if Monitoring 8 Hours Per Day
Single-patient-use SpO2 Sensors with Replaceable tape
336 hours
14 days
28 days
42 days
Single-patient-use SpO2 Sensors without Replaceable tape
168 hours
7 days
14 days
21 days
Reusable SpO2 Sensors (DCI, DCIP, Yl, TC-I, TF-I, and DBI)
8,760 hours
12 months
2 years
3 years
Patient Cables
17,520 hours
24 months
4 years
6 years






MASIMO OFFERS MULTIPLE OPTIONS TO MAINTAIN SENSOR PERFORMANCE WHILE MAXIMIZING SUSTAINABILITY AND COST-EFFECTIVENESS
Masimo sensor solutions include:
Single-patient-use sensors – Offering performance and convenience, includes a selection of sensors with a replaceable tape option for extended single-patient use.
ReSposable™ – A revolutionary sensor system that offers the performance and comfort of a single-patient-use disposable sensor with unprecedented reduction of carbon footprint and waste. ReSposable offers the green advantages of a reusable sensor and a similar sensor price per-patient as using a combination of reprocessed and new single-patient-use sensors.
Masimo reprocessing program for single-patient-use sensors – For customers who wish to use single-patient-use sensors and reduce costs by reprocessing these sensors without the performance issues of third-party reprocessed sensors.
CONCLUSION
In summary, X-Cal helps address three reasons pulse oximeters fail to deliver reliable measurements. Along with its breakthrough ability to monitor during low to signal to noise situations, Masimo SET provides the most reliable pulse oximetry in the world.
QUESTIONS
If you have any questions on X-Cal, please call 877-932-XCAL or email MasimoTech@masimo.com.
REFERENCES
1 Pennsylvania Patient Safety Advisory. 2(2): 2005:26-29.
2 ECRI Institute. Top Ten Health Technology Hazards for 2012.
3 Milner QJ, Mathews GR. An assessment of the accuracy of pulse oximeters. Anaesthesia. 2012
4 Weininger S. Effective standards and regulatory tools for respiratory gas monitors and pulse oximeters: The role of the engineer and clinician. Anesth Analg. 2007:105: 595-99.




Exhibit 10.45









LEASE
(Single-Tenant; Net; “AS IS”)


BETWEEN


THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC


AND


MASIMO CORPORATION






INDEX TO LEASE
ARTICLE I.
BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE II.
PREMISES
3

 
 
SECTIONS 2.1
LEASED PREMISES
3

 
 
SECTIONS 2.2
ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES
3

 
 
SECTIONS 2.3
BUILDING NAME AND ADDRES
3

 
 
SECTIONS 2.4
LANDLORD’S RESPONSIBILITIES
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE III.
TERM
3

 
 
SECTION 3.1.
GENERAL
3

 
 
SECTION 3.2
DELAY IN POSSESSION
3

 
 
SECTION 3.3.
EARLY ENTRY TO PREMISES
3

 
 
SECTION 3.4.
RIGHT TO EXTEND THIS LEASE
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE IV.
RENT AND OPERATING EXPENSES
4

 
 
SECTION 4.1.
BASIC RENT
4

 
 
SECTION 4.2.
OPERATING EXPENSES
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE V.
USES
6

 
 
SECTION 5.1.
USE
6

 
 
SECTION 5.2.
SIGNS
7

 
 
SECTION 5.3.
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE VI.
COMMON AREAS; SERVICES
9

 
 
SECTION 6.1.
UTILITIES AND SERVICES
9

 
 
SECTION 6.2.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF COMMON AREAS
9

 
 
SECTION 6.3.
USE OF COMMON AREAS
9

 
 
SECTION 6.4.
PARKING
9

 
 
SECTION 6.5.
CHANGES AND ADDITIONS BY LANDLORD
10

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE VII.
MAINTAINING THE PREMISES
10

 
 
SECTION 7.1.
TENANT’S MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
10

 
 
SECTION 7.2.
LANDLORD’S MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
10

 
 
SECTION 7.3.
ALTERATIONS
10

 
 
SECTION 7.4.
MECHANIC’S LIENS
11

 
 
SECTION 7.5.
ENTRY AND INSPECTION
11

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE VIII.
TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS ON TENANT’S PROPERTY
12

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE IX.
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
12

 
 
SECTION 9.1.
RIGHTS OF PARTIES
12

 
 
SECTION 9.2.
EFFECT OF TRANSFER
13

 
 
SECTION 9.3.
SUBLEASE REQUIREMENTS
14

 
 
SECTION 9.4.
CERTAIN TRANSFER
14

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE X.
INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY
14

 
 
SECTION 10.1.
TENANT’S INSURANCE
14

 
 
SECTION 10.2.
LANDLORD’S INSURANCE
14

 
 
SECTION 10.3.
TENANT’S INDEMNITY
15

 
 
SECTION 10.4.
LANDLORD’S NONLIABILITY
15

 
 
SECTION 10.5.
WAIVER OF SUBROGATION
15

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE XI.
DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION
15

 
 
SECTION 11.1.
RESTORATION
15

 
 
SECTION 11.2.
LEASE GOVERNS
16

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE XII.
EMINENT DOMAIN
16

 
 
SECTION 12.1.
TOTAL OR PARTIAL TAKING
16

 
 
SECTION 12.2.
TEMPORARY TAKING
17

 
 
SECTION 12.3.
TAKING OF PARKING AREA
17

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE XIII.
SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE; FINANCIALS
17

 
 
SECTION 13.1.
SUBORDINATION
17

 
 
SECTION 13.2.
ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
17



ii


 
 
SECTION 13.3.
FINANCIALS
17

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE XIV.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
18

 
 
SECTION 14.1.
TENANT’S DEFAULTS
18

 
 
SECTION 14.2.
LANDLORD’S REMEDIES
18

 
 
SECTION 14.3.
LATE PAYMENTS
19

 
 
SECTION 14.4.
RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM
20

 
 
SECTION 14.5.
DEFAULT BY LANDLORD
20

 
 
SECTION 14.6.
EXPENSES AND LEGAL FEES
20

 
 
SECTION 14.7.
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL/JUDICIAL REFERENCE
20

 
 
SECTION 14.8.
SATISFACTION OF JUDGMENT
21

 
ARTICLE XV.
END OF TERM
22

 
 
SECTION 15.1.
HOLDING OVER
22

 
 
SECTION 15.2.
MERGER ON TERMINATION
22

 
 
SECTION 15.3.
SURRENDER OF PREMISES; REMOVAL OF PROPERTY
22

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE XVI.
PAYMENTS AND NOTICES
22

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE XVII.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
22

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE XVIII.
BROKER’S COMMISSION
23

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE XIX.
TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST
23

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE XX.
INTERPRETATION
23

 
 
SECTION 20.1.
GENDER AND NUMBER
23

 
 
SECTION 20.2.
HEADINGS
23

 
 
SECTION 20.3.
JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY
23

 
 
SECTION 20.4.
SUCCESSORS
23

 
 
SECTION 20.5.
TIME OF ESSENCE
23

 
 
SECTION 20.6.
CONTROLLING LAW/VENUE
23

 
 
SECTION 20.7.
SEVERABILITY
23

 
 
SECTION 20.8.
WAIVER AND CUMULATIVE REMEDIES
23

 
 
SECTION 20.9.
INABILITY TO PERFORM
23

 
 
SECTION 20.10.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
24

 
 
SECTION 20.11.
QUIET ENJOYMENT
24

 
 
SECTION 20.12.
SURVIVAL
24

 
 
SECTION 20.13.
INTERPRETATION
24

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE XXI.
EXECUTION AND RECORDING
24

 
 
SECTION 21.1.
COUNTERPARTS
24

 
 
SECTION 21.2
CORPORATE, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AND PARTNERSHIP AUTHORITY
24

 
 
SECTION 21.3.
EXECUTION OF LEASE; NO OPTION OR OFFER
24

 
 
SECTION 21.4.
RECORDING
24

 
 
SECTION 21.5.
AMENDMENTS
24

 
 
SECTION 21.6.
EXECUTED COPY
24

 
 
SECTION 21.7.
ATTACHMENTS
24

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE XXII.
MISCELLANEOUS
24

 
 
SECTION 22.1.
NONDISCLOSURE OF LEASE TERMS
24

 
 
SECTION 22.2.
GUARANTEE
25

 
 
SECTION 22.3.
CHANGES REQUESTED BY LENDER
25

 
 
SECTION 22.4.
MORTGAGEE PROTECTION
25

 
 
SECTION 22.5.
COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS
25

 
 
SECTION 22.6.
SECURITY MEASURES
25

 
 
SECTION 22.7.
SDN LIST
25

 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBITS
 
 
 
 
Exhibit A
Description of Premises
 
 
 
Exhibit B
Environmental Questionnaire
 
 
 
Exhibit C
Landlord’s Disclosures
 
 
 
Exhibit D
Insurance Requirements
 
 
 
Exhibit E
Rules and Regulations
 


iii





iv


LEASE
(Single-Tenant; Net; As Is)
THIS LEASE is made as of the __day of ____________, 2012, by and between THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company hereafter called “ Landlord ,” and MASIMO CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, hereinafter called “ Tenant .”
ARTICLE I. BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS
Each reference in this Lease to the “ Basic Lease Provisions ” shall mean and refer to the following collective terms, the application of which shall be governed by the provisions in the remaining Articles of this Lease.
1.
Premises: The Premises are more particularly described in Section 2.1.
Address of Building: 9600 Jeronimo Road, Irvine, CA
2.
Project Description (if applicable): Jeronimo 5 & 6
3.
Use of Premises: General office, warehouse and research and development related to medical devices (including ancillary laboratory use and manufacturing of prototypes of the medical devices), to the extent permitted by the City’s 5.4 Industrial Zoning Ordinance.
4.
Commencement Date: The date which is the earlier to occur of (i) the commencement of Tenant’s regular business operations in the Premises, or (ii) July 15, 2012
5.
Expiration Date:    January 31, 2014
6.
Basic Rent: Commencing on the Commencement Date, the Basic Rent shall be Seventeen Thousand Eight Hundred Eighty-Five Dollars ($17,885.00) per month, based on $.55 per rentable square foot.

Basic Rent is subject to adjustment as follows:

Commencing August 1, 2013, the Basic Rent shall be Eighteen Thousand Five Hundred Thirty-Five Dollars ($18,535.00) per month, based on $.57 per rentable square foot.
7.
Guarantor(s): None
8.
Floor Area: Approximately 32,518 rentable square feet
9.
Security Deposit: $0
10.
Broker(s): “ Landlord’s Broker ”: Irvine Realty Company                         “ Tenant’s Broker ”: Zuvich Corporate Advisors
11.
Additional Insureds: None
12.
Address for Payments and Notices:
Payment Address:
 
 
 
 
LANDLORD
 
 
TENANT
 
THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC    
 
MASIMO CORPORATION
Department #0293
 
9600 Jeronimo Road
 
Los Angeles, CA 90084-0293
 
Irvine, CA 92618
 
Attn: Senior Vice President, Property Operations Irvine Office Properties
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notice Address:
 
 
 
 
THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC
 
 
 
550 Newport Center Drive
 
 
 
Newport Beach, CA 92660
 
 
 
Attn: Senior Vice President, Property Operations Irvine Office Properties
 
 
 



1


with a copy of notices to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
550 Newport Center Drive
 
 
 
Newport Beach, CA 92660
 
 
 
Attn: Vice President Operations Irvine Office Properties, Technology Portfolio
 
 
 
13.
Address for Payments: All payments due under this Lease shall be made to the address shown on the invoice for the payment due, or if no address is shown, to Landlord’s notice address above.
14.
Tenant’s Liability Insurance Requirement: $2,000,000.00
15.
Vehicle Parking Spaces: Ninety (90)



2


ARTICLE II. PREMISES
SECTION 2.1.      LEASED PREMISES . . Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises shown in Exhibit A (the “ Premises ”), containing approximately the floor area set forth in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions (the “ Floor Area ”). The Premises consist of all of the Floor Area of the building identified in Item 2 of the Basic Lease Provisions (the “ Building ”), which is a portion of the project described in Item 2 (the “ Project ”). Landlord and Tenant stipulate and agree that the Floor Area of Premises set forth in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions is correct and shall not be re-measured during the Term.
SECTION 2.2.      ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant’s lease of the Premises shall be on an “as is” basis without further alteration, addition or improvement to the Premises whatsoever. Except as provided in Section 2.4 below, Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any representative of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Project. Not by way of limitation of the foregoing, no warranty is made with respect to the suitability or fitness of the Premises, the Building or the Project for any purpose, including without limitation any representations or warranties regarding the compliance of Tenant’s use of the Premises with the applicable zoning or regarding any other land use matters, and Tenant shall be solely responsible as to such matters. Further, neither Landlord nor any representative of Landlord has made any representations or warranties regarding (i) what other tenants or uses may be permitted or intended in the Building or the Project, (ii) any exclusivity of use by Tenant with respect to its permitted use of the Premises as set forth in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions, or (iii) any construction of portions of the Project not yet completed. Tenant further acknowledges that the flooring materials which may be installed within portions of the Premises located on the ground floor of the Building may be limited by the moisture content of the Building slab and underlying soils. As of the Commencement Date, Tenant shall be conclusively deemed to have accepted the Premises and those portions of the Building and Project in which Tenant has any rights under this Lease, which acceptance shall mean that it is conclusively established that the Premises and those portions of the Building and Project in which Tenant has any rights under this Lease were in satisfactory condition and in conformity with the provisions of this Lease.
SECTION 2.3.      BUILDING NAME AND ADDRESS . Tenant shall not utilize any name selected by Landlord from time to time for the Building and/or the Project as any part of Tenant’s corporate or trade name. Landlord shall have the right to change the name, address, number or designation of the Building or Project without liability to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Tenant, including without limitation, Tenant’s costs of obtaining new business cards, stationery and informing Tenant’s customers and vendors of Tenant’s new address, not to exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) in the aggregate, resulting from any changed name, number or designation of the Building or Project initiated by Landlord.
SECTION 2.4.      LANDLORD’S RESPONSIBILITIES. Landlord warrants to Tenant that the plumbing, fire sprinkler system, lighting, heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems and electrical systems serving the Premises shall be in good operating condition on the Commencement Date of this Lease. Provided that Tenant shall notify Landlord of a non-compliance with the foregoing warranty not later than 30 days following the Commencement Date of the Lease, then Landlord shall, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Tenant setting forth the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify same at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (and not as a Project Cost).
ARTICLE III. TERM
SECTION 3.1.      GENERAL . The Term of this Lease (“ Term ”) shall commence (“ Commencement Date ”) on the date set forth in Item 4 of the Basic Lease Provisions, and shall expire on the date (the “ Expiration Date ”) set forth in Item 5 of the Basic Lease Provisions. The parties shall memorialize on a form provided by Landlord (the “ Commencement Date Memorandum ”) the actual Commencement Date and the Expiration Date of this Lease. Should Tenant fail to execute and return the Commencement Date Memorandum to Landlord within five (5) business days (or provide specific written objections thereto within that period), then Landlord’s determination of the Commencement and Expiration Dates as set forth in the Commencement Date Memorandum shall be conclusive.
SECTION 3.2. DELAY IN POSSESSION . If Landlord, for any reason whatsoever, cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Commencement Date as set forth in Item 4 of the Basic Lease Provisions, this Lease shall not be void or voidable nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any resulting loss or damage. However, Tenant shall not be liable for any rent until the Premises are actually delivered to Tenant, except that if Landlord’s failure to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant is attributable to any action or inaction by Tenant, then the Premises shall be deemed ready for occupancy, and Landlord shall be entitled to full performance by Tenant (including the payment of rent), as of the date Landlord would have been able to deliver the Premises to Tenant but for Tenant’s delay(s).
SECTION 3.3.      EARLY ENTRY TO PREMISES . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1 above, Landlord shall provide Tenant with access to the Premises not earlier than June 15, 2012 to enable Tenant to install fixtures, furniture, computers, telephone and cabling equipment in the Premises through its own contractors. Such access shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that Tenant’s rental obligation shall not commence to accrue until the Commencement Date hereof . Landlord shall not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any such work being performed by Tenant, the same being solely at Tenant’s risk. In no event shall the failure of Tenant’s contractors to complete any work in the Premises extend the Commencement Date of this Lease.


3


SECTION 3.4.      RIGHT TO EXTEND THIS LEASE . Provided that no Event of Default has occurred under any provision of this Lease, either at the time of exercise of the extension right granted herein or at the time of the commencement of such extension, and provided further that Tenant is occupying the entire Premises and has not assigned or sublet any of its interest in this Lease (except in connection with a Permitted Transfer), then Tenant may extend the Term of this Lease for one (1) extension period of twelve (12) months. Tenant shall exercise its right to extend the Term by and only by delivering to Landlord, not less than nine (9) months or more than 12 months prior to the Expiration Date of the Term, Tenant’s irrevocable written notice of its commitment to extend (the “ Commitment Notice ”). The Basic Rent payable under the Lease during the initial 12-month extension of the Term shall be Twenty One Thousand One Hundred Thirty-Seven Dollars ($21,137.00) per month, based on $.65 per rentable square foot. Upon receipt of the Commitment Notice, Landlord shall prepare a reasonably appropriate amendment to this Lease for the extension period and Tenant shall execute and return same to Landlord with ten (10) days.
If Tenant fails to timely comply with any of the provisions of this Section, Tenant’s right to extend the Term shall be extinguished and the Lease shall automatically terminate as of the Expiration Date, without any extension and without any liability to Landlord. Tenant’s rights under this Section shall belong solely to Masimo Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any attempted assignment or transfer of such rights shall be void and of no force and effect. Tenant shall have no other right to extend the Term beyond the single 12-month extension period created by this Section. Unless agreed to in a writing signed by Landlord and Tenant, any extension of the Term, whether created by an amendment to this Lease or by a holdover of the Premises by Tenant, or otherwise, shall be deemed a part of, and not in addition to, any duly exercised extension period permitted by this Section.
ARTICLE IV. RENT AND OPERATING EXPENSES
SECTION 4.1.      BASIC RENT. From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord without deduction or offset, the rental amount for the Premises shown in Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions (the “ Basic Rent ”), including subsequent adjustments, if any. If the Commencement Date is other than the first day of the calendar month, any rental adjustments shown in Item 6 occurring with reference to the monthly anniversary of the Commencement Date, shall be deemed to occur on the first day of the next calendar month following the specified monthly anniversary of the Commencement Date. The rent shall be due and payable in advance commencing on the Commencement Date (as prorated for any partial month) and continuing thereafter on the first day of each successive calendar month of the Term. No demand, notice or invoice shall be required for the payment of Basic Rent. An installment of rent in the amount of one (1) full month’s Basic Rent at the initial rate specified in Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions and one (1) month’s estimated Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses (as defined in Section 4.2) shall be delivered to Landlord concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease and shall be applied against the Basic Rent and Operating Expenses first due hereunder.
SECTION 4.2.      OPERATING EXPENSES.
(a)    From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, Tenant’s Share of all Operating Expenses, as defined in Section 4.2(f), incurred by Landlord in the operation of the Building and the Project. The term “ Tenant’s Share ” means 100% of the Operating Expenses determined by Landlord to benefit or relate substantially to the Building, plus that portion of any Operating Expenses determined by multiplying the cost of such item by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Floor Area and the denominator of which is the total rentable square footage, as determined from time to time by Landlord, of all or some of the buildings in the Project, for expenses determined by Landlord to benefit or relate substantially to all or some of the buildings in the Project rather than specifically to the Building or any other specific building. Landlord reserves the right to allocate to the entire Project any Operating Expenses which may benefit or substantially relate to a particular building within the Project in order to maintain greater consistency of Operating Expenses among buildings within the Project. In the event that Landlord determines in its sole but commercially reasonable discretion that the Premises or the Building incur a non-proportional benefit from any expense, or is the non-proportional cause of any such expense, Landlord may allocate a greater percentage of such Operating Expense to the Premises or the Building. In the event that any management and/or overhead fee payable or imposed by Landlord for the management of Tenant’s Premises is calculated as a percentage of the rent payable by Tenant and other tenants of Landlord, then the full amount of such management and/or overhead fee which is attributable to the rent paid by Tenant shall be additional rent payable by Tenant, in full, provided, however, that Landlord may elect to include such full amount as part of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses.
(b)    Prior to the start of each full Expense Recovery Period (as defined in this Section 4.2), Landlord shall give Tenant a written estimate of the amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the applicable Expense Recovery Period. Any delay or failure by Landlord in providing such estimate shall not relieve Tenant from its obligation to pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses or estimated amounts thereof, if and when Landlord provides such estimate or final payment amount. Tenant shall pay the estimated amounts to Landlord in equal monthly installments, in advance concurrently with payments of Basic Rent. If Landlord has not furnished its written estimate for any Expense Recovery Period by the time set forth above, Tenant shall continue to pay monthly the estimated Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in effect during the prior Expense Recovery Period; provided that when the new estimate is delivered to Tenant, Tenant shall, at the next monthly payment date, pay any accrued estimated Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses based upon the new estimate. For purposes hereof, “ Expense Recovery Period ” shall mean every twelve month period during the Term (or portion thereof for the first and last lease years) commencing July 1 and ending June 30, provided that Landlord shall have the right to change the date on which an Expense Recovery Period commences in which event appropriate reasonable adjustments shall be made to Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses so that the amount payable by Tenant shall not materially vary as a result of such change.


4


(c)    Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Expense Recovery Period, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement (a “ Reconciliation Statement ”) showing in reasonable detail the actual or prorated Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses incurred by Landlord during such Expense Recovery Period, and the parties shall within thirty (30) days thereafter make any payment or allowance necessary to adjust Tenant’s estimated payments of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, if any, to the actual Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses as shown by the Reconciliation Statement. Any delay or failure by Landlord in delivering any Reconciliation Statement shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to require Tenant to pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses pursuant hereto. Any amount due Tenant shall be credited against installments next coming due under this Section 4.2, and any deficiency shall be paid by Tenant together with the next installment. Should Tenant fail to object in writing to Landlord’s determination of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses within sixty (60) days following delivery of Landlord’s Reconciliation Statement, Landlord’s determination of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the applicable Expense Recovery Period shall be conclusive and binding on the parties for all purposes and any future claims to the contrary shall be barred.
(d)    Even though this Lease has terminated and the Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the Expense Recovery Period in which this Lease terminates, Tenant shall within thirty (30) days of written notice pay the entire increase over the estimated Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses already paid. Conversely, any overpayment by Tenant shall be rebated by Landlord to Tenant not later than thirty (30) days after such final determination.
(e)    If, at any time during any Expense Recovery Period, any one or more of the Operating Expenses are increased to a rate(s) or amount(s) in excess of the rate(s) or amount(s) used in calculating the estimated Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the year, then the estimate of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses may be increased by written notice from Landlord for the month in which such rate(s) or amount(s) becomes effective and for all succeeding months by an amount equal to the estimated amount of Tenant’s Share of the increase. If Landlord gives Tenant written notice of the amount or estimated amount of the increase and the month in which the increase will or has become effective, then Tenant shall pay the increase to Landlord as a part of Tenant’s monthly payments of the estimated Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses as provided in Section 4.2(b), commencing with the month following delivery of Landlord’s notice. In addition, Tenant shall pay upon written request any such increases which were incurred prior to the Tenant commencing to pay such monthly increase.
(f)    The term “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean and include all Project Costs, as defined in subsection (g), and Property Taxes, as defined in subsection (h).
(g)    The term “ Project Costs ” shall mean all expenses of operation, management, repair, replacement and maintenance of the Building and the Project, including without limitation all appurtenant Common Areas (as defined in Section 6.2), and shall include the following charges by way of illustration but not limitation: water and sewer charges; insurance premiums and deductibles and/or reasonable premium and deductible equivalents should Landlord elect to self - insure all or any portion of any risk that Landlord is authorized to insure hereunder; license, permit, and inspection fees; light; power; window washing; trash pickup; janitorial services to any interior Common Areas; heating, ventilating and air conditioning; supplies; materials; equipment; tools; the cost of any environmental, insurance, tax, legal or other consultant utilized by Landlord in connection with the Building and/or Project; establishment of reasonable reserves for replacements and/or repairs; costs incurred in connection with compliance with any laws or changes in laws applicable to the Building or the Project; the cost of any capital improvements or replacements (other than tenant improvements for specific tenants) to the extent of the amortized amount thereof over the useful life of such capital improvements or replacements (or, if such capital improvements or replacements are anticipated to achieve a cost savings as to the Operating Expenses, any shorter estimated period of time over which the cost of the capital improvements or replacements would be recovered from the estimated cost savings) calculated at a market cost of funds, all as determined by Landlord, for each year of useful life or shorter recovery period of such capital expenditure whether such capital expenditure occurs during or prior to the Term; costs associated with the maintenance of an air conditioning, heating and ventilation service agreement, and maintenance of an intrabuilding network cable service agreement for any intrabuilding network cable telecommunications lines within the Project, and any other maintenance, repair and replacement costs associated with such lines; capital costs associated with a requirement related to demands on utilities by Project tenants, including without limitation the cost to obtain additional phone connections; labor; reasonably allocated wages and salaries, fringe benefits, and payroll taxes for administrative and other personnel directly applicable to the Building and/or Project, including both Landlord’s personnel and outside personnel; any expense incurred pursuant to Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.4, 7.2, and 10.2; and reasonable overhead and/or management fees for the professional operation of the Project. It is understood and agreed that Project Costs may include competitive charges for direct services (including, without limitation, management and/or operations services) provided by any subsidiary, division or affiliate of Landlord.
(h)    The term “ Property Taxes ” as used herein shall include any form of federal, state, county or local government or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind (whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary) related to the ownership, leasing or operation of the Premises, Building or Project, including without limitation, the following: (i) all real estate taxes or personal property taxes levied against the Premises, the Building or Project, as such property taxes may be reassessed from time to time; and (ii) other taxes, charges and assessments which are levied with respect to this Lease or to the Building and/or the Project, and any improvements, fixtures and equipment and other property of Landlord located in the Building and/or the Project, (iii) all assessments and fees for public improvements, services, and facilities and impacts thereon, including without limitation arising out of any Community Facilities Districts, “Mello Roos” districts, similar assessment districts, and any traffic impact mitigation assessments or fees; (iv) any tax, surcharge or assessment which shall be levied in addition to or in lieu of real estate or personal property taxes, other than taxes covered by Article VIII; and (v) taxes based on the receipt of rent (including


5


gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent), and (vi) costs and expenses incurred in contesting the amount or validity of any Property Tax by appropriate proceedings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, general net income or franchise taxes imposed against Landlord shall be excluded.
(i)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.2, Operating Expenses shall not include:
(1) Any ground lease rental;
(2) Costs incurred by Landlord for the repair of damage to the Building or the Project to the extent that Landlord is actually reimbursed by insurance proceeds;
(3) Costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of improvements made for new tenants or other occupants in the Building or the Project or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Building or the Project;
(4) Marketing costs, including leasing commission, attorneys’ fees, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions or disputes with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building or the Project;
(5) Except to the extent expressly permitted in Section 4.2(g), costs of capital nature, including, without limitation, capital improvements, capital repairs (except as otherwise permitted herein), capital equipment and capital tools;
(6) Expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are made available to other tenants of the Building or Project but not made available to Tenant;
(7) Costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord of the terms of this Lease;
(8) Overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in the Building or the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;
(9) Interest, principal, points and fees on debt or amortization on any mortgage or mortgages or any other debt instrument encumbering the Building, the underlying land or the Project;
(10) Advertising and promotional expenditures, and costs of the acquisition and/or installation (but excluding maintenance costs) of signs in or on the Building or the Project identifying the owner or any tenant;
(11) Tax penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s negligence, inability or unwillingness to make Property Tax payments when due;
(12) Costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions; and
(13) Costs for the acquisition or installation (but excluding maintenance costs) of sculpture, paintings or other objects of art.
SECTION 4.3.      [INTENTIONALLY DELETED]
ARTICLE V. USES
SECTION 5.1.      USE. Tenant shall use the Premises only for the purposes stated in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions, all in accordance with applicable laws and restrictions and pursuant to approvals to be obtained by Tenant from all relevant and required governmental agencies and authorities. The parties agree that any contrary use shall be deemed to cause material and irreparable harm to Landlord and shall entitle Landlord to injunctive relief in addition to any other available remedy. Tenant, at its expense, shall procure, maintain and make available for Landlord’s inspection throughout the Term, all governmental approvals, licenses and permits required for the proper and lawful conduct of Tenant’s permitted use of the Premises. Tenant shall not knowingly do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way interfere with the rights of other occupants of the Building or the Project, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose, nor shall Tenant permit any nuisance or commit any waste in the Premises or the Project. Tenant shall not perform any work or conduct any business whatsoever in the Project other than inside the Premises. Provided that Landlord has given Tenant written notice of any invalidity or increased cost of an insurance policy(ies) or of any applicable insurance underwriter’s rules and 30 days notice to “cure”, Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which will invalidate or increase the cost of any insurance policy(ies) covering the Building, the Project and/or their contents, and shall comply with all applicable insurance underwriters rules. Tenant shall comply at its expense with all present and future laws, ordinances, restrictions, regulations, orders, rules and requirements of all governmental authorities that pertain to Tenant or its use of the Premises, including without limitation all federal and state occupational health and safety requirements, whether or not Tenant’s compliance will necessitate expenditures or interfere with its use and enjoyment of the Premises. Tenant shall comply at its expense with all existing covenants, conditions, easements or restrictions now affecting or encumbering the Building and/or Project, including without limitation the payment by Tenant of any periodic or special dues or assessments charged against the Premises or Tenant which may be allocated to the Premises or Tenant in accordance


6


with the provisions thereof. Tenant shall also comply at its expense with any future amendments or modifications to such existing covenants, conditions, easements or reservations, and with any future covenants, conditions, easements or restrictions hereafter affecting or encumbering the Building and/or the Project, provided some do not materially impair Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises. Tenant shall, within five (5) business days after Landlord’s demand therefore; reimburse Landlord for any additional insurance premium charged by reason of Tenant’s use of the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5.1, in the event Tenant’s obligation for compliance with all future and present laws, ordinances, restrictions, regulations, orders, rules and requirements of all governmental authorities, and with all present and future covenants, conditions, easements or restrictions now or hereafter affecting or encumbering the Building and/or the Project, results in a “capital” improvement on Tenant’s part (or Tenant’s being obligated to reimburse Landlord for a “capital” improvement), Tenant shall only be responsible for the amortized cost of such “capital” improvement (amortized at a market cost of funds) over the useful life of said improvement during the Term, except in the event such obligation for a capital improvement is required due to Tenant’s own particular use of the Premises (in which case Tenants shall be fully responsible for the entire cost and installation of such “capital” improvement).
SECTION 5.2.      SIGNS. Except for one (1) exterior “building-top” sign and Landlord’s standard suite signage identifying Tenant’s name and/or logo and installed at a location designated by Landlord, Tenant shall have no right to maintain signs in any location in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Project and shall not place or erect any signs that are visible from the exterior of the Building. The size, design, graphics, material, style, color and other physical aspects of any permitted sign shall be subject to Landlord’s written determination, as determined solely by Landlord, prior to installation, that signage is in compliance with any covenants, conditions or restrictions encumbering the Premises and Landlord’s signage program for the Project, as in effect from time to time and approved by the City in which the Premises are located (“ Signage Criteria ”). Prior to placing or erecting any such signs, Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord a copy of any applicable municipal or other governmental permits and approvals and comply with any applicable insurance requirements for such signage. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs of any permitted sign, including, without limitation, the fabrication, installation, maintenance and removal thereof and the cost of any permits therefor. If Tenant fails to maintain its sign in good condition, or if Tenant fails to remove same upon termination of this Lease and repair and restore any damage caused by the sign or its removal, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense. Landlord shall have the right to temporarily remove any signs in connection with any repairs or maintenance in or upon the Building. The term “sign” as used in this Section shall include all signs, designs, monuments, displays, advertising materials, logos, banners, projected images, pennants, decals, pictures, notices, lettering, numerals or graphics.
SECTION 5.3.      HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.
(a)    For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Hazardous Materials ” means (i) any “hazardous material” as defined in Section 25501(o) of the California Health and Safety Code, (ii) hydrocarbons, polychlorinated biphenyls or asbestos, (iii) any toxic or hazardous materials, substances, wastes or materials as defined pursuant to any other applicable state, federal or local law or regulation, and (iv) any other substance or matter which may result in liability to any person or entity as a result of such person’s possession, use, storage, release or distribution of such substance or matter under any statutory or common law theory.
(b)    Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, stored, used, generated, released or disposed of on, under, from or about the Premises (including without limitation the soil and groundwater thereunder) without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, without obtaining prior written consent of Landlord, to utilize within the Premises a reasonable quantity of standard office products that may contain Hazardous Materials (such as photocopy toner, “White Out”, and the like), provided however, that (i) Tenant shall maintain such products in their original retail packaging, shall follow all instructions on such packaging with respect to the storage, use and disposal of such products, and shall otherwise comply with all applicable laws with respect to such products, and (ii) all of the other terms and provisions of this Section 5.3 shall apply with respect to Tenant’s storage, use and disposal of all such products. Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, place such conditions as Landlord deems appropriate with respect to Tenant’s use, storage and/or disposal of any Hazardous Materials requiring Landlord’s consent. Tenant understands that Landlord may utilize an environmental consultant to assist in determining conditions of approval in connection with the storage, use, release and/or disposal of Hazardous Materials by Tenant on or about the Premises, and/or to conduct periodic inspections of the storage, generation, use, release and/or disposal of such Hazardous Materials by Tenant on and from the Premises, and Tenant agrees that any costs incurred by Landlord in connection therewith shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent hereunder upon demand.
(c)    Prior to the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall complete, execute and deliver to Landlord an Environmental Questionnaire and Disclosure Statement (the “ Environmental Questionnaire ”) in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto. The completed Environmental Questionnaire shall be deemed incorporated into this Lease for all purposes, and Landlord shall be entitled to rely fully on the information contained therein. On each anniversary of the Commencement Date until the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall disclose to Landlord in writing the names and amounts of all Hazardous Materials which were stored, generated, used, released and/or disposed of on, under or about the Premises for the twelve-month period prior thereto, and which Tenant desires to store, generate, use, release and/or dispose of on, under or about the Premises for the succeeding twelve-month period. In addition, to the extent Tenant is permitted to utilize Hazardous Materials upon the Premises, Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with complete and legible copies of all the following environmental documents relating thereto: reports filed pursuant to any self-reporting requirements; permit applications, permits, monitoring reports, emergency response or action plans, workplace exposure and community exposure warnings or notices and all other reports, disclosures, plans or documents (even those which may be characterized as confidential) relating to water discharges, air pollution, waste


7


generation or disposal, and underground storage tanks for Hazardous Materials; orders, reports, notices, listings and correspondence (even those which may be considered confidential) of or concerning the release, investigation, compliance, cleanup, remedial and corrective actions, and abatement of Hazardous Materials; and all complaints, pleadings and other legal documents filed by or against Tenant related to Tenant’s storage, generation, use, release and/or disposal of Hazardous Materials.
(d)    Landlord and its agents shall have the right, but not the obligation, to inspect, sample and/or monitor the Premises and/or the soil or groundwater thereunder at any time to determine whether Tenant is complying with the terms of this Section 5.3, and in connection therewith Tenant shall provide Landlord with full access to all facilities, records and personnel related thereto upon at least one (1) business day’s prior written notice from Landlord. If Tenant is not in compliance with any of the provisions of this Section 5.3, or in the event of a release of any Hazardous Material on, under or about the Premises caused or permitted by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees, Landlord and its agents shall have the right, but not the obligation, without limitation upon any of Landlord’s other rights and remedies under this Lease, to immediately enter upon the Premises without notice and to discharge Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.3 at Tenant’s expense, including without limitation the taking of emergency or long-term remedial action. Landlord and its agents shall endeavor to minimize interference with Tenant’s business in connection therewith, but shall not be liable for any such interference. In addition, Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to join and participate in any legal proceedings or actions initiated in connection with any claims arising out of the storage, generation, use, release and/or disposal by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees of Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises.
(e)    If the presence of any Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises or the Project caused or permitted by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees results in (i) injury to any person, (ii) injury to or any contamination of the Premises or the Project, or (iii) injury to or contamination of any real or personal property wherever situated, Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly take all actions necessary to return the Premises and the Project and any other affected real or personal property owned by Landlord to the condition existing prior to the introduction of such Hazardous Materials and to remedy or repair any such injury or contamination, including without limitation, any cleanup, remediation, removal, disposal, neutralization or other treatment of any such Hazardous Materials. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, take any remedial action in response to the presence of any Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises or the Project or any other affected real or personal property owned by Landlord or enter into any similar agreement, consent, decree or other compromise with any governmental agency with respect to any Hazardous Materials claims; provided however, Landlord’s prior written consent shall not be necessary in the event that the presence of Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises or the Project or any other affected real or personal property owned by Landlord (i) imposes an immediate threat to the health, safety or welfare of any individual and (ii) is of such a nature that an immediate remedial response is necessary and it is not possible to obtain Landlord’s consent before taking such action. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless, protect and defend (with attorneys acceptable to Landlord) Landlord and any successors to all or any portion of Landlord’s interest in the Premises and the Project and any other real or personal property owned by Landlord from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, diminution in value, judgments, fines, demands, claims, recoveries, deficiencies, costs and expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees, court costs and other professional expenses), whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, arising directly or indirectly out of the use, generation, storage, treatment, release, on- or off-site disposal or transportation of Hazardous Materials on, into, from, under or about the Premises, the Building or the Project and any other real or personal property owned by Landlord caused or permitted by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees. Such indemnity obligation shall specifically include, without limitation, the cost of any required or necessary repair, restoration, cleanup or detoxification of the Premises, the Building and the Project and any other real or personal property owned by Landlord, the preparation of any closure or other required plans, whether such action is required or necessary during the Term or after the expiration of this Lease and any loss of rental due to the inability to lease the Premises or any portion of the Building or Project as a result of such Hazardous Materials, the remediation thereof or any repair, restoration or cleanup related thereto. If it is at any time discovered that Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees may have caused or permitted the release of any Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises, the Building or the Project or any other real or personal property owned by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, immediately prepare and submit to Landlord a comprehensive plan, subject to Landlord’s approval, specifying the actions to be taken by Tenant to return the Premises, the Building or the Project or any other real or personal property owned by Landlord to the condition existing prior to the introduction of such Hazardous Materials. Upon Landlord’s approval of such plan, Tenant shall, at its expense, and without limitation of any rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease or at law or in equity, immediately implement such plan and proceed to cleanup, remediate and/or remove all such Hazardous Materials in accordance with all applicable laws and as required by such plan and this Lease. The provisions of this Section 5.3(e) shall expressly survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.
(f)    Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, certain facts relating to Hazardous Materials at the Project known by Landlord to exist as of the date of this Lease, as more particularly described in Exhibit C attached hereto. Tenant shall have no liability or responsibility with respect to the Hazardous Materials facts described in Exhibit C, nor with respect to any Hazardous Materials which were not caused or permitted by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees. Notwithstanding the preceding two sentences, Tenant agrees to notify its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, and invitees of any exposure or potential exposure to Hazardous Materials at the Premises that Landlord brings to Tenant’s attention. Tenant hereby acknowledges that this disclosure satisfies any obligation of Landlord to Tenant pursuant to California Health & Safety Code Section 25359.7, or any amendment or substitute thereto or any other disclosure obligations of Landlord.


8


ARTICLE VI. COMMON AREAS; SERVICES
SECTION 6.1.      UTILITIES AND SERVICES. Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay promptly, directly to the appropriate supplier, all charges for water, gas, electricity, sewer, heat, light, power, telephone, telecommunications service, refuse pickup, janitorial service, interior landscape maintenance and all other utilities, materials and services furnished directly to Tenant or the Premises or used by Tenant in, on or about the Premises during the Term, together with any taxes thereon. If any utilities or services are not separately metered or assessed to Tenant, Landlord shall make a reasonable determination of Tenant’s proportionate share of the cost of such utilities and services, and Tenant shall pay such amount to Landlord, as an item of additional rent, within ten (10) days after delivery of Landlord’s statement or invoice therefor. Alternatively, Landlord may elect to include such cost in the definition of Project Costs in which event Tenant shall pay Tenant’s proportionate share of such costs in the manner set forth in Section 4.2. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord as an item of additional rent, within ten (10) days after delivery of Landlord’s statement or invoice therefor, Landlord’s “standard charges” (as hereinafter defined, which shall be in addition to the electricity charge paid to the utility provider) for “after hours” usage by Tenant of each HVAC unit servicing the Premises. “ After hours ” shall mean more than sixty-six (66) hours of usage during any week during the Term. “After hours” usage shall be determined based upon the operation of the applicable HVAC unit during each week on a “non-cumulative” basis (that is, without regard to Tenant’s usage or nonusage of other unit(s) serving the Premises, or of the applicable unit during other weeks of the Term). As used herein, “ standard charges ” shall mean (i) $5.00 per hour for 1-5 ton HVAC units, (ii) $7.50 per hour for 6-9 ton HVAC units and (iii) $10.00 per hour for HVAC units of greater than 9 tons (in addition to the applicable electricity charges paid to the utility provider). Landlord shall not be liable for damages or otherwise for any failure or interruption of any utility or other service furnished to the Premises, and no such failure or interruption shall be deemed an eviction or entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or withhold or abate any rent due hereunder. Landlord shall at all reasonable times have free access to the Building and Premises to install, maintain, repair, replace or remove all electrical and mechanical installations of Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that the costs incurred by Landlord related to providing above-standard utilities and services to Tenant, including, without limitation, telephone lines, may be charged to Tenant.
SECTION 6.2.      OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF COMMON AREAS. During the Term, Landlord shall operate and maintain all Common Areas within the Building and the Project in the manner Landlord may determine to be appropriate. All costs incurred by Landlord for the maintenance and operation of the Common Areas shall be included in Project Costs except to the extent any particular cost incurred is related to or associated with a specific tenant and can be charged to such tenant of the Project. The term “ Common Areas ” shall mean all areas within the exterior boundaries of the Building and other buildings in the Project which are not held for exclusive use by persons entitled to occupy space, and all other appurtenant areas and improvements within the Project provided by Landlord for the common use of Landlord and tenants and their respective employees and invitees, including without limitation parking areas and structures, driveways, sidewalks, landscaped and planted areas, hallways and interior stairwells not located within the premises of any tenant, common electrical rooms and roof access entries, common entrances and lobbies, elevators, and restrooms not located within the premises of any tenant.
SECTION 6.3.      USE OF COMMON AREAS. The occupancy by Tenant of the Premises shall include the use of the Common Areas in common with Landlord and with all others for whose convenience and use the Common Areas may be provided by Landlord, subject, however, to compliance with all rules and regulations as are prescribed from time to time by Landlord. Landlord shall at all times during the Term have exclusive control of the Common Areas, and may restrain or permit any use or occupancy, except as authorized by Landlord’s rules and regulations. Tenant shall keep the Common Areas clear of any obstruction or unauthorized use related to Tenant’s operations or use of Premises, including without limitation, planters and furniture. Nothing in this Lease shall be deemed to impose liability upon Landlord for any damage to or loss of the property of, or for any injury to, Tenant, its invitees or employees. Landlord may temporarily close any portion of the Common Areas for repairs, remodeling and/or alterations, to prevent a public dedication or the accrual of prescriptive rights, or for any other reason deemed sufficient by Landlord, without liability to Tenant. Landlord’s temporary closure of any portion of the Common Areas for such purposes shall not deprive Tenant of reasonable access to the Premises.
SECTION 6.4.      PARKING. Tenant shall be entitled to the number of vehicle parking spaces set forth in Item 15 of the Basic Lease Provisions, which spaces shall be unreserved and unassigned, on those portions of the Common Areas designated by Landlord for parking. Tenant shall not use more parking spaces than such number. All parking spaces shall be used only for parking of vehicles no larger than full size passenger automobiles, sport utility vehicles or pickup trucks. Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers or invitees to be loaded, unloaded or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities. If Tenant permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described above, then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that Landlord may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the costs to Tenant. Parking within the Common Areas shall be limited to striped parking stalls, and no parking shall be permitted in any driveways, access ways or in any area which would prohibit or impede the free flow of traffic within the Common Areas. There shall be no parking of any vehicles for longer than a forty-eight (48) hour period unless otherwise authorized by Landlord, and vehicles which have been abandoned or parked in violation of the terms hereof may be towed away at the owner’s expense. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed to create liability upon Landlord for any damage to motor vehicles of visitors or employees, for any loss of property from within those motor vehicles, or for any injury to Tenant, its visitors or employees, unless ultimately determined to be caused by the sole active negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors. Landlord shall have the right to establish, and from time to time amend, and to enforce against all users all reasonable rules and regulations (including the designation of areas for employee parking) that Landlord may deem necessary and advisable for the proper and efficient operation and maintenance of parking within the Common Areas. Landlord shall have the right to construct, maintain and operate lighting facilities within


9


the parking areas; to change the area, level, location and arrangement of the parking areas and improvements therein; to restrict parking by tenants, their officers, agents and employees to employee parking areas; after the expiration of the initial 18 month Term of this Lease, to enforce parking charges (by operation of meters or otherwise); and to do and perform such other acts in and to the parking areas and improvements therein as, in the use of good business judgment, Landlord shall determine to be advisable. Any person using the parking area shall observe all directional signs and arrows and any posted speed limits. In no event shall Tenant interfere with the use and enjoyment of the parking area by other tenants of the Project or their employees or invitees. Parking areas shall be used only for parking vehicles. Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of vehicles, or the storage of vehicles for longer than 48-hours, is prohibited unless otherwise authorized by Landlord. Tenant shall be liable for any damage to the parking areas caused by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers or invitees, including without limitation damage from excess oil leakage. Tenant shall have no right to install any fixtures, equipment or personal property in the parking areas.
SECTION 6.5.      CHANGES AND ADDITIONS BY LANDLORD. Landlord reserves the right to make alterations or additions to the Building or the Project, or to the attendant fixtures, equipment and Common Areas. Landlord may at any time relocate or remove any of the various buildings, parking areas, and other Common Areas, and may add buildings and areas to the Project from time to time. No change shall entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or other claim against Landlord. No such change shall deprive Tenant of reasonable access to or use of the Premises.
ARTICLE VII. MAINTAINING THE PREMISES
SECTION 7.1.      TENANT’S MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. Tenant at its sole expense shall maintain and make all repairs and replacements necessary to keep the Premises in the condition as existed on the Commencement Date (or on any later date that the improvements may have been installed), excepting ordinary wear and tear, including without limitation all interior glass, doors, door closures, hardware, fixtures, electrical, plumbing, fire extinguisher equipment and other equipment installed in the Premises and all Alterations constructed by Tenant pursuant to Section 7.3 below. Any damage or deterioration of the Premises shall not be deemed ordinary wear and tear if the same could have been prevented by good maintenance practices by Tenant. As part of its maintenance obligations hereunder, Tenant shall assure that the Premises remain free of moisture conditions which could cause mold and promptly repair any moisture conditions occurring within the Premises, and Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, provide Landlord with copies of all maintenance schedules, reports and notices prepared by, for or on behalf of Tenant. All repairs and replacements shall be at least equal in quality to the original work, shall be made only by a licensed contractor approved in writing in advance by Landlord and shall be made only at the time or times approved by Landlord. Any contractor utilized by Tenant shall be subject to Landlord’s standard requirements for contractors, as modified from time to time. Landlord may impose reasonable restrictions and requirements with respect to repairs and replacements, as provided in Section 7.3, and the provisions of Section 7.4 shall apply to all repairs and replacements. If Tenant fails to properly maintain and/or repair the Premises as herein provided following Landlord’s notice and the expiration of the applicable cure period (or earlier if Landlord determines that such work must be performed prior to such time in order to avoid damage to the Premises or Building or other detriment), then Landlord may elect, but shall have no obligation, to perform any repair or maintenance required hereunder on behalf of Tenant and at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for all costs incurred.
SECTION 7.2.      LANDLORD’S MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. Subject to Section 7.1 and Article XI, Landlord shall provide service, maintenance and repair with respect to any air conditioning, ventilating or heating equipment which serves the Premises (exclusive, however, of supplemental HVAC equipment serving only the Premises), and shall maintain in good repair the roof, foundations, footings, the exterior surfaces of the exterior walls of the Building (including exterior glass), the structural, electrical and mechanical systems (including elevators, if any, serving the Building), except that Tenant at its expense shall make all repairs which Landlord deems reasonably necessary as a result of the act or negligence of Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees, subtenants or contractors. Landlord shall have the right to employ or designate any reputable person or firm, including any employee or agent of Landlord or any of Landlord’s affiliates or divisions, to perform any service, repair or maintenance function. Landlord need not make any other improvements or repairs except as specifically required under this Lease, and nothing contained in this Section shall limit Landlord’s right to reimbursement from Tenant for maintenance, repair costs and replacement costs as provided elsewhere in this Lease. Tenant understands that it shall not perform any maintenance or make any repairs or replacements at Landlord’s expense and shall have no right to any rental offset for any maintenance, repairs or replacements performed by Tenant. Tenant further understands that Landlord shall not be required to make any repairs to the roof, foundations, footings, the exterior surfaces of the exterior walls of the Building (excluding exterior glass), or structural, electrical or mechanical systems unless and until Tenant has notified Landlord in writing, or Landlord otherwise becomes aware, of the need for such repair and Landlord shall have a reasonable period of time thereafter to commence and complete said repair, if warranted. All costs of any maintenance, repairs and replacements on the part of Landlord provided hereunder shall be considered part of Project Costs. Tenant further agrees that if Tenant fails to report any such need for repair in writing within sixty (60) days of its discovery by Tenant, Tenant shall be responsible for any costs and expenses and other damages related to such repair which are in excess of those which would have resulted had such need for repair been reported to Landlord within such sixty (60) day period.
SECTION 7.3.      ALTERATIONS. Except for (a) constructing and securing racks and similar items to walls and floors (collectively, the “ Racking ”), and (b) installing necessary phone and data cabling infrastructure (collectively, the “ Cabling ”), Tenant shall make no alterations, additions, fixtures or improvements (“ Alterations ”) to the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. In the event that any requested Alteration would result in a change from Landlord’s building standard materials and specifications for the Project (“ Standard Improvements ”), Landlord may withhold consent to such Alteration in its sole and absolute discretion. In the event Landlord so consents to a change from the


10


Standard Improvements (such change being referred to as a “ Non-Standard Improvement ”), Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of replacing such Non-Standard Improvement with the applicable Standard Improvement (“ Replacements ”) which Replacements shall be completed prior to the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any Alterations which cost less than One Dollar ($1.00) per square foot of the improved portions of the Premises (excluding warehouse square footage) and do not (i) affect the exterior of the Building or outside areas (or be visible from adjoining sites), or (ii) affect or penetrate any of the structural portions of the Building, including but not limited to the roof, or (iii) require any change to the basic floor plan of the Premises (including, without limitation, the adding of any additional “office” square footage) or any change to any structural or mechanical systems of the Premises, or (iv) fail to comply with any applicable governmental requirements or require any governmental permit as a prerequisite to the construction thereof, or (v) result in the Premises requiring building services beyond the level normally provided to other tenants, or (vi) interfere in any manner with the proper functioning of, or Landlord’s access to, any mechanical, electrical, plumbing, elevator or HVAC systems, facilities or equipment located in or serving the Building, or (vii) diminish the value of the Premises including, without limitation, using lesser quality materials than those existing in the Premises, or (viii) alter or replace Standard Improvements. Landlord may impose any condition to its consent, including but not limited to a requirement that the installation and/or removal of all Alterations and Replacements be covered by a lien and completion bond satisfactory to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion and requirements as to the manner and time of performance of such work. Landlord shall in all events, whether or not Landlord’s consent is required, have the right to approve prior to the commencement of any work the contractor performing the installation and removal of Alterations and Replacements and Tenant shall not permit any contractor not approved by Landlord to perform any work on the Premises or on the Building. Tenant shall obtain all required permits for the installation and removal of Alterations and Replacements and shall perform the installation and removal of Alterations and Replacements in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ordinances, including without limitation the Americans with Disabilities Act, all covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Project, and the Rules and Regulations as described in Article XVII. Tenant understands and agrees that Landlord shall be entitled to a supervision fee in the amount of five three percent ( 5 3%) of the cost of the Alterations. Under no circumstances shall Tenant make any Alterations or Replacements which incorporate any Hazardous Materials, including without limitation asbestos-containing construction materials into the Premises, the Building or the Common Area. In no event shall Tenant prosecute any Alterations that would reasonably result in picketing or labor demonstrations in or about the Building or Project. If any governmental entity requires, as a condition to any proposed Alterations by Tenant, that improvements be made to the Common Areas, and if Landlord consents to such improvements to the Common Areas (which consent may be withheld in the sole and absolute discretion of Landlord), then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, make such required improvements to the Common Areas in such manner, utilizing such materials, and with such contractors, architects and engineers as Landlord may require in its sole and absolute discretion. Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to elect to make any such improvements to be made to the Common Areas at Tenant’s expense, in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for all costs incurred in making such improvements. Any request for Landlord’s consent to any proposed Alterations shall be made in writing and shall contain architectural plans describing the work in detail reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Landlord may elect to cause its architect to review Tenant’s architectural plans, and the reasonable cost of that review shall be reimbursed by Tenant. Should the work proposed by Tenant and consented to by Landlord modify the basic floor plan of the Premises, then Tenant shall, at its expense, furnish Landlord with as-built drawings and CAD disks compatible with Landlord’s systems and standards. Unless Landlord otherwise agrees in writing, all Alterations made or affixed to the Premises, the Building or to the Common Areas, but excluding moveable trade fixtures and furniture, shall become the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered with the Premises at the end of the Term; except that (A) Tenant shall remove all Racking and Cabling and shall repair all resulting damage to the Premises by the Expiration Date, or sooner termination of the Lease, and (B) Landlord may, by notice to Tenant given at the time that Landlord grants its initial consent to any other Alterations, require Tenant to remove by the Expiration Date, or sooner termination date of this Lease, all or any of such other Alterations installed either by Tenant or by Landlord at Tenant’s request, and to repair any damage to the Premises, the Building or the Common Areas arising from that removal and restore the Premises to their condition prior to making such Alterations.
SECTION 7.4.      MECHANIC’S LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Premises free from any liens arising out of any services or work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or for Tenant. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly (but in no event later than five (5) business days following such request) cause any such lien to be released by posting a bond in accordance with California Civil Code Section 3143 or any successor statute. In the event that Tenant shall not, within thirty (30) days following the imposition of any lien, cause the lien to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other available remedies, the right to cause the lien to be released by any means it deems proper, including payment of or defense against the claim giving rise to the lien. All expenses so incurred by Landlord, including Landlord’s attorneys’ fees, and any consequential or other damages incurred by Landlord arising out of such lien, shall be reimbursed by Tenant upon demand, together with interest from the date of payment by Landlord at the maximum rate permitted by law until paid. Tenant shall give Landlord no less than twenty (20) days’ prior notice in writing before commencing construction of any kind on the Premises or Common Areas and shall again notify Landlord that construction has commenced, such notice to be given on the actual date on which construction commences, so that Landlord may post and maintain notices of nonresponsibility on the Premises or Common Area, as applicable, which notices Landlord shall have the right to post and which Tenant agrees it shall not disturb. Tenant shall also provide Landlord notice in writing within ten (10) days following the date on which such work is substantially completed. The provisions of this Section shall expressly survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.
SECTION 7.5.      ENTRY AND INSPECTION. Landlord shall at all reasonable times, upon written or oral notice (except in emergencies, when no notice shall be required) have the right to enter the Premises to inspect them, to supply services in accordance with this Lease, to perform any work required or permitted to be performed by Landlord within the Premises, to have access to install, repair, maintain, replace or remove all electrical and mechanical


11


installations of Landlord and to protect the interests of Landlord in the Premises, and to submit the Premises to prospective or actual purchasers or encumbrance holders (or, during the last one hundred and eighty (180) days of the Term or when an Event of Default exists, to prospective tenants), all without being deemed to have caused an eviction of Tenant and without abatement of rent except as provided elsewhere in this Lease. Landlord shall have the right, if desired, to retain a key which unlocks all of the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes, and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises, and any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord as provided in Section 7.5 shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or any eviction of Tenant from the Premises.
ARTICLE VIII. TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS ON TENANT’S PROPERTY
Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay, at least ten (10) days before delinquency, all taxes and assessments levied against all personal property of Tenant located in the Premises, and, if required by Landlord, against all Non Standard Improvements to the Premises (as defined in Section 7.3) made by Landlord or Tenant, and against any Alterations (as defined in Section 7.3) made to the Premises or the Building by or on behalf of Tenant. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall cause its personal property, Non-Standard Improvements and Alterations to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of which the Premises form a part. If any taxes required to be paid by Tenant on Tenant’s personal property, Non-Standard Improvements and/or Alterations are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property and if Landlord pays the same, or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion of a value placed upon Tenant’s personal property, Non-Standard Improvements and/or Alterations and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon the increased assessment, Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant pay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of the taxes resulting from the increase in the assessment. In calculating what portion of any tax bill which is assessed against Landlord separately, or Landlord and Tenant jointly, is attributable to Tenant’s Non-Standard Improvements, Alterations and personal property, Landlord’s reasonable determination shall be conclusive.
ARTICLE IX. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
SECTION 9.1.      RIGHTS OF PARTIES.
(a)    Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, and except as to transfers expressly permitted without Landlord’s consent pursuant to Section 9.4, Tenant will not, either voluntarily or by operation of law, assign, sublet, encumber, or otherwise transfer all or any part of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises, or permit the Premises to be occupied by anyone other than Tenant, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.1(b). No assignment (whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law), subletting or other transfer shall be valid or effective without Landlord’s prior written consent and, at Landlord’s election, any such assignment, subletting or other transfer shall be void and of no force and effect and any such attempted assignment, subletting or other transfer shall constitute an Event of Default of this Lease. Landlord shall not be deemed to have given its consent to any assignment, subletting or other transfer by any course of action, including without limitation its acceptance of rent or any other payment due under this Lease from any person or entity other than Tenant or its acceptance of any name for listing in the Building directory, other than Landlord’s written consent. To the extent not prohibited by provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq., (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”), including Section 365(f)(1), Tenant on behalf of itself and its creditors, administrators and assigns waives the applicability of Section 365(e) of the Bankruptcy Code unless the proposed assignee of the Trustee for the estate of the bankrupt meets Landlord’s standard for consent as set forth in Section 9.1(b) of this Lease. If this Lease is assigned to any person or entity pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, any and all monies or other considerations to be delivered in connection with the assignment shall be delivered to Landlord, shall be and remain the exclusive property of Landlord and shall not constitute property of Tenant or of the estate of Tenant within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code. Any person or entity to which this Lease is assigned pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed to have assumed all of the obligations arising under this Lease on and after the date of the assignment, and shall upon demand execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument confirming that assumption.
(b)    If Tenant desires to assign, sublease or otherwise transfer an interest in this Lease or the Premises, it shall first notify Landlord of its desire and shall submit in writing to Landlord: (i) the name and address of the proposed assignee, subtenant or transferee; (ii) the nature of any proposed assignee’s, subtenant’s or transferee’s business to be carried on in the Premises; (iii) the terms and provisions of any proposed assignment, sublease or other transfer, including a copy of the proposed assignment, sublease or transfer form; (iv) evidence that the proposed assignee, subtenant or transferee will comply with the requirements of Exhibit D hereto; (v) a completed Environmental Questionnaire from the proposed assignee, subtenant or transferee; (vi) any other information requested by Landlord and reasonably related to the transfer and (vii) the fee described in Section 9.1(e). Except as provided in Section 9.1 (c), Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent, provided that the parties agree that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent if: (1) the use of the Premises will not be consistent with the provisions of this Lease or with Landlord’s commitment to other tenants of the Building and Project; (2) the proposed assignee, subtenant or transferee has been required by any prior landlord, lender or governmental authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property arising out of the proposed assignee’s, subtenant’s or transferee’s actions or use of the property in question or is subject to any enforcement order issued by any governmental authority in connection with the use, disposal or storage of a Hazardous Material; (3) insurance requirements of the proposed assignee or subtenant may not be brought into conformity with Landlord’s then current leasing practice; (4) the proposed assignee, subtenant or transferee has not demonstrated to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord that it has the financial means to fulfill its obligations under this Lease (or the applicable sublease) or has failed to submit to Landlord all reasonable information as requested by Landlord concerning the proposed assignee, subtenant or transferee, including, but not


12


limited to, a certified balance sheet of the proposed assignee, subtenant or transferee as of a date within ninety (90) days of the request for Landlord’s consent, statements of income or profit and loss of the proposed assignee, subtenant or transferee for the two-year period preceding the request for Landlord’s consent, and/or a certification signed by the proposed assignee, subtenant or transferee that it has not been evicted from or been in arrears in rent at any other leased premises for the 3-year period preceding the request for Landlord’s consent; (5) the proposed assignee, subtenant or transferee has not demonstrated to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction a record of successful experience in business; (6) the proposed subtenant, assignee or transferee is neither an existing tenant of the Building or Project with whom Landlord has been “actively negotiating” (as hereinafter defined) to expand or relocate in the Building or Project nor a prospect with whom Landlord has been actively negotiating to become a tenant at the Building or Project; or (7) the proposed assignment, sublease or transfer will impose additional burdens or adverse tax effects on Landlord. Tenant’s exterior signage rights are personal to Tenant and may not be assigned or transferred to any assignee of this Lease or subtenant of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to a transfer of such signage rights in connection with Tenant’s assignment of this Lease, provided that Landlord shall have the right of prior approval that such signage continues to comply with the Sign Criteria and the other requirements of Section 5.2 of this Lease, and provided further that any name and/or graphics on such signage do not materially devalue the Project as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion. As used herein, “ actively negotiating ” shall mean that Landlord and the existing or prospective tenant have exchanged written communications concerning the leased space in the Building or the Project within 120 days prior to the date of Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent.
If Landlord consents to the proposed transfer, Tenant may within ninety (90) days after the date of the consent effect the transfer upon the terms described in the information furnished to Landlord; provided that any material change in the terms shall be subject to Landlord’s consent as set forth in this Section 9.1. Landlord shall approve or disapprove any requested transfer within thirty (30) days following delivery of Tenant’s written request, the information set forth above, and the fee set forth below.
(c)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.1(b) above, in lieu of consenting to a proposed assignment or subletting, Landlord may elect, within the thirty (30) day period permitted for Landlord to approve or disapprove a requested transfer, to (i) sublease the Premises (or the portion proposed to be subleased), or take an assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, upon substantially the same terms as offered to the proposed subtenant or assignee (excluding terms relating to the purchase of personal property, the use of Tenant’s name or the continuation of Tenant’s business), respectively, or (ii) terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises proposed to be subleased or assigned with a proportionate abatement in the rent payable under this Lease, and the sublease, assignment or termination elected by Landlord shall be effective thirty (30) days following written notice by Landlord of its election. Landlord may thereafter, at its option, assign, sublet or re-let any space so sublet, obtained by assignment or obtained by termination to any third party, including without limitation the proposed transferee of Tenant. In the event of any termination of this Lease as to a portion of the Premises pursuant to this Section 9.1(c), Landlord shall promptly prepare and deliver to Tenant an amendment to this Lease appropriately amending those provisions of the Lease affected by such termination, and Tenant shall execute and return same to Landlord within twenty (20) business days thereafter subject to Tenant’s reasonable review and approval thereof.
(d)    In the event that Landlord approves the requested assignment, subletting or other transfer, Landlord shall be entitled to receive fifty percent (50%) of any amounts paid by the assignee or subtenant, however described, in excess of (i) the Basic Rent payable by Tenant hereunder, or in the case of a sublease of a portion of the Premises, in excess of the Basic Rent reasonably allocable to such portion as determined by Landlord, plus (ii) Tenant’s direct out-of-pocket costs which Tenant certifies to Landlord have been paid to provide occupancy related services to such assignee or subtenant of a nature commonly provided by landlords of similar space, with such costs to be amortized on a straight-line basis over the then remaining term of this Lease or any shorter term of any sublease of the Premises or a portion thereof. The amounts due Landlord under this Section 9.1(d), shall be payable directly to Landlord by the assignee or subtenant concurrently with such assignee’s or subtenant’s payment(s) to Tenant, or, at Landlord’s option, by Tenant within ten (10) days of Tenant’s receipt thereof. Landlord shall have the right to review or audit the books and records of Tenant, or have such books and records reviewed or audited by an outside accountant, to confirm any such direct out-of-pocket costs. In the event that such direct out-of-pocket costs claimed by Tenant are overstated by more than five percent (5%), Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any of Landlord’s costs related to such review or audit. At Landlord’s request, a written agreement shall be entered into by and among Tenant, Landlord and the proposed assignee or subtenant confirming the requirements of this Section 9.1(d).
(e)    Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee equal to the greater of (i) Landlord’s actual costs related to such assignment, subletting or other transfer or (ii) Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00), to process any request by Tenant for an assignment, subletting or other transfer under this Lease. Tenant shall pay Landlord the sum of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) concurrently with Tenant’s request for consent to any assignment, subletting or other transfer, and Landlord shall have no obligation to consider such request unless accompanied by such payment. Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand any costs in excess of such payment to the extent Landlord’s actual costs related to such request exceeds $500.00. Such fee is hereby acknowledged as a reasonable amount to reimburse Landlord for its costs of review and evaluation of a proposed transfer.
SECTION 9.2.      EFFECT OF TRANSFER. No assignment, subletting or other transfer, even with the consent of Landlord, shall relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay rent and to perform all its other obligations under this Lease. Moreover, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless, as provided in Section 10.3, for any act or omission by an assignee, subtenant or transferee. Each assignee, other than Landlord, shall assume all obligations of Tenant under this Lease and shall be liable jointly and severally with Tenant for the payment of all rent, and for the due performance of all of Tenant’s obligations, under this Lease. No assignment, subletting or transfer shall be effective or binding on Landlord unless documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord in its reasonable discretion


13


evidencing the transfer, and in the case of an assignment, the assignee’s assumption of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, is delivered to Landlord and both the assignee/subtenant and Tenant deliver to Landlord an executed consent to transfer instrument prepared by Landlord and consistent with the requirements of this Article. Consent by Landlord to one or more transfers shall not operate as a waiver or estoppel to the future enforcement by Landlord of its rights under this Lease or as a consent to any subsequent transfer.
SECTION 9.3.      SUBLEASE REQUIREMENTS. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Tenant of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in each sublease:
(a)    Each and every provision contained in this Lease (other than with respect to the payment of rent hereunder) is incorporated by reference into and made a part of such sublease, with “Landlord” hereunder meaning the sublandlord therein and “Tenant” hereunder meaning the subtenant therein.
(b)    Tenant hereby irrevocably assigns to Landlord all of Tenant’s interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease of the Premises, and Landlord may collect such rent and income and apply the same toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until there is an Event of Default by Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to receive and collect the sublease rentals. Landlord shall not, by reason of this assignment or the collection of sublease rentals, be deemed liable to the subtenant for the performance of any of Tenant’s obligations under the sublease. Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any subtenant, upon receipt of a written notice from Landlord stating that an Event of Default exists in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Landlord all sums then and thereafter due under the sublease. Tenant agrees that the subtenant may rely on that notice without any duty of further inquiry and notwithstanding any notice or claim by Tenant to the contrary. Tenant shall have no right or claim against the subtenant or Landlord for any rentals so paid to Landlord.
(c)    In the event of the termination of this Lease for any reason, including without limitation as the result of an Event of Default by Tenant or by the mutual agreement of Landlord and Tenant, Landlord may, at its sole option, take over Tenant’s entire interest in any sublease and, upon notice from Landlord, the subtenant shall attorn to Landlord. In no event, however, shall Landlord be liable for any previous act or omission by Tenant under the sublease or for the return of any advance rental payments or deposits under the sublease that have not been actually delivered to Landlord, nor shall Landlord be bound by any sublease modification executed without Landlord’s consent or for any advance rental payment by the subtenant in excess of one month’s rent. The provisions of this Lease (other than with respect to the payment of rent), including without limitation those pertaining to insurance and indemnification, shall be deemed incorporated by reference into the sublease despite the termination of this Lease. In the event Landlord does not elect to take over Tenant’s interest in a sublease in the event of any such termination of this Lease, such sublease shall terminate concurrently with the termination of this Lease and such subtenant shall have no further rights under such sublease and Landlord shall have no obligations to such subtenant.
SECTION 9.4.      CERTAIN TRANSFERS. The following shall be deemed to constitute an assignment of this Lease; (a) the sale of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets (other than bulk sales in the ordinary course of business), (b) if Tenant is a corporation, an unincorporated association, a limited liability company or a partnership, the transfer, assignment or hypothecation of any stock or interest in such corporation, association, limited liability company or partnership in the aggregate of twenty-five percent (25%) (except for publicly traded shares of stock constituting a transfer of twenty-five percent (25%) or more in the aggregate, so long as no change in the controlling interest of Tenant occurs as a result thereof), or (c) any other direct or indirect change of control of Tenant, including, without limitation, change of control of Tenant’s parent company or a merger by Tenant or its parent company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for the assignment of this Lease to any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with, Tenant, or as a result of the sale of all or substantially all of Tenant’s business assets, a merger by Tenant with or into another entity or a reorganization of Tenant (collectively, a “ Permitted Transfer ”), so long as (i) the net worth of the successor or reorganized entity after such Permitted Transfer is at least equal to the greater of the net worth of Tenant as of the execution of this Lease by Landlord or the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to the date of such Permitted Transfer, evidence of which, satisfactory to Landlord, shall be presented to Landlord prior to such Permitted Transfer, (ii) Tenant shall provide to Landlord, prior to such Permitted Transfer, written notice of such Permitted Transfer and such assignment documentation and other information as Landlord may require in connection therewith, and (iii) all of the terms and requirements of Sections 9.2 and 9.3 shall apply with respect to such Permitted Transfer.
ARTICLE X. INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY
SECTION 10.1.      TENANT’S INSURANCE. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall provide and maintain in effect the insurance described in Exhibit D. Evidence of that insurance must be delivered to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date or any earlier date on which Tenant may enter upon or take possession of the Premises for any reason whatsoever.
SECTION 10.2.      LANDLORD’S INSURANCE. Landlord may, at its election, provide any or all of the following types of insurance, with or without deductible and in amounts and coverages as may be determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion: property insurance, subject to standard exclusions, covering the Building and/or Project, and such other risks as Landlord or its mortgagees may from time to time deem appropriate, including coverage for the Tenant Improvements constructed by Landlord pursuant to the Work Letter (if any) attached hereto, and commercial general liability coverage. Landlord shall not be required to carry insurance of any kind on Tenant’s Alterations or on Tenant’s other property, including, without limitation, Tenant’s trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment, signs and all other items of personal property, and Landlord shall not be obligated to repair or replace that property should damage occur. All proceeds of insurance maintained by Landlord upon the Building and/or Project shall be the


14


property of Landlord, whether or not Landlord is obligated to or elects to make any repairs. At Landlord’s option, Landlord may self-insure all or any portion of the risks for which Landlord may elect to provide insurance hereunder.
SECTION 10.3.      TENANT’S INDEMNITY. To the fullest extent permitted by law, but subject to the express limitations on liability contained in this Lease (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 10.5 and 14.8 of this Lease, Tenant shall defend, indemnify, protect, save and hold harmless Landlord, its agents, and any and all affiliates of Landlord, including, without limitation, any corporations or other entities controlling, controlled by or under common control with Landlord, from and against any and all third party claims, demands, actions, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses arising either before or after the Commencement Date from Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, the Building or the Common Areas, including, without limitation, the use by Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees or licensees of any recreational facilities within the Common Areas; the conduct of Tenant’s business; any activity, work, or thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant or its agents, employees, invitees or licensees in or about the Premises, the Building or the Common Areas; any Event of Default in the performance of any obligation on Tenant’s part to be performed under this Lease; or any act or negligence of Tenant or its agents, employees, visitors, patrons, guests, invitees or licensees. Landlord may, at its option, require Tenant to assume Landlord’s defense in any claim, action or proceeding covered by this Section through counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. The provisions of this Section shall expressly survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall not apply in the event that the claim, demand, action, loss, liability, cost or expense is caused solely by the active negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord.
SECTION 10.4.      LANDLORD’S NONLIABILITY. Landlord, its agents, and any and all affiliates of Landlord, shall not be liable to Tenant, its employees, agents and/or invitees, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord, its agents, and any and all affiliates of Landlord, for and knowingly assumes the risk of loss of or damage to any property, or loss or interruption of business or income, or any other loss, cost, damage, injury or liability whatsoever (including without limitation any consequential damages and lost profit or opportunity costs), resulting from, but not limited to, Acts of God, acts of civil disobedience or insurrection, acts or omissions of third parties and/or of other tenants within the Project or their agents, employees, contractors, guests or invitees, fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises, mold, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of the pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning, electrical works, roof, windows or other fixtures in the Building (whether the damage or injury results from conditions arising in the Premises or in other portions of the Building), regardless of the negligence of Landlord, its agents or any and all affiliates of Landlord in connection with any of the foregoing. It is understood that any such condition may require the temporary evacuation or closure of all or a portion of the Building. Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever (including without limitation consequential damages and lost profit or opportunity costs) and, except as provided in Sections 11.1 and 12.1 below, there shall be no abatement of rent, by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements to any portion of the Building, including repairs to the Premises, nor shall any related activity by Landlord constitute an actual or constructive eviction. In making repairs, alterations or improvements, however, Landlord shall interfere as little as reasonably practicable with the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises. Should Tenant elect to receive any service or products from a concessionaire, licensee or third party tenant of Landlord, Landlord shall have no liability for any services or products so provided or for any breach of contract by such third party provider. Neither Landlord nor its agents shall be liable for interference with light or other similar intangible interests. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in case of fire or accident in the Premises, the Building or the Project and of defects in any improvements or equipment.
SECTION 10.5.      WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives all rights of recovery against the other and the other’s agents on account of loss and damage occasioned to the property of such waiving party to the extent that the waiving party is entitled to proceeds for such loss or damage under any property insurance policies carried or required to be carried by the provisions of this Lease; provided however, that the foregoing waiver shall not apply to the extent of Tenant’s obligations to pay deductibles under any such policies and this Lease. By this waiver it is the intent of the parties that neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable to any insurance company (by way of subrogation or otherwise) insuring the other party for any loss or damage insured against under any property insurance policies contemplated by this Lease, even though such loss or damage might be occasioned by the negligence of such party, its agents, employees, contractors, guests or invitees.

ARTICLE XI. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION
SECTION 11.1.      RESTORATION.
(a)    If the Premises or the Building or a part thereof are materially damaged by any fire, flood, earthquake or other casualty, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant if: (i) Landlord reasonably determines that proceeds necessary to pay the full cost of repair are not available from Landlord’s insurance, including without limitation earthquake insurance, plus such additional amounts Tenant elects, at its option, to contribute, excluding however the deductible (for which Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant’s Share); (ii) Landlord reasonably determines that the Premises cannot, with reasonable diligence, be fully repaired by Landlord (or cannot be safely repaired because of the presence of hazardous factors, including without limitation Hazardous Materials, earthquake faults, and other similar dangers) within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of the damage; (iii) an Event of Default by Tenant has occurred; or (iv) the material damage occurs during the final twelve (12) months of the Term. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing (“ Landlord’s Notice ”) within sixty (60) days after the damage occurs as to (A) whether Landlord is terminating this Lease as a result of such material damage and (B) if Landlord is not terminating this Lease, the number of days within which Landlord estimates that the Premises, with reasonable diligence, are likely


15


to be fully repaired. In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified for termination by Landlord’s Notice (which termination date shall in no event be later than sixty (60) days following the date of the damage, or, if no such date is specified, such termination shall be the date of Landlord’s Notice).
(b)    If Landlord has the right to terminate this Lease pursuant to Section 11.1(a) and does not elect to so terminate this Lease, and provided that at the time of Landlord's Notice neither an Event of Default exists nor has Landlord delivered Tenant a notice of any failure by Tenant to fulfill an obligation under this Lease which, unless cured by Tenant within the applicable grace period, would constitute an Event of Default, then within ten (10) days following delivery of Landlord's Notice pursuant to Section 11.1(a), Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord, but only if (i) Landlord's Notice specifies that Landlord has determined that the Premises cannot be repaired, with reasonable diligence, within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of damage or (ii) the casualty has occurred within the final twelve (12) months of the Term and such material damage has a materially adverse impact on Tenant's continued use of the Premises. If Tenant fails to provide such termination notice within such ten (10) day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived any termination right under this Section 1l.1(b) or any other applicable law.
(c)    In the event that neither Landlord nor Tenant terminates this Lease pursuant to this Section 11.1 as a result of material damage to the Building or Premises resulting from a casualty, Landlord shall repair all material damage to the Premises or the Building as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in effect for the remainder of the Term. Landlord’s repair of material damage shall be at Landlord’s sole cost and expense except for any insurance deductible (for which Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant’s Share). Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to repair or replace any other leasehold improvements made by Tenant or any Alterations (as defined in Section 7.3) constructed by Tenant as part of Landlord’s repair of material damage, in which case Tenant shall make available to Landlord upon demand insurance proceeds from insurance required to be maintained by Tenant. If Landlord elects to repair or replace such leasehold improvements and/or Alterations, all insurance proceeds available for such repair or replacement shall be made available to Landlord. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant in the event that the Premises or the Building has not been fully repaired within the time period specified by Landlord in Landlord’s Notice to Tenant as described in Section 11.1(a). Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XI, the repair of damage to the Premises to the extent such damage is not material shall be governed by Sections 7.1 and 7.2.
(d)    Commencing on the date of such material damage to the Building, and ending on the sooner of the date the damage is repaired or the date this Lease is terminated, the rental to be paid under this Lease shall be abated in the same proportion that the Floor Area of the Premises that is rendered unusable by the damage from time to time bears to the total Floor Area of the Premises, as determined by Landlord, but only to the extent that Landlord is entitled to reimbursement from the proceeds of the business interruption insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to Exhibit D.
(e)    Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any improvements or fixtures that Tenant is obligated to repair or replace pursuant to Section 7.1 or any other provision of this Lease and Tenant shall continue to be obligated to so repair or replace any such improvements or fixtures, notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in this Article XI. In addition, but subject to the provisions of Section 10.5, in the event the damage or destruction to the Premises or Building are due in substantial part to the fault or neglect of Tenant or its employees, subtenants, invitees or representatives, the costs of such repairs or replacement to the Premises or Building shall be borne by Tenant, and in addition, Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease as a result, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.1(b).
(f)    Tenant shall fully cooperate with Landlord in removing Tenant's personal property and any debris from the Premises to facilitate all inspections of the Premises and the making of any repairs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if Landlord in good faith believes there is a risk of injury to persons or damage to property from entry into the Building or Premises following any damage or destruction thereto, Landlord may restrict entry into the Building or the Premises by Tenant, its employees, agents and contractors in a non-discriminatory manner, without being deemed to have violated Tenant's rights of quiet enjoyment to, or made an unlawful detainer of, or evicted Tenant from, the Premises. Upon request, Landlord shall consult with Tenant to determine if there are safe methods of entry into the Building or the Premises solely in order to allow Tenant to retrieve files, data in computers, and necessary inventory, subject however to all indemnities and waivers of liability from Tenant to Landlord contained in this Lease and any additional indemnities and waivers of liability which Landlord may require.
SECTION 11.2.      LEASE GOVERNS. Tenant agrees that the provisions of this Lease, including without limitation Section 11.1, shall govern any damage or destruction and shall accordingly supersede any contrary statute or rule of law.
ARTICLE XII. EMINENT DOMAIN
SECTION 12.1.      TOTAL OR PARTIAL TAKING. If all or a material portion of the Premises is taken by any lawful authority by exercise of the right of eminent domain, or sold to prevent a taking, either Tenant or Landlord may terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. In the event title to a portion of the Building or Project, whether or not including a portion of the Premises, is taken or sold to prevent taking, and if Landlord elects to restore the Building in such a way as to alter the Premises materially, either party may terminate this Lease, by written notice to the other party, effective on the date of vesting of title. In the event neither party has elected to terminate this Lease as provided above, then Landlord shall promptly, after receipt of a sufficient condemnation award, proceed to restore the Premises to substantially their condition prior to the taking, and a


16


proportionate allowance shall be made to Tenant for the rent corresponding to the time during which, and to the part of the Premises of which, Tenant is deprived on account of the taking and restoration. In the event of a taking, Landlord shall be entitled to the entire amount of the condemnation award without deduction for any estate or interest of Tenant; provided that nothing in this Section shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in, or prevent Tenant from seeking any award against the taking authority for, the taking of personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant or for relocation or business interruption expenses recoverable from the taking authority.
SECTION 12.2.      TEMPORARY TAKING. No temporary taking of the Premises shall terminate this Lease or give Tenant any right to abatement of rent, and any award specifically attributable to a temporary taking of the Premises shall belong entirely to Tenant. A temporary taking shall be deemed to be a taking of the use or occupancy of the Premises for a period of not to exceed ninety (90) days.
SECTION 12.3.      TAKING OF PARKING AREA. In the event there shall be a taking of the parking area such that Landlord can no longer provide sufficient parking to comply with this Lease, Landlord may substitute reasonably equivalent parking in a location reasonably close to the Building; provided that if Landlord fails to make that substitution within ninety (90) days following the taking and if the taking materially impairs Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises, Tenant may, at its option, terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord. If this Lease is not so terminated by Tenant, there shall be no abatement of rent and this Lease shall continue in effect.
ARTICLE XIII. SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE; FINANCIALS
SECTION 13.1.      SUBORDINATION. At the option of Landlord or any lender of Landlord’s that obtains a security interest in the Building, this Lease shall be either superior or subordinate to all ground or underlying leases, mortgages and deeds of trust, if any, which may hereafter affect the Building, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof; provided, that so long as no Event of Default exists under this Lease, Tenant’s possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises shall not be disturbed and this Lease shall not terminate in the event of termination of any such ground or underlying lease, or the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed of trust, to which this Lease has been subordinated pursuant to this Section. Within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice, Tenant shall execute and deliver any commercially reasonable documents or agreements requested by Landlord or such lessor or lender which provide Tenant with the non-disturbance protections set forth in this Section. In the event of a termination or foreclosure, Tenant shall become a tenant of and attorn to the successor-in-interest to Landlord upon the same terms and conditions as are contained in this Lease, and shall execute any instrument reasonably required by Landlord’s successor for that purpose. Tenant shall also, within ten (10) days after written request of Landlord, execute and deliver all commercially reasonable instruments as may be required from time to time to subordinate the rights of Tenant under this Lease to any ground or underlying lease or to the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust (provided that such instruments include the nondisturbance and attornment provisions set forth above), or, if requested by Landlord, to subordinate, in whole or in part, any ground or underlying lease or the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust to this Lease. Tenant agrees that any purchaser at a foreclosure sale or lender taking title under a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure shall not be responsible for any act or omission of a prior landlord, shall not be subject to any offsets or defenses Tenant may have against a prior landlord, and shall not be liable for the return of the security deposit to the extent it is not actually received by such purchaser or bound by any rent paid for more than the current month in which the foreclosure occurred.
SECTION 13.2.      ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE.
(a)    Tenant shall within ten (10) days following written request from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord, in any form that Landlord may reasonably require, a statement in writing (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of the modification and certifying that this Lease, as modified, is in full force and effect) and the dates to which the rental, additional rent and other charges have been paid in advance, if any, and (ii) acknowledging that, to Tenant’s knowledge, there are no uncured defaults on the part of Landlord, or specifying each default if any are claimed, and (iii) setting forth all further information that Landlord or any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer may reasonably require. Tenant’s statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Building or Project.
(b)    Notwithstanding any other rights and remedies of Landlord, Tenant’s failure to deliver any estoppel statement within the provided time shall be conclusive upon Tenant that (i) this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, (ii) there are no uncured Events of Default in Landlord’s performance, and (iii) not more than one month’s rental has been paid in advance.
SECTION 13.3.      FINANCIALS.
(a)    Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, prior to the execution of this Lease and thereafter at any time and from time to time within ten (10) days following Landlord’s written request, Tenant’s current tax returns and financial statements, certified to be true, accurate and complete by the chief financial officer of Tenant, including a balance sheet and profit and loss statement for the most recent prior year, (collectively, the “ Statements ”), which Statements shall accurately and completely reflect the financial condition of Tenant; provided, however, that in the event and so long as Tenant is a publicly traded corporation on a nationally recognized stock exchange, the foregoing obligation to deliver the Statements shall be waived. If delivered to Landlord marked or otherwise designated as “confidential,” Landlord agrees that it will keep the Statements confidential, except that Landlord shall have the right to deliver the same to any proposed purchaser of the Building or Project, and to any encumbrancer or proposed encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Building or Project.


17


(b)    Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is relying on the Statements in its determination to enter into this Lease, and Tenant represents to Landlord, which representation shall be deemed made on the date of this Lease and again on the Commencement Date, that no material change in the financial condition of Tenant, as reflected in the Statements, has occurred since the date Tenant delivered the Statements to Landlord. The Statements are represented and warranted by Tenant to be correct and to accurately and fully reflect Tenant’s true financial condition as of the date of submission of any Statements to Landlord.
ARTICLE XIV. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
SECTION 14.1.      TENANT’S DEFAULTS. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events (following the expiration of any cure period set forth below, if any is provided) shall constitute an “Event of Default” by Tenant:
(a)    The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Basic Rent or additional rent required to be made by Tenant, as and when due, where the failure continues for a period of three (3) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 and 1161(a) as amended. For purposes of these Events of Default and remedies provisions, the term “ additional rent ” shall be deemed to include all amounts of any type whatsoever other than Basic Rent to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease and the Work Letter.
(b)    The assignment, sublease, encumbrance or other transfer of this Lease by Tenant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, whether by judgment, execution, transfer by intestacy or testacy, or other means, without the prior written consent of Landlord when consent is required by this Lease.
(c)    The discovery by Landlord that any financial statement provided by Tenant, or by any affiliate, successor or guarantor of Tenant, was materially false.
(d)    The failure of Tenant to timely and fully provide any subordination agreement, estoppel certificate or financial statements in accordance with the requirements of Article XIII.
(e)    The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant.
(f)    The failure or inability by Tenant to observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in this Section 14.1, where the failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant or such shorter period as is specified in any other provision of this Lease; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 and 1161(a) as amended. However, if the nature of the failure is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then an Event of Default shall not be deemed to have occurred if Tenant commences the cure within thirty (30) days, and thereafter diligently pursues the cure to completion.
(g)    (i) The making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) the filing by or against Tenant of a petition to have Tenant adjudged a Chapter 7 debtor under the Bankruptcy Code, to have debts discharged or for reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within thirty (30) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, if possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where the seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days; (v) Tenant’s convening of a meeting of its creditors for the purpose of effecting a moratorium upon or composition of its debts or (vi) the failure of Tenant to pay its material obligations to creditors as and when they become due and payable, other than as a result of a good faith dispute by Tenant as to the amount due to such creditors. Landlord shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any event described in this Section 14.1(g) unless notification in writing is received by Landlord, nor shall there be any presumption attributable to Landlord of Tenant’s insolvency. In the event that any provision of this Section 14.1(g) is contrary to applicable law, the provision shall be of no force or effect.
(h)    Any other breach of this Lease which this Lease provides is an Event of Default.
SECTION 14.2.      LANDLORD’S REMEDIES.
(a)    If an Event of Default by Tenant occurs, then in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord, Landlord may exercise the following remedies:
(i)    Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. Such termination shall not affect any accrued obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Upon termination, Landlord shall have the right to reenter the Premises and remove all persons and property. Landlord shall also be entitled to recover from Tenant (and to retain, use or apply any Security Deposit held by Landlord towards amounts estimated by Landlord as):
(1)    The worth at the time of award of the unpaid Basic Rent and additional rent which had been earned at the time of termination;


18


(2)    The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Basic Rent and additional rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided;
(3)    The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Basic Rent and additional rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided;
(4)    Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result from Tenant’s Event of Default, including, but not limited to, the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, refurbishment of the Premises, marketing costs, commissions and other expenses of reletting, including necessary repair, the unamortized portion of any tenant improvements and brokerage commissions funded by Landlord in connection with this Lease, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and any other reasonable costs; and
(5)    At Landlord’s election, all other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted by law. The term “rent” as used in the Lease shall be deemed to mean the Basic Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and any other sums required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease whether or not designated as additional rent hereunder, including, without limitation, any sums that may be owing from Tenant pursuant to Section 4.3 of this Lease. Any sum, other than Basic Rent, shall be computed on the basis of the average monthly amount accruing during the twenty‑four (24) month period immediately prior to the Event of Default, except that if it becomes necessary to compute such rental before the twenty‑four (24) month period has occurred, then the computation shall be on the basis of the average monthly amount during the shorter period. As used in Sections 14.2(a)(i) (1) and (2) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum. As used in Section 14.2(a)(i)(3) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting the amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).
(ii)    Landlord may elect not to terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, and to continue to enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to collect all rent as it becomes due as provided in Civil Code Section 1951.4. Efforts by the Landlord to maintain, preserve or relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Landlord’s interests under this Lease, shall not constitute a termination of the Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises. In the event that Landlord elects to avail itself of the remedy provided by this Section 14.2(a)(ii), Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to an assignment or subletting of the Premises subject to the reasonable standards for Landlord’s consent as are contained in this Lease.
(b)    Landlord shall be under no obligation to observe or perform any covenant of this Lease on its part to be observed or performed which accrues after the date of any Event of Default by Tenant unless and until the Event of Default is cured by Tenant, it being understood and agreed that the performance by Landlord of its obligations under this Lease are expressly conditioned upon Tenant’s full and timely performance of its obligations under this Lease. The various rights and remedies reserved to Landlord in this Lease or otherwise shall be cumulative and, except as otherwise provided by California law, Landlord may pursue any or all of its rights and remedies at the same time.
(c)    No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right or remedy shall be construed as a waiver of the right or remedy or of any breach or Event of Default by Tenant. The acceptance by Landlord of rent shall not be a (i) waiver of any preceding breach or Event of Default by Tenant of any provision of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of the preceding breach or Event of Default at the time of acceptance of rent, or (ii) a waiver of Landlord’s right to exercise any remedy available to Landlord by virtue of the breach or Event of Default. The acceptance of any payment from a debtor in possession, a trustee, a receiver or any other person acting on behalf of Tenant or Tenant’s estate shall not waive or cure a breach or Event of Default under Section 14.1. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the rent required by this Lease shall be deemed to be other than a partial payment on account of the earliest due stipulated rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or letter be deemed an accord and satisfaction and Landlord shall accept the check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of the rent or pursue any other remedy available to it. No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord’s agents during the Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord. No employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall have any power to accept the keys to the Premises prior to the termination of this Lease, and the delivery of the keys to any employee shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises.
(d)    Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Landlord to or for Tenant of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Tenant’s entering into this Lease or any other concession agreed to by Landlord hereunder (“ Inducement Provisions ”) shall be deemed conditioned upon Tenant’s full and faithful performance of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon an Event of Default under this Lease by Tenant, any such Inducement Provisions shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect and the amount of any rent reduction or abatement or other bonus, inducement or consideration or other concession already given by Landlord or received by Tenant as an inducement shall be immediately due and payable by Tenant to Landlord, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Event of Default by Tenant.


19


SECTION 14.3.      LATE PAYMENTS.
(a)    Any payment due to Landlord under this Lease, including without limitation Basic Rent, Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses or any other payment due to Landlord under this Lease whether or not designated as additional rent hereunder, that is not received by Landlord within five (5) days following the date due shall bear interest at the lesser of 10% per annum or the maximum rate permitted by law from the date due until fully paid. The payment of interest shall not cure any breach or Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease. In addition, Tenant acknowledges that the late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Basic Rent and Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Those costs may include, but are not limited to, administrative, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any ground lease, mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises. Accordingly, if any Basic Rent or Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord's designee within five (5) days following the date due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in addition to the interest provided above, a late charge, which the Tenant agrees is reasonable, in a sum equal to the greater of five percent (5%) of the amount overdue or One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) for each delinquent payment. Acceptance of a late charge by Landlord shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant's breach or Event of Default with respect to the overdue amount, nor shall it prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies.
(b)    Following each second installment of Basic Rent and/or the payment of Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses within any twelve (12) month period that is not paid within five (5) days following the date due, Landlord shall have the option (i) to require that beginning with the first payment of Basic Rent next due, Basic Rent and the Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses shall no longer be paid in monthly installments but shall be payable quarterly three (3) months in advance and/or (ii) to require that Tenant increase the amount, if any, of the Security Deposit by one hundred percent (100%). Should Tenant deliver to Landlord, at any time during the Term, two (2) or more insufficient checks, the Landlord may require that all monies then and thereafter due from Tenant be paid to Landlord by cashier's check. If any check for any payment to Landlord hereunder is returned by the bank for any reason, such payment shall not be deemed to have been received by Landlord and Tenant shall be responsible for any applicable late charge, interest payment and the charge to Landlord by its bank for such returned check. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to compel Landlord to accept Basic Rent, Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses or any other payment from Tenant if there exists an Event of Default unless such payment fully cures any and all such Events of Default. Any acceptance of any such payment shall not be deemed to waive any other right of Landlord under this Lease. Any payment by Tenant to Landlord may be applied by Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, in any order determined by Landlord to any amounts then due to Landlord.
SECTION 14.4.      RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM. All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement of rent or right of set-off. If Tenant fails to pay any sum of money, other than rent payable to Landlord, or fails to perform any other act on its part to be performed under this Lease, and the failure continues beyond any applicable grace period set forth in Section 14.1, then in addition to any other available remedies, Landlord may, at its election make the payment or perform the other act on Tenant’s part and Tenant hereby grants Landlord the right to enter onto the Premises in order to carry out such performance. Landlord’s election to make the payment or perform the act on Tenant’s part shall not give rise to any responsibility of Landlord to continue making the same or similar payments or performing the same or similar acts nor shall Landlord be responsible to Tenant for any damage caused to Tenant as the result of such performance by Landlord. Tenant shall, promptly upon demand by Landlord, reimburse Landlord for all sums paid by Landlord and all necessary incidental costs, together with interest at the maximum rate permitted by law from the date of the payment by Landlord.
SECTION 14.5.      DEFAULT BY LANDLORD. Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default in the performance of any obligation under this Lease, and Tenant shall have no rights to take any action against Landlord, unless and until Landlord has failed to perform the obligation within thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord specifying in reasonable detail the nature and extent of the failure; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default if it commences performance within the thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the cure to completion. In the event of Landlord’s default under this Lease, Tenant’s sole remedies shall be to seek damages or specific performance from Landlord, provided that any damages shall be limited to Tenant’s actual out-of-pocket expenses and shall in no event include any consequential damages, lost profits or opportunity costs.
SECTION 14.6.      EXPENSES AND LEGAL FEES. All sums reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with any Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease or holding over of possession by Tenant after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, or any action related to a filing for bankruptcy or reorganization by Tenant, including without limitation all costs, expenses and actual accountants, appraisers, attorneys and other professional fees, and any collection agency or other collection charges, shall be due and payable to Landlord on demand, and shall bear interest at the rate of the lesser of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by law from the date due until paid. Should either Landlord or Tenant bring any action in connection with this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover as a part of the action its reasonable attorneys’ fees, and all other costs. The prevailing party for the purpose of this Section shall be determined by the trier of the facts.
SECTION 14.7.      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL/JUDICIAL REFERENCE.
(a)      LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE OF AND HAS HAD THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE WITH RESPECT TO ITS RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY, AND, TO THE EXTENT ENFORCEABLE UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, EACH PARTY DOES HEREBY


20


EXPRESSLY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVE AND RELEASE ALL SUCH RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER (AND/OR AGAINST ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, OR SUBSIDIARY OR AFFILIATED ENTITIES) ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE. FURTHERMORE, THIS WAIVER AND RELEASE OF ALL RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL IS DEEMED TO BE INDEPENDENT OF EACH AND EVERY OTHER PROVISION, COVENANT, AND/OR CONDITION SET FORTH IN THIS LEASE.
(b)      IN THE EVENT THAT THE JURY WAIVER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 14.7(a) ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, THEN THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 14.7(b) SHALL APPLY. IT IS THE DESIRE AND INTENTION OF THE PARTIES TO AGREE UPON A MECHANISM AND PROCEDURE UNDER WHICH CONTROVERSIES AND DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR RELATED TO THE PREMISES WILL BE RESOLVED IN A PROMPT AND EXPEDITIOUS MANNER. ACCORDINGLY, EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO ACTIONS FOR UNLAWFUL OR FORCIBLE DETAINER OR WITH RESPECT TO THE PREJUDGMENT REMEDY OF ATTACHMENT, ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER (AND/OR AGAINST ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBSIDIARY OR AFFILIATED ENTITIES) ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES AND/OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE, SHALL BE HEARD AND RESOLVED BY A REFEREE UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, SECTIONS 638 - 645.1, INCLUSIVE (AS SAME MAY BE AMENDED, OR ANY SUCCESSOR STATUTE(S) THERETO) (THE “REFEREE SECTIONS”). ANY FEE TO INITIATE THE JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROCEEDINGS SHALL BE PAID BY THE PARTY INITIATING SUCH PROCEDURE; PROVIDED HOWEVER, THAT THE COSTS AND FEES, INCLUDING ANY INITIATION FEE, OF SUCH PROCEEDING SHALL ULTIMATELY BE BORNE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 14.6 ABOVE. THE VENUE OF THE PROCEEDINGS SHALL BE IN THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED. WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS OF DELIVERY BY ANY PARTY TO THE OTHER PARTY OF A WRITTEN REQUEST TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 14.7(b), THE PARTIES SHALL AGREE UPON A SINGLE REFEREE WHO SHALL TRY ALL ISSUES, WHETHER OF FACT OR LAW, AND REPORT A FINDING AND JUDGMENT ON SUCH ISSUES AS REQUIRED BY THE REFEREE SECTIONS. IF THE PARTIES ARE UNABLE TO AGREE UPON A REFEREE WITHIN SUCH TEN (10) DAY PERIOD, THEN ANY PARTY MAY THEREAFTER FILE A LAWSUIT IN THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED FOR THE PURPOSE OF APPOINTMENT OF A REFEREE UNDER CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTIONS 638 AND 640, AS SAME MAY BE AMENDED OF ANY SUCCESSOR STATUTE(S) THERETO. IF THE REFEREE IS APPOINTED BY THE COURT, THE REFEREE SHALL BE A NEUTRAL AND IMPARTIAL RETIRED JUDGE WITH SUBSTANTIAL EXPERIENCE IN THE RELEVANT MATTERS TO BE DETERMINED, FROM JAMS/ENDISPUTE, INC., THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION OR SIMILAR MEDIATION/ARBITRATION ENTITY. THE PROPOSED REFEREE MAY BE CHALLENGED BY ANY PARTY FOR ANY OF THE GROUNDS LISTED IN SECTION 641 OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, AS SAME MAY BE AMENDED OR ANY SUCCESSOR STATUTE(S) THERETO. THE REFEREE SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO DECIDE ALL ISSUES OF FACT AND LAW AND REPORT HIS OR HER DECISION ON SUCH ISSUES, AND TO ISSUE ALL RECOGNIZED REMEDIES AVAILABLE AT LAW OR IN EQUITY FOR ANY CAUSE OF ACTION THAT IS BEFORE THE REFEREE, INCLUDING AN AWARD OF ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA LAW. THE REFEREE SHALL NOT, HOWEVER, HAVE THE POWER TO AWARD PUNITIVE DAMAGES, NOR ANY OTHER DAMAGES WHICH ARE NOT PERMITTED BY THE EXPRESS PROVISIONS OF THIS LEASE, AND THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO RECOVER ANY SUCH DAMAGES. THE PARTIES SHALL BE ENTITLED TO CONDUCT ALL DISCOVERY AS PROVIDED IN THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, AND THE REFEREE SHALL OVERSEE DISCOVERY AND MAY ENFORCE ALL DISCOVERY ORDERS IN THE SAME MANNER AS ANY TRIAL COURT JUDGE, WITH RIGHTS TO REGULATE DISCOVERY AND TO ISSUE AND ENFORCE SUBPOENAS, PROTECTIVE ORDERS AND OTHER LIMITATIONS ON DISCOVERY AVAILABLE UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW. THE REFERENCE PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA LAW (INCLUDING THE RULES OF EVIDENCE), AND IN ALL REGARDS, THE REFEREE SHALL FOLLOW CALIFORNIA LAW APPLICABLE AT THE TIME OF THE REFERENCE PROCEEDING. IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 644 OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, THE DECISION OF THE REFEREE UPON THE WHOLE ISSUE MUST STAND AS THE DECISION OF THE COURT, AND UPON THE FILING OF THE STATEMENT OF DECISION WITH THE CLERK OF THE COURT, OR WITH THE JUDGE IF THERE IS NO CLERK, JUDGMENT MAY BE ENTERED THEREON IN THE SAME MANNER AS IF THE ACTION HAD BEEN TRIED BY THE COURT. THE PARTIES SHALL PROMPTLY AND DILIGENTLY COOPERATE WITH ONE ANOTHER AND THE REFEREE, AND SHALL PERFORM SUCH ACTS AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO OBTAIN A PROMPT AND EXPEDITIOUS RESOLUTION OF THE DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION 14.7(b). TO THE EXTENT THAT NO PENDING LAWSUIT HAS BEEN FILED TO OBTAIN THE APPOINTMENT OF A REFEREE, ANY PARTY, AFTER THE ISSUANCE OF THE DECISION OF THE REFEREE, MAY APPLY TO THE COURT OF THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED FOR CONFIRMATION BY THE COURT OF THE DECISION OF THE REFEREE IN THE SAME MANNER AS A PETITION FOR CONFIRMATION OF AN ARBITRATION AWARD PURSUANT TO CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTION 1285 ET SEQ. (AS SAME MAY BE AMENDED OR ANY SUCCESSOR STATUTE(S) THERETO).


21


SECTION 14.8.      SATISFACTION OF JUDGMENT. The obligations of Landlord and Tenant do not constitute the personal obligations of their respective individual partners, trustees, directors, officers, members or shareholders (or those of their constituent partners or members). Should Tenant recover a money judgment against Landlord, such judgment shall be satisfied only from the interest of Landlord in the Project and out of the rent or other income from such property receivable by Landlord or out of consideration received by Landlord from the sale or other disposition of all or any part of Landlord’s right, title or interest in the Project and no action for any deficiency may be sought or obtained by Tenant.
ARTICLE XV. END OF TERM
SECTION 15.1.      HOLDING OVER. This Lease shall terminate without further notice upon the expiration of the Term, and any holding over by Tenant after the expiration shall not constitute a renewal or extension of this Lease, or give Tenant any rights under this Lease, except when in writing signed by both parties. Any period of time following the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease required for Tenant to remove its property or to place the Premises in the condition required pursuant to Section 15.3 (or for Landlord to do so if Tenant fails to do so) shall be deemed a holding over by Tenant. If Tenant holds over for any period after the Expiration Date (or earlier termination) of the Term without the prior written consent of Landlord, such possession shall constitute a tenancy at sufferance only and an Event of Default under this Lease; such holding over with the prior written consent of Landlord shall constitute a month-to-month tenancy commencing on the first (1st) day following the termination of this Lease and terminating thirty (30) days following delivery of written notice of termination by either Landlord or Tenant to the other. In either of such events, possession shall be subject to all of the terms of this Lease, except that the monthly Basic Rent shall be one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the greater of (a) the Basic Rent for the month immediately preceding the date of termination or (b) the then currently scheduled Basic Rent for comparable space in the Project. The acceptance by Landlord of monthly holdover rental in a lesser amount shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due for any holdover by Tenant, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration of this Lease despite demand to do so by Landlord, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss or liability, including without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant relating to such failure to surrender. The foregoing provisions of this Section are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of re‑entry or any other rights of Landlord under this Lease or at law.
SECTION 15.2.      MERGER ON TERMINATION. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual termination of this Lease, shall terminate any or all existing subleases unless Landlord, at its option, elects in writing to treat the surrender or termination as an assignment to it of any or all subleases affecting the Premises.
SECTION 15.3.      SURRENDER OF PREMISES; REMOVAL OF PROPERTY. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.3 of this Lease and of the Work Letter, if any, attached hereto, upon the Expiration Date or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order, condition and repair as when received or as hereafter may be improved by Landlord or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are Landlord’s obligation excepted, and shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all personal property, removable trade fixtures, and equipment and debris and perform all work required under Section 7.3 of this Lease and/or the Work Letter, if any, attached hereto, as to Replacements of Non-Standard Improvements and removal of Alterations, except for any items that Landlord may by written authorization allow to remain. Tenant shall repair all damage to the Premises resulting from the removal, which repair shall include the patching and filling of holes and repair of structural damage, provided that Landlord may instead elect to repair any structural damage at Tenant’s expense. If Tenant shall fail to comply with the provisions of this Section, Landlord may effect the removal and/or make any repairs, and the cost to Landlord shall be additional rent payable by Tenant upon demand. If Tenant fails to remove Tenant’s personal property from the Premises upon the expiration of the Term, Landlord may remove, store, dispose of and/or retain such personal property, at Landlord’s option, in accordance with then applicable laws, all at the expense of Tenant. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an instrument in writing releasing and quitclaiming to Landlord all right, title and interest of Tenant in the Premises.
ARTICLE XVI. PAYMENTS AND NOTICES
All sums payable by Tenant to Landlord shall be deemed to be rent under this Lease and shall be paid, without deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States to Landlord at the address specified in Item 13 of the Basic Lease Provisions, or at any other place as Landlord may designate in writing. Unless this Lease expressly provides otherwise, as for example in the payment of Basic Rent and the Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2, all payments shall be due and payable within five (5) days after demand. All payments requiring proration shall be prorated on the basis of the number of days in the pertinent calendar month or year, as applicable. Any notice, election, demand, consent, approval or other communication to be given or other document to be delivered by either party to the other may be delivered in person or by courier or overnight delivery service to the other party, or may be deposited in the United States mail, duly registered or certified, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and addressed to the other party at the address set forth in Item 12 of the Basic Lease Provisions, or if to Tenant, at that address or, from and after the Commencement Date, at the Premises (whether or not Tenant has departed from, abandoned or vacated the Premises). Either party may, by written notice to the other, served in the manner provided in this Article, designate a different address. If any notice or other document is sent by mail, duly registered or certified, it shall be deemed served or delivered seventy-two (72) hours after mailing. If more than one person or entity is named as Tenant under this Lease, service of any notice upon any one of them shall be deemed as service upon all of them.


22


ARTICLE XVII. RULES AND REGULATIONS
Tenant agrees to observe faithfully and comply strictly with the Rules and Regulations, attached as Exhibit E, and any reasonable and nondiscriminatory amendments, modifications and/or additions as may be adopted and published by written notice to tenants by Landlord for the safety, care, security, good order, or cleanliness of the Premises, Building, Project and Common Areas. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any violation of the Rules and Regulations or the breach of any covenant or condition in any lease by any other tenant or such tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, guests or invitees. One or more waivers by Landlord of any breach of the Rules and Regulations by Tenant or by any other tenant(s) shall not be a waiver of any subsequent breach of that rule or any other. Tenant’s failure to keep and observe the Rules and Regulations shall constitute a breach of this Lease. In the case of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and this Lease, this Lease shall be controlling.
ARTICLE XVIII. BROKER’S COMMISSION
The parties recognize as the broker(s) who negotiated this Lease the firm(s), whose name(s) is (are) stated in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions, and agree that Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of brokerage commissions to those broker(s) unless otherwise provided in this Lease. It is understood and agreed that Landlord’s Broker represents only Landlord in this transaction and that Tenant’s Broker (if any) represents only Tenant. Each party warrants that it has had no dealings with any other real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, and agrees to indemnify and hold the other party harmless from any cost, expense or liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) for any compensation, commissions or charges claimed by any other real estate broker or agent employed by the indemnifying party in connection with the negotiation of this Lease. The foregoing agreement shall survive the termination of this Lease.
ARTICLE XIX. TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST
In the event of any transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Premises, following the assumption by the transferee of the obligations of “Landlord” under this Lease accruing from and after the effective date of such transfer, the transferor shall be automatically relieved of all obligations on the part of Landlord accruing under this Lease from and after the effective date of such transfer, provided that any funds held by the transferor in which Tenant has an interest shall be turned over, subject to that interest, to the transferee and Tenant is notified of the transfer as required by law. No beneficiary of a deed of trust to which this Lease is or may be subordinate, and no landlord under a so‑called sale‑leaseback, shall be responsible in connection with the Security Deposit, unless the mortgagee or beneficiary under the deed of trust or the landlord actually receives the Security Deposit. It is intended that the covenants and obligations contained in this Lease on the part of Landlord shall, subject to the foregoing, be binding on Landlord, its successors and assigns, only during and with respect to obligations arising during their respective successive periods of ownership.
ARTICLE XX. INTERPRETATION
SECTION 20.1.      GENDER AND NUMBER. Whenever the context of this Lease requires, the words “ Landlord ” and “ Tenant ” shall include the plural as well as the singular, and words used in neuter, masculine or feminine genders shall include the others.
SECTION 20.2.      HEADINGS. The captions and headings of the articles and sections of this Lease are for convenience only, are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon its construction or interpretation.
SECTION 20.3.      JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY. If more than one person or entity is named as Tenant, the obligations imposed upon each shall be joint and several and the act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of them shall be binding on all of them with respect to the tenancy of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any renewal, extension, termination or modification of this Lease.
SECTION 20.4.      SUCCESSORS. Subject to Articles IX and XIX, all rights and liabilities given to or imposed upon Landlord and Tenant shall extend to and bind their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. Nothing contained in this Section is intended, or shall be construed, to grant to any person other than Landlord and Tenant and their successors and assigns any rights or remedies under this Lease.
SECTION 20.5.      TIME OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease.
SECTION 20.6.      CONTROLLING LAW/VENUE. This Lease shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Any litigation commenced concerning any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected to this Lease shall be initiated in the Superior Court of the county in which the Project is located.
SECTION 20.7.      SEVERABILITY. If any term or provision of this Lease, the deletion of which would not adversely affect the receipt of any material benefit by either party or the deletion of which is consented to by the party adversely affected, shall be held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected and each term and provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
SECTION 20.8.      WAIVER AND CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. One or more waivers by Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease shall not be a waiver of any subsequent


23


breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition. Consent to any act by one of the parties shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of that party’s consent to any subsequent act. No breach by Tenant of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless the waiver is in a writing signed by Landlord. The rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease shall be cumulative and in addition to any and all other rights and remedies which Landlord may have.
SECTION 20.9.      INABILITY TO PERFORM. In the event that either party shall be delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance of any work or in performing any act required under this Lease by reason of any cause beyond the reasonable control of that party, other than financial inability, then the performance of the work or the doing of the act shall be excused for the period of the delay and the time for performance shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of the delay. The provisions of this Section shall not operate to excuse Tenant from the prompt payment of rent or from the timely performance of any other obligation under this Lease within Tenant’s reasonable control.
SECTION 20.10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease and its exhibits and other attachments cover in full each and every agreement of every kind between the parties concerning the Premises, the Building, and the Project, and all preliminary negotiations, oral agreements, understandings and/or practices, except those contained in this Lease, are superseded and of no further effect. Tenant waives its rights to rely on any representations or promises made by Landlord or others which are not contained in this Lease. No verbal agreement or implied covenant shall be held to modify the provisions of this Lease, any statute, law, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding.
SECTION 20.11.      QUIET ENJOYMENT. Upon the observance and performance of all the covenants, terms and conditions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, and subject to the other provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right of quiet enjoyment and use of the Premises for the Term without hindrance or interruption by Landlord or any other person claiming by or through Landlord.
SECTION 20.12. SURVIVAL. All covenants of Landlord or Tenant which reasonably would be intended to survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, including without limitation any warranty or indemnity hereunder, shall so survive and continue to be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective parties and their successors and assigns.
SECTION 20.13. INTERPRETATION. This Lease shall not be construed in favor of or against either party, but shall be construed as if both parties prepared this Lease.
ARTICLE XXI. EXECUTION AND RECORDING
SECTION 21.1.      COUNTERPARTS. This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which shall be one and the same agreement.
SECTION 21.2.      CORPORATE, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AND PARTNERSHIP AUTHORITY. If Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of the corporation, limited liability company or partnership represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of the corporation, limited liability company or partnership, and that this Lease is binding upon the corporation, limited liability company or partnership in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 21.3.      EXECUTION OF LEASE; NO OPTION OR OFFER. The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall be for examination purposes only, and shall not constitute an offer to or option for Tenant to lease the Premises. Execution of this Lease by Tenant and its return to Landlord shall not be binding upon Landlord, notwithstanding any time interval, until Landlord has in fact executed and delivered this Lease to Tenant, it being intended that this Lease shall only become effective upon execution by Landlord and delivery of a fully executed counterpart to Tenant.
SECTION 21.4.      RECORDING. Tenant shall not record this Lease without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant, upon the request of Landlord, shall execute and acknowledge a “short form” memorandum of this Lease for recording purposes.
SECTION 21.5.      AMENDMENTS. No amendment or termination of this Lease shall be effective unless in writing signed by authorized signatories of Tenant and Landlord, or by their respective successors in interest. No actions, policies, oral or informal arrangements, business dealings or other course of conduct by or between the parties shall be deemed to modify this Lease in any respect.
SECTION 21.6.      EXECUTED COPY. Any fully executed photocopy or similar reproduction of this Lease shall be deemed an original for all purposes.
SECTION 21.7.      ATTACHMENTS. All exhibits, amendments, riders and addenda attached to this Lease are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Lease.


24


ARTICLE XXII. MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 22.1.      NONDISCLOSURE OF LEASE TERMS. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the terms of this Lease are confidential and constitute proprietary information of Landlord. Disclosure of the terms could adversely affect the ability of Landlord to negotiate other leases and impair Landlord’s relationship with other tenants. Accordingly, Tenant agrees that it, and its partners, members, shareholders, officers, directors, employees and attorneys, shall not intentionally and voluntarily disclose, by public filings or otherwise, the terms and conditions of this Lease (“ Confidential Information ”) to any third party, either directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. The foregoing restriction shall not apply if either: (i) Tenant is required to disclose the Confidential Information in response to a subpoena or other regulatory, administrative or court order, (ii) independent legal counsel to Tenant delivers a written opinion to Landlord that Tenant is required to disclose the Confidential Information to, or file a copy of this Lease with, any governmental agency or any stock exchange; provided however, that in such event, Tenant shall, before making any such disclosure (A) provide Landlord with prompt written notice of such required disclosure, (B) at Tenant’s sole cost, take all reasonable legally available steps to resist or narrow such requirement, including without limitation preparing and filing a request for confidential treatment of the Confidential Information and (C) if disclosure of the Confidential Information is required by subpoena or other regulatory, administrative or court order, Tenant shall provide Landlord with as much advance notice of the possibility of such disclosure as practical so that Landlord may attempt to stop such disclosure or obtain an order concerning such disclosure. The form and content of a request by Tenant for confidential treatment of the Confidential Information shall be provided to Landlord at least five (5) business days before its submission to the applicable governmental agency or stock exchange and is subject to the prior written approval of Landlord. In addition, Tenant may disclose the terms of this Lease to its attorneys, accountants and advisors, as well as to prospective assignees of this Lease and prospective subtenants under this Lease with whom Tenant is actively negotiating such an assignment or sublease.
SECTION 22.2.      GUARANTEE. As a condition to the execution of this Lease by Landlord, the obligations, covenants and performance of the Tenant as herein provided shall be guaranteed in writing by the Guarantor(s) listed in Item 7 of the Basic Lease Provisions (“ Guarantor ”), if any, on a form of guaranty provided by Landlord (“ Guarantee ”). Any default by a Guarantor under the Guarantee shall be deemed to be an Event of Default under the terms of this Lease. In addition, any filing by or against a Guarantor of a petition to have such Guarantor adjudged a Chapter 7 debtor under the Bankruptcy Code or to have debts discharged or a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against such Guarantor, the same is dismissed within thirty (30) days), a Guarantor’s convening of a meeting of its creditors for the purpose of effecting a moratorium upon or composition of its debts or the failure of a Guarantor to pay its material obligations to creditors as and when they become due and payable, other than as a result of a good faith dispute by such Guarantor, shall be deemed to be an Event of Default by Tenant.
SECTION 22.3.      CHANGES REQUESTED BY LENDER. If, in connection with obtaining financing for the Project, the lender shall request reasonable modifications in this Lease as a condition to the financing, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent, provided that the modifications do not materially increase the obligations of Tenant or materially and adversely affect the leasehold interest created by this Lease.
SECTION 22.4.      MORTGAGEE PROTECTION . No act or failure to act on the part of Landlord which would otherwise entitle Tenant to be relieved of its obligations hereunder shall result in such a release or termination unless (a) Tenant has given notice by registered or certified mail to any beneficiary of a deed of trust or mortgage encumbering the Premises whose address has been furnished to Tenant in writing and (b) such beneficiary is afforded a reasonable opportunity to cure the default by Landlord (which in no event shall be less than sixty (60) days), including, if necessary to effect the cure, time to obtain possession of the Premises by power of sale or judicial foreclosure provided that such foreclosure remedy is diligently pursued. Tenant agrees that each beneficiary of a deed of trust or mortgage encumbering the Premises is an express third party beneficiary hereof, Tenant shall have no right or claim for the collection of any deposit from such beneficiary or from any purchaser at a foreclosure sale unless such beneficiary or purchaser shall have actually received and not refunded the deposit, and Tenant shall comply with any written directions by any beneficiary to pay rent due hereunder directly to such beneficiary without determining whether a default exists under such beneficiary’s deed of trust.
SECTION 22.5.      COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS. All of the provisions of this Lease shall be construed to be conditions as well as covenants as though the words specifically expressing or imparting covenants and conditions were used in each separate provision.
SECTION 22.6.      SECURITY MEASURES. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises or the Project. Tenant assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant, its employees, agents, invitees and property from acts of third parties. Nothing herein contained shall prevent Landlord, at its sole option, from providing security protection for the Project or any part thereof, in which event the cost thereof shall be included within the definition of Project Costs.
SECTION 22.7.      SDN LIST. Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant nor any officer, director, employee, partner, member or other principal of Tenant (collectively, “ Tenant Parties ”) is listed as a Specially Designated National and Blocked Person (“ SDN ”) on the list of such persons and entities issued by the U.S. Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC). In the event Tenant or any Tenant Party is or becomes listed as an SDN, Tenant shall be deemed in breach of this Lease and Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease immediately upon written notice to Tenant.


25


LANDLORD:
 
TENANT:
 
 
 
 
 
THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC,
 
MASIMO CORPORATION
a Delaware limited liability company
 
a Delaware corporation
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Steven M. Case
 
By:
/s/ Tony Allan
 
Steven M. Case
 
 
Chief Operating Officer
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Michael T. Bennett
 
By:
/s/ Mark P. de Raad
 
/s/ Michael T. Bennett, Senior Vice President Operations, Office Properties
 
 
Chief Financial Officer



26



9600 JERONIMO


















EXHIBIT A



1


EXHIBIT B

THE IRVINE COMPANY - INVESTMENT PROPERTIES GROUP

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL SURVEY FORM

The purpose of this form is to obtain information regarding the use of hazardous substances on Investment Properties Group (“IPG”) property. Prospective tenants and contractors should answer the questions in light of their proposed activities on the premises. Existing tenants and contractors should answer the questions as they relate to ongoing activities on the premises and should update any information previously submitted.

If additional space is needed to answer the questions, you may attach separate sheets of paper to this form. When completed, the form should be sent to the following address:

THE IRVINE COMPANY MANAGEMENT OFFICE
111 Innovation Drive
Irvine, CA 92617

Your cooperation in this matter is appreciated. If you have any questions, please call your property manager at (949) 720-4400 for assistance.

1.      GENERAL INFORMATION.

Name of Responding Company: _____________________________________________
Check all that apply:              Tenant          ( )          Contractor      ( )
Prospective      ( )          Existing      ( )

Mailing Address: _________________________________________________________
Contact person & Title: ____________________________________________________
Telephone Number: ( ) _____________

Current TIC Tenant(s):

Address of Lease Premises: ________________________________________________

Length of Lease or Contract Term: ___________________________________________

Prospective TIC Tenant(s):

Address of Leased Premises: _______________________________________________

Address of Current Operations: _____________________________________________

Describe the proposed operations to take place on the property, including principal products manufactured or services to be conducted. Existing tenants and contractors should describe any proposed changes to ongoing operations. ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2.
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. For the purposes of this Survey Form, the term “hazardous material” means any raw material, product or agent considered hazardous under any state or federal law. The term does not include wastes which are intended to be discarded.

2.1
Will any hazardous materials be used or stored on site?

Chemical Products          Yes      ( )      No      ( )
Biological Hazards/
Infectious Wastes          Yes      ( )      No      ( )
Radioactive Materials          Yes      ( )      No      ( )
Petroleum Products          Yes      ( )      No      ( )

2.2
List any hazardous materials to be used or stored, the quantities that will be on-site at any given time, and the location and method of storage (e.g., bottles in storage closet on the premises).

Location and Method


1


Hazardous Materials          of Storage          Quantity


__________________          __________________          __________________
__________________          __________________          __________________
__________________          __________________          __________________
__________________          __________________          __________________
        
2.3
Is any underground storage of hazardous materials proposed or currently conducted on the premises? Yes ( ) No ( )

If yes, describe the materials to be stored, and the size and construction of the tank. Attach copies of any permits obtained for the underground storage of such substances. ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3.
HAZARDOUS WASTE. For the purposes of this Survey Form, the term “hazardous waste” means any waste (including biological, infectious or radioactive waste) considered hazardous under any state or federal law, and which is intended to be discarded.

3.1
List any hazardous waste generated or to be generated on the premises, and indicate the quantity generated on a monthly basis.

Location and Method
Hazardous Materials          of Storage          Quantity


__________________          __________________          __________________
__________________          __________________          __________________
__________________          __________________          __________________
__________________          __________________          __________________

3.2
Describe the method(s) of disposal (including recycling) for each waste. Indicate where and how often disposal will take place.

Location and Method
Hazardous Materials          of Storage          Disposal Method

__________________          __________________          __________________
__________________          __________________          __________________
__________________          __________________          __________________
__________________          __________________          __________________

3.3
Is any treatment or processing of hazardous, infectious or radioactive wastes currently conducted or proposed to be conducted on the premise?
Yes ( ) No ( )

If yes, please describe any existing or proposed treatment methods. ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3.4      Attach copies of any hazardous waste permits or licenses issued to your company with respect to its operations on the premises.

4.
SPILLS

4.1      During the past year, have any spills or releases of hazardous materials occurred on the premises?      Yes ( )      No ( )

If so, please describe the spill and attach the results of any testing conducted to determine the extent of such spills. ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
    
4.2      Were any agencies notified in connection with such spills?      Yes ( )      No ( )



2


If so, attach copies of any spill reports or other correspondence with regulatory agencies.

4.3      Were any clean-up actions undertaken in connection with the spills?
Yes ( )      No ( )

If so, briefly describe the actions taken. Attach copies of any clearance letters obtained from any regulatory agencies involved and the results of any final soil or groundwater sampling done upon completion of the clean-up work. ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5.
WASTEWATER TREATMENT/DISCHARGE

5.1      Do you discharge industrial wastewater to:

_____storm drain?              _____sewer?
_____surface water?              _____no industrial discharge

5.2      Is your industrial wastewater treated before discharge?      Yes ( ) No ( )

If yes, describe the type of treatment conducted. ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5.3      Attach copies of any wastewater discharge permits issued to your company with respect to its operations on the premises.

6.      AIR DISCHARGES.

6.1      Do you have any air filtration systems or stacks that discharge into the air?
Yes ( )      No ( )

6.2      Do you operate any equipment that requires air emissions permits?
Yes ( )      No ( )

6.3      Attach copies of any air discharge permits pertaining to these operations.

7.      HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DISCLOSURES.

7.1      Does your company handle an aggregate of at least 500 pounds, 55 gallons or 200 cubic feet of hazardous material at any given time? Yes ( )      No ( )

7.2      Has your company prepared a Hazardous Materials Disclosure - Chemical Inventory and Business Emergency Plan or similar disclosure document pursuant to state or county requirements?      Yes ( )      No ( )

If so, attach a copy.

7.3      Are any of the chemicals used in your operations regulated under Proposition 65?

If so, describe the procedures followed to comply with these requirements. ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

7.4      Is your company subject to OSHA Hazard Communication Standard Requirements?      Yes ( )      No ( )

If so, describe the procedures followed to comply with these requirements. ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

8.
ANIMAL TESTING.

8.1      Does your company bring or intend to bring live animals onto the premises for research or development purposes?      Yes ( )      No ( )



3


If so, describe the activity. ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

8.2      Does your company bring or intend to bring animal body parts or bodily fluids onto the premises for research or development purposes?      Yes ( ) No ( )

If so, describe the activity. ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
    
9.
ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS, COMPLAINTS.

9.1      Has your company ever been subject to any agency enforcement actions, administrative orders, lawsuits, or consent orders/decrees regarding environmental compliance or health and safety?      Yes ( )      No ( )

If so, describe the actions and any continuing obligations imposed as a result of these actions. ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

9.2      Has your company ever received any request for information, notice of violation or demand letter, complaint, or inquiry regarding environmental compliance or health and safety?      Yes ( )      No ( )


9.3      Has an environmental audit ever been conducted which concerned operations or activities on premises occupied by you?      Yes ( )      No ( )

9.4      If you answered “yes” to any questions in this section, describe the environmental action or complaint and any continuing compliance obligation imposed as a result of the same. ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________


____________________________________
____________________________________

    

By: ________________________________
Name: _______________________
Title: ________________________
Date: _________________________



4


EXHIBIT C

LANDLORD’S DISCLOSURES
    
SPECTRUM

The capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Exhibit shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Lease. The provisions of this Exhibit shall supersede any inconsistent or conflicting provisions of the Lease.

1.    Landlord has been informed that the El Toro Marine Corps Air Station (MCAS) has been listed as a Federal Superfund site as a result of chemical releases occurring over many years of occupancy. Various chemicals including jet fuel, motor oil and solvents have been discharged in several areas throughout the MCAS site. A regional study conducted by the Orange County Water District has estimated that groundwaters beneath more than 2,900 acres have been impacted by Trichloroethlene (TCE), an industrial solvent. There is a potential that this substance may have migrated into the ground water underlying the Premises. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the Santa Ana Region Quality Control Board, and the Orange County Health Care Agency are overseeing the investigation/cleanup of this contamination. To the Landlord’s current actual knowledge, the ground water in this area is used for irrigation purposes only, and there is no practical impediment to the use or occupancy of the Premises due to the El Toro discharges.



1


EXHIBIT D
TENANT’S INSURANCE
The following requirements for Tenant’s insurance shall be in effect at the Building, and Tenant shall also cause any subtenant to comply with these requirements. Landlord reserves the right to adopt reasonable nondiscriminatory modifications and additions to these insurance requirements. Tenant agrees to obtain and present evidence to Landlord that it has fully complied with the insurance requirements.
1.    Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, commencing on the date Tenant is given access to the Premises for any purpose and during the entire Term, procure, pay for and keep in full force and effect: (i) commercial general liability insurance with respect to the Premises and the operations of or on behalf of Tenant in, on or about the Premises, including but not limited to coverage for personal injury, contractual liability, independent contractors, broad form property damage, fire legal liability, products liability (if a product is sold from the Premises), and liquor law liability (if alcoholic beverages are sold, served or consumed within the Premises), which policy(ies) shall be written on an “occurrence” basis and for not less than the amount set forth in Item 14 of the Basic Lease Provisions, with a combined single limit (with a $50,000 minimum limit on fire legal liability) per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and property damage liability, or the current limit of liability carried by Tenant, whichever is greater, and subject to such increases in amounts as Landlord may determine from time to time; (ii) workers’ compensation insurance coverage as required by law, together with employers’ liability insurance of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00); (iii) with respect to Alterations and the like required or permitted to be made by Tenant under this Lease, builder’s risk insurance in an amount equal to the replacement cost of the work; (iv) insurance against fire, vandalism, malicious mischief and such other additional perils as may be included in a standard “special form” policy, insuring Tenant’s Alterations, trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and items of personal property of Tenant located in the Premises, in an amount equal to not less than ninety percent (90%) of their actual replacement cost (with replacement cost endorsement); and (v) business interruption coverage in amounts satisfactory to cover one (1) year of loss. In no event shall the limits of any policy be considered as limiting the liability of Tenant under this Lease.
2.    In the event Landlord consents to Tenant’s use, generation or storage of Hazardous Materials on, under or about the Premises pursuant to Section 5.3 of this Lease, Landlord shall have the continuing right to require Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (provided the same is available for purchase upon commercially reasonable terms), to purchase insurance specified and approved by Landlord, with coverage not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00), insuring (i) any Hazardous Materials shall be removed from the Premises, (ii) the Premises shall be restored to a clean, healthy, safe and sanitary condition, and (iii) any liability of Tenant, Landlord and Landlord’s officers, directors, shareholders, agents, employees and representatives, arising from such Hazardous Materials.
3.    All policies of insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Exhibit D shall be written by responsible insurance companies authorized to do business in the State of California and with a general policyholder rating of not less than “A-“ and financial rating of not less than “VIII” in the most current Best’s Insurance Report. The deductible or other retained limit under any policy carried by Tenant shall be commercially reasonable, and Tenant shall be responsible for payment of such retained limit with full waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord. Any insurance required of Tenant may be furnished by Tenant under any blanket policy carried by it or under a separate policy. A true and exact copy of each paid up policy evidencing the insurance (appropriately authenticated by the insurer) or a certificate of insurance, certifying that the policy has been issued, provides the coverage required by this Exhibit D and contains the required provisions, together with endorsements acceptable to Landlord evidencing the waiver of subrogation and additional insured provisions required below, shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the date Tenant is given the right of possession of the Premises. Proper evidence of the renewal of any insurance coverage shall also be delivered to Landlord not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the coverage. In the event of a loss covered by any policy under which Landlord is an additional insured, Landlord shall be entitled to review a copy of such policy.
4.    Each policy evidencing insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Exhibit D shall contain the following provisions and/or clauses reasonably satisfactory to Landlord: (i) with respect to Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance, a provision that the policy and the coverage provided shall be primary and that any coverage carried by Landlord shall be in excess of and noncontributory with respect to any policies carried by Tenant, together with a provision including Landlord, the Additional Insureds identified in Item 11 of the Basic Lease Provisions and any other parties in interest designated by Landlord, as additional insureds; (ii) except with respect to Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance, a waiver by the insurer of any right to subrogation against Landlord, its agents, employees, contractors and representatives which arises or might arise by reason of any payment under the policy or by reason of any act or omission of Landlord, its agents, employees, contractors or representatives; and (iii) a provision that the insurer will not cancel or reduce the coverage provided by the policy without first giving Landlord thirty (30) days prior written notice. Tenant shall also name Landlord, the Additional Insureds identified in Item 11 of the Basic Lease Provisions and any other parties in interest designated by Landlord, as additional insureds on any excess or umbrella liability insurance policy carried by Tenant.
5.    In the event that Tenant fails to procure, maintain and/or pay for, at the times and for the durations specified in this Exhibit D, any insurance required by this Exhibit D, or fails to carry insurance required by any governmental authority, Landlord may at its election procure that insurance and pay the premiums, in which event Tenant shall repay Landlord all sums paid by Landlord, together with interest at the maximum rate permitted by law and any related costs or expenses incurred by Landlord, within ten (10) days following Landlord’s written demand to Tenant.


1


NOTICE TO TENANT: IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE, TENANT MUST PROVIDE EVIDENCE OF THE REQUIRED INSURANCE TO LANDLORD’S


2


EXHIBIT E
RULES AND REGULATIONS
This Exhibit sets forth the rules and regulations governing Tenant’s use of the Premises leased to Tenant pursuant to the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease to which this Exhibit is attached and therein made part thereof. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between this Exhibit and the Lease, the Lease shall control.
1.    Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed near the glass of any window, door, partition or wall, which may appear unsightly from outside the Premises.
2.    The walls, walkways, sidewalks, entrance passages, elevators, stairwells, courts and vestibules shall not be obstructed or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress of pedestrian travel to and from the Premises, and shall not be used for smoking, loitering or gathering, or to display, store or place any merchandise, equipment or devices, or for any other purpose. The walkways, sidewalks, entrance passageways, courts, vestibules and roof are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of the Landlord shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building and its tenants, provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom Tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. Smoking is permitted outside the building and within the Project only in areas designated by Landlord. Neither Tenant nor its employees, agents, contractors, invitees or licensees shall bring any firearm, whether loaded or unloaded, into the Project at any time. No tenant or employee or invitee or agent of any tenant shall be permitted upon the roof of the Building without prior written approval from Landlord.
3.    No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building. No security bars or gates, curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the express written consent of Landlord.
4.    Tenant shall not mark, nail, paint, drill into, or in any way deface any part of the Premises or the Building except to affix standard pictures or other wall hangings on the interior walls of the premises so long as they are not visible from the exterior of the building. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord in writing. The expense of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule or removal of any floor covering shall be borne by Tenant.
5.    The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other plumbing apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. Any pipes or tubing used by Tenant to transmit water to an appliance or device in the Premises must be made of copper or stainless steel, and in no event shall plastic tubing be used for that purpose. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, caused it.
6.    Landlord shall direct electricians as to the manner and location of any future telephone wiring. No boring or cutting for wires will be allowed without the prior consent of Landlord. The locations of the telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord.
7.    The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the permitted use of the Premises. No exterior storage shall be allowed at any time without the prior written approval of Landlord. The Premises shall not be used for cooking or washing clothes without the prior written consent of Landlord, or for lodging or sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purposes.
8.    Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, any unseemly or disturbing noises or disturb or interfere with occupants of this or neighboring buildings or premises or those having business with them, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, noise, or otherwise. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used, or kept, any foul or obnoxious gas or substance in the Premises or permit or suffer the Premises to be used or occupied in any manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of this or neighboring buildings or premises by reason of any odors, fumes or gases.
9.    No animals, except for seeing eye dogs, shall be permitted at any time within the Premises.
10.    Tenant shall not use the name of the Building or the Project in connection with or in promoting or advertising the business of Tenant, except as Tenant’s address, without the written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any Tenant which, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Project or its desirability for its intended uses, and upon written notice from Landlord any Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.
11.    Canvassing, soliciting, peddling, parading, picketing, demonstrating or otherwise engaging in any conduct that unreasonably impairs the value or use of the Premises or the Project are prohibited and each Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same. Landlord shall have full and absolute authority to regulate or prohibit the entrance to the Premises of any vendor, supplier, purveyor, petitioner, proselytizer or other similar person if, in the good faith judgment of Landlord, such person will be involved in general solicitation activities, or the proselytizing, petitioning,


1


or disturbance of other tenants or their customers or invitees, or engaged or likely to engage in conduct which may in Landlord’s opinion distract from the use of the Premises for its intended purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord reserves the absolute right and discretion to limit or prevent access to the Buildings by any food or beverage vendor, whether or not invited by Tenant, and Landlord may condition such access upon the vendor’s execution of an entry permit agreement which may contain provisions for insurance coverage and/or the payment of a fee to Landlord.
12.    No equipment of any type shall be placed on the Premises which in Landlord’s opinion exceeds the load limits of the floor or otherwise threatens the soundness of the structure or improvements of the Building.
13.    Regular building hours of operation are from 6:00 AM to 6:00 PM Monday through Friday and 9:00 AM to 1:00 PM on Saturday. No air conditioning unit or other similar apparatus shall be installed or used by any Tenant without the prior written consent of Landlord.
14.    The entire Premises, including vestibules, entrances, parking areas, doors, fixtures, windows and plate glass, shall at all times be maintained in a safe, neat and clean condition by Tenant. All trash, refuse and waste materials shall be regularly removed from the Premises by Tenant and placed in the containers at the locations designated by Landlord for refuse collection. All cardboard boxes must be “broken down” prior to being placed in the trash container. All styrofoam chips must be bagged or otherwise contained prior to placement in the trash container, so as not to constitute a nuisance. Pallets must be immediately disposed of by tenant and may not be disposed of in the Landlord provided trash container or enclosures. Pallets may be neatly stacked in an exterior location on a temporary basis (no longer than 5 days) so long as Landlord has provided prior written approval. The burning of trash, refuse or waste materials is prohibited.
15.    Tenant shall use at Tenant’s cost such pest extermination contractor as Landlord may direct and at such intervals as Landlord may require.
16.    All keys for the Premises shall be provided to Tenant by Landlord and Tenant shall return to Landlord any of such keys so provided upon the termination of the Lease. Tenant shall not change locks or install other locks on doors of the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event of loss of any keys furnished by Landlord for Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the costs thereof. Upon the termination of its tenancy, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all the keys to lobby(s), suite(s) and telephone & electrical room(s) which have been furnished to Tenant or which Tenant shall have had made.
17.    No person shall enter or remain within the Project while intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs. Landlord shall have the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the absolute discretion of Landlord, is under the influence of liquor or drugs.
18.    The moving of large or heavy objects shall occur only between those hours as may be designated by, and only upon previous written notice to, Landlord, and the persons employed to move those objects in or out of the Building must be reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no freight, furniture or bulky matter of any description shall be received into or moved out of the lobby of the Building or carried in the elevator.
19.    Tenant shall not install equipment, such as but not limited to electronic tabulating or computer equipment, requiring electrical or air conditioning service in excess of that to be provided by Landlord under the Lease without prior written consent of Landlord.
20.    Landlord may from time to time grant other tenants of the Project individual and temporary variances from these Rules, provided that any variance does not have a material adverse effect on the use and enjoyment of the Premises by Tenant.
21.    Landlord reserves the right to amend or supplement the foregoing Rules and Regulations and to adopt and promulgate additional rules and regulations applicable to the Premises. Notice of such rules and regulations and amendments and supplements thereto, if any, shall be given to the Tenant.



2


EXHIBIT Y

Jeronimo 5&6






1


Exhibit 10.46

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

I.    PARTIES AND DATE.
This First Amendment to Lease (the “ Amendment ”) dated May 29,2013 , is by and between THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord”) , and MASIMO CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).
II. RECITALS.
On June 22, 2012, Landlord and Tenant entered into a lease (“ Lease ”) for space in a building located at 9600 Jeronimo Road, Irvine, California (“ Premises ”).
Landlord and Tenant each desire to modify the Lease to extend the Lease Term, to adjust the Basic Rent and to make such other modifications as are set forth in “III. MODIFICATIONS” next below.
III.    MODIFICATIONS.
A. Basic Lease Provisions . The Basic Lease Provisions are hereby amended as follows:
1.    Item 5 is hereby deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:
“5. Expiration Date: January 31, 2015”
2.    Item 6 is hereby amended by adding the following:
“Commencing February 1, 2014, the Basic Rent shall be Twenty One Thousand One Hundred Thirty-Seven Dollars ($21,137.00) per month, based on $.65 per rentable square foot.”
B. Right to Extend the Lease . The provisions of Section 3.4 of the Lease, entitled “Right to Extend this Lease”, for the option to extend the Term for a single 12-month extension shall remain in full force and effect and exercisable by Tenant during the Term of the Lease as extended by this Amendment, except that the third (3 rd ) sentence of said Section 3.4 is hereby deleted and substituted therefor shall be the following:
“The Basic Rent payable under the Lease during the 12-month extension of the Term as provided herein, shall be Twenty Two Thousand Seven Hundred Sixty-Three Dollars ($22,763.00) per month, based on $.70 per rentable square foot.”
C. “After Hours” HVAC . Effective as of the date of this Amendment, the parties hereby agree to amend the definition of “standard charges” as used in Section 6.1 of the Lease for Tenant’s “after hours” usage of each HVAC servicing the Premises, to the following charges (in addition to the electricity charges paid to the utility provider): (i) $1.00 per hour for 1-5 ton HVAC units, (ii) $5.00 per hour for 6-9 ton HVAC units, and (iii) $10.00 per hour for HVAC units of greater than 9 tons.
D. Broker’s Commission . Article XVIII of the Lease is amended to provide that the parties recognize the following parties as the brokers who negotiated this Amendment, and agree that Landlord shall be responsible for payment of brokerage commissions to such brokers pursuant to its separate agreements with such brokers: Irvine Realty Company (“ Landlord’s Broker ”) and Zuvich Corporate Advisors (“ Tenant’s Broker ”). It is understood and agreed that Landlord’s Broker represents only Landlord in connection with the execution of this Amendment and that Tenant’s Broker represents only Tenant. The warranty and indemnity provisions of Article XVIII of the Lease, as amended hereby, shall be binding and enforceable in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment.
E. Acceptance of Premises . Tenant acknowledges that the lease of the Premises pursuant to this Amendment shall be on an “as-is” basis without further obligation on Landlord’s part as to improvements whatsoever.


1



IV.    GENERAL.
A. Effect of Amendments . The Lease shall remain in full force and effect except to the extent that it is modified by this Amendment.
B. Entire Agreement . This Amendment embodies the entire understanding between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the modifications set forth in “III. MODIFICATIONS” above and can be changed only by a writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

C. Counterparts . If this Amendment is executed in counterparts, each is hereby declared to be an original; all, however, shall constitute but one and the same amendment. In any action or proceeding, any photographic, photostatic, or other copy of this Amendment may be introduced into evidence without foundation.

D. Defined Terms . All words commencing with initial capital letters in this Amendment and defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning in this Amendment as in the Lease, unless they are otherwise defined in this Amendment.

E. Corporate and Partnership Authority . If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, or is comprised of either or both of them, each individual executing this Amendment for the corporation or partnership represents that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment on behalf of the corporation or partnership and that this Amendment is binding upon the corporation or partnership in accordance with its terms.

V.    EXECUTION.

Landlord and Tenant executed this Amendment on the date as set forth in “I. PARTIES AND DATE.” above.

LANDLORD:
 
 
TENANT:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC
 
MASIMO CORPORATION
a Delaware limited liability company
 
a Delaware corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By
/s/ Steven M. Case
 
By
/s/ Yongsam Lee
Steven M. Case, Executive Vice President
 
Yongsam Lee
 
Office Properties
 
 
EVP, Operations and CIO
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By
/s/ Michael T. Bennett
 
By
/s/ Mark P. de Raad
Michael T. Bennett, Senior Vice President
 
Mark P. de Raad
Operations, Office Properties
 
CFO



2



Exhibit 10.48



THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE


I.      PARTIES AND DATE.
This Third Amendment to Lease (the “ Amendment ”) dated January 26, 2016, is by and between THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and MASIMO CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).
II. RECITALS.
On June 22, 2012, Irvine Jeronimo Office Park LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (as successor-in-interest to The Irvine Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company), and Tenant entered into a lease for space in a building (“ Jeronimo Building ”) located at 9600 Jeronimo Road, Irvine, California (“ Jeronimo Premises ”), which lease was amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated May 29, 2013 and by a Second Amendment to Lease dated November 5, 2014 (“ Second Amendment ”). The foregoing lease, as so amended, is hereinafter referred to as the “Lease”.
Landlord and Tenant each desire to modify the Lease to terminate Tenant’s leasing of the Jeronimo Premises in exchange for leasing approximately 70,722 rentable square feet of space in a building located at 15776 Laguna Canyon Road, Irvine, California, which space is shown on EXHIBIT A attached to this Amendment and herein referred to as the “ Laguna Canyon Premises ”, to extend the Lease Term as to the Laguna Canyon Premises, to adjust the Basic Rent and to make such other modifications as are set forth in “III. MODIFICATIONS” next below.
III.      MODIFICATIONS.
A. Premises/Building/Project . Effective as of the “Commencement Date for the Laguna Canyon Premises” (as hereinafter defined), the “Premises” under the Lease shall consist of the Laguna Canyon Premises, all references to the “Building” in the Lease shall be amended to refer to the building located at 15776 Laguna Canyon Road, Irvine, California (“ Laguna Canyon Building ”), and all references to the “Project” in the Lease shall be amended to refer to the Project described on EXHIBIT Y attached to this Amendment.
B. Termination as to the Jeronimo Premises . The parties agree that, notwithstanding the current Expiration Date of the Lease, Tenant’s lease as to the Jeronimo Premises shall terminate at midnight on the day preceding the “Beneficial Occupancy Date” (the “ Jeronimo Premises Termination Date ”), provided that such termination shall not relieve Tenant of (i) any rent or other charges owed by Tenant, or other obligations required of Tenant, as are set forth in the Lease from and after the date of this Amendment through and including the Jeronimo Premises Termination Date, (ii) any obligations which are set forth in this Amendment, and (iii) any indemnity or hold harmless obligations set forth in the Lease as to the Jeronimo Premises; provided, however, that for a period of seven (7) consecutive days after the Jeronimo Premises Termination Date (the “ Relocation Period ”), Tenant shall be entitled to retain possession of the Jeronimo Premises, free of Rent or other charges (other than any additional Rent for utilities) and without penalty, for the sole purposes of (i) moving inventory, furniture, fixtures and equipment from the Jeronimo Premises into the Laguna Canyon Premises, and (ii) cleaning the Jeronimo Premises prior to surrendering the same to Landlord. Tenant shall quit and surrender possession of the Jeronimo Premises to Landlord on or before the expiration of the Relocation Period as required by the provisions of Section 15.3 of the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and further notwithstanding any provision in the Lease to the contrary (including, without limitation, the Holding Over provision in Section 15.1), Tenant’s use and possession of the Jeronimo Premises from and after the current Expiration Date set forth in the Lease until the Commencement Date for the Laguna Canyon Premises shall continue subject to all of the terms of the Lease, with the monthly Basic Rent remaining at the same amount of Basic Rent as for the month immediately preceding such current Expiration Date; provided, however, that in the event the Delivery Date (as defined below) for the Laguna Canyon Premises has not occurred by September 1, 2016 (the “ Outside Delivery Date ”), Tenant, as its sole remedy, may terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice of termination at any time after the Outside Delivery Date, and Tenant shall specify in such notice of termination the date on which Tenant desires the Jeronimo Premises Termination Date to occur, which shall in no event be more than 90 days after the date of delivery of such notice. In such event, the Lease shall terminate as of the Jeronimo Premises Termination Date so selected by Tenant, and Landlord shall promptly refund any prepaid Rent and Security Deposit, if any, previously advanced by Tenant under the Lease and, so long as Tenant has not previously defaulted under any of its obligations




under the Lease, the parties hereto shall have no further responsibilities or obligations to each other with respect to this Lease.
C. Basic Lease Provisions . The Basic Lease Provisions are hereby amended as follows:
1.      Effective as of the Commencement Date for the Laguna Canyon Premises, Item 1 shall be deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:
“1. Premises: The Premises are more particularly described in Section 2.1.
Address of Building: 15776 Laguna Canyon Road, Irvine, CA”
2.      Effective as of the Commencement Date for the Laguna Canyon Premises, Item 2 shall be deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:
“2. Project: Laguna Canyon”
3.
Item 4 is hereby amended by adding the following:
Commencement Date for the Laguna Canyon Premises ” shall be the date that is 60 days after the Beneficial Occupancy Date.”
4.      Item 5 is hereby deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:
“5. Lease Term: The Term shall be extended for a period of 120 months from and after the “Commencement Date for the Laguna Canyon Premises”, plus such additional days as may be required to cause the Lease to expire on the final day of the calendar month.”
5.      Item 6 is hereby amended by adding the following:
“Basic Rent for the Laguna Premises:
Months of Term
or Period for the Laguna Canyon Premises
Monthly Rate Per Rentable Square Foot for the
Laguna Canyon Premises
Monthly Basic Rent (rounded to the nearest dollar) for the Laguna Canyon Premises
1 - 12
$.95
$67,186.00
13 - 24
$.99
$70,015.00
25 - 36
$1,04
$73,551.00
37 - 48
$1.08
$76,380.00
49 - 60
$1.13
$79,916.00
61 - 72
$1.18
$83,452.00
73 - 84
$1.24
$87,695.00
85 - 96
$1.29
$91,231.00
97 - 108
$1.35
$95,475.00
109 - 120
$1.41
$99,718.00
6.      Effective as of the Commencement Date for the Laguna Canyon Premises, Item 8 shall be deleted in its entirety and substituted therefore shall be the following:
“8. Floor Area of Premises: Approximately 70,722 rentable square feet”
7.      Item 9 is hereby deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:
“9. Security Deposit: $109,690.00”




8.      Item 12 is hereby deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:
“12. Address for Payments and Notices:
LANDLORD
TENANT
Payment Address:
MASIMO CORPORATION
52 Discovery
Irvine, CA 92618
Attn: Chief Information Officer

THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC
P.O. Box #846494
Los Angeles, CA 90084-6494
 
with a copy to:
 
MASIMO CORPORATION
52 Discovery
Irvine, CA 92618
Attn: Legal Department
Notice Address:
and with a copy to:
THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC
550 Newport Center Drive
Newport Beach, CA 92660
Stuart Kane LLP
620 Newport Center Drive, Suite 200
Newport Beach, CA 92660
Attn: Senior Vice President, Property Operations Irvine Office Properties
Attn: Josh C. Grushkin
9.      Effective as of the Commencement Date for the Laguna Canyon Premises, Item 15 shall be deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:
“15. Vehicle Parking Spaces: Two Hundred Two (202)”
D. Delivery Date for the Laguna Canyon Premises . Promptly following Landlord obtaining possession of the Laguna Canyon Premises from the current tenant in possession, and following the execution of this Amendment (provided Tenant has delivered all required insurance certificates), Landlord shall tender possession of the Laguna Canyon Premises to Tenant for purposes of construction of the “Tenant Improvements” pursuant to the Work Letter attached as Exhibit X to this Amendment (such date of tender of possession of the Laguna Canyon Premises being herein referred to as the “ Delivery Date ”), provided that such delivery shall be free and clear of the interest of any other third party (except for Tenant itself), and further provided that, in no event shall the Delivery Date occur prior to May 10, 2016.
E. Right to Extend the Lease . Section 3.4 of the Lease entitled “Right to Extend this Lease”, as amended by Section III.B of the Second Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect and exercisable by Tenant during the Term of the Lease as extended by this Amendment, except that Section III.B of the Second Amendment is hereby modified as follows:
(i)      Reference to “ SECTION 3.3 ” is hereby changed to “ SECTION 3.4 ”.
(ii)      The first sentence of the second paragraph is hereby deleted in its entirety and substituted with the following:
“If Landlord and Tenant have not by then been able to agree upon the Basic Rent for the extension of the Term, then not less than 90 days or more than 120 days prior to the Expiration Date of the Term, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of the Basic Rent that would reflect the prevailing market rental rate for a 60-month renewal of comparable and similarly improved space within Landlord’s portfolio of properties in the immediate vicinity of the Building and the Project (together with any increases thereof during the extension period) as of the commencement of the extension period (“ Landlord’s Determination ”).”
(iii)      The second sentence of the fifth paragraph is hereby deleted in its entirety and substituted with the following:
“Tenant’s rights under this Section shall belong solely to Masimo Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its successors pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, and except in connection with a Permitted Transfer, any attempted assignment or transfer of such rights shall be void and of no force and effect.”
F. Security Deposit . Concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of this Amendment, Tenant shall deliver the sum of $109,690.00 to Landlord, which sum shall be held by Landlord in accordance with Section 4.3 of the Lease. Section 4.3 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor:




“SECTION 4.3. SECURITY DEPOSIT . Concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of this Amendment, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the sum, if any, stated in Item 9 of the Basic Lease Provisions (the “ Security Deposit ”), to be held by Landlord as security for the full and faithful performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, to pay any rental sums, including without limitation such additional rent as may be owing under any provision hereof, and to maintain the Premises as required by Sections 7.1 and 15.2 or any other provision of this Lease. Upon any Event of Default (as defined in Section 14.1) by Tenant, Landlord may apply all or part of the Security Deposit as full or partial compensation. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so applied, Tenant shall within 10 business days after written demand by Landlord deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on the Security Deposit. In no event may Tenant utilize all or any portion of the Security Deposit as a payment toward any rental sum due under this Lease. Any unapplied balance of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease within 30 days following the termination of this Lease and Tenant’s vacation of the Premises. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, or any similar or successor laws now or hereafter in effect, in connection with Landlord’s application of the Security Deposit to prospective rent that would have been payable by Tenant but for the early termination due to Tenant’s Default (as defined herein).”
G. Signs .
( i)      Effective as of the Jeronimo Premises Termination Date, the provisions of Section 5.2 of the Lease, entitled “Signs” shall be amended to provide that the rights granted to Tenant in said Section 5.2 as to “one (1) exterior “building top” sign on the Building” shall be terminated. Not later than the Jeronimo Premises Termination Date, Tenant shall remove, at its sole cost and expense, its signage from the Jeronimo Building and shall repair any damage to the Jeronimo Building or the Common Areas in connection with such removal.
(ii)      Effective as of the Commencement Date for the Laguna Canyon Premises, the initial two sentences of Section 5.2 of the Lease shall be deleted in their entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:
Except for two (2) exterior “building-top” signs identifying Tenant’s name and/or logo and installed at a location designated by Landlord, Tenant shall have no right to maintain signs in any location in, on or about the Laguna Canyon Premises, the Laguna Canyon Building or the Project and shall not place or erect any signs that are visible from the exterior of the Laguna Canyon Building.
(iii) Tenant’s exterior signage rights under Section 5.2 (as amended hereby) belong solely to Masimo Corporation and its successors pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, and, except in connection with a Permitted Transfer, any attempted assignment or transfer of such rights shall be void and of no force and effect.
H. Landlord’s Warranty .
(i)      Landlord warrants to Tenant that the roof, plumbing, fire sprinkler system, lighting, heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems (including the Legacy HVAC Units, but not any New HVAC Units, as each are defined below), structural components, elevators and electrical systems serving the Laguna Canyon Premises shall be in good operating condition on the Commencement Date for the Laguna Canyon Premises and during the initial 30 days of the Term as to the Laguna Canyon Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s warranty obligation contained in this Section shall not apply: (a) to the costs and expenses of periodic maintenance of the roof, plumbing, fire sprinkler system, lighting, heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems and electrical systems serving the Laguna Canyon Premises, nor (b) to the extent of the negligence or willful misconduct by Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, licensees or invitees (in which case Tenant shall be responsible for the reasonable costs of such repairs and/or replacements). Provided that Tenant shall notify Landlord of a non-compliance with the foregoing warranty on or before 30 days following the Commencement Date for the Laguna Canyon Premises, then Landlord shall, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Tenant setting forth the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify same at Landlord’s cost and expense (and not a Project Cost).
(ii)      Landlord shall correct, repair and/or replace any non-compliance of the exterior of the Building and/or the Common Areas with all building permits and codes in effect and applicable as of the execution of this Amendment, including without limitation, the provisions of Title III of the Americans With Disabilities Act (“ ADA ”), including without limitation, any cost of ADA compliance as to the exterior of the Building and/or the Common Areas triggered by the permitting or




construction of the Tenant Improvements. Said costs of compliance shall be Landlord’s sole cost and expense and shall not be part of Project Costs; provided that any cost of ADA compliance within the Laguna Canyon Premises triggered by the permitting and/or construction of the Tenant Improvements (as opposed to the exterior of the Building and/or the Common Areas) shall be included as part of the “Completion Cost” of the Tenant Improvement Work (as defined in the Work Letter). Landlord shall correct, repair or replace any non-compliance of the exterior of the Building and/or the Common Areas with any revisions or amendments to applicable building codes, including the ADA, becoming effective after the execution of this Amendment, provided that the amortized cost of such repairs or replacements (amortized over the useful life thereof) shall be included as Project Costs payable by Tenant. All other ADA compliance issues which pertain to the Premises, including without limitation, in connection with Tenant’s construction of any Alterations or other improvements in the Laguna Canyon Premises (and any resulting ADA compliance requirements in the Common Areas if Landlord shall consent to same as more particularly provided in Section 7.3 of the Lease) and the operation of Tenant’s business and employment practices in the Laguna Canyon Premises, shall be the responsibility of Tenant at its sole cost and expense. The repairs, corrections or replacements required of Landlord or of Tenant under the foregoing provisions of this Section shall be made promptly following notice of non-compliance from any applicable governmental agency.
(iii)      Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.2 of the Lease, Landlord agrees to repair and/or replace, at its sole cost and expense and not as a Project Cost, the structural components of the roof, the load-bearing walls and the foundations and footings of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s obligation contained in this Section III.H(iii) to bear such costs and expenses shall not apply: (i) to the costs and expenses of periodic maintenance of the roof, walls, foundations and footings of the Building, nor (ii) to the extent of the negligence or willful misconduct by Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, licensees or invitees (in which case Tenant shall be responsible for the reasonable costs of such repairs and/or replacements). The repairs or replacements required of Landlord pursuant to this Section III.H(iii) shall be made promptly following notice from Tenant.
I. Beneficial Occupancy . Landlord agrees that Tenant shall be permitted to occupy the Laguna Canyon Premises for a period of sixty (60) days prior to the Commencement Date for the Laguna Canyon Premises beginning on the Beneficial Occupancy Date, as defined hereinbelow (the “ Beneficial Occupancy Period ”), for all purposes permitted under this Lease, including without limitation the commencement of Tenant’s regular business activities in the Laguna Canyon Premises, subject to the following terms and conditions: (a) prior to any such early occupancy by Tenant, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (i) the first installment of Basic Rent and Operating Expenses due under the Lease as to the Laguna Canyon Premises, (ii) the Security Deposit set forth in Item 9 of the Basic Lease Provisions, and (iii) the required certificate(s) of insurance; and (b) Tenant’s occupancy of the Laguna Canyon Premises prior to the Commencement Date for the Laguna Canyon Premises shall be subject to all of the covenants and conditions on Tenant’s part contained in this Lease (including, without limitation, obligation to pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses as of the Beneficial Occupancy Date, and the covenants contained in Sections 5.3, 6.1, 7.1, 7.3, 7.4, 10.1 and 10.3 of the Lease), except for the obligation to pay Basic Rent and Operating Expenses (other than any utilities specific to the Premises that may be included within Operating Expenses). The Beneficial Occupancy Period shall begin on the date (the “ Beneficial Occupancy Date ”) that is the earlier of (i) six (6) months after the Delivery Date, or (ii) the date the Laguna Canyon Premises are “ready for occupancy”. The Laguna Canyon Premises shall be deemed “ready for occupancy” when Tenant has substantially completed the Tenant Improvement Work pursuant to the Work Letter attached to this Amendment but for minor punch list matters, and has obtained the requisite governmental approvals for Tenant’s occupancy of the Laguna Canyon Premises in connection with such work.
J. Brokers .  Article XVIII of the Lease is amended to provide that the parties recognize the following parties as the brokers who negotiated this Amendment, and agree that Landlord shall be responsible for payment of brokerage commissions to such brokers pursuant to its separate agreements with such brokers: Irvine Realty Company (“ Landlord’s Broker ”) is the agent of Landlord exclusively and Zuvich Corporate Advisors (“ Tenant’s Broker ”) is the agent of Tenant exclusively.  By the execution of this Amendment, each of Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and confirm (a) receipt of a copy of a Disclosure Regarding Real Estate Agency Relationship conforming to the requirements of California Civil Code 2079.16, and (b) the agency relationships specified herein, which acknowledgement and confirmation is expressly made for the benefit of Tenant’s Broker.  If there is no Tenant’s Broker so identified herein, then such acknowledgement and confirmation is expressly made for the benefit of Landlord’s Broker.  By the execution of this Amendment, Landlord and Tenant are executing the confirmation of the agency relationships set forth herein. The warranty and indemnity provisions of Article XVIII of the Lease, as amended




hereby, shall be binding and enforceable in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment.
K. Leased Premises . Section 2.1 of the Lease is hereby supplemented by adding the following:
“The Premises shall include the non-exclusive right of Tenant to use and have access to the janitorial closets and electrical and telephone rooms on the floors of the Building which contains the Premises as well as the use of and access to the ceilings, walls and floors of the Premises for purposes of installing, maintaining, repairing and replacing wiring, conduit and cable serving Tenant’s equipment within the Premises, provided that any such installation, maintenance, repair and replacement shall be performed in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and provisions of this Lease. Landlord shall also have the right to the use of and access to all such areas consistent with the terms and provisions of this Lease for the purpose of performing its obligations and exercising its rights hereunder.”
L. Acceptance of Premises . Section 2.2 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor:
SECTION 2.2. ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant’s lease of the Premises shall be on an “as is” basis without further alteration, addition or improvement to the Premises whatsoever. Except as provided in Section 2.4 below and as otherwise set forth herein, Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any representative of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Project. Not by way of limitation of the foregoing, no warranty is made with respect to the suitability or fitness of the Premises, the Building or the Project for any purpose, including without limitation any representations or warranties regarding the compliance of Tenant’s use of the Premises with the applicable zoning or regarding any other land use matters, and Tenant shall be solely responsible as to such matters. Further, neither Landlord nor any representative of Landlord has made any representations or warranties regarding (i) what other tenants or uses may be permitted or intended in the Building or the Project, (ii) any exclusivity of use by Tenant with respect to its permitted use of the Premises as set forth in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions, or (iii) any construction of portions of the Project not yet completed. Tenant further acknowledges that the flooring materials which may be installed within portions of the Premises located on the ground floor of the Building may be limited by the moisture content of the Building slab and underlying soils. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord represents that, to the current, actual knowledge of Landlord’s property manager for the Project, without the duty of independent investigation or inquiry, the ground floor slabs of the Building do not have moisture issues. The Premises shall be delivered to Tenant in broom clean condition, with all of the Building systems servicing the Premises in good working condition. As of the Commencement Date, Tenant shall be conclusively deemed to have accepted the Premises and those portions of the Building and Project in which Tenant has any rights under this Lease, which acceptance shall mean that it is conclusively established that the Premises and those portions of the Building and Project in which Tenant has any rights under this Lease were in satisfactory condition and in conformity with the provisions of this Lease.”
M. Operating Expenses . Section 4.2(i) of the Lease is hereby supplemented by adding the following additional items that shall not be included in Operating Expenses:
(14)      Any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss;
(15)      Costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of the operation, management, repair, replacement and maintenance of the Project, including partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Project, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, between Landlord and Project management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants;
(16)      The wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Project vis-à-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Project; provided that in no event shall Operating Costs include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of portfolio property manager or chief engineer;
(17)      Costs incurred by Landlord for improvements or replacements (including structural additions), repairs, equipment and tools which are of a “capital” nature and/or which are considered “capital” improvements or replacements under GAAP, except to the extent included in




Project Costs pursuant to the definition in subsection (e) above or by other express terms of this Lease;
(18)      Legal fees and costs, settlements, judgments or awards paid or incurred because of disputes between Landlord and other tenants or prospective occupants or prospective tenants/occupants or providers of goods and services to the Project; and
(19)      Cost of service, maintenance and repair with respect to any New HVAC Units (as defined below), such being deemed supplemental HVAC equipment serving only the Premises pursuant to Section 7.2 of the Lease.
N. Hazardous Materials . Section 5.3 of the Lease is hereby supplemented by adding the following to Section 5.3(f):
“To the best of Landlord’s knowledge and except as disclosed in Exhibit C to this Lease, as of the date of this Lease, there are no toxic or hazardous materials present in or under the Building or Project except for standard products typically used in the operation and maintenance of an industrial building. Should any such materials be discovered and should their remediation be legally required, then unless such materials were introduced by Tenant, its agents, employees, subtenants, vendors, licensees, invitees or contractors, Landlord shall remediate same at its expense and shall hold Tenant harmless from any cost in connection therewith.”
O. Utilities and Services . Section 6.1 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor:
SECTION 6.1. UTILITIES AND SERVICES . (a)      Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay promptly, directly to the appropriate supplier, all charges for water, gas, electricity, sewer, heat, light, power, telephone, telecommunications service, refuse pickup, janitorial service, interior landscape maintenance and all other utilities, materials and services furnished directly to Tenant or the Premises or used by Tenant in, on or about the Premises during the Term, together with any taxes thereon. If any utilities or services are not separately metered or assessed to Tenant, Landlord shall make a reasonable determination of Tenant’s proportionate share of the cost of such utilities and services, and Tenant shall pay such amount to Landlord, as an item of additional rent, within thirty (30) days after delivery of Landlord’s statement or invoice therefor. Alternatively, Landlord may elect to include such cost in the definition of Project Costs in which event Tenant shall pay Tenant’s proportionate share of such costs in the manner set forth in Section 4.2.
(b)      Tenant shall also pay to Landlord as an item of additional rent, within thirty (30) days after delivery of Landlord’s statement or invoice therefor, Landlord’s “standard charges” (as hereinafter defined, which shall be in addition to the electricity charge paid to the utility provider) for “after hours” usage by Tenant of each Legacy HVAC Unit (as defined below) servicing the Premises. “After hours” shall mean more than three thousand four hundred thirty-two (3,432) hours during each twelve (12) month period, commencing on the Commencement Date for the Laguna Canyon Premises (each, a “ Legacy HVAC Recovery Period ”), with such annualized allowance based upon sixty-six (66) hours of usage per week for the fifty-two (52) weeks during each Legacy HVAC Recovery Period during the Term. “After hours” usage shall be determined based upon the operation of the applicable Legacy HVAC Unit during each Legacy HVAC Recovery Period on a “non-cumulative” basis (that is, without regard to Tenant’s usage or nonusage of other Legacy HVAC Unit(s) or New HVAC Units (as defined below) serving the Premises, or of the applicable Legacy HVAC Unit during other Legacy HVAC Recovery Periods during the Term). As used herein, “standard charges” shall mean (i) $1.00 per hour for 1-5 ton HVAC units, (ii) $5.00 per hour for 6-9 ton HVAC units, and (iii) $10.00 per hour for HVAC units of 10 tons or greater (in addition to the applicable electricity charges paid to the utility provider). New HVAC Units shall not be subject to any standard charges or included in the determination of after hours usage.
(c)      As used herein, “ Legacy HVAC Unit ” shall mean each of the twenty-five (25) roof-top mounted HVAC units existing at the Laguna Canyon Premises as of the Delivery Date of the Laguna Canyon Premises, each of which shall be subject to the standard charges for after hours usage during each Legacy HVAC Recovery Period as described above. As used herein, “ New HVAC Units ” shall mean any new HVAC units installed by Tenant after the Delivery Date. The New HVAC Units will be owned, insured, maintained and repaired by Tenant until the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide service, maintenance or repair with respect to the New HVAC Units, which shall be considered supplemental HVAC equipment serving only the Premises pursuant to Section 7.2 of the Lease. Tenant shall own and have




the right to depreciate the cost of the New HVAC Units for Tenant’s benefit. The New HVAC Units are intended to primarily serve the non-office portions of the Laguna Canyon Premises (i.e., laboratories), and shall not be subject to any standard charges or included in the determination of any after hours usage for the Legacy HVAC Units. Subject to Landlord’s approval of the Tenant Improvements for the Laguna Canyon Premises, Tenant shall have no obligation to remove the New HVAC Units nor to restore any portion of the Premises modified for the installation and maintenance of the New HVAC Improvements once the Working Drawings and Specifications or any Change related thereto has been approved by Landlord, and the New HVAC Units are not designated by Landlord in writing as a Required Removal Item when so approved.
(d)      Landlord shall not be liable for damages or otherwise for any failure or interruption of any utility or other service furnished to the Premises, and no such failure or interruption shall be deemed an eviction or entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or withhold or abate any rent due hereunder; provided, however, if as a result of the direct actions of Landlord, its employees, contractors or authorized agents, for more than 3 consecutive business days following written notice to Landlord there is no electricity, HVAC or elevator services to all or a portion of the Premises, or such an interruption of other essential utilities and building services, such as fire protection or water, so that all or a portion of the Premises cannot be used by Tenant, then Tenant’s Basic Rent (or an equitable portion of such Basic Rent to the extent that less than all of the Premises are affected) shall thereafter be abated until the Premises are again usable by Tenant; provided, however, that if Landlord is diligently pursuing the repair of such utilities or services and Landlord provides substitute services reasonably suitable for Tenant’s purposes, as for example, bringing in portable air-conditioning equipment, then there shall not be an abatement of Basic Rent. Landlord shall at all reasonable times have free access to the Building and Premises to install, maintain, repair, replace or remove all electrical and mechanical installations of Landlord.
P. Alterations . Section 7.3 of the Lease is hereby modified by deleting the first sentence and replacing it with the following:
“Except for (a) constructing and securing racks and similar items to walls and floors (collectively, the “ Racking ”), (b) installing necessary phone and data cabling infrastructure (collectively, the “ Cabling ”), and (c) cosmetic alteration projects that do not exceed $100,000 during each calendar year which satisfy the criteria in the next following sentence, Tenant shall make no alterations, additions, fixtures or improvements (“ Alterations ”) to the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.”
Q. Mechanic’s Liens . Section 7.4 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor:
SECTION 7.4. MECHANIC’S LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Premises free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or for Tenant. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly cause any such lien to be released by posting a bond in accordance with California Civil Code Section 8424 or any successor statute. In the event that Tenant shall not, within 20 days following Tenant’s receipt of written notice of the imposition of any lien, cause the lien to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other available remedies, the right to cause the lien to be released by any means it deems proper, including payment of or defense against the claim giving rise to the lien. All expenses so incurred by Landlord, including Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees, shall be reimbursed by Tenant within 30 days following Landlord’s written demand. Tenant shall give Landlord no less than 20 days’ prior notice in writing before commencing construction of any kind on the Premises.
R. Certain Transfers . Section 9.4 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor:
SECTION 9.4. CERTAIN TRANSFERS. The following shall be deemed to constitute an assignment of this Lease; (a) the sale of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets (other than bulk sales in the ordinary course of business), (b) if Tenant is a corporation, an unincorporated association, a limited liability company or a partnership, the transfer, assignment or hypothecation of any stock or interest in such corporation, association, limited liability company or partnership in the aggregate of twenty-five percent (25%) (except for publicly traded shares of stock constituting a transfer of twenty-five percent (25%) or more in the aggregate, so long as no change in the controlling interest of Tenant occurs as a result thereof), or (c) any other direct or indirect change of control of Tenant, including, without limitation, change of control of Tenant’s parent company or a merger by Tenant or its parent company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent shall




not be required for the assignment of this Lease or the subletting of all or any portion of the Premises to any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with, Tenant, or as a result of the sale of all or substantially all of Tenant’s business assets, a merger by Tenant with or into another entity or a reorganization of Tenant (collectively, a “ Permitted Transfer ”), so long as (i) in the case of an assignment of this Lease, the net worth of the successor or reorganized entity after such Permitted Transfer is at least equal to the greater of the net worth of Tenant as of the execution of this Lease by Landlord or the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to the date of such Permitted Transfer, evidence of which, satisfactory to Landlord, shall be presented to Landlord prior to such Permitted Transfer, (ii) Tenant shall provide to Landlord, prior to such Permitted Transfer, written notice of such Permitted Transfer and such assignment or sublease documentation and other information as Landlord may reasonably require in connection therewith, and (iii) all of the terms and requirements of Sections 9.2 and 9.3 shall apply with respect to such Permitted Transfer.
S. Tenant’s Indemnity . Section 10.3 of the Lease is hereby supplemented by adding the following:
“Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs to the extent and in the proportion that any injury or damage is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction (or in connection with any negotiated settlement agreed to by Landlord) to be attributable to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Additionally, to the fullest extent permitted by law, but subject to the express limitations on Landlord’s liability contained in this Lease (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 10.4 below), Landlord shall indemnify and hold harmless Tenant, and Tenant’s agents, employees, lenders, and affiliates, from and against any and all claims, liabilities, damages, costs or expenses arising either before or after the Commencement Date from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its affiliates, agents, employees, or contractors in connection with its obligations with respect to the Project or this Lease.
T. Estoppel Certificate . Section 13.3 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor:
SECTION 13.2. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE. Tenant shall, within 10 business days after receipt of a written request from Landlord, execute and deliver a commercially reasonable estoppel certificate in favor of those parties as are reasonably requested by Landlord (including a Mortgagee or a prospective purchaser of the Building or the Project).
U. Financials . Section 13.3 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor:
SECTION 13.3. FINANCIALS. The application, financial statements and tax returns, if any, submitted and certified to by Tenant as an accurate representation of its financial condition have been prepared, certified and submitted to Landlord as an inducement and consideration to Landlord to enter into this Lease. Tenant shall during the Term (but no more than once per calendar year unless Tenant is in Default) furnish Landlord with current annual financial statements accurately reflecting Tenant’s financial condition upon written request from Landlord within 10 business days following Landlord’s request; provided, however, that so long as Tenant or Tenant’s parent company is a publicly traded corporation on a nationally recognized stock exchange, the foregoing obligation to deliver the statements shall be waived.
V. Holding Over . Section 15.1 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor:
SECTION 15.1. HOLDING OVER. If Tenant holds over for any period after the Expiration Date (or earlier termination of the Term) without the prior written consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall constitute a tenancy at sufferance only and a Default by Tenant; such holding over with the prior written consent of Landlord shall constitute a month-to-month tenancy commencing on the 1st day following the termination of this Lease and terminating 30 days following delivery of written notice of termination by either Landlord or Tenant to the other. In either of such events, possession shall be subject to all of the terms of this Lease, except that for the first 60 days of such holdover, the monthly rental shall be 150% of the total monthly rental for the month immediately preceding the date of termination. Thereafter, such monthly rental rate shall be subject to Landlord’s right to modify same upon 30 days’ notice to Tenant. The acceptance by Landlord of monthly hold-over rental in a lesser amount shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises following the expiration of this Lease despite demand to do so by Landlord, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss or liability, including without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant relating to such failure to surrender. The foregoing provisions of this Section 15.1 are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other rights of Landlord under this Lease or at law.





W. Rules and Regulations . Article 17 of the Lease is hereby supplemented by adding the following sentence:
“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord agrees that the Rules and Regulations shall not be modified or enforced by Landlord in a manner that would unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises, the Building, the Project, or the parking areas in accordance with Tenant’s rights under this Lease.”
X. SDN List . Section 22.7 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor:
SECTION 22.7. SDN LIST. Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant nor any officer, director, partner, member or other principal of Tenant (collectively, “ Tenant Parties ”) is listed as a Specially Designated National and Blocked Person (“ SDN ”) on the list of such persons and entities issued by the U.S. Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC). Landlord hereby represents and warrants that neither Landlord nor any officer, director, partner, member or other principal of Landlord is listed as a SDN on the list of such persons and entities issued by the OFAC.”
IV.      GENERAL.
A. Effect of Amendments . The Lease shall remain in full force and effect and unmodified except to the extent that it is modified by this Amendment.
B. Entire Agreement . This Amendment embodies the entire understanding between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the modifications set forth in “III. MODIFICATIONS” above and can be changed only by a writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.
C. Defined Terms . All words commencing with initial capital letters in this Amendment and defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning in this Amendment as in the Lease, unless they are otherwise defined in this Amendment.
D. Corporate and Partnership Authority . If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, or is comprised of either or both of them, each individual executing this Amendment for the corporation or partnership represents that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment on behalf of the corporation or partnership and that this Amendment is binding upon the corporation or partnership in accordance with its terms.
E. Counterparts; Digital Signatures .  If this Amendment is executed in counterparts, each is hereby declared to be an original; all, however, shall constitute but one and the same amendment.  In any action or proceeding, any photographic, photostatic, or other copy of this Amendment may be introduced into evidence without foundation. The parties agree to accept a digital image (including but not limited to an image in the form of a PDF, JPEG, GIF file, or other e-signature) of this Amendment, if applicable, reflecting the execution of one or both of the parties, as a true and correct original.
F. Certified Access Specialist . As of the date of this Amendment, there has been no inspection of the Building and Project by a Certified Access Specialist as referenced in Section 1938 of the California Civil Code.
V.      EXECUTION.
Landlord and Tenant executed this Amendment on the date as set forth in “I. PARTIES AND DATE.” above.




LANDLORD:    
 
 
TENANT:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC,
 
MASIMO CORPORATION,
a Delaware limited liability company    
 
a Delaware corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By
/s/ Steven M. Case
 
By
/s/ Yongsam Lee
 
 
Steven M. Case, Executive Vice President Office Properties
 
Printed Name
Yongsam Lee
 
 
 
 
 
Title
CIO
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By
/s/ Michael T. Bennett
 
By
/s/ Mark de Raad
 
Michael T. Bennett, Senior Vice President Operations, Office Properties
 
Printed Name
Mark de Raad
 
 
 
 
 
Title
CFO
 

                    

            
    






EXHIBIT A
Laguna Canyon Premises
(15776 Laguna Canyon Road, Irvine, CA)








EXHIBIT X
WORK LETTER
(Tenant Buildout with Landlord’s Contribution)
I.      TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
The tenant improvement work (“ Tenant Improvements ” or the “ Tenant Improvement Work ”) shall consist of the work required to complete certain improvements to the Laguna Canyon Premises pursuant to approved “Working Drawings and Specifications” (as defined below). Tenant shall employ a licensed architect reasonably acceptable to Landlord (the “ Architect ”) for preparation of the “Preliminary Plan” and “Working Drawings and Specifications” (as hereinafter defined), and shall cause the Architect to inspect the Laguna Canyon Premises to become acquainted with all existing conditions. Tenant shall contract with the “TI Contractor” (as defined below) to construct the Tenant Improvements. The Tenant Improvement Work shall be undertaken and prosecuted in accordance with the following requirements:
A.
Tenant shall submit the following to Landlord: (i) a preliminary pricing plan for the Tenant Improvements prepared by the Architect, which shall include interior partitions, ceilings, interior finishes, interior doors, suite entrance, floor coverings, window coverings, lighting, electrical and telephone outlets, plumbing connections, heavy floor loads and other special requirements (“ Preliminary Plan ”), (ii) working drawings and specifications prepared by the Architect based on the approved Preliminary Plan (the “ Working Drawings and Specifications ”), and (iii) any change proposed by Tenant to the approved Working Drawings and Specifications (“ Change ”). Within 5 business days following its submission to Landlord, Landlord shall approve (by signing a copy thereof) or shall disapprove the Preliminary Plan and/or any Change, and within 10 business days following its submission to Landlord, Landlord shall approve or shall disapprove the Working Drawings and Specifications. If Landlord disapproves the Preliminary Plan, Working Drawings and Specifications or Change, Landlord shall specify in detail the reasons for disapproval and Tenant shall cause the Architect to modify the Preliminary Plan, Working Drawings and Specifications or Change to incorporate Landlord’s suggested revisions in a mutually satisfactory manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that Landlord will not check the Preliminary Plan, the Working Drawings and Specifications and/or any Change for building code compliance (or other federal, state or local law, ordinance or regulations compliance), and that Tenant and its Architect shall be solely responsible for such matters. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Section I.O below, Landlord may only provide its disapproval of the Working Drawings and Specifications or a Change in the event such submittal: (i) shall not comply with applicable law or building code, (ii) adversely affects the Building or Project systems or structural components, (iii) adversely affects other tenants in the Project, or (iv) affects the exterior of the Building in any manner.
B.
The Tenant Improvements shall only include actual improvements to the Laguna Canyon Premises approved by Landlord as provided above, and shall exclude (but not by way of limitation) Tenant’s furniture, trade fixtures, partitions, equipment and signage improvements, if any. Further, to the extent applicable, the Tenant Improvements shall incorporate Landlord’s building standard materials and specifications for the Project as set forth in Schedule I (“ Standard Improvements ”); provided, however, the Tenant Improvements shall include materials, finishes and specifications set forth in the Preliminary Plan, even if the same is of higher quality than the Standard Improvements (the “ Approved Improvements ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no deviations from the Standard Improvements may be required by Tenant with respect to doors and frames, finish hardware, entry graphics, the ceiling system, light fixtures and controls, mechanical systems, fire life and safety systems and/or window coverings; provided that Landlord may, authorize in writing one or more of such deviations, in which event Tenant shall be solely responsible for the cost of replacing same with the applicable Standard Improvements upon the expiration or termination of this Lease. All other deviations from the Standard Improvements or the Approved Improvements (such deviations referred to herein as the “ Non-Standard Improvements ”) shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided, however that Landlord shall in no event be required to approve any Non-Standard Improvement if Landlord determines that such Non-Standard Improvements (i) are of a lesser quality than the corresponding Standard Improvements or Approved Improvements, (ii) fails to conform to applicable governmental requirements, (iii) requires building services beyond the level Landlord has agreed to provide Tenant under this Lease, (iv) interferes in any manner with the proper functioning of, or Landlord’s access to, any mechanical, electrical, plumbing or HVAC systems, facilities or equipment in or serving the Building, or (v) would have an adverse aesthetic impact to the Laguna Canyon Premises or would cause material additional expenses to Landlord in reletting the Laguna Canyon Premises.




C.
Tenant shall contract with a licensed general contractor reasonably approved by Landlord (the “ TI Contractor ”) for construction of the Tenant Improvements. The TI Contractor shall solicit bids from at least 3 subcontractors (reasonably acceptable to Landlord) for each major subtrade, provided that the drywall and acoustical subcontractors shall be union contractors. If required by Landlord, Tenant shall use the electrical, mechanical, plumbing and fire/life safety engineers reasonably acceptable to Landlord; if Tenant elects to use contractors other than Landlord’s designated electrical, mechanical, plumbing and fire/life safety engineers, and if such election is approved by Landlord, Landlord shall be entitled to have its designated contractors perform a “peer review” of such contractors work, and the reasonable cost thereof shall be borne solely by Tenant, but may be paid for by Tenant using any unused portion of the Landlord’s Contribution. Following the competitive bidding of the major subtrade work, Tenant shall enter into a construction contract (the “ TI Contract ”) with the TI Contractor for construction of the Tenant Improvements. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall deliver copy of the TI Contract to Landlord. Tenant shall cause the Tenant Improvements to be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the approved Working Drawings and Specifications.
D.
Intentionally omitted.
E.
Prior to the commencement of the Tenant Improvement Work, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of the final application for permit and issued permit for the work.
F.
The TI Contractor shall comply with Landlord’s requirements as generally imposed on third party contractors, including without limitation all insurance coverage requirements and the obligation to furnish appropriate certificates of insurance to Landlord, prior to commencement of construction or the Tenant Improvement Work.
G.
A construction schedule shall be provided to Landlord prior to commencement of the construction of the Tenant Improvement Work, and weekly updates shall be supplied during the progress of the work.
H.
Tenant shall give Landlord at least 10 business days prior written notice of the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvement Work so that Landlord may cause an appropriate notice of non-responsibility to be posted.
I.
The Tenant Improvement Work shall be subject to inspection at all times by Landlord and its construction manager, and Landlord and/or its construction manager shall be permitted to attend weekly job meetings with the TI Contractor.
J.
Upon completion of the Tenant Improvement Work, Tenant shall cause to be provided to Landlord a close-out package which shall include, without limitation, the following: (i) as-built drawings of the Tenant Improvements work signed by the Architect, (ii) CAD files of the improved space compatible with Landlord’s CAD standards, (iii) a final punch list signed by Tenant, (iv) final and unconditional lien waivers from the TI Contractor and all subcontractors, and (v) a certificate of occupancy for the Laguna Canyon Premises (collectively, the “ Close-Out Package ”).
K.
The Tenant Improvements work shall be prosecuted at all times in accordance with all state, federal and local laws, regulations and ordinances, including without limitation all OSHA and other safety laws, the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ ADA ”) and all applicable governmental permit and code requirements.
L.
All of the provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, the provisions of Sections 7.4, 10.1 and 10.3, except for the covenants to pay rent, shall apply to and shall be binding on Tenant with respect to the construction of the Tenant Improvements.
M.
Tenant hereby designates Yongsam Lee, Telephone (949) 697-4232, Email: ylee@masimo.com , as its representative, agent and attorney-in-fact for the purpose of receiving notices, approving submittals and issuing requests for Changes, and Landlord shall be entitled to rely upon authorizations and directives of such person(s) as if given directly by Tenant. Any notices or submittals to, or requests of, Tenant related to this Work Letter and/or the Tenant Improvement Work may be sent to Tenant’s Construction Representative at the email address above provided. Tenant may amend the designation of its construction representative(s) at any time upon delivery of written notice to Landlord.
N.
Tenant and the TI Contractor and its subcontractors shall be permitted to enter the Laguna Canyon Premises prior to the Commencement Date for the Laguna Canyon Premises to construct the Tenant Improvements. The foregoing license to enter the Laguna Canyon Premises prior to the Commencement Date for the Laguna Canyon Premises is, however, conditioned upon the compliance by the TI Contractor with all requirements imposed by Landlord on third party contractors, including without limitation the maintenance of workers’ compensation and public liability and property damage insurance by the TI Contractor in amounts and with companies and on forms satisfactory to Landlord, with certificates of such insurance being furnished to Landlord prior to proceeding with any such entry. Landlord




will provide all utilities for the construction of the Tenant Improvements at the Laguna Canyon Premises (i.e., electrical, HVAC during normal business hours, water, etc.) at no cost to Tenant or the TI Contractor. Landlord shall not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any such work being performed by Tenant, the same being solely at Tenant’s risk. Tenant further agrees that the Commencement Date for the Laguna Canyon Premises is not conditioned upon, nor shall such Date be extended by, the completion of the foregoing Tenant Improvements.
O.
All of the Tenant Improvements shall become the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered with the Laguna Canyon Premises at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, except that Landlord shall have the right, by written notice to Tenant given at the time of Landlord’s approval of the Preliminary Plan, the Working Drawings and Specifications and any Change, to require Tenant either to remove all or any of the Tenant Improvements approved in the Preliminary Plan or in the Working Drawings and Specifications or by way of such Change (as specified in such written notice, a “ Required Removal Item ”), to repair any damage to the Laguna Canyon Premises or the Common Areas arising from such removal of any Required Removal Item, and to replace any Non-Standard Improvements or Approved Improvements so approved with the applicable Building Standard Improvement, or to reimburse Landlord for the reasonable cost of such removal, repair and replacement upon demand. Any such removals, repairs and replacements by Tenant shall be completed by the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing, no such removal or restoration shall be required for any of the components of the Tenant Improvements shown in any Preliminary Plan, the Working Drawings and Specifications or any Change once the same has been approved by Landlord and not designated by Landlord in writing as a Required Removal Item when so approved.
II.      COST OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS WORK
A.
Landlord shall provide to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance in the amount of $707,220.00 (the “ Landlord’s Contribution ”), based on $10.00 per rentable square foot of the Laguna Canyon Premises, towards the “Completion Cost” of the Tenant Improvements (as hereinafter defined), with any excess cost of the Tenant Improvements to be borne solely by Tenant. If the actual cost of completion of the Tenant Improvements is less than the maximum amount provided for the Landlord’s Contribution, such savings shall inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit or payment. It is further understood and agreed that the Tenant Improvements shall be scheduled and shall be substantially completed not later than the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the Delivery Date for the Laguna Canyon Premises (except in the event of a matter beyond the reasonable control of either party, in which case such date shall be extended on a day for day basis) to be eligible for funding by Landlord, and that Landlord shall not be obligated to fund any portion of the Landlord’s Contribution towards Tenant Improvements completed after such date (as the same may be so extended).
B.
The “ Completion Cost ” shall mean the costs of completing the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the approved Working Drawings and Specifications, including but not limited to the following: (i) payments made to the TI Contractor, architects, engineers, subcontractors, project managers (not to exceed 3% of the Completion Cost) and other third party consultants in the performance of the work, (ii) permit fees and other sums paid to governmental agencies, and (iii) costs of all materials incorporated into the work or used in connection with the work. The Completion Cost shall also include an administrative/overhead fee to be paid to Landlord or to Landlord’s management agent in the amount of 3% of the Completion Cost, and Landlord’s reasonable “peer review” fees for the review of the Preliminary Plan and Working Drawings and Specifications by Landlord’s project architect and its MEP engineers, which fees shall be paid from the Landlord’s Contribution.
C.
Landlord shall fund the Landlord’s Contribution (less any applicable deductions for the above-described administrative/overhead fee and all “peer review” charges) in installments (not more frequently than monthly) as and when costs are incurred and a payment request therefor is submitted by Tenant, which payment request shall include a copy of all supporting invoices, lien waivers (in the form prescribed by the California Civil Code), and pertinent reasonable back-up information (all of which can be in the form of an email (i.e. PDF copies)).  Landlord shall fund the payment request within 30 days following receipt of the application and supporting materials; provided that a 10% retention shall be held on payments to Tenant until Landlord receives the complete Close-Out Package.  Such 10% retention of the Landlord Contribution towards the Completion Cost shall be funded within 30 days following Landlord’s receipt of the completed Close-Out Package. 






Schedule I
Tenant Improvement / Interior Construction Outline Specifications
(By Tenant/Tenant Allowance)

Note During preliminary walk throughs, construction management is to confirm re-use of existing building components and provide direction to: 1) match existing , or 2) provide new building standard at all remodel conditions; or 3) provide upgrade to building standard based on project team input. Each suite to be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
Tenant Standard
General Office:
CARPET
 
Direct glue broadloom carpet.
 
 
 
VINYL COMPOSITION TILE (VCT)
 
12” x 12” VCT Armstrong Standard Excelon.
 
 
 
WALLS
 
Standard Walls : 5/8” gypsum drywall on 2-1/2” x 25 ga. metal studs 16” o.c., floor to ceiling construction. No walls shall penetrate the grid unless required by code. All walls shall be straight, and parallel to building exterior walls. All offices and rooms shall be constructed of a standard size and tangent to a building shell or core wall.
 
Exterior Walls (First Generation Only) : 5/8” gypsum drywall furring on 25 ga. metal studs, with R-13 insulation.
 
 
 
PAINT
 
Paint finish, one standard color to be Benjamin Moore AC-40, Glacier White, flat finish. Dark colors subject to Landlord approval.
 
 
 
BASE
 
2-1/2” Burke rubber base; straight at cut pile carpet, coved at resilient flooring and loop carpet.
 
 
 
RUBBER TRANSITION STRIP
 
Transition strip between carpet and resilient flooring to be Burke #150, color: to match adjacent V.C.T.
 
 
 
PLASTIC LAMINATE
 
Plastic laminate color at millwork: Nevamar “Smoky White”, Textured #S-7-27T.
 
 
 
CEILING
 
2x4 USG Radar Illusions #2842 scored ceiling tile, installed in building standard 9/16” or 15/16” T-bar grid. Continuous grid throughout.
 
 
 
LIGHTING
 
All spaces are to be illuminated with building standard 2 x 4 direct/indirect fixtures, approved by the Landlord.
 
 
 
DOORS
 
1-3/4” solid core, 3’’-0” x 8’-10” plain sliced white oak, Western Integrated clear anodized aluminum frames, Schlage “D” series “Sparta” latchset hardware, dull chrome finish.
 
 
 
OFFICE SIDELITES
 
All interior offices to have sidelite glazing adjacent to office entry door, 4’ wide x door height, Western Integrated clear anodized aluminum frame integral to door frame with clear tempered glass.
 
 
 
WINDOW COVERINGS
 
Vertical blinds: Mariak Industries PVC blinds at building perimeter windows, Model M-3000, Color: Light Grey.
 
 
Tenant Standard
Mechanical (continued):
Mid-Tech / Manufacturing Building : Air distribution downstream of packaged rooftop units and/or split system fan coil units shall be provided complete with ductwork, 2’x2’ perforated face ceiling diffusers, 2’x2’ perforated return air grilles and air balance. All ductwork shall be sheet metal constructed per SMACNA standards and insulated per the latest Title 24 requirements. Interior zone shall be limited to a maximum of 2500 square feet.
 
Packaged rooftop units and/or split system units shall be connected to existing Irvine Company Energy Management System. Thermostats shall be located adjacent to light switch at 48” above finished floor. EMS shall be Andover and installed by AAS.
 
New packaged rooftop units larger than 5-ton shall be provided with seismic isolation curb with minimum 1-inch spring deflection. New packaged rooftop units larger than 6.25 ton shall be provided with economizer with barometric relief damper.
 
 




Tenant Standard Fire Protection:
FIRE PROTECTION
 
Pendant satin chrome plated, recessed heads, adjustable canopies, minimum K factor to be 5.62, located at center of 2’ x 2’ section of scored ceiling tile. Ceiling drops from shell supply loop.
 
 
Tenant Standard Fire Sprinkler:
FIRE SPRINKLER
 
Hard pipe to be used. Any substitutions to be submitted for Landlord review and approval prior to install.
 
Center sprinkler head in 2x2 ceiling tile.
 
 
Tenant Standard Electrical:
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
 
A 277/480 volt, three phase, four wire tenant metered distribution section will be added to main service at Main Electrical Room.
 
Tenant Electrical Room, located within the lease space, as directed by the Landlord, to include 277/480 volt and 120/208 volt panels, transformer, lighting control panel, as required.
 
Standard tenant electrical capacity will be provided in the following capacity:
 
• Lighting 277V: Minimum of 1.2 watt watts per s.f.
 
• General 277V Power: As required to accommodate tenant loads.
 
• HVAC Power 277/480V: As required to accommodate the HVAC equipment.
 
• General 120/208V Power: Minimum of 8.0 watts per s.f.
 
 
 
LIGHTING
 
All spaces are to be illuminated with building standard 2’ x 4’, direct/indirect fixtures based on one (1) fixture per 96 square feet.
 
All lighting shall be controlled by occupancy sensors and ½ switched per Title 24. Provide wall mounted dual relay occupancy sensors in small spaces and ceiling mounted paired with two switches in double gang box, Leviton “Decora” style switches with a white plastic coverplate, 48” AFF to switch centerline.
 
Exit signs: Internally illuminated, white sign face with green text.
 
 
 
OUTLETS
 
Power: Leviton “Decora” style 15 / 20 amp 125-volt specification grade white duplex receptacle mounted vertically, 18” AFF to centerline, with a white plastic coverplate.
 
 
 
All furniture systems will be assumed to be a four (4) circuit / eight (8) wire configuration. All furniture system workstations are assumed to have personal computers only and will be connected at a ratio of eight (8) workstations per four (4) circuit / eight (8) wire homerun.
 
All wall mounted furniture system communication feeds will be provided with (2) 1 ½” conduit (non-fire rated / non-insulated walls) OR (2) 1 ¼” conduit (fire rated / insulated walls); a 4S/DP box and a double-gang mud ring in the wall. One (1) furniture system communication feeds will be assumed to be capable of providing enough cabling capacity for eight (8) work stations.
 
Power and Telecom Feeds to systems furniture by Tenant to be via walls, furred columns or ceiling J-box.
 
All wall mounted general communication outlets in non-fire rated / non-insulated walls will be provided a 2-gang mud ring and a pull string in the wall. All wall mounted communication outlets in fire-rated and insulated walls will be provided with ¾” conduit (voice and / or data only) OR a 1” conduit (combination voice / data), stubbed into the accessible ceiling space, 4S/DP box and a single gang mud ring in the wall. Cover plate, jacks and cables by tenant.
 
A single tenant telecom room will be provided with a single 4’ x 8’ backboard. An empty 2” conduit will be routed from this backboard to the building’s main telephone backboard. An empty 4” conduit sleeve will be stubbed into the accessible ceiling space.
 
 
Tenant Standard Warehouse/Shipping and Receiving (if applicable):
FLOORS
 
Sealed concrete.
 
 
 
WALLS
 
5/8” gypsum wallboard standard partition, height and construction subject to Landlord approval. At furred walls, paint to match Benjamin Moore AC-40 Glacier White. Provide rated partition at occupancy separation, as required by code.
 
 
 
CEILING
 
Exposed structure, non-painted.
 
 
 
WINDOWS
 
None
 
 




 
ACCESS
 
7’-6” H x 7’-6” W glazed service doors. Glazing is bronze reflective glass.
 
 
 
HVAC
 
None
 
 
 
PLUMBING
 
Single accommodation restroom, if required.
 
Sheet vinyl flooring to be Armstrong Classic Corlon “Seagate” #86526 Oyster, with Smooth White FRP panel wainscot to 48” high. Painted walls and ceiling to be Benjamin Moore AC-40 Glacier White, semi-gloss finish.
 
 
 
LIGHTING
 
T5 High Bay, 2 x 4 fixtures.
 
 
 
OTHER ELECTRICAL
 
Convenience outlets; surface mounted at exposed concrete walls.
 
 
 
SECURITY
 
Lockable doors.








EXHIBIT Y

PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Laguna Canyon





Exhibit 12.1

Masimo Corporation
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(Dollars in thousands)

 
 
Fiscal Year Ended
 
 
January 2,
2016
 
January 3,
2015
 
December 28,
2013
 
December 29,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes
$
116,345

 
$
102,041

 
$
75,726

 
$
83,821

 
$
86,531

Fixed charges
5,524

 
3,381

 
2,705

 
2,514

 
1,910

Noncontrolling interests in pre-tax (income) loss
1,757

 
2,350

 
607

 
744

 
(58
)
Total earnings
$
123,626

 
$
107,772

 
$
79,038

 
$
87,079

 
$
88,383

Fixed charges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expensed
$
3,493

 
$
594

 
28

 
$
44

 
$
116

Estimated of interest within rental expense
2,030

 
2,787

 
2,677

 
2,470

 
1,794

Total fixed charges
$
5,523

 
$
3,381

 
$
2,705

 
$
2,514

 
$
1,910

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
22.38

 
31.88

 
29.22

 
34.64

 
46.27


In the periods presented, there were no shares of preferred stock outstanding and no dividends paid on preferred stock. Therefore, the ratios of earnings to fixed charges and preferred stock dividends are not different from the ratios of earnings to fixed charges.




Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of the Registrant - 2015
The following are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the registrant, Masimo Corporation, a Delaware corporation:
 
 
 
Name of Subsidiary
 
State or Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
 
Masimo Americas, Inc.
Delaware
Masimo de Mexico Holdings I LLC
Delaware
Masimo de Mexico Holdings II LLC
Delaware
Masimo Holdings LLC
Delaware
SpO2.com, Inc.
Delaware
SEDLine, Inc.
Delaware
Masimo Australia Pty Ltd
Australia
Masimo Öesterreich GmbH
Austria
Masimo Importacao e Distribuicao de Produtos Medicos Ltda
Brazil
Masimo Holdings LP
Cayman
Masimo China Medical Technology Co., Ltd.
China
Masimo Europe Ltd.
England and Wales
Masimo Hong Kong Limited
Hong Kong
Masimo Medical Technologies India Private Limited
India
Masimo Japan Kabushiki Kaisha
Japan
Masimo Mexico, S.A. de C.V
Mexico
Masimo Canada ULC
Nova Scotia
Masimo Peru Srl
Peru
Masimo Asia Pacific PTE. Ltd.
Singapore
Masimo International SARL
Switzerland
Masimo International Technologies SARL
Switzerland
Masimo Medikal Ürünler Ticaret Limited Şirketi
Turkey
Masimo Semiconductor, Inc.
Delaware
Masimo Sweden AB
Sweden
52 Discovery, LLC
California
Masimo 25 Sagamore, LLC
New Hampshire
        


Exhibit 23.1



CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTING FIRM


We have issued our reports dated February 24, 2016 , with respect to the consolidated financial statements, schedule, and internal control over financial reporting included in the Annual Report of Masimo Corporation on Form 10-K for the year ended January 2, 2016 . We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of said reports in the Registration Statements of Masimo Corporation on Forms S-8 (File No. 333-148149, effective December 19, 2007, File No. 333-149138, effective February 11, 2008, File No. 333-157673, effective March 4, 2009, File No. 333-168534, effective August 4, 2010, File No. 333-179557, effective February 17, 2012, File No. 333-186692, effective February 15, 2013, File No. 333-194089, effective February 24, 2014, and File No. 333-202136, effective February 17, 2015).

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Irvine, California
February 24, 2016





Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Joe Kiani, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Masimo Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Dated: February 24, 2016
 
/s/ J OE  K IANI
 
 
Joe Kiani
 
 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 





Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Mark P. de Raad, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Masimo Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Dated: February 24, 2016
 
/s/  M ARK P.  DE R AAD
 
 
Mark P. de Raad
 
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
 
 





Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATIONS OF
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Joe Kiani, Chief Executive Officer of Masimo Corporation (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that to my knowledge:
1. The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the period ended January 2, 2016 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: February 24, 2016
/s/ J OE  K IANI
 
Joe Kiani
 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
 
(Principal Executive Officer)


I, Mark P. de Raad, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Masimo Corporation (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that to my knowledge:
1. The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the period ended January 2, 2016 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: February 24, 2016
/s/ M ARK  P. DE  R AAD
 
Mark P. de Raad
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
(Principal Financial Officer)
A signed original of these certifications has been provided to Masimo Corporation and will be retained by Masimo Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
These certifications are being furnished solely to accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and shall not be deemed filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Masimo Corporation, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.